Insulation Solutions For Buildings Manual

Section 1.
0
Introduction
About Knauf Insulation

Buildings and Energy
Building Regulations
Key Insulation Design
Considerations
Product and System Accreditation
The Science of Insulation
Types of Insulation
1.1 About Knauf Insulation
The Knauf Group
As part of the family owned Knauf Group,

Knauf Insulation represents one of the
most respected and progressive names in
insulation worldwide.
We are the fastest growing insulation
company in the world with a network of
manufacturing operations in the UK, Europe,
Russia, and the USA. Employing around
5000 people in over 35 countries, in more
than 30 manufacturing sites with an annual
turnover in excess of 1 billion euros.
Knauf Insulation are committed to meeting the increasing
demand for energy efficiency in new and existing homes,
commercial buildings and industrial applications.
Understanding the needs of our customers is central to
our success and we have a culture of empowering our
people to make decisions themselves and to do whatever
they believe it takes to make it happen. Our working
environment is open with people encouraged to challenge
decisions where necessary and support each other to get the
job done. At the same time, we also believe in supporting
local communities and the environment.
Cwmbran, South Wales

Glass mineral wool plant
6 6 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

About Knauf Insulation 1.1
Knauf Insulation UK
1.1
Knauf Insulation is the UK's leading insulation company. Formed in 1946 as
Fibreglass Insulation it has been previously known as Pilkington Insulation,
Owens Corning and KnaufAlcopor before finally becoming known as Knauf
Insulation. Knauf Insulation currently operates from four sites across the UK.
Hartlepool, Cleveland
Extruded polystyrene (XPS) and polyethylene (XPE) plant
St Helens, Merseyside
Head office and glass mineral wool plant
Queensferry, North Wales

Rock mineral wool plant
Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 7 7
Sustainability
Knauf Insulation is one of the largest insulation manufacturers in the world, with employees
in more countries than ever before. We continue to grow and during this time of change
we cannot escape the external influence of issues such as climate change and energy
security.
As a family owned company producing energy efficiency products we understand that we
have a responsibility to think and act sustainably.
We have a strategy for sustainability at Knauf Insulation that sets out a clear path to help us
become the world leader in energy efficient systems for buildings.
A new sustainability strategy

Our Long Term Aims
As a family-owned company producing energy efficiency products
Our engagement work and the new Sustainability Steering Committee we understand that we have a responsibility to think and act
have helped us review the most significant issues for Knauf Insulation. sustainably. In fact since the early 2000s we have focused on
Through this process we have identified the key areas where we believe a number of initiatives relating to product innovation, energy
we should focus our efforts and set a number of long term aims that will efficiency at major plants, human resources initiatives and high
help guide our decision making going forward: level policy advocacy.
Buildings Over the last couple of years however sustainability has taken
- A leading advocate for a low energy and sustainable built environment an even stronger focus in the company as we worked towards
fulfilling our commitments set in 2010, with the establishment of
- A zero carbon building stock (owned and operated) a Sustainability Steering Committee and internal sustainability
champions group.
Products and Systems
The outcome of this is a new strategy for sustainability at Knauf
- Products and systems which are the best in class for sustainability Insulation that sets out a clear path to help us become the world
leader in energy efficient systems for buildings. The strategy has
Company three parts, shown below.
- Zero carbon production
ol de r E ng age m
- Zero negative impact on resource use keh en
Sta t
- Zero waste to landfill and zero waste water discharge

PR ogn r sus
rec fo
OD ise tai
GS in
BU effic ning
UC d a nab
IN cy
- Employer of first choice

ILD ien
TS s be ility
y pio
AN st
en Cham
D S in c
erg
- Zero harm
YS lass
TEM
S
becoming a
world leader
Be recognised as a
RESPONSIBLE MANUFACTURING
COMPANY & EMPLOYER
We hope that this strategy will help cement the valuable momentum
achieved over recent years by consolidating sustainability within
our growing company. Specifically this new approach will help us
to put our house in order, benchmark ourselves against recognised
standards and set forward plans for action.
8 8 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Committed to sustainable
manufacture
1.1
We are committed to a sustainable manufacturing process
through a policy of continuous improvements. Some examples
of how we are achieving this in practice are shown below.
Deep renovation of the EUs ECOSE Technology reduces In 2009 as part of the WRAP Our Polyfoam ECO products have
building stock could create 2 impact on the environment through Halving Waste initiative, we a Global Warming Potential (GWP)
million new jobs and save the lower embodied energy. Reduced recovered and reused 126,000 of less than 5
equivalent of 4 billion barrels of oil by up to 70% compared to pallets, 142,000 in 2010 and
per year traditional binders reached a staggering 188,000
in 2011!
Our mineral wool products have Our innovative compression We have up to 85% recycled The cost of rock mineral wool
zero GWP and Ozone Depletion packaging technology reduces content in our glass mineral wool (100mm) in external walls pays for
Potential (ODP) transport emissions by up to 10 products itself in savings in approximately
times and minimises packaging 1,512 hours
waste
Further information can be found in our latest

sustainability report online knaufinsulation.co.uk
Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 9 9

Technical Support Services
Technical Advice and Support Centre

Our Technical Advice and Support Centre (TASC) provides
personal, high level technical support. This includes U-value
calculations, condensation analysis and assistance with
CAD drawings and NBS clauses from the most experienced
team of advisors in the insulation industry. Also available
through the TASC is the 3D finite element heat loss
calculation service. For further information please call the
TASC on 01744 766666.
SAP calculation service Website

Let Knauf Insulation help calculate your planned In order to assist architects and specifiers Clear information and design support is also
energy usage - we may even be able to help a range of Continuing Professional available on our website including:
recommend ways to reduce your carbon Development (CPD) courses have been
developed, courses can be taken either online Approved Document L 2010 and Section 6
emissions!
via our dedicated CPD Academy, or delivered guides available for download
Knauf Insulation's accredited SAP assessors are in face to face seminars at the location of your Continuing Professional Development (CPD)
able to help specifiers and developers to ensure choice. courses available online
compliance with new Building Regulations.
Where a specification does not meet regulatory Available CPD courses CAD details and NBS Specification clauses
for download
requirements, our experts are able to provide Introduction to Solid Wall Insulation -
assistance and recommendations to help reduce explaining the core issues regarding the Full suite of literature available for download
carbon emissions and achieve compliance. insulation of solid walls, either by including the Insulation Solutions for
installing external wall insulation (EWI) or Buildings Book
Continuing Professional internal wall insulation (IWI)
Development (CPD) Introduction to Rainscreen Systems - Project and specification

Knauf Insulation recognises that CPD courses

explaining the core issues regarding
rainscreen systems, and comparing the
support
provide an essential service to an architect by Knauf Insulation have a regional team of
helping to ensure that they are able to keep up suitability and choice of insulation materials
specification managers that can provide support
to date with innovations in a rapidly changing and how this affects the design of the system
throughout the duration of your project. Their
and evermore challenging environment. CPD as well as thermal and fire performance
role is to provide cost effective solutions for all
also makes a significant contribution to the Approved Document E - Resistance to the your building insulation needs.
enhancement and development of the architects passage of sound
profession by enabling architects to:
Sustainability of Insulation - Sustainability
3D heat loss calculation
Keep abreast of statutory and regulatory
changes
related issues that are relevant to insulation service
including sustainable development
Our Technical Advice and Support Centre have
Show visible proof of competence
the ability to provide 3D finite element heat
Acquire specialist knowledge or loss calculations to fully comply with Building
qualifications Regulations Part L. By analysing the heat flows
through external wall construction elements,
Target specific professional needs
TASC can provide robust supporting evidence
Benefit from the experience and knowledge for U-value calculations. For further information
of a wide range of industry experts please call TASC on 01744 766 666
Reinforce excellence in design
1010 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Calculating U-values and the

BBA/TIMSA U-value Calculation
1.1
Competency Scheme
You may have already come across U-value
calculations when looking at building projects, but
have you ever wondered what exactly they are
and why they are so important?
The U-value is a measure of thermal The primary purpose of the scheme is to This publication also contains U-value
transmittance and expresses the rate of heat promote and assist accurate, objective calculations which are not covered by the BBA/
transfer through the external element of a and consistent calculation of U-values and TIMSA U-value Calculation and Competency
building, such as a roof, wall, floor or window. condensation calculations within the UK Scheme and they are clearly identified as such.
construction industry. Membership of the However, you can be assured that the same
U-values are the basic building blocks U-value Calculation Competency Scheme level of diligence and competence has been
on which the thermal performance of a provides customers with confidence that the applied to both the scheme and non-scheme
building and its associated energy usage is calculations supplied to them are accurately U-value calculations contained within this book.
established when assessed using the SAP or and consistently modelled in line with all
SBEM methodologies, in fact a well insulated relevant industry standards.
building fabric is the key factor in enabling
new buildings to deliver their specified energy In order to achieve competency status a
efficiency. company must have demonstrated appropriate
technical competency and have in place a wide
So anybody compiling SAP or SBEM range of procedural controls to ensure that the
calculations will need to be confident that U-value and condensation calculations they
the U-values they are relying on to establish supply are accurate and consistent and there is
building fabric performance, have been a clear and comprehensive audit trail in place.
consistently and correctly calculated by
technically competent people employing the As members of the BBA/TIMSA U-value
correct methodology. Calculation Competency Scheme customers
can be assured that the calculations supplied
As the UK`s leading manufacturer of insulation to them by Knauf Insulation are accurately and
products we have amassed a great deal of consistently modelled in line with all relevant
technical and U-value calculation expertise industry standards.
over the years and our Technical Advice and
Support Centre is manned by experienced staff All U-value calculation tables which fall under
who provide accurate and consistent U-value the auspices of the BBA/TIMSA U-value
calculations via our free U-value calculation Calculation and Competency Scheme within
service. this book are clearly identified as such by the
association of the logo below.
The ever increasing importance of consistent
and correctly compiled U-value calculations
has been recognised by the British Board
of Agrment and the Thermal Insulation
Manufacturers and Suppliers Association
(TIMSA) which has led to the creation of an
industry leading U-value and Condensation CERTIFICATE CS/1001-1
Calculation Competency Scheme which was
U Value Competency Scheme
launched on the 1st April 2010.
Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 1111

1.2 Buildings and Energy
Our lives depend on energy...
...at home
...on the road
...at work
We use energy to do just about everything in ...so we need to make our energy
modern society: to go to work and travel; to operate
consumption more sustainable
heavy machinery for industry; to heat our homes
Sustainability focuses on providing the best outcomes for both the
and to power the increasing number of gadgets human and natural environments now, and into the indefinite future.
and appliances that life seems to demand. Greater energy efficiency is a big part of sustainability, because it
means we can reduce our dependence on fossil fuels and therefore
The European Union and USA account for 12% of the worlds population,
reduce CO2 emissions.
but together they consume 40% of the worlds energy. A large amount
of this energy is wasted because it is not used efficiently. Of even greater The European Union is committed to a reduction in CO2 emissions of 20%
significance is that some developing countries are rapidly increasing by 2020 and the UK has an extended target of a 60% reduction
their own energy consumption at a time when the European Union is by 2050. Reducing energy consumption in buildings is vital to
committed to increasing both energy efficiency and the generation of achieving this target. There are a number of solutions, but they involve
renewable energy. many different organisations and people working together including
Government, industry, families and individuals.
This represents a real challenge because most of our energy currently
comes from burning fossil fuels like coal, oil and gas. Were already We must reduce our dependence on fossil fuels by generating electricity
using oil and gas faster than new reserves are being discovered, and from renewable sources like solar and wind power. We must use the
these reserves are limited. available fossil fuels more efficiently with cleaner technology like
carbon capture.
However, the main issue is the dramatic global rise of harmful carbon
dioxide (CO2) emissions caused by our use of fossil fuels. Emissions However, our most important action must be to reduce the amount of
of CO2 are widely regarded as the cause of global warming and energy we personally use through greater energy efficiency. Saving
climate change. So not only are conventional sources of fuel running energy is the most sustainable way of reducing our consumption
out, but if we continue to use them at the current level, we could cause because it reduces the amount of energy we need to produce.
irreversible damage to our environment.

Buildings and Energy 1.2
Buildings
1.2
40%
Transport
32%
Industry
28% Breakdown of energy

consumption by sector
Insulation in buildings is the easiest and most Knauf Insulationmineral wool products
with ECOSE Technology benefit from
cost effective way to save energy a formaldehyde-free binder made from
Buildings account for 40% of our energy consumption. A great deal rapidly renewable bio-based materials
of this energy is expended through heating and cooling. All buildings instead of petroleum-based chemicalswhich is up to 70% less energy
can have their energy efficiency significantly improved with insulation. intensive. The technology has been developed for Knauf Insulations
It is fast to install and performs for the life of a building without a glass and rock mineral wool products, enhancing their environmental
requirement for maintenance. Therefore, in the drive to reduce carbon credentials without affecting the thermal, acoustic or fire performance.
emissions, regulators and designers are increasingly turning to insulation. Insulation products made with ECOSE Technology contain no dye or
artificial colours the colour is completelynatural.
Some typical insulation products are shown below.
Insulation types pages 56-59
Earthwool and Supafil Earthwool and Rocksilk Polyfoam ECO

glass mineral wool rock mineral wool extruded polystyrene (XPS)
The worlds most popular and widely used Made from volcanic rock, rock mineral wool Made from polystyrene that is extruded into
energy saving and acoustic insulation. Being has excellent fire, thermal and acoustic rigid foam boards, this type of insulation is
made using recycled bottles, its highly properties, and is ideal for specialist fire ideal in applications where high compressive
sustainable. protection. strength is required.

Building design the past
The design of buildings has evolved over In the quest for higher comfort levels in buildings, most designers have
been using mass produced building materials and integrating energy
time but the function of buildings has supply (i.e. electricity and gas) distributed from a centralised power
source. As a result, the environmental impact from human habitation in
remained remarkably constant: the provision buildings has increased dramatically over the last 50 years.
of shelter, safety and warmth. In recent Regulators now recognise the requirement for more sustainable building
years, however, the comfort level expected and energy generation. Consequently, Building Regulations are changing
rapidly. In the UK, the proposed changes to Building Regulations
by occupants of buildings has become more between now and 2016 will require more improvements to energy
efficiency, the use of renewable energy and the use of sustainable
demanding. materials than any other period in history.
The objective is to increase comfort levels in buildings whilst reducing

the environmental impact from both constructing and living in buildings.
M
as
on
ry
be
co
Po
m
es
Ea Sim en ffec
st-
m
rth ple tir tiv
G
or
re
pa , n ely e sh
e
pr
at
ck atu su elt
C
ev
ed ra sta er
on
Fi
al
cr
W o
ov lly ina bu
e
re
en
et
at ft
er oc bl t m
In
ti
e
W wov g m rces um c
of
tle en
tro
n
in cur e s in
bl
at en ate . Pr om
ur
du
te ri ou im
an be
Lo
oc
r n
ba
tle tim ria ov fo
ce
d tw
ks
nd
Tim still imbe
19
n
d
da ee
in
an ber ls fr ides rt.
en
on
to
ub n
tro
00
be emp r fra
vi
la
d lath om
du
ro
(1
rg
s
G
r f loy me
da s.
nm
ce
er
66
la
ra ed, .
t
d.
en
ub
bu
zi
6)
m
ts.
ild
ng
e
in
gs
.
Hi Loca d fo crac nts. cks b be u herme.

gh lly r b y,
er bas uild lan
us rist cha
en ed ing dow
e o
a er
M ason uest. ost n
er ma re ne
m
as ry Lo o
gy ter sid rs a
M nq alm
Ki gy g m arts
on us ca ca
co ith
in ials ence nd
ln
En ild ut
sti
of o
r y ed lly s rbo
w
-fi beg ate to
pu stil s o we
er in st
ll
re
Fi
bu b
M
po
d
rs
ts l us f alth
ud
br s to ls. ro
t
be d.
i
sto
hu
in o n
in ria im
gi Ma
ne
ts
ca urc foo
n
ec sed a
e
stl ed tp
om
ch
es m rin
in n th ffic
ur
po at t.
g
T v
so
c
st eri
m e cr enc
p
he
nr
N al
or
i le
y
y
s
or s
e
m
pr tion
an
ev
ea y
al
i
en
t.
Year 500 1000 1500 1900

1.2
15
1.2
Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

and using sustainable
2016
renewable energy...
impact of buildings
Expected comfort level

the environmental
from constructing and

Environmental impact
energy efficiency
living in buildings
we must reduce
inside buildings
materials and
by increasing
Buildings and Energy
Now:
Key
2012
12
20 nised or
g s f s.
co n g
re tio din
ss ula uil
pa eg b
by R ew
al ing n
rm ild 0
lt
he Bu 012 ny
al in
w pa ity s.
r ty m al ct
Pa co u du
st r Q ro n
fir Ai n p io
e at
th old tio ul
is G sula ns
n s
io in in 09 oo
li
at of r
ul ur fo 20 e of d w
ns E rd us an a al
f I ve a er
au cei Aw he ss s, n
r t la ct tio er . 52 min .
Kn re ee r g du la ett als 19 ss ed
la uc
to on ei ro su b ti G rod
pi th p in n en
n in tion ich eve red in
t
io y
at g la h ith l c
ul lo su w w ta
ns no in in , en
f I ch ol ay red m
au Te wo w tu ron
Kn E al the fac vi
S r n on
cti ds,
u
O ine in an e ns
EC m ion m
ck lut is tru tho ise be
gi
ro vo ns me im rd n
re co nd min owa ong s. c tio
of es a to on t y, al sion ns
tru
ds iqu eed ucti nc mis co .
ho hn f n str cie e s all cale
et ec e o on ffi O 2 30 ity w ge s
m n t g s c ic e C 19
n tio led el ust nd av ar
er ruc ow rop co gy a C nl
od ns k , p d a er
t n o
M rn co with ange l an m en
e d h a u
od ple e c rm im
M ou at the min
c lim m h
c u it s
ax
im w 50 s.
m 19 lock
b
te
re
rc
Ai
Building design... the future
The terms passive housing, low carbon The Code for Sustainable Homes (CSH)
housing, low energy building and green Within the residential sector, the Code for Sustainable Homes integrates
higher sustainability performance standards within the design of the
building are now frequently used by house, which will mean that green buildings become standard practice.
The Code will reduce the environmental impact of the construction sector
designers and architects. This reflects the and form the basis for future Building Regulations in relation to CO 2
rapid changes that are occurring in the emissions and energy use in homes.
way buildings are being designed and The UKGovernment is also considering applying similar stipulations to
the non residential buildings sector.
constructed to reduce environmental impact.
This book includes solutions for zero carbon Zero carbon
The Governments aim is that newly built dwellings should be zero
buildings, constructed from sustainable carbon (zero net emissions from all energy use) as standard from 2016.
materials with low embodied energy - the Understandably, increased energy efficiency is a vital part of the Code,
but there are a range of other design considerations, including water,
buildings of the future. materials, waste and the health and well-being of occupants. The
result will be a significant reduction in CO emissions to help combat
Diagrams and drawings in this book
2
global warming and climate change.

typically show a range of solutions for
buildings incorporating systems to maximise Glasgow Museum of Transport
energy efficiency. The key to Knauf Insulations products being specified on this project
was its ability to provide in-depth technical support, including complex
three dimensional heat flow modelling calculations. This allowed
Knauf Insulation to produce a solution that met all of the insulation
requirements by using a double layer of 100mm Earthwool FactoryClad
Roll 32. This is a flexible, lightweight roll of resilient glass mineral wool
with exceptionally high tear strength and a thermal conductivity of just
0.032 W/mK.
Read more: Glasgow Museum of Transport

knaufinsulation.co.uk
Photograph Courtesy of Jim Dunn, Glasgow Museum and Art Galleries

1.2
Denby Dale Passivhaus
Excellent performing insulation is obviously fundamental to Passivhaus
construction and the Denby Dale house has 300mm Earthwool
DriTherm 32 Ultimate cavity slabs in the walls, 500mm Earthwool
CarbonZero Loft Roll 44 in the roof void (both of which incorporate
ECOSE Technology) along with 225mm of high-performing Polyfoam
Floorboard Standard insulation in the floor.
Read more: Denby Dale Passivhaus

Low Energy House Refurb - Doncaster

Knauf Insulation undertook a project to internally insulate an 1890s
Victorian mid terrace property to Part L 2006 energy standards. The
aim was to install systems that could be undertaken by any competent
builder to achieve an effective and efficient low energy refurbishment at
a modest marginal cost over a normal refurbishment. The attractive brick
frontage made the property less suitable for external wall insulation
(EWI) but ideal for Knauf Insulations ThermoShell Internal Wall
Insulation (IWI) system using their patented EcoStud as a replacement
for the more traditional timber stud framing.
Read more: Low Energy Whole House Refurbishment

Knauf Insulation PPD Laboratory - St Helens

The ThermoShell EWI system is an ideal solution for upgrading
existing solid wall constructions and delivering high levels of thermal
performance.
The system gives developers and installers a solution for improving

thermal efficiency and can be designed to meet the particular
requirements of each project.
Read more: Knauf Insulation PPD Laboratory


WARM AIR
+35 C
Energy efficiency:
insulation is the key 21 C
Perfect inside
temperature
Maximum
heat gain
The energy saving properties of insulation keeps
buildings warm in winter and cool in summer.
The bigger the temperature difference between the inside and outside
of a building, the faster the building will lose heat in winter and gain
heat in summer. Insulation helps maintain a stable inside temperature
by slowing heat transfer by convection, conduction and radiation.
Reducing
heat gain
Full-fill insulation
Preventing
heat gain
Generally speaking, the larger the temperature difference between the

inside and the outside of a building, the thicker the layer of insulation
Non-residential
needs to be to reduce heat flow.

1.2
COLD AIR
-15 C
Insulation is critical across all sectors

A vast amount of energy is lost through the fabric of the UK`s buildings.
Insulation incorporated into fabric can make a profound contribution to
the buildings long term energy saving.
Increasingly, designers have the responsibility of improving a buildings

energy efficiency by designing an envelope to achieve maximum thermal
performance according to building function and activity. Different sectors
have different requirements - for example, balancing heat retention and
Maximum cooling in public and commercial buildings is often a key consideration,
heat loss whereas for residential buildings, higher insulation and heat retention
alone have a direct impact on the carbon emissions (and bills) associated
with heating, and is the overriding design parameter.
Full-fill insulation
Preventing
heat loss
The climate in Sweden is much colder than in most of Europe, but the
Residential average energy consumption of their buildings is much lower, mainly
due to thicker insulation.

Saving costs by saving energy

Residential
In a typical uninsulated home, approximately half of the
heat generated internally is lost through the walls and roof,
making them the two biggest causes of heat loss. Insulating
these two elements is the most efficient and cost effective
way of reducing fuel bills.
Walls
Over 30% of the heat lost from an un-insulated home is lost through
un-insulated external walls.
Cavity wall insulation is a highly effective and efficient way to

significantly reduce the amount of energy needed to heat a home: the
average house could save around 135 a year on fuel bills by installing
cavity wall insulation. Many existing houses can easily have their cavity
walls upgraded. A three bedroom semi-detached house, therefore could
save up to 0.55 tonnes of CO2 a year.
External wall insulation is more expensive than cavity wall insulation but it
could save around 475 a year on energy bills. It has the added benefit
of providing a new external appearance. A three bedroom semi-detached
house, therefore could save up to 1.9 tonnes of CO2 a year.
Internal wall insulation is an economical option and could save around

445 a year on energy bills. A three bedroom semi-detached house
could save up to 1.8 tonnes of CO2 a year.
Table 1 - Wall insulation costs, savings and paybacks

Measure Annual saving Installed cost () Payback time CO2 saving per
per year () year
Cavity wall Up to 135 100 - 350 Less than a year Around 550kg
insulation to 3 years
External wall Around 475 9,400 to - 1.9 tonnes
insulation 13,000
Typical minimally insulated
Internal wall Around 445 5,500 to - 1.8 tonnes
insulation 8,500 old housing stock
Source: The Energy Saving Trust, October 2011 (www.energysavingtrust.org.uk)
All costs are approximate and exclude VAT

1.2
Lofts
A house with no loft insulation having had the recommended thickness
of glass mineral wool loft insulation (270mm) installed, will not only save
up to 175 worth of heating bills per year but also nearly 720kg of CO2
each year.
The lofts in many houses already have some loft insulation in place,
but not the recommended thickness. When a loft with 100mm of glass
mineral wool loft insulation is increased to 270mm, it pays for itself in
2 to 4 years* and the annual saving in CO2 is
110kg.
If everyone in the UK installed 270mm loft

insulation, we could save nearly 500 million
and 2.7 million tonnes of carbon dioxide every
year, the equivalent of taking nearly 100,000
cars off the road.
* Estimated cost of loft top up, if work is carried out under an energy company subsidised
scheme or DIY installation.
Table 2 - Loft insulation costs, savings and paybacks

(professional versus DIY)
Loft insulation 0-270mm 100-270mm
Annual saving per Up to 175 25
year
Professionally 100 - 350 100 - 350
installed cost
Professionally Up to 2 years From 4 years
installed payback
DIY cost 50 to 350 50 - 350
Insulation to Part L1A DIY payback Up to 2 years From 2 years
2010 CO2 saving per year Around 720kg Around 110kg
Source: The Energy Saving Trust, October 2011 (www.energysavingtrust.org.uk)
All costs are approximate and exclude VAT

Insulation part of
a buildings DNA
Insulation has played a vital part in the evolution
of buildings and is an essential building component,
especially as energy prices increase.
It not only offers excellent opportunities for thermal
insulation (along with the benefits of energy saving, cost
saving and combating climate change) but contributes
to acoustic improvement and fire safety, enhancing
the quality of life, fitness for purpose and performance
of buildings in which it is installed.

1.2
Sustainability, by using recycled
materials and being recyclable
at end of life
Non-combustibility and A1 fire

classification, for enhanced safety
Sound absorption properties,

for protection from noise
High insulation efficiency,

for maximum thermal comfort
Energy saving, for reduced

energy bills

1.3 Building Regulations
Building Regulations and guidance

Overview for England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland
The Building Regulations for the UK

are generally split into three:
England and Wales
Northern Ireland
Scotland
England and Wales

Governing body Intent
The Department for Communities and Local To provide standards for most aspects of a
Government (CLG) is responsible for Building building's construction, including its structure,
Regulations. fire safety, thermal performance, sound
insulation, drainage, ventilation and electrical
Mode of operation
safety. Electrical safety was added in January
If building work is being carried out, the
2005 to reduce the number of deaths,
Building Regulations are likely to apply and
injuries and fires caused by faulty electrical
will require certain standards to be met. The
installations.
Building Regulations are made under powers
in the Building Act (the primary legislation). To improve the energy efficiency of buildings.
Separate planning permission may also be
The changes to the regulations on the
required for the work.
conservation of fuel and power, which came
Checking that the Building Regulations have into effect on 1st October 2010, are designed
been complied with is done by Building to save millions of tonnes of carbon during their
Control Bodies either based in the Building lifetime and help to combat climate change.
Control department of the local authority or
To improve the health and safety of people in
established as an Approved Inspector in the
Communities private sector.
and around buildings, including those with
and Local Government disabilities.
Legislative framework
For more information visit:
The legislative framework of the Building
Regulations is principally made up of: www.planningportal.gov.uk
The Building Regulations 2000; and
The Building (Approved Inspectors etc.)

Regulations 2000

Building Regulations 1.3
Northern Ireland
Governing body The role of the Department
The Department of Finance and Personnel Under the 1979 Order, the Department is
(DFPNI) is responsible for Building Regulations empowered to write Building Regulations
in Northern Ireland. for certain matters set out in the Order. The
1.3
current regulations are the Building Regulations
Mode of operation
(NI) 2009.
If building work is being carried out, the
Building Regulations are likely to apply and Intent
will require certain standards to be met. Building Regulations set requirements and
standards for building that can reasonably
If you intend to erect, alter or extend a
be attained, having regard for the health,
building, to install services, fittings or works to
safety, welfare and convenience of people in
a building, or to materially change the use of
or around buildings and others affected by
a building, you must first seek approval to do
buildings or building matters. They also further
so from your district council. This may involve
the conservation of fuel and power, and make
the submission of plans or (for domestic
provision for access to buildings. In addition
applications) a building notice to your local
to its role in writing regulations, it is also
Building Control Office.
the appeals body for all the current appeals
Legislative framework procedures defined by the Order. It may also,
The enactment of the Building Regulations on request from an applicant, decide to relax
(Northern Ireland) Order was in 1972, which or dispense with certain requirements of the
was subsequently amended in 1978, before building regulations.
being replaced by the Building Regulations
For more information, visit www.dfpni.gov.uk
(Northern Ireland) Order 1979 (as amended
1990).
Scotland
Governing body Develop technical guidance for the standard
The Scottish Building Standards Agency (SBSA) of new buildings and the improvement of the
is responsible for delivering the Scottish building existing stock;
standards system.
Provide technical support on all Building
Mode of operation Standards related work undertaken by the
The building standards system in Scotland Executive;
is established by the Building (Scotland)
Respond to references made to Scottish
Act 2003. The Act gives powers to Scottish
Ministers under Section 12 of the Building
Ministers to make building regulations,
(Scotland) Act 2003;
procedure regulations, fees regulations and
other supporting legislation as necessary, to Develop fees, regulations and procedures
fulfil the purposes of the Act. regulations to support the new building
standards system;
The purposes include setting building standards
and dealing with dangerous and defective Assist in the development and implementation
buildings. The various regulations are made of European standards and Directives relating
by Scottish Ministers, but must be approved to the standard of buildings;
by the Scottish Parliament before coming into
Research to support and enhance the building
force.
standards system.
sbsa
SCOTTISH BUILDING
The system is intended to ensure that building
work on both new and existing buildings results
in buildings that meet reasonable standards.
Intent
The Scottish Building Standards Agency
will work on behalf of Scottish Ministers to:
STANDARDS AGENCY
Legislative framework
promote the health, safety, welfare and
The Building (Scotland) Act 2003 and the
convenience of people in and around buildings;
Building (Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations
2004. further the conservation of fuel and power;
and further the achievement of sustainable
The role of the Department
development.
Advise Ministers on policy development,
delivery and evaluation on the Building For more information, visit www.scotland.gov.
Standards system across Scotland; uk/topics/built-environment/building/building-
standards
Implement Ministers policies on building
standards;

Residential thermal regulations

The conservation of fuel and power

1.3
Scotland Northern Ireland
Technical Handbook: These documents are designed to mirror
Domestic, Section 6 the requirements of England and Wales.
(May 2011)
This Handbook covers
Technical Standard
new build work and work
F1 (2006)
to existing dwellings.
Section 2 covers the
Northern Ireland 2006
conservation of fuel
Thermal Efficiency Standards
F1 and power for new
6
CI/SfB
Uniclass
L6815
(M2)
in New and Existing build dwellings.

Conservation of fuel and power
for dwellings
Dwellings - A Guide to Section 3 covers the
Scottish Technical Standards
August 2006
regulations for existing

Residential December 2010
Section 6 - 2010 dwellings.
Thermal Efficiency Standards in
New and Existing Dwellings
A Guide to Scottish Technical Standards
Section 6 - 2010
England and Wales

Approved Document Approved Document Code for
L1A (2010) L1B (2010) Sustainable Homes
This document covers the This document covers The key driver for energy
conservation of fuel and the conservation of fuel efficiency in new build
power for new dwellings. and power for existing dwellings
dwellings.
2 page 30
L1A: Thermal Efficiency L1B: Thermal Efficiency

CI/SfB
| |
Uniclass
L6815
| | (M2) |
Standards in New CI/SfB

| |
Uniclass
L6815
| | (M2) |
Standards in Existing
Dwellings - Dwellings -
A guide to Approved A guide to Approved
Document L1A 2010 Document L1B 2010
(England and Wales)
Residential Residential
New Build November 2010 Refurbishment November 2010
Thermal Efficiency Standards in New Dwellings

A guide to Approved Document L1A 2010 (England and Wales)
Thermal Efficiency Standards in Existing Dwellings
A guide to Approved Document L1B 2010 (England and Wales)

(England and Wales)
knaufinsulation.co.uk knaufinsulation.co.uk

Residential acoustic regulations

Resistance to the passage of sound
Noise and the need to improve standards

Noise transmitted to dwellings can detract from peoples quality of life by
disrupting sleep, causing annoyance, or disturbing everyday activities.
In particular, sleep deprivation can lead to stress-related illnesses and
affect performance at school or work.
With increased housing density, the Government is aiming to
improve standards of sound insulation and significantly improve
compliance via post-construction testing and Robust Details.
In the Code for Sustainable Homes Health and Well Being category,
improving the acoustic performance of separating walls is rewarded
with extra credits.
Note: Glass mineral wool and rock mineral wool can help provide points for CfSH`s
compliance in both the Energy and Health and well-being categories.

1.3
Technical Handbook: Technical booklet G (1990) Sound
Domestic, Section 5 (May 2011) This document covers the reduction of sound
This handbook covers new build work and transmission and reverberation in new dwellings.
work to existing buildings.
G
Sound insulation of dwellings
August 1990
Technical booklet G1 (1994) Sound conversions

This document covers the reduction of sound
transmission and reverberation in conversions.
G1
conversions
August 1994
England and Wales

Approved Document E (2003)
This document covers the requirements for the
resistance to sound coming from other parts of
the building or other buildings, both in terms of
reverberation and transmission.

Fabric First
Why exceed minimum Code for Sustainable Homes

requirements The Code for Sustainable Homes is intended solutions can help to achieve credits in a
as a single national standard used in England number of categories including energy,
Building Regulations set out minimum standards materials and waste.
and Wales to guide industry in the design
for the thermal performance of the building
and construction of sustainable homes. It is Within the energy section there are 9 sub-
fabric elements (roof, wall, floor, windows
a means of driving continuous improvement, sections for which credits are awarded with
and doors) by reference to limiting U-values.
greater innovation and exemplary achievement the majority of credits being apportioned to the
However, it should be remembered that this is
as it goes further than the current building Dwelling Emission Rate of the home (Ene1) and
the minimum level of performance required.
regulations, and is intended to help promote the Fabric Energy Efficiency of the home (Ene2).
Why settle for this when a much more efficient even higher standards of sustainable design. Table 3 shows the minimum requirements of the
insulated fabric can quite easily be achieved Ene1 section. Table 4 shows the increased focus
The Code uses a one to six star rating system
to deliver many long term associated benefits on improving the fabric of a dwelling since the
to communicate the overall sustainability
such as: Code was updated in November 2010 in order
performance of a new home against nine
reduced energy bills categories - energy, water, materials, surface to incentivise a fabric first approach to deliver
reduced CO2 emissions water runoff (flooding and flood prevention), long term carbon savings and to improve fabric
reduced reliance on renewable technologies waste, pollution, health and well-being, energy efficiency, thus future-proofing reductions
more comfortable internal environment with management and ecology. Knauf Insulation in CO2 for the life of the dwelling.
less temperature fluctuations
By adopting a Fabric First approach, house Table 3 - Mandatory Energy Level Requirements
builders and developers can future proof Code level Minimum improvement over Approved
their designs making them applicable to future Document L 2010 TER
Building Regulation changes as we approach Level 1 0%
the requirement for zero carbon homes.
Level 2 0%
Forward thinking developers could take the
Level 3 0%
approach of amending their designs now and
adopting a highly insulated fabric which would Level 4 25%
result in future requirements being met by Level 5 100%
renewable technologies being simply bolted Level 6 Net Zero
on to their existing designs.
It is worth remembering that if the renewable Table 4 - Focus on fabric energy

technologies fail, are not adequately Energy Section Pre Nov 2010 Post Nov 2010
maintained or suffer from reduced performance
over time, a well insulated dwelling will still
Available Credits Available Credits
provide a highly efficient fabric which requires Ene1 Dwelling Emission Rate 15 10
no maintenance in order to deliver its thermal Ene2 Fabric Energy 2 9
performance and for the lifetime of the
dwelling.

1.3
Scottish Building Standards Table 5 - Section 7 - Sustainability
Section 7 Sustainability Minimum Improvement Maximum Space Heating

over TER Requirement
Section 7 - Sustainability was introduced to
Bronze 0% n/a
the Scottish Building Standards on 1st of May
2011. Silver 21.4% 40kWh/m2 for houses; or
30kWh/m2 for flats or
The section includes a labelling system which maisonettes
has been designed to reward the achievement
of meeting 2010 standards and also of opting Gold 42.8% 30kWh/m2 for houses; or
to meet higher levels of performance. 20kWh/m2 for flats or
maisonettes
The section includes a number of categories
which are assessed focussing on energy and
Platinum 100% * Not currently defined in
carbon emissions targets, but also broader
regulation
issues such as water efficiency and flexibility in
design. *(DER should not exceed zero)
The labelling system rewards new buildings

that meet the 2010 building standards with a
Bronze level label. Further optional levels of
sustainability are defined by Silver, Gold and
Platinum labels. Table 5 shows the requirements
in terms of energy and fabric performance for
Passivhaus
each level. The Passivhaus Standard was developed in The Passivhaus Standard requires:
Germany in the early 1990s with the primary a maximum space heating and cooling
Zero Carbon objective of drastically reducing the requirement demand of less than 15 kWh/m2 year
The Zero Carbon Hub has developed both a for space heating and cooling, whilst also a maximum total primary energy demand of
definition, and recommended performance creating excellent indoor comfort levels. 120 kWh/m2/year
levels for zero carbon homes. an air change rate of no more than 0.6 air
A Passivhaus is a building, for which thermal
changes per hour @ 50 Pa
The recommendations include minimum carbon comfort can be achieved solely by post-heating
compliance levels for various house types (see or post-cooling of the fresh air mass, which is To achieve the Passivhaus Standard in the UK
Table 6), in addition to a range of allowable required to achieve sufficient indoor air quality typically involves:
solutions which can be used to plug the gap conditions without the need for additional very high levels of insulation
between these carbon compliance levels and recirculation of air. extremely high performance windows with
zero regulated emissions. (Passivhaus Institut) insulated frames
airtight building fabric
Whilst these levels may change as we move Passivhaus requirements are achieved primarily
'thermal bridge free' construction
towards the target date of 2016, the focus will by adopting a fabric first approach to the
a mechanical ventilation system with highly
remain on providing a high level of thermal design, specifying high levels of insulation to
efficient heat recovery
performance for the building fabric. the thermal envelope with exceptional levels
of airtightness and the use of whole house Knauf Insulation is a founder member of the UK
Focusing efforts on the comparatively long-lived
mechanical ventilation. Passivhaus Trust and can provide guidance on
building fabric helps to future proof homes
insulation levels and detailing required when
meaning they will be less likely to require Passivhaus buildings achieve a 75% reduction
designing to Passivhaus levels.
difficult and expensive refurbishment upgrades in space heating requirements, compared to
at a later date. This supports the Governments standard practice for UK new build.
parallel agendas of carbon reduction, long term
energy security and reducing fuel poverty.
Table 6 - Carbon Compliance Levels for

Various House Types
House Type Carbon Emissions

(kgCO2/m2/yr)
Low rise 14
apartments
Attached houses 11
Detached houses 10
Non-residential thermal regulations

The conservation of fuel and power

1.3
Technical Handbook: These documents are designed to mirror the requirements of
Non-Domestic, Section 6 (May 2011) England and Wales.
This Handbook covers new build work and
Technical Standard F2 (2006)
work to existing buildings other than dwellings.
Section 2 covers the regulations for new
buildings other than dwellings.

Section 3 covers the regulations for existing
F2
Conservation of fuel and power
buildings other than dwellings.
for non-dwellings
August 2006
England and Wales

Approved Document L2A (2010) Approved Document L2B (2010)
This document covers the conservation of fuel and This document covers the conservation of fuel
power for new buildings other than dwellings. and power for existing buildings other than
dwellings.
A guide to Approved Document L2A 2010 A guide to Approved Document L2B 2010
CI/SfB
| |
Uniclass
L6815
| | (M2) |
(England and Wales) CI/SfB
| |
Uniclass
L6815
| | (M2) |
(England and Wales)
knaufinsulation.co.uk knaufinsulation.co.uk
Non-domestic Non-residential
New Build March 2012 Refurbishment March 2012
Thermal Efficiency Standards in Thermal Efficiency Standards in

New Non-domestic Buildings Existing Non-Domestic Buildings
A guide to Approved Document L2A 2010 (England and Wales) A guide to Approved Document L2B 2010 (England and Wales)
Technical
TechnicalAdvice
Adviceand
andSupport
SupportCentre
Centre01744
01744766666
766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 33
Non-residential acoustic regulations

Resistance to the passage of sound
Noise and the need to improve standards

Noise transmitted in non-residential buildings should follow the
Governments resolve to improve standards of sound insulation.
These are outlined on the following page for schools Building
Bulletin 93 (BB93) and hospitals Acoustics: Technical Design
Manual - 2011.

1.3
Technical Handbook: Technical booklet G (1990) Sound
Non-Domestic, Section 5 (May 2011) This document covers the reduction of sound
This Handbook covers new build work and transmission and reverberation in new dwellings
work to existing buildings other than dwellings.
The Scottish Building Standards

TECHNICAL HANDBOOK
NON-DOMESTIC
G
August 1990
SCOTTISH BUILDING
STANDARDS AGENCY
Technical booklet G1 (1994) Sound conversions

This document covers the reduction of sound
transmission and reverberation in conversions
G1
conversions
August 1994
England and Wales
Department of Health - Acoustics:

Technical Design Manual 2011
Sets out the overall requirements and considerations
for noise control in healthcare premises.
Building Bulletin 93 (BB93)

The Acoustic design of Schools
Sets out the acoustic performance requirements
for new schools and describes the normal
means of demonstrating compliance with the
Building Regulations.

Fire safety
Residential and non-residential

1.3
Technical Handbook: These documents are designed to mirror the requirements of
Domestic, Section 2 Fire (Oct 2011) England and Wales.
Non-domestic, Section 2 Fire (May 2007)
Technical Booklet E Fire Safety (2005)
This Handbook covers new build work
This document covers both dwellings and
and work to existing buildings. Northern Ireland 1994
non-dwellings. Sections 2 and 3 deal with

internal fire spread to linings and structure,
E respectively.
Fire safety
August 1994
England and Wales

Approved Document B Fire safety (2006)
volume 1 dwellinghouses and
volume 2 buildings other than dwellings
This document covers both dwelling and
non-dwellings. Parts B2 Internal fire spread
(linings) and B3 Internal fire spread (structure)
are relevant to Knauf Insulation products.

Resistance to moisture
Residential and non-residential
In all buildings it is essential that the walls,

floors and roof must be designed and
constructed so as to adequately resist the
penetration of moisture. Technical guidance
and statutory requirements can be found
in Approved Document C for England and
Wales, Technical Booklet C for Northern
Ireland and Technical Handbook 3 for
Scotland.
One consequence of climate change is the expectancy that the UK will
experience an increased risk of intense and torrential downpours followed
by devastating flooding. With this in mind, it is imperative that all building
elements are constructed to ensure that they are robust enough to prevent
problems being caused by moisture ingress and are also designed and built
to prevent problems associated with surface and interstitial condensation.

1.3
Technical Handbook: This document is designed to mirror the requirements of
Domestic, Section 3 Environment (Oct 2011) England and Wales.
Non-Domestic, Section 3 Environment (May 2011)
Technical Booklet C Site preparation
This Handbook covers new build work and
and resistance to moisture (1994)
work to existing buildings. Northern Ireland 1994
Sections 1 and 2 cover resistance to ground

The Scottish BuildingThe Scottish Building Standards
Standards
TECHNICAL TECHNICAL
HANDBOOKHANDBOOK
NON-DOMESTIC
NON-DOMESTIC
moisture and resistance to weather respectively.
SCOTTISH BUILDING
STANDARDS AGENCY
SCOTTISH BUILDING
STANDARDS AGENCY
The Scottish Building Standards
TECHNICAL HANDBOOK
NON-DOMESTIC C
Preparation of site and
Booklet C covers both residential and non
residential buildings.
resistance to moisture
SCOTTISH BUILDING
STANDARDS AGENCY
August 1994
England and Wales

Approved Document C Site preparation and
resistance to contaminants and water (2006)
This document covers contamination clearance and
treatment of unsuitable material.
39
1.4 Key Insulation Design Considerations
Key insulation
design considerations
The following pages give an overview of the critical factors
influencing the design of today's buildings.
Many are dealt with in greater depth in later sections of
this book and page numbers are shown where relevant.
Thermal Thermal Acoustic Fire Moisture

(fabric) (airtightness page 43 page 44 page 45
page 41 & ventilation)
page 42
Energy Sustainability The zero Materials

efficiency of materials carbon handling
page 46 page 47 principle page 49
page 48
40Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

40
Key Insulation Design Considerations 1.4
Key design considerations
Thermal fabric
The primary purpose of insulation is to limit
either heat loss or heat gain though the external
structure and fabric of a building.
All building materials used in a wall, roof or floor, increase the
thermal resistance to some degree, however insulation materials are
the most efficient at adding thermal resistance because of their low
thermal conductivity. Heat loss through a building element can occur
through conduction, convection or radiation or a combination of them.
The Law
In England and Wales, Part L of the Building Regulations sets out the
statutory requirements for the thermal design of new and refurbished
buildings, for which the thermal performance of the building fabric
is a fundamental component. The standards outlined in Part L of the
Building Regulations will become more demanding in terms of thermal
performance and are scheduled to be upgraded again in 2013. In
Scotland, Technical Handbook, section 6 and in Northern Ireland
Technical Booklet F cover the thermal regulations and requirements.
Key guidance
For domestic new build, the Code for Sustainable Homes is now
a critical influencing factor. The Code sets out criteria for creating
ever-more carbon, sustainable and environmentally efficient housing
with the objective of all new-build housing being zero carbon by
2016.
41
Thermal
airtightness and ventilation
Airtightness and thermal bridging at junctions

of building elements are key design considerations
for all buildings.
Uncontrolled air exchange with the external environment is a major
cause of heat loss within a building. However, there is a difference
between air leakage and ventilation. Nearly half of all heat lost from
the average home is a result of uncontrolled air leakage through gaps
in the structure. This is distinct from controlled ventilation resulting from
intentionally designed vents such as windows and fans.
With air leakage, heat energy in the air is lost. The way to eliminate
uncontrolled air leakage is to form a sealed external envelope,
through which moisture vapour can escape, but wind and water
cannot penetrate.
Constructions with high levels of air leakage have been exposed as

wasteful of energy and are major contributors to CO2 emissions.
Ventilation systems with heat recovery capability require buildings with
high levels of airtightness in order to operate at maximum efficiency.
Key guidance
Accredited Construction Details have been specifically designed in
order to minimise heat loss from dwellings due to air leakage and
infiltration. They can be considered to be the industry best practice
details and can be downloaded free of charge from:
www.planningportal.gov.uk
Guidance on the ventilation of buildings can be found in
BS 5250: 2011, Code of Practice for Control of Condensation
in Buildings.
For the impending Constructive Details scheme please refer to our

website at knaufinsulation.co.uk
42
1.4
Acoustic
Protection from noise contributes towards the
quality of life afforded by dwellings, and a
healthy, productive and attractive environment in
offices, hospitals, schools and other non-domestic
buildings.
Many aspects of modern life contribute towards increasing levels of
potential nuisance noise including the construction of housing at high
densities, increasing use of home entertainment equipment throughout
the home, and the 24 hour society.
In dwellings, legislation is concerned with protecting residents from

nuisance noise in attached dwellings and within the dwelling, and
requires that separating walls and floors are built to provide specific
levels of protection. There is no requirement to protect from noise
sources external to the dwellings such as road or air traffic.
Schools (in particular rain noise), hospitals, libraries and many other
types of buildings have very specific acoustic requirements and
specifications will often determine the acceptable noise levels within
rooms by their activity and purpose.
Glass and rock mineral wool insulation has excellent acoustic

absorption performance. Its use in carefully specified constructions
with good detailing contributes significantly towards the requirements
stipulated in the regulations set out below.
The Law
Approved Document E (England and Wales only) Resistance to the
passage of sound. The document sets minimum standards for the
protection that separating walls and floors offer between dwellings
and internal walls and floors within dwellings. It sets similar standards
for other types of residential rooms including hotels and student
accommodation. It also states minimum standards for reducing
reverberation in communal areas of flats and apartment buildings and
creating the appropriate acoustic conditions in schools.
In Scotland, Technical Handbook, Section 5 and in Northern Ireland

Technical Booklet G covers acoustic regulations in dwellings and
non dwellings.
Key guidance
General
BS 2750-2:1995 Measurement of sound insulation in buildings and
of building elements.
Hospitals
HTM 08-01 and HTM 60 These documents set out sound insulation
requirements and guidance for various areas in hospitals.
Schools
BB93 sets out the acoustic performance standards for new schools.
43
Fire
All buildings must be designed and constructed
to minimise the risk of fire; to minimise its spread
should it occur; to maximise the structure's stability;
and to maximise the ability of the occupants to
escape unharmed.
Insulation fire protection products
Knauf Insulation products achieve the highest Euroclass `Reaction to fire`
ratings and have excellent resistance to the Surface Spread of Flame
when tested to BS 476 Part 7:1997. Many products are classified as
Class `0` to the Building Regulations and can be used in a wide range of
partitions, separating walls, ceilings and structural beams and columns to
achieve anything from 30 to 240 minutes fire resistance.
Reaction to fire
Reaction to fire tests are used to evaluate the contribution of a material
to fire growth. Tests are carried out either to national classifications,
i.e. BS 476 or to European classifications. The results of the latter are
more transparent and allow easier comparison of the reaction to fire of
different products. The Euroclass fire classification of a product is required
to be declared on the CE mark.
All Knauf Insulation unfaced mineral wool products achieve a Euroclass

rating of A1 the highest performance possible. Put simply this means
that the products are non-combustible. Most cellular plastic foams will
achieve a Euroclass rating of C or D.
The Law
Approved Document B (England and Wales) sets out the requirements
for provision of means of escape; inhibition of fire spread internally;
optimisation of building stability; inhibition of spread of smoke; and
limitation of fire spread from one building to another. Periods of fire
resistance for specific buildings, building areas and types of construction
are also set out in the Approved Document's appendices. In Scotland,
Technical Handbook, Section 2 and in Northern Ireland Technical Booklet
E covers fire safety.
Key guidance
BS ENISO 13501-1 - Fire classification of construction products and
building elements
BS 476 range of standards - Fire tests on building materials and structures
BS 5950: 3.1 : 1990 - Structural use of steel in buildings
Fire Protection for Structural Steel in Buildings (The Yellow Book)
produced by the Association of Specialist Fire Protection.
44
1.4
Moisture
The comfort that a building offers can be
adversely affected by the presence of moisture
on internal surfaces or within the construction
elements. The fabric of a building can be a
contributory factor in the accumulation or presence
of moisture in two ways: either by not protecting
from or contributing to the ingress of liquid water
either from precipitation or the ground, or by
allowing the formation of condensation.
The prevention of liquid water penetration from the outside through
the building fabric is a critical task for both the design and
construction team of any building. The designer must select
appropriate materials and provide details that will enable their
correct installation in line with the details provided and maintain
a high standard of workmanship. The positioning of and integrity
of membranes often next to insulation is critical as is the correct
specification of materials next to layers which are intended as
rainscreens rather than waterproofing layers.
Condensation
Condensation occurs most commonly where warm humid, moisture
laden air meets a cold surface. Harmful condensation can occur
both on inner surfaces and within construction elements. The
former typically occurs where a specific area of the inner surface is
significantly colder, either caused by poor detailing or workmanship
that leads to the omission of insulation. Condensation occurs within
the element of structure where water vapour is able to migrate
through a structure by diffusion, or more seriously, transported by air
movement through gaps, until it meets a barrier which prevents further
diffusion/transport and causes the water vapour to condense. This
can be overcome by installing effective vapour control layers on the
warm side of the insulation. In all circumstances, air movement into the
construction through gaps must be prevented.
The Law
Approved Document C (England and Wales) sets out requirements
for resistance to moisture via floors and walls (from the ground and
outside), and roofs (from the inside and outside).
Approved Document F (England and Wales ) sets out the natural and
mechanical ventilation requirements of dwellings and non-dwellings.
In Scotland, Technical Handbook, Section 3 and in Northern Ireland,

Technical Booklet C covers site preparation and resistance to moisture.
Key guidance
BS 5250 : 2011 Code of practice for the control of condensation in
buildings.
45
Energy
efficiency
Using energy more efficiently is the fastest
and most cost effective way of cutting carbon
dioxide emissions.
It can also improve productivity and contribute to the security of our
energy supplies by reducing our reliance on imported energy and
ensuring we make maximum use of our own and global energy
resources. Improving the energy efficiency of homes can also reduce
energy bills and help ensure that the most vulnerable members of
society can afford to heat their homes.
The Law
Anyone selling a property in Scotland, England and Wales must
provide potential buyers with an Energy Performance Certificate
93
55 (EPC). It is calculated using the UK Standard Assessment Procedure
(SAP 2009) for dwellings which gives an energy efficiency rating
based on fuel costs and an environmental impact rating based on
carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. For non residential buildings the EPC
is generated using the Simplified Building Energy Model (SBEM).
Key guidance
Energy Performance Certificates: www.communities.gov.uk
SAP 2009 and SBEM: www.bre.co.uk
93
55
46
1.4
Sustainability
of materials
An increasingly important consideration (as new
building techniques are developed to supply the
buildings that meet the government requirements of
low and zero carbon buildings) is the sustainability
of building materials used in the construction from
cradle to grave or even cradle to cradle.
Designers should consider the total environmental impact of production
and use, including the extraction and supply of all raw materials, the
manufacturing process, delivery to site as well as the expected service life
of the material.
The first step in evaluating these impacts is to carry out a Life Cycle
Analysis. International Standards (ISO 14040 series) exist for the
collection and analysis of life cycle data. These standards allow for
differing approaches and interpretations, and whilst this may be
completely justifiable and understood by life cycle analysis experts, it
can cause confusion for building professionals who are trying to make
judgments on the sustainability of the materials they specify. What is
needed is a common approach to life cycle analysis of construction
materials and this is provided by the BRE Green Guide. The ratings
from the BRE Green Guide are used to inform the materials sections of
the Code for Sustainable Homes and all BREEAM assessments and are
generated from data collection certified by the BRE and a single common
interpretation methodology.
The BRE Green Guide is available at www.thegreenguide.org.uk.

This carries ratings that classify insulation materials and elements of
construction in to six bands: A+ to E.
Mineral wool complete sustainability

Mineral wool products achieve excellent ratings in the Green Guide.
The raw materials used in the products manufacture either come from
recycled sources such as bottle glass, or are extracted from naturally
abundant sources such as sand or dolomite stone.
Consumption of energy and other materials is minimised in the

manufacturing process to allow the product to have environmental profiles
similar to or better than many natural products such as sheeps wool
and hemp. In fact, the energy and CO2 saved by mineral wool can be
hundreds of times that used in manufacture of the product. All Knauf
Insulations manufacturing plants operate under Certified Environmental
Management Schemes which set out steps for continual assessment and
improvement of environmental performance.
47
The zero
carbon principle
A zero carbon building is a general term applied
to a building with zero net energy consumption.
This can be measured in different ways (relating to energy, or carbon
emissions) and different views are taken on the relative importance
of energy generation and energy conservation to achieve energy
balance. In general, the carbon emissions generated from on-site or
off-site fossil fuel use are balanced by the amount of on-site renewable
energy production.Designers should not only consider the carbon
emissions generated by the building in use, but also those generated
in the construction of the building and the embodied energy of the
structure.
E
n
vi
ro
n
m
e
The zero carbon or zero energy approach is promoted as a

n
ta
l
Im
p
A
a
c
potential solution to a range of social and environmental issues,

t
R
a
B
ti
n
g
(C
C D
including reducing carbon emissions, reducing dependence on energy

O2
)
U
K
imports and providing a measure of security against future energy

2
E
0
0
8
6
3
5
F G
crises.
Achieving minimal energy use

To achieve minimal energy use, the design and construction of
zero energy buildings departs significantly from conventional
building practice. In addition to using renewable sources, zero
energy buildings are also designed to make use of heat energy
that conventional buildings typically let go to waste by use of heat
recovery ventilation and hot water heat recycling units. They are
normally optimised to use passive solar heat gain and thermal mass to
even out temperature variations throughout the day.
Advantages of zero carbon buildings

potential isolation of buildings' occupants from energy price
increases
reduced cost to improve energy efficiency during initial design and

construction rather than via a retrofit
higher resale value
the value of a zero carbon building relative to a similar

En
vir
on
En
vir
me
nta
lI
conventional building increases as energy costs increase.
me mpa
on
A nta ct
B l Im Rat
A pa ing
C ct
Ra (CO
B tin 2 )
D C g (C
O
UK
20 E D 5 8411 2 )
06
UK F E 5 48
20
06
G F
G
48
1.4
Materials handling
Consider products which reduce transport and
material handling to save transport and labour.
Earthwool glass and rock mineral wool are
compression packed to reduce site handling and
have the
added benefit of reducing transport related
CO2 emissions.
The most technically advanced manufacturing and testing
facilities in the world enable Knauf Insulation to supply
superior quality glass and rock mineral wool products with a
range of benefits:
Weatherproof palletised packaging is easier to

handle and store
Compact, weatherproof packaging is easy to load and unload, and

can be stored outside
Compression packaging reduces transport related CO2 emissions
Compression packaging saves energy and gives you more in a pack
The high compression ratio and elasticity of glass mineral wool means it
can be compressed down, to up to a nineth of its original volume. This
means more glass mineral wool can be carried on a lorry which reduces
the environmental impact of transportation.
Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk49

1.5 Product Accreditation
Product accreditation
In order for construction products to be placed on the European market Building designers face a multitude of choices, both in the form of
they need to comply with the requirements of the Construction Products construction to be adopted for the building element and the materials that
Directive (CPD). The basic principle of the CPD is to ensure that products will comprise that element. In order for a new product or a proprietary
are fit for their intended use and can be freely traded across the system to establish its credibility and fitness for use it should be tested,
European Economic Area thus establishing a single agreed standard and accredited or assessed by an independent third party who tests in
of performance and system of certification. It applies both to products accordance with recognised British, European or industry standards and
manufactured within and from outside of the European Community. test methods.
The CPD was implemented in the United Kingdom in 1991 and The introduction of new products or systems to the marketplace can
subsequently amended with the CE Marking Directive, which came be greatly simplified by obtaining independent third party certification
into force on 1st January 1995. These Regulations require products to from a United Kingdom Accredited Service approved testing body such
be legally placed on the UK market and gives the conditions for products as the British Board of Agrment (BBA), BRE LPC, BSI or the University
to bear the CE marking. The CPD replaces existing national standards of Salford. Acquiring third party certification also eases the process of
and technical approvals with a single set of European-wide technical acceptance by the relevant industry, by building control and by proving
specifications. Any standard prefixed BS EN is a European Standard regulatory compliance. The British Standards Institute (BSI) Kitemark
and it is the harmonised parts of these standards which manufacturers scheme is probably the best known symbol of product trust, integrity
must meet for the purpose of CE marking. and quality, both customers and specifiers alike can be reassured that
manufacturers having this associated with their product have satisfied the
Under the CPD, a product bearing a CE mark will automatically be
most rigorous of quality processes.
presumed to meet the requirements of the relevant technical specifications.
It is, therefore, a visible declaration that the product complies with the From a manufacturers perspective it is important that the characteristics
CPD. A typical CE mark on an insulation product details the products of their products are measured and clearly and accurately displayed
dimensions, thermal performance and its reaction to fire classification. if they are to be correctly identified and included in specifications. A
In order to display the CE mark, a product has to undergo a rigorous ten BBA Certificate is only awarded to a product after it has successfully
stage process. passed a comprehensive assessment which includes laboratory testing,
on-site evaluations and production inspections. The latter is important
When selecting suitable insulation products and construction systems, the
in order to check that the manufacturer has a factory production control
building designer needs to be aware of the relevant statutory documents,
system in operation that will ensure the specification of the product will
associated reference documents and substantive certification relative to
be consistently maintained. The main focus of the Agrment process
their specific project and choice of materials or systems that they wish to
is the evaluation of the extent to which the product allows compliance
incorporate.
with relevant Building Regulations and other statutory requirements to
be achieved. In the main, BBA Certification is most beneficial when new
and/or innovative products or systems are being introduced to the market
place or an existing product is being used in an application other than
that for which it was originally certificated.
A British Board of Agrment Certificate is proof that a product or system has Bureau Veritas is a global leader in conformity assessment and certification
been tested by a registered third party laboratory which tests in accordance services. They independently evaluate management systems for compliance
with United Kingdom Accreditation Service requirements (UKAS) which with a specific standard including International Management Standards
includes site inspections and factory production control. for sustainability, namely ISO 9001 (Quality Management), ISO 14001
(Environmental Management), EN 16001 (Energy Management) and OHSAS
The Certificate focuses on application testing and evaluation of the fitness
18001 (Health and Safety Management). These are process, not product
for use of the product and provides guidance on design of works and the
standards.
appropriate installation of products. The products performance is regularly
monitored and the BBA Certificate gives the user or installer of the product
confidence that the product is fit for its intended purpose and provides the
specifier with a guarantee that his product specification is robust and fit for
purpose.
BBA Certificates are generally obtained to support new products introduced to
the marketplace and they also ease the process of acceptance by the relevant
industry, by proving regulatory compliance.

Product Accreditation 1.5
System accreditation
1.5
There are many instances where products can be shown to meet statutory Third party accreditation of installers of systems, materials, products
requirements due to the fact that they are installed in well established or structures provides a means of ensuring that installations have been
construction systems with proven low technical risk, enabling designers conducted by knowledgeable contractors to appropriate standards,
to specify a product based purely on its performance characteristics. In thereby increasing confidence that the specified performance has
these instances the product/systems performance, fitness for use and been achieved.
compliance with statutory requirements has been established over a
There are many instances where the building designer requires
long period of successful installation. The installation of low density glass
substantive proof that their proposed forms of construction meet a
mineral wool products between timber joists, at ceiling level, in pitched
statutory requirement. For instance, the acoustic performance of
roof constructions, is a good example of this type of system solution.
a separating wall or floor needs to comply with the performance
There are many ways in which a construction system can be proven to requirements of Approved Document E or be designed and installed as
comply with the relevant part of the UK Building Regulations. The system a Robust Detail, whilst the integrity of insulated structural steelwork has
would typically be tested in accordance with a British or European to comply with the requirements of Approved Document B, which in turn
Standard, or even assessed against an existing system that is proven to makes reference to specific British Standards.
meet the requirements. The performance of an element of a building will
One other example is for a product manufacturer to acquire third party
be partly dependent on two things: the materials or products that make up
certification in support of a product or combinations of products which
that element and the standard of workmanship used to install or construct
form part of a proprietary system which can then be shown to meet the
the element.
performance requirements of the Building Regulations.
In order to confirm that a construction system/solution is adequate for the
For instance, our ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation system has been
purpose for which it is intended (and thus complies with the requirements
independently tested by an accredited third party (British Board of
of the Building Regulations) it is beneficial to acquire third party
Agrment) to determine that it is `fit for use` in the application for which it
accredited product conformity or system certification.
is intended and complies with the relevant Building Regulations, and other
This type of accreditation provides a credible means of identifying statutory or non-statutory requirements.
materials, design and performance of systems and products or structures
This third party accreditation can then be presented to building designers,
which have demonstrated that they meet or have the potential to meet the
specifiers and local authority building control officers to substantiate proof
required performance standard if they are correctly installed.
of performance of this proprietary system.
Since the performance of a product, component or structure is dependent
upon satisfactory site installation: independent schemes of certification
and accreditation of installers provide confidence in the appropriate
standard of workmanship being provided. For instance, our injected
Supafil Cavity Wall insulation can only be installed by persons who are
approved by Knauf Insulation and the British Board of Agrment, these
installers are also subject to supervision by Knauf Insulation including
unannounced spot checks.
The CE Mark is a declaration by a manufacturer that a product fulfils the Registered Firm status is an independent evaluation of a quality management
essential requirements of the Construction Products Directive (89/106/EEC). In system for compliance with a specific standard. They
Eurofins
gaining theIndoor Air Comfort
CE mark Certification
a certain amount of programme combines
third party product the criteria
testing of
is required The is a declaration
CE Markstandards
are process by a standards
not product manufacturer andthat
the aaccreditation
product fulfils the
mandatory
and the CE and voluntary
marking product for
requirements regulation set up
the factory by national
production organisations
control system essential
is a Britishrequirements of the Construction
Standards Institute Products
classification. Directive
Registered (89/106/EEC).
Firm status guaranteesIn
and private
are met withlabelling
a qualitybodies, such assystem
management Blue Angel,
complyingM1, with
AgBB, BSAFSSET
EN ISOand 9000. gaining the CE mark
that a company a quality
uses a certain management
amount of third partythat
system product testing
complies is the
with required
more. This ensures that a certified product meets the highest possible
The Construction Products Directive applies to factory made thermal insulation standard and the CE marking requirements for
standard and also confirms that products and the factory production control system
for the relevant
products productand
for buildings group as well as
compliance ensuring
with complianceProducts
the Construction with any Directive are met with
services a quality management
are adequately system complying
managed, controlled with BS EN ISO 9000.
and assured.
subsequent
(89/106/EEC) thirdisparty audit.
a legal This certification
requirement. showsiscompliance
CE marking a visible sign with
of all
meeting The Construction
Registered Products
Firm status is anDirective
assuranceapplies
that atosupplier
factory can
made thermal insulation
provide
relevant European specifications and as a result, a certified product
that legal obligation (in most European States CE marking is itself mandatory). can apply products for buildings
quality products and compliance with the Construction Products Directive
and services.
for any other relevant label on the basis of its Eurofins
Product standards and test methods are common throughout Europe, Indoor Air Comfort (89/106/EEC) is a legal requirement. CE marking is a visible sign of meeting
Gold
so oneStandard
test coverscertification.
all countries which enables consumers to differentiate that legal obligation (in most European States CE marking is itself mandatory).
between products and allows direct comparison of product performance. Product standards and test methods are common throughout Europe, so one
'ADD
test SECTION
covers ON MANAGEMENT
all countries which enables SYSTEMS
consumersAT to END'
differentiate between
By displaying the CE mark on products consumers can be assured that products and allows direct comparison of product performance.
all relevant European product standards are being met.
By displaying the CE mark on products consumers can be assured that all
relevant European product standards are being met.

1.6
1.6 The Science of Insulation
The science of insulation explained
How heat flows Convection

Convection occurs in gases and liquids. If a hot surface is in contact
To understand how insulation works, it is first with cooler air, heat is conducted to the air. This air then becomes
necessary to explain the different ways heat flows warmer and therefore less dense than the adjacent cooler air. The
warmer, lighter air rises upwards and is replaced by cooler air,
through a construction. Physically, heat always
causing a continuous flow of air by natural convection gradually
moves from areas of high temperature to those removing heat from the hot surface to the air. The process is reversed
at a lower temperature, which is why, in the if warm air comes into contact with a cold surface.
cold external temperatures of winter, the warmth

inside a building will try to escape through walls,
windows, roof and floor.
This heat flow takes place by conduction,
convection and radiation.
Conduction
Conduction is the transmission of heat through a material, or from one
material to another, through direct contact. Conduction can take place
in solids, liquids and gases.
Metal conducts heat

rapidly
In constructions, the convective heat transfer we are interested in occurs

mainly in wall and roof cavities.
Radiation
Radiation is the transmission of infra-red radiant energy from a hot
surface to a cold surface through air or a vacuum. Radiant energy
moves through space without heating anything in between the energy
is only absorbed when its path is blocked by an object which absorbs
the energy and converts it to heat. All materials emit radiant energy to a
greater or lesser extent according to their surface characteristics and the
temperature of the surface. The higher the temperature of a surface the
greater the amount of radiant energy emitted.
The most common example of this is the radiant heat from the sun, which
travels millions of miles through space, and only has any effect when it is
blocked by an object, e.g. people, buildings or the earth itself.
Concrete or blockwork can

be efficient conductors of heat
Mineral wool is a poor conductor
of heat and therefore a highly
efficient insulant
In relation to construction materials, metals are the best conductors of

heat, followed by concrete and masonry. In contrast, wood and insulation
materials are poor conductors, as are air and other gases.

The
The
Science
Science
of of
Insulation
Insulation 1.6
1.6
1.6
How to reduce heat flow by the use of Thermal conductivity by material type
The graph below shows the classic curve type associated with the thermal
insulating materials in buildings
conductivity performance of traditional bulk insulation materials.
In order to perform effectively, an insulation material must reduce
heat flow.
Rock mineral wool
How conduction is reduced
Glass mineral wool
To reduce heat transfer by conduction, an insulating material should have
a very small amount of solid material in relation to void. Additionally, the Optimum density:thermal
conductivity range
solid material should consist of thin connecting walls, or discontinuous Value
fibres. Conduction across the voids can be further reduced if they are
filled by an inert gas rather than air.
How convection is reduced

To reduce heat transfer by convection, an insulating material should Density
contain small voids or air pockets within which air movement is Each type of material has its own classic curve
minimised. Similarly, within a construction, convection can be reduced Glass mineral wool is more efficient at normal building
temperatures than rock mineral wool
by having small self contained air spaces, rather than large ventilated air
spaces. This particular graph shows the curve for glass and rock mineral wool
products, as can be seen the thermal conductivity of the product is
Discontinuous fibres
improved as the density of the product increases, however the rate of
change diminishes as density increases and ultimately, at higher densities,
the thermal conductivity starts to increase.
The basic trend of this graph holds true for all bulk insulation materials,
and its shape is a function of the varying efficiency of the material at
Small voids with
minimal movement
restricting the three different methods of heat flow at different densities.
Thermal conductivity also varies with temperature. As temperature rises

then the thermal conductivity of materials generally increases. This is not
a phenomenon that is of concern in buildings because the variance only
High ratio of void
becomes significant at temperatures which would not be experienced in
to solid material normal conditions. It is a consideration when insulating building services
Foil facing and high temperature processes.
Measurement of thermal conductivity

How radiation is reduced
From May 2003, it became a legal requirement that thermal insulation
The transmission of heat by radiation is stopped when it is absorbed
products for buildings are tested to - and comply with - the Construction
into the surface of a material, this results in a rise in temperature of the
Products Regulations, as defined in United Kingdom law. One major
material. However that material will in turn emit radiant energy. The most
consequence of this is the change to the way that thermal conductivity
effective surface is a low emissivity surface that emits very little radiant
(lambda value) of thermal insulation products is measured and declared.
energy and absorbs a very small percentage of the radiant energy falling
on it. A low emissivity surface is characterised by a shiny metallic All insulation products have an inherent variability when it comes to
finish. In a building the transmission of heat by radiation from one internal thermal conductivity. This is basically dependent on the method by which
surface to another is not regarded as heat loss however the transmission the insulation is made and actually works. Put simply, the lambda value
of heat from external elements of the building away from the building is. for building insulation products must be such that 90% of the results
obtained are within 90% of the quoted value hence Lambda 90/90.
Thermal conductivity (K value or l value)
The aim is to ensure that the values quoted for insulation performance are
The measure of a materials ability to transmit heat is known as thermal
consistent and give both users and building designers confidence in the
conductivity (units W/mK) it is also known as lambda value (l).
products and solutions that are being specified.
Lambda 90/90 effectively means that all thermal insulation products

manufactured in accordance with harmonised European Standards
have their lambda value tested and declared to the same methodology,
establishing a level playing field for all materials. Thermal conductivity is
determined by testing in accordance with BS EN 12667: 2001.

1.6 The Science of Insulation
The science of insulation explained
Thermal resistance (R-value) In its simplest form, a U-value is calculated by establishing the thermal
The measure of a materials ability to resist the transfer of heat, it is resistance of each layer in the construction element and adding them
specific to a particular thickness of material. Units: m2K/W. together to provide a total resistance (TR) value. The U-value is calculated
from the reciprocal of the combined resistances of the materials in the
R-value = Thickness (m)
element, including any airspaces and surface resistance values.
Thermal conductivity (W/mK)
Thermal Resistance is the most important material characteristic that

should to be defined when specifying insulation. From the formula for
140mm mineral wool insulation (B)
calculating, it is apparent that there are two factors affecting the thermal
resistance: the thickness of the insulation and the thermal conductivity of 12.5mm plasterboard (C)
the material. Simply specifying thickness of material is not enough
Example: the designer requires an insulation material with a thermal

resistance of 2.25 m2K/W
This can be provided in a number of ways:
R-value of 100mm of Loft Roll 44 = 0.100

12.5mm plasterboard (A)
0.044
= 2.2727 = 2.25 m2K/W.*

R-value of 75mm of Rafter Roll = 0.075

0.032
= 2.3437 = 2.30 m2K/W.*

* R-values are required to be rounded down to the nearest 0.05 interval for CE marking
purposes.
TR = Rsi + Ra + Rb + Rc + Rso
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 has a higher thermal conductivity than Earthwool Rsi is the internal surface resistance
Rafter Roll, but applied in a higher thickness it provides an almost equal
Rso is the outer surface
12.5 plasterboard (C) resistance
level of thermal resistance.
Therefore U-value = 1
The lower thermal conductivity of the Earthwool Rafter Roll is a function
TR
of higher density, therefore it requires a greater amount of material and
it would be more economic to satisfy the thermal resistance requirement For instance an external wall with a total thermal resistance of
with the Earthwool Loft Roll, provided the 100mm depth can be 3.50m2K/W would have a U-value of 1 or 0.29W/m2K.
accommodated. 3.50
To achieve a specific thermal resistance, increased product thickness is This method of calculating U-values, however, does not allow for non-
more economically efficient than using a product with a lower thermal uniformities that exist in real constructions and therefore will not enable
conductivity. Timber sheathing (A) a realistic model to be calculated. The non-uniformities require factors
to include allowance for the effect of repeating thermal bridges, (e.g.
Thermal transmittance (U-value)
timber studs in timber frame construction, mortar joints in lightweight
Commonly known as the U-value, it is a measure ofTimber
the studs
rateat of conductive
600mm centres
and aircrete masonry or metal rails and clips in twin metal skin
heat loss of a building element or component. Units: W/m2K.
constructions), fasteners that penetrate the construction and the possibility
The actual thermal transmittance of a building element is a function of the of the imperfection of fit of layers that might allow air movement around
thermal resistance of the materials that are used in the construction and insulation layers. These factors are included in more sophisticated
the way they are assembled. numerical and mathematical models. These methods are defined by
international standards such as BS EN ISO 6946 Building components
U-values of building elements can be established by laboratory testing,
and building elements Thermal resistance and thermal transmittance
but the process is costly, time consuming and size limited. Furthermore,
calculation method and guidance is given regarding the suitability of
the result would only hold true for an identical construction or element.
each method for the proposed construction. Additionally, reference should
Testing is widely used to establish the thermal transmittance of glazing
also be made to BR443:2006 Conventions for U-value calculations 2006
and doors, but for other construction elements it is more normal to use
edition which sets conventions for and gives guidance on the calculation
numerical and mathematical models to predict the U-value.
of U-values. This document is referenced directly by the Approved
Documents for England and Wales, the Technical Standards in Scotland
and Technical Booklets in Northern Ireland.

The Science of Insulation 1.6
1.6
12.5mm plasterboard (C)
Whole building approach

The calculation methodology detailed in BS EN 6946 is 12.5mm
commonly known
plasterboard (A) The U-values of building elements are critical factors in the overall heat
as the "combined method" and is generally suitable for most elements of loss from buildings, but there are two other heat loss mechanisms that
construction except where there are metal repeating thermal bridges in need to be included to establish the total heat loss from the building
the insulation layer. fabric, these are: heat losses through non repeating thermal bridges such
as window reveals, sills and lintels, and ventilation heat loss, whether
If the example below is taken to be a timber frame panel, then it becomes intended or unintended (air leakage). All three heat loss mechanisms need
to be included in any model of the energy performance of a building.
Calculation methods exist to predict the energy consumption of

buildings and these are used both for modelling for building regulations
compliance. For dwellings the methodology used is SAP (Standard
Assessment Procedure 2009) and for non dwellings it is SBEM (Simplified
12.5 plasterboard (C)
Building Energy Model 2010).
SAP is the Government's standard for assessing the energy performance

of dwellings. SAP ratings are actually energy costs ratings with the energy
use for space heating, water heating, ventilation and lighting, minus any
cost savings from energy generation technologies incorporated into the
dwelling. However, it is also used to generate carbon emission ratings
used in the Building Regulation compliance process and to generate the
Energy Performance Certificate.
Timber sheathing (A)

SBEM in simple terms is a SAP program for non dwellings, however it
carries with it a far greater degree of complexity in use, and its purpose
is to calculate energy use and carbon emission ratings. Generally, non
Timber studs at 600mm centres
dwellings are far larger than dwellings and there are often many differing
types (i.e. offices, shops, warehouses (and even accommodation) etc)
apparent that the insulation is bridged by the timber studs. In these within a single building. The fabric of the building has to be carefully
circumstances, the combined method is appropriate. defined including internal building elements and the use type of each
internal space also defined so the lighting, heating and cooling and hot
water requirements can be calculated. The services within the building
When the combined U-value method is applied to the calculation of the are defined and then the CO2 emissions rating is calculated for Building
U-value of this construction, it becomes 0.32W/m2K as opposed to Regulation compliance. The SBEM calculation is also used to generate the
0.26W/m2K if the effect of the timber studs is ignored. Energy Performance Certificate for the building.
In this calculation, the proportion of insulation replaced by timber is 15%. Such is the importance of U-value calculations an industry leading U-value
This proportion is identified as the default timber fraction in BR443, and and Condensation Calculation Competency Scheme has been created by
a level 0 correction for air gaps in the insulation layer has been applied the British Board of Agrment in conjunction with the Thermal Insulation
because mineral wool is deemed to be cut with a positive tolerance so Manufacturers and Suppliers Association (TIMSA). The primary purpose
that it has to be compressed between the timber studs to be fitted and of the scheme is to promote and assist accurate, objective and consistent
all joints in the insulation layer are closed. If a rigid foam board has calculation of U-values and condensation calculations within the UK
been used, it might be considered necessary to apply a level 1 air gap construction industry, the scheme was launched on the 1st April 2010.
correction because the board has to be cut with a negative tolerance to
enable fitting and there may well be air gaps greater than 5mm in width.
Clearly the accurate calculation of U-values requires detailed knowledge

of product characteristics, calculation methodologies and standards,
and construction techniques. The accurate calculation of U-values is a
fundamental building block in the development of whole building energy
models and Building Regulations submissions.

1.7 Types of Insulation
Types of insulation
There is a very broad spectrum of insulation materials

available on the market, with an equally broad variance
in form, performance, sustainability, cost-effectiveness
and availability.
Knauf Insulation manufactures four different types of
insulation: glass and rock mineral wool; extruded
polystyrene and extruded polyethylene and therefore can
offer advice on the most appropriate type of insulation
for a specific application.

www.knaufinsulation.co.uk
Types of Insulation 1.6
1.7
Glass mineral wool
1.7
Glass mineral wool is made from sand and recycled glass, limestone and
soda ash. These are the same ingredients that are used to make familiar
glass objects such as window panes or glass bottles. The glass is spun
to form millions of fine strands of wool. A resin is used to bind the wool
together to form a mat of material. The density of the product determines
whether the insulation is a lightweight quilt supplied in rolls, a flexible
slab or a rigid slab, and its thermal insulation value.
Characteristics
Long strands, giving good tear strength
Suitable for temperatures up to 230C
Non-combustible
Lightweight
Available in rolls and slabs
Low to very low environmental impact
Ability to be compression packed
Good acoustic absorber
Main uses
Loft insulation
Cavity wall insulation (built in and injected)
Sound insulation (absorption) within partitions and floors
The core range of mineral wool rolls and slabs available from Knauf Insulation are made using ECOSE Technology - a revolutionary,
new, formaldehyde free binder technology, based on rapidly renewable materials instead of petro-based chemicals. It reduces
embodied energy and delivers superior environmental sustainability. ECOSE Technology was developed for glass and rock mineral
wool insulation, but offers the same potential benefits to other products where resin-substitution would be an advantage, such as in
wood based panels, abrasives and friction materials.
Glass mineral wool rolls Glass mineral wool slabs Glass mineral wool - blown

1.7 Types of Insulation
Rock mineral wool
Rock mineral wool is made mainly from volcanic rock, typically basalt
and/or dolomite. An increasing proportion is now recycled material
from slag, a waste product from blast furnaces. The materials are melted
and then spun into fine strands of wool. A resin is used to bind the wool
together to form a mat of insulation.
Characteristics
Short strands high compressive strength
Suitable for temperatures up to 850C
Non-combustible
Denser than glass mineral wool
Available in slabs, rolls and mattresses
High compressive strength
Main uses
Thermal insulation of flat roofs, rainscreen faades and external
wall insulation
Fire protection of structural steel, including smoke and fire barriers
High temperature applications
Sound insulation for floors and walls
The core range of mineral wool rolls and slabs available from Knauf Insulation are made using ECOSE Technology - a revolutionary,
new, formaldehyde free binder technology, based on rapidly renewable materials instead of petro-based chemicals. It reduces
embodied energy and delivers superior environmental sustainability. ECOSE Technology was developed for glass and rock mineral
wool insulation, but offers the same potential benefits to other products where resin-substitution would be an advantage, such as in
wood based panels, abrasives and friction materials.
Rock mineral wool mattress Rock mineral wool slabs

Types of Insulation 1.6
1.7
Foamed plastics
Extruded polystyrene (XPS)
1.7
Extruded polyethylene (XPE)
Extruded polystyrene (XPS) Extruded polyethylene (XPE)

Extruded polystyrene (XPS) is made by mixing polystyrene pellets with Extruded polyethylene (XPE) is made by mixing polyethylene pellets
various ingredients to liquify them. A blowing agent is then injected and other ingredients, a blowing agent is injected in liquid form causing
into the mixture, to form gas bubbles. The foaming liquid is then forced a foaming reaction. A conical shaping die is used to shape and form
through a shaping die. When cooled, it produces a closed cell foam that the XPE, producing a material that quickly cools into a flexible, closed
is rigid and moisture resistant. cell plastic foam.
Characteristics Characteristics
Lightweight Lightweight
CFC and HCFC free CFC and HCFC free
High compressive strength Excellent acoustic performance (impact sound)
Zero ODP and GWP <5 Excellent moisture resistance
100% recyclable Good compression resistance
Excellent water resistance Typically sold in roll form
Suitable for temperatures up to 70C Available in cut component rolls
Excellent freeze thaw performance Main uses
Available in large board sizes Resilient layer in acoustic floors
East to cut shape and form Flexible edge strip in screeded floors
Main uses Packaging

Ground floors
Flat roofs
Heavy duty floor insulation
Panels and other fabrication applications
Polyfoam ECO has a Global Warming Potential (GWP) of less than five.
Extruded polystyrene (XPS) Extruded polystyrene (XPS) Extruded polyethylene (XPE) Extruded polyethylene (XPE)

Knauf Insulation Ltd Customer Service (Sales) Technical Advice and Support Centre Literature
PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
Stafford Road Fax: 01744 612007 Fax: 01744 766 667 Fax: 0870 400 5797
St Helens Email: sales.uk@knaufinsulation.com Email: technical.uk@knaufinsulation.com Email: info.uk@knaufinsulation.com
Merseyside www.knaufinsulation.co.uk
WA10 3NS
Section 2.1
Pitched Roofs Ceiling Level
Between and above joists two

layers
Product: Earthwool Loft
Roll 44/40 Pc01
Between and above joists

two layers encapsulated
Product: Space Blanket
Pc03

with a storage deck
Product: Earthwool Loft Roll 44
and Space Board ECO Pc04

top up
Products: Earthwool Loft Roll 44
and/or Earthwool Universal Roll Pc05
2.1 Pitched Roofs - Ceiling Level
Pitched roofs ceiling level

Insulation at ceiling level design
Introduction Ventilation and Reference should be made to BS5250: 2011.

It is possible to achieve very high levels of control of condensation BS 5250 : 2011 provides guidance for pitched
insulation in pitched roofs where the insulation is roofs with two types of tiling underlay:
Where insulation is placed in roofs with
positioned at ceiling level because the insulation Type HR (high water vapour resistance)
insulation at ceiling joist level there is a risk that
thickness is largely unrestricted by construction such as traditional sarking felt
condensation will form on surfaces on the cold
considerations.
side of the insulation in the loft space. Type LR (low water vapour resistance )
A major factor influencing the design of pitched Condensation is most likely to occur where warm less than 0.25 MN s/g
roofs with insulation at ceiling level, is the type of moisture laden air (laden with water vapour) is
roof tile underlay chosen. Traditionally, roofs with Where an LR underlay which has third party
able to pass to the cold loft space but is
cold loft spaces were ventilated to allow for the certification by the British Board of Agrment,
prevented from dissipating to the atmosphere by
removal of moisture-laden air from the (for use as a tiling underlay for a pitched roof
the roof structure.
roofspace. with a cold loft space and insulation at ceiling
The key steps that need to be taken to prevent the joist level) is used, any water vapour that does
The substitution of traditional roof tile underlays formation of condensation are to restrict the pass through the insulation layer can disperse
such as 1F sarking felt (which have high water passage of warm air and water vapour through through the tiling underlay to the outside air. This
vapour resistance and require ventilation) with the structure to the cold loft space and allow for is known as a breathing roof and is
modern roof tile underlays that have low water its removal if it enters the cold loft space. The recommended by Knauf Insulation for new
vapour resistance (and require no or low levels former is achieved by ensuring that the ceiling is dwellings.
of ventilation), require the designer to well sealed and has a high resistance to the
incorporate various design features into the Where a HR underlay, such as traditional
diffusion of water vapour the latter by either
ceiling and pitched roof which are dictated by bitumen based sarking felt, is used as the tiling
ventilating the cold side of the insulation or
the type of roof tile underlay specified. underlay, it is necessary to provide cross
ensuring that the roof construction will allow
ventilation to the cold side of the insulation to
water vapour to disperse through its structure
enable water vapour to dissipate to the
and dissipate to the atmosphere.
atmosphere and thus prevent condensation
forming in the roof construction.
BS 5250: 2011 places great emphasis on the air
tightness of the ceiling to prevent water vapour
entering the loft space.
A BS 5250 well sealed ceiling

In BS 5250, a well sealed ceiling requires the
following: Penetrations, such as those for services The head of any cavity in any wall
The design should avoid holes in and rooflights, should be permanently or partition should be sealed to prevent
the ceiling and constructional gaps, sealed with suitable proprietary products transfer of warm moist air into the
especially at the junction with dry lined The ceiling should be sealed to the roof space
external walls external walls to limit any leakage A well sealed ceiling is likely to be a
No access door or hatch or downlighters through cracks prerequisite of achieving a satisfactory
should be located in rooms where large Recessed light fittings should either air leakage rate when a new building
amounts of moisture vapour are produced, comply with BS EN 60529 and be rated is tested
such as kitchens or washrooms IP60 to IP65 (depending on room use),
The access hatch should include or incorporate an appropriate sealed BS 9250 : 2007 Code of practice for the design
draught seals that are compressed when hood or box of the airtightmess of ceilings in pitched roofs
the hatch is closed and have an air leakage gives detailed advice
rate no worse than specified

Pitched Roofs - Ceiling Level 2.1
BS 5250: 2011, defines LR underlays as having

Table 1 - Ventilation requirements for LR underlays
a water vapour resistance of less than or equal to
Type of ceiling Size of ventilation openings at:
0.25 MN.s/g and recommends that only LR
2.1
underlays with technical approvals given by Eaves High level
UKAS accredited technical approval bodies (e.g.
No technical approval Normal 7mm -
BBA) for this type of application are used without
ventilation. No technical approval Well sealed 3mm 5mm
If it is proposed to use a LR underlay without this With technical approval Normal See relevant See relevant
technical approval technical approval
type of technical approval then ventilation is
required as set out in Table 1. With technical approval Well sealed As above As above
Note that if there is likely to be high initial

moisture load in the building due to water
introduced into the building during the
construction phase, or the designer has any
doubts about the viability of constructing a well
sealed ceiling then consideration should be given
to installing 5mm high level ventilation
irrespective of whether the LR underlay has a
technical approval or not.
Where no eaves ventilation is provided, the
ceiling level insulation is usually pushed up tight
against the LR underlay to prevent air leakage
into the loft at eaves level.
Ceiling level insulation with LRunderlay

Using LR underlays can obviate the need for ventilation in a pitched roof.
5mm ventilation slot at high level

recommended in BS 5250
Underlay to drape 10mm between
rafters, or counterbattens to be used
r Co Gaps between tiles and slates

ou
vap nti
nu allow water vapour to escape
t ure ou
sd
Snow and rain driven through ois iffu
o fm sio
tiling can drain safely to gutter ion no
s fm
iffu ois
sd Clean, dry, draught free tur
ou ev
tinu loft space ap
C on ou
r
Insulation pushed up tight against Well sealed ceiling to limit Insulation taken over wall plate
LR underlay water vapour entering loft and butted up to wall insulation
to avoid thermal bridge


Insulation at ceiling level design
Ceiling level insulation with HR underlay
For roofs over 35 pitch, or over 10m span, provide

ridge ventilation equivalent to 5mm continuous gap
Impermeable underlay traps moisture vapour

in loft
Insulation taken over wall plate and

Cross ventilation of attic butted up to wall insulation
Ventilation tray to provide
minimum 25mm air path to avoid thermal bridge
above insulation
Ceiling should be well sealed to prevent

moist air entering loft space Eaves level opening equal to:
10mm continuous opening for roof pitches
over 15
25mm continuous opening for roof pitches
of 15 or less
Ventilated roof design Other precautions for The gap between gable/separating walls and the
first joist should be insulated to avoid thermal
With a ventilated design, the insulation is ceiling level insulation bridging. In cold roofs, the second layer of
placed at ceiling level and cross ventilation of the All tanks and pipes in the loft should be insulated
loft space is used to disperse moisture vapour. insulation should be butted up against the gable
to prevent freezing.
and separating walls to avoid thermal bridging.
It is important to allow a clear, unobstructed Refer to BS:5422 or the TIMSA guidance for Knauf Insulation products are supplied in widths
ventilation path at least 25mm wide between the achieving compliance with Part L of the Building to suit standard joist spacings.
insulation and the tiling underlay to allow outside Regulations for the type and thicknesses of
air to enter the loft space and remove the water insulation required. Recessed light fittings
vapour. Where recessed light fittings are to be used,
Do not insulate directly under cold water tanks
The ventilation requirements for roofs with a duo unless they are elevated. The loft hatch specify LED compact fluorescent or low voltage
pitch are shown above. Lean-to and mono-pitch should also be insulated to a minimum depth tungsten lamps to minimise heat build up. Locate
roofs should have a continuous gap equivalent of 100mm and draught stripped. the fittings in enclosures that provide at least
to 10mm at the eaves and high level or ridge 75mm clearance around the fitting for air to
ventilation equivalent to a continuous gap Construction Details circulate. Seal the enclosure to prevent air
of 5mm. To avoid thermal bridging the roof insulation leakage into the loft and, if necessary, ventilate to
Ventilation openings should prevent the entry should butt up to or lap the wall insulation. the room.
of insects. A 3mm or 4mm mesh across the The designer should consider at what stage this
ventilation openings should be incorporated. linking insulation is installed, as this will affect Loft with storage deck
the detailing of insulation at the eaves. Where a boarded out storage deck is provided
Gaps and holes in the ceiling should be
above the loft insulation, a check should be made
sealed to restrict the amount of water vapour that In cold roofs, one way of achieving this in
to ensure that the ceiling joists are adequately
enters the loft space. Draft seal the loft hatch and practice is to place a short length of insulation
sized to support the anticipated loadings.
provide catches or bolts to compress the draft quilt over the wall plate (and cavity closer, where
seal and prevent air leakage from wind uplift. applicable) immediately before the tiling underlay
is fixed. This avoids having to push the insulation
into place from inside the roof once the roof
covering has been completed.

Solution optimiser and pathfinder
2.1
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08
Between and above joists two layers

Product: Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40
See page: 66
Pc01
Between and above joists one layer

Product: Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm
See page: 68
Pc02

encapsulated
Product: Space Blanket
See page: 70
Pc03
Between and above joists with a

storage deck
Product: Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and
Space Board ECO
See page: 72
Pc04
Between and above joists top up

Products: Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and/or
Earthwool Universal Roll
See page: 74
Pc05
Key
Thermal insulation achievable by constructions within this document.

Pb01
Find online. Visit knaufinsulation.co.uk and key in construction code to find the
most up to date information on your chosen solution.


Earthwool Loft Roll
NEW BUILD REFURB
Pc01
Insulating at ceiling level provides
most cost effective insulation
solution in terms of ratio of cost to
energy saved
Very low U-values can be easily and

economically achieved
Products are compression packed to

reduce transport related CO2
emissions
Earthwool Loft Roll
Non-combustible with Euroclass A1

reaction to fire rating
Earthwool Loft Roll between
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating and above ceiling joists
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP)
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Roof tile underlay
Products Installation
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and Earthwool Loft Roll The first layer of Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or 40,
40 are made from glass mineral wool and the same depth as the ceiling joists, is laid Performance
formed into rolls which are lightweight, flexible, between the joists. The insulation should be Thermal performance
resilient and non-combustible, their manufacture taken over the wall plate to link up with the wall Earthwool Loft Roll 44 has a thermal
has a very low impact on the environment. insulation. If the roof requires ventilation this is conductivity of 0.044 W/mK. Earthwool Loft
most easily done just before the eaves ventilator Roll 40 has a thermal conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
Typical construction
is fixed, during installation of the roof tile
A pitched roof of timber trussed rafters with tiles Fire performance
underlay.
or slates on battens and roof tile underlay Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and Earthwool Loft Roll
optionally on sarking board. Plasterboard The second layer of Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or 40 are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN
ceiling below. 40 is laid at right angles to the ceiling joists, 13501-1.
with all edges butt jointed. The insulation should
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or 40 is installed in two Airtightness
be pushed up tight against the roof tile
layers, the first layer between the joists and the Where enhanced airtightness performance is
underlay, or tight against the eaves ventilator, if
second layer across the joists. This minimises required the designer should consider the
no ventilation is required, take care not to block
thermal bridging through the ceiling joists. specification of a separate and fully sealed air
the ventilation air path, if ventilation is required.
Ventilation requirements leakage barrier to the underside of the ceiling
Electric cables should not be covered with joists, i.e. a polythene sheet.
If using an accredited type LR roof tile underlay
insulation in case they overheat. Cables should
with a well sealed ceiling no ventilation is
be lifted up and ideally fixed to the structure
required.
above the insulation or laid on top of the loft
In all other circumstances ventilation at eaves insulation. If in any doubt consult with a suitably
and ridge is required. qualified person, such as an electrician.

Typical section Typical specification

The whole area of the ceiling to be insulated
2.1
with two layers of Earthwool Loft Roll
40*/44* of total thickness ......mm.
Eaves ventilation tray (*Delete as appropriate)
Earthwool Loft Roll

Width of first layer of insulation to be
above ceiling joists appropriate to the joist space and of a
thickness equal to the joist depth. The
Eaves insulation to be laid between the joists and
ventilation
over wall plate on external walls.
The second layer to be laid at right angles to
the first layer. All joints between the rolls of
insulation to be close butted.
If an HR roof tile underlay is installed
maintain, a 25mm ventilated airspace
Earthwool Loft Roll
between ceiling joists
between the insulation and the sarking felt/
sarking board at the eaves.
Earthwool Loft Roll Do not insulate under cold water tanks unless
taken down to link they are elevated. Cold water tanks and
with wall insulation
pipes to be separately insulated.
Loft hatch to be insulated with a minimum
100mm depth of insulation.
Alternatively, consult the National
Building Specifications, Standard
Table 2 - iTypical U-values of pitched roofs with ceiling level insulation version clause/clauses
Thickness (mm) U-values P10/125 and 135
Between Over joists Product (W/m2K) Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
joists* downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 0.08
100 400 (2x200)
100 350 (150+200)
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 -
100 340 (2X170)
100 300 (2x150)
100 250 (100+150)
100 200
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 -
100 170
100 150
Note* : Joist sizes assumed to be 100 x 48mm at 600mm centres, 8%bridging plus 1% for cross noggings.
CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2


Between and above joists one layer
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm
NEW BUILD REFURB
Pc02
most cost effective insulation
solution in terms of ratio of cost to
energy saved
One layer application minimises

installation costs and time
Product is compression packed to

emissions

A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating

Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP)

LR underlay
Products Ventilation requirements Performance

Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is made from glass If using an accredited type LR roof tile underlay Thermal performance
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are with a well sealed ceiling no ventilation is Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm has a thermal
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- required. In all other circumstances ventilation conductivity of 0.044 W/mK.
combustible, its manufacture has a very low at eaves and ridge is required. Fire performance
impact on the environment. Installation Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is classified as
Typical construction Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is laid between the Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
A pitched roof of timber trussed rafters with tiles joists. The insulation should be taken over the Airtightness
or slates on battens and roof tile underlay wall plate to link up with the wall insulation. All Where enhanced airtightness performance is
optionally on sarking board. Plasterboard joints between the insulation to be close butted. required the designer should consider the
ceiling below. When ventilation of the loft space is not specification of a separate and fully sealed air
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is installed in one required Earthwool Loft Roll 44 should be in leakage barrier to the underside of the ceiling
layer between and overlapping the joists to intimate contact with the roof tile underlay or joists, i.e. a 500 gauge polyethylene sheet.
minimise thermal bridging through the ceiling the eaves ventilator, if ventilation of the loft
joists. space is required ensure ventilation paths are
installed in accordance with the
recommendations detailed in BS 5250:2011.
Electric cables should not be covered with
insulation. If in any doubt consult with a suitably
qualified person, such as an electrician.


2.1
with one layer of Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm.
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm LR underlay

Width of insulation to be appropriate to the
pushed tight against the joist centres. The insulation to be laid
underlay
between the joists and to finish over wall
between and above ceiling plate on external walls.
joists
All joints between the rolls of insulation to be
close butted.
If an HR roof tile underlay is installed,
maintain a 25mm ventilated airspace
Do not insulate under cold water tanks unless
they are elevated. Cold water tanks and
Well sealed ceiling
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm taken down 100mm depth of insulation.
to link with wall insulation
version clause/clauses
P10/125 and 135
Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Table 3 - Typical U-values of pitched roofs with ceiling level insulation
Product Thickness (mm) U-value
Between and over (W/m2K)
joists
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm 270 0.16
Note: Joist sizes assumed to be 100 x 48mm at 600mm centres, 8%bridging plus 1%
for cross noggings.


Between and above joists two layers encapsulated
Space Blanket
NEW BUILD REFURB
Pc03
most cost effective insulation solution
in terms of ratio of cost to energy
saved
Encapsulated product for easier

handling and installation

emissions
Space Blanket (insulation content)

Space Blanket over joists
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Space Blanket

Roof tile underlay
Products Typical construction Installation

Space Blanket is made from glass mineral wool A pitched roof of timber trussed rafters with tiles The first layer of Space Blanket, the same depth
and formed into rolls which are encapsulated in or slates on battens and roof tile underlay as the ceiling joists, is laid silver side up
a lightweight part metalised polythene film. It is optionally on sarking board. Plasterboard between the joists. The insulation should be
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- ceiling below. taken over the wall plate to link up with the wall
combustible, its manufacture has a very low Space Blanket is installed in two layers, the first insulation. If the roof requires ventilation this is
impact on the environment. layer between the joists and the second layer most easily done just before the eaves ventilator
across the joists. This minimises thermal is fixed, during installation of the roof tile
bridging through the ceiling joists. underlay.
Ventilation requirements The second layer of Space Blanket is laid at

If using an accredited type LR roof tile underlay right angles to the ceiling joists, silver side up,
with a well sealed ceiling no ventilation is with all edges butt jointed. The insulation should
required. be pushed up tight against the roof tile
underlay, or tight against the eaves ventilator, if
In all other circumstances ventilation at eaves
no ventilation is required, take care not to block
and ridge is required.
the ventilation air path, if ventilation is required.


LR underlay
2.1
with two layers of Space Blanket of total
Earthwool Loft Roll to link
ceiling and wall insulation thickness ......mm.
Width of first layer of insulation to be
appropriate to the joist space and of a
thickness equal to joist depth, laid between
Space Blanket the joists.
The second layer to be laid at right angles to
the first layer. All joints between the rolls of
insulation to be close butted.
Space Blanket
between ceiling joists Do not insulate under cold water tanks unless
they are elevated. Cold water tanks and
Plasterboard
100mm depth of insulation.
P10/125 and 135
Performance
Thermal performance Airtightness Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Space Blanket has a thermal conductivity of Where enhanced airtightness performance is downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
0.044 W/mK. required the designer should consider the
Fire performance specification of a separate and fully sealed air
The mineral wool content of Space Blanket is leakage barrier to the underside of the ceiling
non-combustible, inorganic glass mineral wool, joists, i.e. a 500 gauge polyethylene sheet.
and is Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
Because the product is encapsulated in
polythene the classification for Space Blanket is
Euroclass F.
Table 4 - Typical U-values of pitched roofs with ceiling level insulation

Product Thickness (mm) U-values
Between joists* Over joists (W/m2K)
Space Blanket 100 200 0.14

100 150 0.17
Note*: Joist sizes assumed to be 100 x 48mm at 600mm centres, 8%bridging plus 1% for cross noggings.


Between and above joists with a storage deck
Earthwool Loft Roll and Space Board
NEW BUILD REFURB
Pc04
in terms of ratio of cost to energy
saved
Provides storage space and delivers

high level of thermal performance
Earthwool Loft Roll is compression

packed to reduce transport related
CO2 emissions
Earthwool Loft Roll

reaction to fire rating 18mm Chipboard
Two layers Space Board ECO

Earthwool Loft Roll and Space Board ECO Earthwool Loft Roll
Global Warming Potential <5 (GWP) LR underlay
Products
Space Board ECO is a 100% ozone friendly, In all other circumstances ventilation at eaves Lay second layer of Space Board ECO over first
extruded polystyrene, rigid board insulation. and ridge is required. layer, stagger the boards and glue all joints to
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are made from Installation ensure a flat, secure deck. Lay chipboard deck
glass mineral wool and formed into rolls Ensure joists are capable of accepting any and glue all tongue and groove joints in the
which are lightweight, flexible, resilient and expected extra load due to storage. If any part deck.
non-combustible, their manufacture has a very of the loft space to be boarded is above a high Electric cables should not be covered with
low impact on the environment. humidity area, ensure a vapour control layer is insulation in case they overheat. Cables should
Typical construction installed on the warm side of the insulation (i.e. be lifted up and ideally fixed to the structure
A pitched roof of timber trussed rafters with tiles the underside of the ceiling joists). above the insulation or laid on top of the loft
or slates on battens and counter battens on a Lay Earthwool Loft Roll 40 or 44 between the insulation. If in any doubt consult with a suitably
vapour permeable membrane, optionally on ceiling joists. Take the insulation over the wall qualified person, such as an electrician.
sarking board. Unventilated loft space and plate to link up with the wall insulation. Place Electrical cables should be located above the
plasterboard ceiling. short lengths of Earthwool Loft Roll 40 or 44 new deck. Where this is not practical, cables
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 or 44 is installed between the rafters at eaves level to provide that are in contact with the extruded polystyrene
between the joists and Space Board ECO over continuity of insulation with the Space Board insulation should either be enclosed in a cable
the joists and overlaid with chipboard, to form ECO. housing/conduit or wrapped in aluminium foil
a boarded deck for storage in the loft. Space Board ECO is fixed to the joists using a faced tape, to prevent direct long term contact.
solvent free adhesive. Run a 10mm 15mm For recessed light fittings ensure there is a
If using an accredited type LR roof tile underlay
bead of adhesive along the joist and then lay minimum 75mm clear space around the fitting.
with a well sealed ceiling no ventilation
Space Board ECO at right angles to the ceiling Mark any runs of pipework on the surface of
required. If an HR roof tile underlay is installed
joists, applying pressure to each board as it is the deck for later reference and cut inspection
maintain, a 25mm ventilated airspace between
laid to ensure good adhesion between the hatches at junctions where required.
the insulation and the sarking felt/sarking
board at the eaves. board and the joists.


LR underlay
2.1
with Earthwool Loft Roll 40*/44*. Width of
Earthwool Loft Roll
to link ceiling and wall insulation Earthwool Loft Roll to be appropriate to the
joist space and of a thickness equal to joist
depth. The insulation to be laid between
the joists and over wall plate on external
Space Board ECO walls and pushed up tight to a vapour
and chipboard
permeable membrane.
(*Delete as appropriate)
Space Board ECO, thickness ........mm to be

laid over the Earthwool Loft Roll 40/44 long
side transverse to the ceiling joists. Begin by
running a bead of solvent-free adhesive
along the joists and then lay the boards. Lay
Earthwool Loft Roll second layer of Space Board ECO and glue
between ceiling joists all joints.
All joints in the chipboard deck to be glued.
Plasterboard
Any gaps between the edge of the Space
Board ECO and the vapour permeable
membrane to be filled with Earthwool Loft
Roll 40/44.
Performance between the insulation and the sarking felt/
Thermal performance Care should be taken to ensure that additional sarking board at the eaves.
Space Board ECO has a thermal conductivity loads do not exceed the loading capability of Alternatively, consult the National
of 0.035 W/mK. the ceiling joists. If in doubt, consult a suitably Building Specifications, Standard
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 has a thermal qualified person. version clause/clauses
conductivity of 0.040 W/mK. Space Board ECO is highly resistant to P10/125 and 135
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 has a thermal compression and withstands the long term static Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
conductivity of 0.044 W/mK. loads imparted in loft storage. downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Compression resistance Fire performance
Whilst ceiling joists are not designed to carry When installed in a roof construction it will not
large loads, Space Board ECO is capable of contribute to the development stages of a fire.
withstanding the applied point loading of the Ensure the boards are not stored or installed
ceiling joists when loaded with storage items. close to open flame or other ignition sources,
Moreover, the chipboard is capable of also avoiding volatile compounds and
withstanding the expected loads. chemicals such as solvents.
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are classified as
Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
Table 5 - U-value for pitched roofs insulated with Space Board ECO over the joists and Earthwool
Loft Roll 40/44 between joists
Earthwool Loft Roll 40/44 Space Board ECO U-value
between joists
Thickness (mm) Insulation/chipboard thickness (mm) (W/m2K)
100 142 (2 x 62 +18) 0.16
Note: Joist sizes assumed to be 100 x 48mm at 600mm centres, 8%bridging plus 1% for cross noggings.


Between and above joists top up
Earthwool Loft Roll and Earthwool Universal Roll
REFURB
Pc05
in terms of ratio of cost to energy saved
Flexible solution options to upgrade

thermal performance of existing loft
space

emissions
Earthwool Loft Roll and Earthwool

Universal Roll
Non-combustible with Euroclass A1 Earthwool Loft Roll

above ceiling joists
Earthwool Universal Roll top up
A+ generic BRE Green Guide Rating between ceiling joists if required
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Existing loft insulation
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) HRunderlay
Products Installation Performance

Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 and Earthwool In most pitched roofs, any existing insulation is Thermal performance
Universal Roll are made from glass mineral likely to be between the ceiling joists. Where Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and Earthwool Universal
wool and formed into rolls which are the existing insulation reaches the top of the Roll have a thermal conductivity of 0.044 W/mK.
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- joists, Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 can simply Earthwool Loft Roll 40 has a thermal
combustible, their manufacture has a very low be laid over the existing joists and insulation. conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
impact on the environment. Where the existing insulation is below the joist
Fire performance
Typical construction height, top-up the insulation so it reaches the
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 and Earthwool
A pitched roof with existing loft insulation and top of the joists, and then add a further 170,
Universal Roll are classified as Euroclass A1 to
an HR underlay. Earlier Building Regulation 200 or 300mm thickness over the joists.
BSEN13501-1.
requirements were achieved with 25, 50, 80, Take care not to block the eaves ventilation.
100 and 150mm thickness of loft insulation. If the new insulation covers the top of the eaves
All these thicknesses may be found in existing ventilators, install new extended ventilators
properties. before installing the insulation.
An overall insulation thickness of at least Seal any gaps or holes in the ceiling to the loft
270mm is recommended when upgrading the to limit air leakage into the loft from the internal
thermal insulation of an existing roof. environment. This is particularly important to the
If an HR roof tile underlay is installed maintain, ceiling above areas where high levels of water
a 25mm ventilated airspace between the vapour are generated such as bathrooms or
insulation and the sarking felt/sarking board at wash rooms. Loft hatches should also have
the eaves. draught seals fitted.

Typical section HR underlay Typical specification

The two alternative specifications:
2.1
a) Between joists (where applicable)
The whole area of the existing ceiling to
Eaves ventilation tray be insulated with Earthwool Loft Roll
Earthwool Loft Roll 40*/44*, thickness ......mm. Insulation
above ceiling joists of width appropriate to the joist space to
be laid over the existing loft insulation and
Eaves dressed over wall plate. Existing insulation
ventilation
to be topped up with Earthwool Universal
Roll, thickness.....mm.
b) Across the joists

The whole area of the existing ceiling to
be insulated with Earthwool Loft Roll
Earthwool Universal Roll top up Existing loft insulation
between ceiling joists (if required)
40*/44*, thickness ......mm. To be laid
over the joists, with all joints close butted.
Earthwool Loft Roll or Earthwool Universal (*Delete as appropriate)
Roll taken down to link with wall insulation,
where practical For both methods all joints to be close butted.
If an HR roof tile underlay is installed,
maintain a 25mm ventilated airspace
Do not insulate under cold water tanks.
Cold water tanks and pipes to be separately
Table 6 - Typical U-values for upgrading existing ceiling level insulation
insulated.
Additional Earthwool Loft Roll 44 insulation U-values (W/m2K)
Existing insulation Between joists Over joists thickness With or without 100mm depth of insulation.
thickness (mm) thickness (mm) (mm) sarking board
25 80* 170 0.16
50 60* 170 0.16 version clause/clauses
100 none 170 0.16 P10/125 and 135
100 none 200 0.14 Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be

100 none 300 (2 x 150) 0.11
Note: Joist sizes assumed to be 100 x 48mm at 600mm centres, 8%bridging plus 1% for cross noggings.
*60mm and 80mm are Earthwool Universal Roll.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 2.2
Pitched Roofs Rafter Level
Between rafters only

Product: Earthwool Rafter Roll or
Earthwool Flexible Slab
Pr01/02
Between and below rafter

Product: Earthwool Rafter Roll and
Knauf PIR Laminate
Pr03
Between engineered timber

rafters
Product: Earthwool Rafter Roll
Pr04
Between and below rafters

existing roof
and Knauf PIR Laminate Pr05
Between and above rafters

Products: Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab
and Earthwool Rafter Roll
Pr06
Between and in front of

timber studs
Products: Earthwool Rafter Roll
and Knauf PIR Laminate Pr07/08
2.2 Pitched Roofs - Rafter Level
Pitched roofs rafter level

Insulation at rafter level design
Rafter level insulation Over rafter insulation Rafter level insulation

Insulation between the rafters can be designed in with LRunderlay with HRunderlay
two ways: Insulation over the rafters provides a completely With this design, a 50mm ventilated airspace is
Breathing roof with Low Resistance (LR) insulated external envelope to the roof required between the top of the insulation and the
underlay construction, and allows the maximum usable tiling underlay. Should the rafter depth be
Ventilated design with High Resistance (HR) space within the roof enclosure. insufficient to accommodate both the required
underlay The insulation boards are laid across the rafters. thickness of insulation and the 50mm ventilated
It is important that there should be no gaps in the airspace, a Knauf PIR Laminate board can be
Rafter level insulation insulation layer and no ventilation between the used to underline the rafters and provide
with LRunderlay outside and the attic space. A LR underlay must additional thermal resistance. This has the added
With this option, insulation fully fills the rafter be provided to allow water vapour to diffuse benefit of minimising thermal bridging through
space without an airspace between the insulation through the entire roof construction. the rafters.
and type LR underlay. Counterbattens are needed Counterbattens are fixed through the insulation Ventilation openings should be provided at each
to ensure wind driven rain drains freely to the boards and LR underlay into the rafters. Where and every roof void at both low and high level.
gutter. the over rafter insulation is over 50mm thick, At the eaves, ventilation openings should be
The space created by the counterbattens allows consideration should be given to the fixing of the equivalent to a 25mm continuous gap. At the
the dispersion of any water vapour that passes counterbattens. ridge the ventilation opening should be the
through the LR underlay. Where the roof covering equivalent of a 5mm continuous gap each side of
Further insulation is placed between the rafters to
is very tight fitting, eaves ventilation above the the ridge.
achieve the desired thermal performance.
underlay is recommended. If the insulation board over the rafters has a high Care is needed where rooflights and dormer
A combined air barrier/vapour control layer vapour resistance, the use of mineral wool windows interrupt the ventilation path. Ventilation
should be placed on the warm side of the between the rafters is not recommended unless to the outside must be provided at the top and
insulation. This not only makes the ceiling the designer is confident that an effective vapour bottom of each space between the rafters.
convection tight, but also restricts the amount of control layer can be provided to the underside of The HRunderlay usually drapes by at least 10mm
water vapour passing through the ceiling. the rafters. between the rafters. A vapour control layer must
Where cables and piped services are to be The rafters should be faced with 12.5mm be installed to the warm side of the insulation.
installed, the plasterboard lining may be battened plasterboard, or similar, to provide fire
out to provide a services duct. The services should protection.
be routed on the warm side of the vapour control
BS 5250 provides guidance for pitched roofs
layer to avoid it being punctured.
with two types of tiling underlay:
Type HR (high water vapour resistance),
such as traditional sarking felt
Rafter level insulation with LR underlay Type LR (low water vapour resistance)
less than 0.25 MN s/g)
Ventilation space created by counter battens

Gaps between tiles and slates allow water
vapour to escape (for tight fitting slates,
eaves ventilation is recommended).
r Co
ou nti
r vap nu
ou
ate sd
fw iffu
ono sio
no
Snow and rain driven through tiling fusi fw
can drain safely to gutter s dif ate
u Vapour control layer to rv
nuo ap
nti underside of insulation ou
Co r
Insect guard
UVresistant eaves tray The roof and wall insulation should be tightly butted
to dress into gutter with no gaps to avoid air leakage and thermal bridging

Pitched Roofs - Rafter Level 2.2
Flanking sound Warm roof construction details to restrict flanking

Roofs insulated at rafter level that adjoin masonry transmission sound and external noise ingress
2.2
separating walls between rooms for residential
purposes can act as a flanking path for sound
Section through roof Section A-A
transmission between the rooms. Installing glass
or rock mineral wool between the rafters will
restrict the passage of sound from the roof space Flexible closer between junction
of separating wall and roof
into the rooms below, reducing the effect of
flanking sound transmission. The excellent
acoustic properties of glass and rock mineral A
A
wool are also beneficial in reducing the noise
from road traffic and airplanes as well as rainfall Two layers of plasterboard
drumming on the roof. to underside of rafters and to dwarf
stud walls
The ceiling and dwarf walls should be lined with
two layers of plasterboard with a combined 12.5mm 100mm Earthwool Rafter
plasterboard Roll density >10 kg/m3)
minimum mass of 16 kg/m2. Normally this would (minimum mass
be achieved using two layers of 12.5mm 8kg/m2)
plasterboard, but could also be achieved using a

combined layer of 9.5mm and 15mm
plasterboards.


Insulation at rafter level design
This option allows the designer to omit a flat These types of construction require the installation Many designers of commercial and public
ceiling and use the space within the roof volume of insulation at rafter level, following the pitch of buildings (especially offices and schools) use the
as a functioning area of the property without the roof. Knauf Insulation products provide a height offered in the pitch of the roof to create
significantly altering the building envelope. number of insulation options for this type of light, attractive interiors with high level sloping
Where cables and piped services are to be construction, maximising both space and thermal ceilings which include light wells and roof
installed within the heated envelope, the efficiency. windows.
plasterboard lining may be battened out to
provide a service void.
Single layer Double layer Rafter level

sloping ceiling sloping ceiling sloping ceiling
Uses void in structure as insulation zone Systems can achieve low U-values even Use when low U-values are required
Semi rigid mineral wool products can be with shallow rafters and internal lining would restrict head
friction fitted with no special fixings, Minimises thermal bridging through timber room in the room in roof
speeding up the installation process rafters Rafters are within the insulated envelope
Simple installation from within sealed roof Solutions with low emissivity air layers and kept warm, removing the risk of
provide service void condensation forming on them
Utilises Euroclass A1 insulation throughout
Using mineral wool will significantly Using mineral wool will significantly
Using mineral wool insulation will
improve the acoustic performance of improve the acoustic performance of
significantly improve the acoustic
the roof the roof
performance of the roof

2.2
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10

Product: Earthwool Rafter Roll or Earthwool
Flexible Slab
See page: 80
Pr01/02
Between and below rafter

Product: Earthwool Rafter Roll and Knauf PIR
Laminate
See page: 82
Pr03
Between engineered timber rafters

See page: 84
Pr04
Between and below rafters existing roof

Products: Earthwool Rafter Roll and
Knauf PIR Laminate
See page: 86
Pr05

Products: Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab and
Earthwool Rafter Roll
See page: 88
Pr06
Between and in front of timber studs

Products: Earthwool Rafter Roll and
Knauf PIR Laminate
See page: 90
Pr07/08
Key

Pb01


NEW BUILD REFURB
Pr01 Pr02
Friction fitting between rafters
ensures rafter space is fully filled
thereby preventing air infiltration
Can be used to satisfy the requirements

of Robust Details, restricting flanking
sound around separating walls

emissions
Earthwool Rafter Roll and Earthwool

Flexible Slab Counter battens
Non-combustible with a Euroclass A1 LR underlay

Earthwool Rafter Roll or
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Earthwool Flexible Slab
Vapour control layer
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Plasterboard
Products Introduction Installation

Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass The most satisfactory method of insulating at A LR underlay is pulled taught and laid directly
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are rafter level in a roof is when the required over the rafters. 50x32mm counter battens are
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- thermal performance can be achieved within nailed into the rafters with minimum penetration
combustible, its manufacture has a very low the depth of the rafters. This is because it does of 38mm into the rafter. Alternatively, helical
impact on the environment. not increase the depth of the roof build up, fixings can be used with a minimum penetration
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid rock special fixings are not required and all of 35mm into the rafter. Tiling battens are
mineral wool slab. In this construction Earthwool insulation work can be carried out from within nailed to the counter battens. Finally, the roofing
Flexible Slab can be used as an alternative to the sealed roof space. tiles or slates are fixed to the manufacturers
Earthwool Rafter Roll. Typical construction recommendations.
Robust Details A pitched roof of timber rafters with tiles or Earthwool Rafter Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab
In order to comply with the Robust Details slates on battens and counter battens on a LR is simply friction fitted (in layers if necessary) to
requirements for masonry separating walls and underlay. The space between the rafters is fully fully fill the space between the rafters. All layers
roof junctions, the complete ceiling area should filled with Earthwool Rafter Roll or Earthwool should be closely butt jointed, and are usually
contain at least 100mm of mineral wool Flexible Slab. installed from below once the roof is
(10 kg/m3 min) between the rafters and weathertight.
installed so that it is flush with the soffit of the If installed in layers, ensure joints are
rafters. Any dwarf walls which are adjacent to staggered.
the separating wall where there are rooms in The roof insulation should be cut to shape to
the roof should also contain at least 100mm of link with the wall insulation to avoid a thermal
mineral wool (10 kg/m3 min). bridge at the eaves.
A continuous vapour control layer should be
fixed to the underside of the rafters with all
joints, tears and perforations sealed.


The whole area of the pitched roof to be
2.2
insulated with Earthwool Rafter Roll/
Earthwool Flexible Slab*mm thick, friction
Counter battens fitted between the rafters. The insulation to be
pushed over the wall plate at the eaves to
link up with the wall insulation.
LR underlay

Earthwool Rafter Roll /EarthwoolFlexible Slab
P10/140 and 310
Vapour control layer Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be

Plasterboard
Performance Table 7 - Typical U-values of roofs with insulation between rafters

Thermal performance Product Thickness U-values
Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity Pr01
(mm) (W/m2K)
of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
Earthwool Rafter Roll 250 (2 x 125) 0.15
EarthwoolFlexible Slab has a thermal
conductivity of 0.035 or 0.037 W/mK. 225 (100 + 125) 0.16
Fire performance 200 (2 x 100) 0.18

Earthwool Rafter Roll and EarthwoolFlexible 175 0.22
Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to
150 (2 x 75) 0.24
BSEN13501-1.
Note: Rafter sizes assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres (6.3% bridging) and the same depth as the insulation.
Refurbishment of existing roofs CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
This is a valid solution for the refurbishment

of an existing roof where the roof tiles and roof Table 8 - Typical U-values of roofs with insulation between rafters
tile underlay are not being removed. In these Product Thickness U-values
circumstances a continuous 50mm ventilated Pr02
(mm) (W/m2K)
airspace must be maintained between the
insulation and the roof tile underlay. Earthwool Flexible Slab 250 (2 x 100 + 50) 0.16
230 (140 + 90) 0.17
200 (2 x 100) 0.20
180 (2 x 90) 0.22
170 (100 + 70) 0.23
Notes: Rafter sizes assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres (6.3% bridging) and the same depth as the insulation.


Between and below rafters
NEW BUILD REFURB

Pr03
Low U-values can be achieved, even
with shallow rafters
emissions

Non-combustible with a Euroclass
A1 reaction to fire rating
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) LR underlay
Knauf PIR Laminate
Products Installation With service void

Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass A LR underlay is pulled taught and laid directly Where a service void is provided, nail a foil
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are over the rafters. 50x32mm counter battens are faced PIR/PUR board to the rafters and tape all
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- nailed into the rafters with minimum penetration the board joints and joints where the board
combustible, its manufacture has a very low of 38mm into the rafter, alternatively, helical abuts walls, roof windows and other intrusions
impact on the environment. fixings can be used with a minimum penetration with self adhesive aluminised tape to complete
Knauf PIR Laminate is comprised of 9.5mm of 35mm into the rafter. the vapour control layer. The vapour control
taper edged plasterboard bonded to a Tiling battens are nailed into the counter layer formed by the PIR/PUR insulation board
polyisocyanurate (PIR) board*. battens. Finally, the roofing tiles or slates are and the tape should form a complete, unbroken,
*Knauf PIR Laminate is available from Knauf Drywall. fixed, to the manufacturers recommendations. barrier to the warm side of the insulation. The
vapour control layer should be linked to the air
Typical construction Friction fit Earthwool Rafter Roll between the
barrier in the external walls.
A pitched roof of timber rafters with tiles or rafters. The insulation should be butt jointed and
slates on battens. Either with counter battens continuous with the wall insulation to avoid Nail 50mm wide timber battens through the
if a LR underlay is pulled taught and insulation thermal bridging. PIR/PUR board into the rafters. The battens to
is to the full depth of the rafters, or alternatively be a minimum of 25mm deep but to suit the
Finally, Knauf PIR Laminate is nailed or screwed
without counter battens if it is draped and the required depth of the service void. After
to the underside of the rafters at maximum
insulation stops at least 10mm below the top of installing first fix services, nail plasterboard to
300mm centres at least 12mm in from the
the rafters. Insulated with Earthwool Rafter Roll the timber battens. The boards are finished
board edge.
between the rafters and lined internally with using standard drylining techniques.
The fixings should be long enough to penetrate
Knauf PIR Laminate.
at least 25mm into the rafters. The boards are
finished using standard drylining techniques.


2.2
insulated with .....mm of Earthwool Rafter
Roll, friction fitted between the rafters. The
width of the insulation should be appropriate
LR underlay
to the spacing of the rafters.
Knauf PIR Laminate Knauf PIR Laminate thickness ......mm nailed
or screwed to the rafters at maximum 300mm
centres and finished using standard drylining
techniques.
P10/140 and 310
12.5mm plasterboard
Performance
Thermal performance Table 9 - Typcial U-values with insulation between and below rafters
Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity U-values (W/m2K)
of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
Product Thickness Knauf PIR Laminate (mm)
The PIR content of Knauf PIR Laminate has a
(mm) 35 50 65 75
thermal conductivity of 0.022 W/mK, the
plasterboard facing has a thermal conductivity Earthwool Rafter Roll
of 0.210 W/mK. 250 (2 x 125) 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.10
Acoustic performance 225 (100 + 125) 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11
Earthwool Rafter Roll meets the specification for
200 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.12
a mineral wool insulation required for the
control of flanking sound as described in 175 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13
Appendix A of Robust Details. 150 (2 x 75) 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.14
Fire performance 125 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.15
Earthwool Rafter Roll is classified as Euroclass
100 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.17
A1 to BSEN13501-1.
Note: Rafter sizes assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres (6.3% bridging) and the same depth as the insulation.
Refurbishment of existing roofs CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
This is a valid solution for the refurbishment of

an existing roof where the roof tiles and roof
tile underlay are not being removed. In these
circumstances a continuous 50mm gap must
be maintained between the insulation and
the roof tile underlay which is vented at the
eaves and ridge.


Between engineered timber rafters
NEW BUILD REFURB
Pr04
No special fixings are required
allowing fast installation
emissions

Counter battens
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating LR underlay
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Earthwool Rafter Roll

8mm plywood support for insulation
Plasterboard
8mm plywood sarking
Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass The insulation is fitted from above or below Install the vapour control layer to the lower face
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are once the roof is watertight. of the plywood support pieces and across the
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- If fitting from above fix the ply wood support lower edge of each engineered timber flange
combustible, its manufacture has a very low pieces to the upper edge of the lower flange of taping all joints to ensure its integrity is
impact on the environment. the engineered timber rafter making sure the maintained. After first fix services have been
Typical construction timber fits tightly to the sides of the web of the installed finish using standard drylining
A pitched roof of engineered timber rafters with rafters. Friction fit Earthwool Rafter Roll between techniques.
tiles or slates on battens. 8mm plywood sarking the web and upper flange of the engineered If the insulation is fitted from below then the
fixed to the top of the rafters with a LR underlay timber rafter to the full depth, in layers if plywood sarking board, a LR underlay, counter
laid across the plywood. Insulated with necessary. The insulation should be butt jointed battens, tilling battens and slates or tiles are
Earthwool Rafter Roll between the rafters and continuous with the wall insulation to avoid fixed as above. Friction fit Earthwool Rafter Roll
supported by plywood fixed to the upper edge thermal bridging. (in layers if necessary) between the rafters. The
of the lower flange of the engineered timber Fix the 8mm plywood sarking board to the top insulation should be butt jointed and continuous
rafter and lined internally with a vapour control of the rafters. A LR underlay is laid directly over with the wall insulation to avoid thermal
layer and plasterboard. the plywood sarking board and 50x32mm bridging. Install the insulation support pieces
counter battens placed on top of a LR underlay and fix the vapour control layer to the lower
directly above the rafters and nailed into the face of the plywood support pieces and across
rafters with minimum penetration of 38mm into the lower edge of each engineered timber
the rafter alternatively, helical fixings can be flange taping all joints to ensure its integrity is
used with a minimum penetration of 35mm into maintained. After first fix services have been
the rafter. Tiling battens are nailed into the installed finish using standard drylining
counter battens and the roofing tiles or slates techniques.
are fixed to the manufacturers
recommendations.


2.2
Earthwool Rafter Roll insulated with Earthwool Rafter Roll, of
between rafters
thickness ...... mm friction fitted between the
LR underlay engineered rafters. The width of the
insulation should be appropriate to the
8mm ply sarking
spacing of the rafters.
Staple a vapour control layer to the
Counter battens
underside of the rafters and seal all joints.
Nail 50x25mm timber battens to the rafters
Vapour control layer to form a service void. Nail foil backed
plasterboard to the timber battens.
Service void formed in depth
of lower flange
P10/140 and 310
12.5mm plasterboard
Performance Table 10 - Typical U-values for roofs with Earthwool Rafter Roll between engineered rafters
Thermal performance
U-values (W/m2K)
Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity
of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK. Product Thickness Service void Low E service void
Acoustic performance (mm)
Earthwool Rafter Roll meets the specification for
Earthwool Rafter Roll 200 (2x100mm) 0.18 0.17
a mineral wool insulation required for the
Note: Rafters assumed to be 58mm wide, 241mm deep with 9.5mm web, spaced at 600 centres, with no bracing between the rafters.
control of flanking sound as described in
Appendix A of Robust Details. U Value Competency Scheme
Fire performance
Earthwool Rafter Roll is classified as Euroclass
A1 to BS EN 13501-1.


Between and below rafters existing roof
REFURB
Pr05
Low U-values can be achieved, even
if the existing roof has shallow
rafters
emissions

A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating HR type underlay draped
between rafters
50mm clear ventilation space
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) between underlay and insulation
EarthwoolRafter Roll
Knauf PIR Laminate

Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass Earthwool Rafter Roll is friction fitted (in layers if Thermal performance
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are necessary) between the rafters, taking care to Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- leave a 50mm ventilated gap above the of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
combustible. Its manufacture has a very low insulation. The PIR content of Knauf PIR Laminate has a
impact on the environment. The rolls should be butt jointed and continuous thermal conductivity of 0.022 W/mK, the
Knauf PIR Laminate is comprised of 9.5mm with the wall insulation to avoid thermal plasterboard facing has a thermal conductivity
taper edged plasterboard bonded to a bridging. of 0.210 W/mK.
polyisocyanurate (PIR) board*. Finally, Knauf PIR Laminate is nailed or screwed Fire performance
*Knauf PIR Laminate is available from Knauf Drywall. to the underside of the rafters at maximum Earthwool Rafter Roll is classified as Euroclass
Typical construction 300mm centres at least 12mm in from the A1 to BSEN13501-1.
A pitched roof of timber rafters with tiles or board edge. The fixings should be long enough Knauf PIR Laminate is faced with 9.5mm
slates on battens on an HR type underlay. to penetrate at least 25mm into the rafters. The plasterboard which is non-combustible.
Insulated with Earthwool Rafter Roll between the boards are finished using standard drylining
rafters and lined internally with Knauf PIR techniques.
Laminate.
There must be a continuous 50mm gap above
the insulation (installed between the rafters)
which is vented at the eaves and ridge. This is
the most popular method for insulating an
existing roof when a loft is converted to
habitable accommodation.
Optional timber spacer battens to

maintain ventilation space above insulation
Knauf PIR Laminate


2.2
Earthwool Rafter Roll insulated with Earthwool Rafter Roll ......mm
thick, friction fitted between the rafters, with
a continuous 50mm ventilation space above
50mm ventilation path the insulation. The width of the insulation
Knauf PIR Laminate should be appropriate to the spacing of the
rafters.
Sealant to reduce air leakage Knauf PIR Laminate of thickness .....mm with
integral 9.5mm plasterboard nailed or
screwed to the rafters at maximum 300mm
centres and finished using standard drylining
techniques.
Air barrier

Roof insulation to link with wall insulation
P10/140 and 310 and
K10/245
Table 11 - Typical U-values of pitched roofs with insulation between and below rafters
U-values (W/m2K)
Product Thickness Knauf PIR Laminate (mm)
(mm) 35 50 65 75
Earthwool Rafter Roll 150 (2 x 75) 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.14
125 0.21 0.19 0.16 0.15
100 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.17
85 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.18
75 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.19
Notes: Existing rafters assumed to be 50mm wide at 600mm centres (8.3% bridging) and the same depth as the insulation plus the airspace. A 50mm
ventilated airspace is required between Earthwool Rafter Roll and the existing HR roof tile underlay.


Earthwool Rafter Roll and Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB

Pr06

Rock mineral wool layer above
rafters provides support to the roof
structure and reduces impact of
thermal bridging
Earthwool Rafter Roll is compression
CO2 emissions
E arthwool Rafter Roll and Rocksilk

Pitched Roof Slab
Counter battens
Non-combustible with a Euroclass A1
reaction to fire rating LR underlay

A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) 12.5mm plasterboard

EarthwoolRafter Roll
Products Typical construction

Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass A pitched roof of timber rafters with tiles or The fixings are to be installed at no greater
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are slates on battens and counter battens and a LR than 400mm centres along the battens.
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- underlay. Insulated with Rocksilk Pitched Roof From below, Earthwool Rafter Roll is simply
combustible, its manufacture has a very low Slab laid over the rafters and Earthwool Rafter friction fitted between the rafters so that it is in
impact on the environment. Roll, friction fitted between the rafters. direct contact with the Rocksilk Pitched Roof
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is a compression Installation Slab, with no air gaps between the two layers
resistant, water repellent, rock mineral wool A timber stop rail is fixed to the ends of the of insulation.
slab specifically developed for over rafter rafters. Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is fitted To avoid a thermal bridge at the eaves, Rocksilk
(sarking) insulation, its manufacture has a very starting from the timber stop rail, with all slabs Pitched Roof slabs should be cut to shape to link
low impact on the environment. tightly butted together. the roof and wall insulation.
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab should be laid across A continuous vapour control layer should be
the rafters with staggered joints. The slabs fixed to the underside of the rafters.
should be cut to length to match the centres of
Performance
the rafters.
Thermal performance
A LR underlay can be installed either below the Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab has a thermal
counter battens (as shown above), or above the conductivity of 0.038 W/mK.
counter battens. When installed above the
Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity
counter battens the LR underlay should be
of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
draped by no less than 10mm.
Counter battens should be fixed through the
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab boards using spiral
fixings such as Helifix Inskew 600 or Buildex
RG, with a minimum penetration into the rafter
of 35mm.


Insulation laid over rafters to be Rocksilk
2.2
Pitched Roof Slab, ......mm thick. All slabs
Counter battens Vapour
control layer tightly butted together and with staggered
joints. A LR underlay should then be laid over
LR underlay
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab the insulation with the edges lapped.
The insulation and underlay to be held in
place by 50 x 32mm counter battens fixed
through the slabs, into the rafters. Tiling
battens to be nailed into the counter battens.
Earthwool Rafter Roll......mm thick, to be
Seal to reduce air leakage friction fitted between the rafters. The width
of the insulation should be appropriate to the
Air barrier
spacing of the rafters.
Roof insulation to link with wall insulation K11/695 and P10/140 and
310
Table 12 - Typical U-values of pitched roofs with insulation between and over rafters
Acoustic performance
Earthwool Rafter Roll meets the specification for U-values (W/m2K)
mineral wool insulation required for the control Product Thickness Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab (mm)
of flanking sound as described in Appendix A (mm) 50 70
of Robust Details.
Earthwool Rafter Roll 200 0.16 0.15
Fire performance
175 0.17 0.16
Earthwool Rafter Roll and Rocksilk Pitched Roof
Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to 150 (2 x 75) 0.18 0.17
BSEN 13501-1. 125 0.21 0.18
100 0.24 0.21
85 0.26 0.23
Notes: Rafter sizes assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres (6.3% bridging) and the same depth as the insulation.

Pitched roofs - rafter level

Dwarf attic walls
Earthwool Rafter Roll and Earthwool Flexible Slab

NEW BUILD REFURB
Friction fitting between studs ensures

Pr07 Pr08
stud space is fully filled thereby
preventing air infiltration Earthwool
Rafter Roll
Low U-values can be achieved with or Earthwool
Flexible Slab
shallow studs
Vapour control
Earthwool Rafter Roll is compression layer
Knauf PIR
CO2 emissions laminate
Plasterboard
Earthwool Rafter Roll and Earthwool

Flexible Slab
Earthwool
Acoustic Roll Earthwool
Loft Roll

Earthwool Rafter Roll is made from glass Earthwool Rafter Roll or Earthwool Flexible Thermal
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are Slab (the same depth as the studs) is friction Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal conductivity
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- fitted between the timber studs. The insulation of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
combustible, its manufacture has a very low should be butt jointed and in contact with the
impact on the environment. Earthwool Flexible Slab has a thermal
sole, head plate and timber studs forming the
conductivity of 0.035 or 0.037 W/mK.
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a multi-purpose, dwarf attic wall. Timber battens (25mm x
flexible, rock mineral wool slab designed to be The PIR content of Knauf PIR Laminate has a
38mm) should be fixed on the cold side of the
friction-fitted between timber studs, its thermal conductivity of 0.022 W/mK and the
attic wall studs as a secondary measure to
manufacture has a very low impact on the plasterboard has a thermal conductivity of
maintain the position of the insulation between
environment. 0.210 W/mK.
the studs, alternatively staple mesh to the back
Knauf PIR Laminate is comprised of 9.5mm Acoustic
of the timber studs, access permitting.
taper edged plasterboard bonded to a Earthwool Rafter Roll and Earthwool Flexible
A vapour control layer is then installed to the Slab provide a high level of sound absorption
polyisocyanurate (PIR) board*. face of the studs which in turn is overlaid with and can significantly improve the acoustic
*Knauf PIR Laminate is available from Knauf Drywall. Knauf PIR Laminate which is secured with either performance of dwarf attic walls.
Typical construction nails or screws to the studs at maximum
Fire
A timber stud dwarf attic wall insulated with 300mm centres and at least 12mm in from the
Earthwool Rafter Roll and Earthwool Flexible
Earthwool Rafter Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab board edge. The fixings should be long enough Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN
between the studs and lined internally with to penetrate as least 25mm into the timber 13501-1.
Knauf PIR Laminate. studs. The boards are finished using standard
Knauf PIR Laminate is faced with 9.5mm
drylining techniques.
When an existing pitched roof (with an HR plasterboard which is non-combustible.
underlay) is being converted into habitable
accommodation with insulation at rafter level a
50mm ventilated rafter airspace must be
maintained between the insulation and the HR
underlay. The 50mm ventilated airspace must
not be compromised by the installation of the
dwarf attic wall.


Earthwool Rafter Roll*/Earthwool Flexible
2.2
Slab*mm thick to be friction fitted
Counter battens
Knauf PIR Laminate
between the timber studs. The whole area of
the wall to be overlaid with a vapour control
LR underlay
layer which is stapled to the timber studs.
Knauf PIR Laminate of thicknessmm with
integral 9.5mm plasterboard nailed or
screwed to the timber studs at maximum
300mm centres and finished using standard
Earthwool Loft Roll
P10/210 and 310 and
K10/205
Seal to reduce air leakage
Table 13 - Typical U-values of dwarf attic walls insulation between and over studs
Knauf PIR Laminate U-values
Product Thickness Thickness
(mm) (mm) (W/m2K)

Earthwool Rafter Roll 100 65 0.18
100 50 0.20
Pr07 100 35 0.23

75 65 0.20
75 50 0.23
75 35 0.27
Earthwool Flexible Slab 100 65 0.18
100 50 0.21
100 35 0.25
Pr08
70 65 0.21
70 50 0.24
70 35 0.29
Notes: Studs assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres with 0.13% bridging. Thermal conductivity of timber studs is 0.13W/mK. An
additional R-value of 0.50 m2K/W has been included to account for the pitched roof airspace behind the dwarf attic wall as defined and detailed
in BR 443.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 2.3
Flat Roofs
Warm deck single ply

membrane
Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Flat
Roof Slab Fl01
Warm deck single ply

membrane
Product: Polyfoam ECO
Roofboard Fl02
Warm deck built-up felt/

mastic asphalt
Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Flat
Roof Slab Fl03
Protected membrane
Products: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard
and Polyfoam Slimline membrane
Fl04
Warm deck car park roof

Product: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard
Super
Fl05
Cut-to-falls
Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-
Falls system
Fl06
Cut-to-falls
Product: Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-
Falls system
Fl07
2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Flat roof design
Condensation Warm and cold roofs

Thermal insulation and the flow of heat and The position of the thermal insulation in relation continuous ventilated airspace to disperse the
water vapour through a construction are to the structural roof deck has created two basic water vapour to atmosphere before it reaches the
inextricably linked. The position of thermal categories of roof design: cold deck and condenses.
insulation, vapour control layer and the need for Warm roofs This section only considers warm roofs
ventilation must all be considered together. as follows:
Cold roofs
The likelihood of condensation occurring will Warm roof with built-up felt or mastic
depend on the position of the insulation in the A warm roof has the insulation above the
asphalt roof covering
roof construction, the U-value of the roof, the structural deck, which is thus kept warm.
The waterproof layer is above the insulation and Warm roof with single ply membrane
relative humidity and temperature of the internal
environment and whether an effective vapour a vapour control layer is placed below the Inverted/protected membrane/green roof
control layer has been provided. To prevent insulation.
surface condensation, the roof must be kept An inverted/protected membrane roof is a form
Roof loadings
above the dew point of the internal air with an The roof structure must be capable of supporting
of warm roof in which the insulation is placed
appropriate thickness of insulation, correctly all of the associated loadings. In addition, the
above the waterproof covering (which also acts
located. To prevent interstitial condensation, wind pressure acting on the roof should be
as a vapour control layer).
an effective vapour control layer must be installed assessed in accordance with BS EN 1991-1-
A cold roof has the insulation placed below the
on the warm side of the insulation. 4:2005+A1:2010.
structural deck, which thus remains cold. This
construction relies on a vapour control layer Drainage
working effectively, and in tandem with a Guidance on the number and size of rainwater
outlets can be obtained from BS EN12056-
Part 3: 2000. The drainage and edge details
should be installed as per the waterproofing
The three types of warm deck considered in this section membrane manufacturers instructions.
1. Warm deck built-up roof

Built-up roof
Insulation
Timber deck
2. Warm deck single ply membrane
Single ply membrane
Insulation
Metal deck
3. Inverted/protected membrane/green roof mastic asphalt waterproofing
Gravel ballast
Filtration water shedding layer
Insulation
Non-woven polyester fleece
Mastic asphalt waterproofing
Isolating layer (Type 4a Felt)
Screed to falls
Concrete deck

Flat Roofs 2.3
Flat roofs
Flat roof design
2.3
Built-up felt/mastic asphalt Fixing of insulation/single Vapour control layers
Concrete, timber and metal deck flat roofs can all membrane The vapour control layer may take the form of
be designed as warm roofs with a built-up felt or Where the insulation is mechanically fixed rather a bitumen bonded felt, a nailed felt layer or
mastic asphalt roof covering. Installation of the than bonded to the roof deck, the wind uplift a reinforced polyethylene sheeting. If in doubt
roof covering should be in accordance with the capability of the roof finish depends entirely on please contact our Technical Advice and Support
manufacturers instructions with due consideration the mechanical fixings. Centre on 01744 766666.
being taken of fixing methods and wind uplift.
An integral part of a warm deck flat roofing
When mechanically fixed, the roof membrane Protection of insulation
may be temporarily lifted by wind suction.
system is the installation of the vapour control during installation
It is advisable with mechanically fixed To prevent moisture entrapment on or in the
layer on the warm side of the insulation.
membranes to ensure that all insulation slabs or insulation boards it is essential to protect them
Single ply boards are fixed to the structural deck to avoid during laying and before the application of the
Concrete, metal and timber deck flat roofs can all them moving out of position during windy roof waterproofing, or to lay the roof covering at
be designed as flat roofs with a single ply roof periods. the same time as the board.
covering. Installation of the roof covering should When mechanically fixing or fully bonding the
be in accordance with the manufacturers membrane the systems should be designed to Standards
instructions with due consideration being taken of withstand the wind loadings calculated in BS 6229:2003 is the code of practice for flat
fixing methods and wind uplift. accordance with BS EN 1991-1- roofs with continuously supported coverings.
4:2005+A1:2010. It recommends that they are inspected at least
An integral part of a warm deck flat roofing
twice a year in spring and autumn as a minimum
system is the installation of the vapour control Suitable mechanical fixings and adhesives are
and also after events which may have had a
layer on the warm side of the insulation. readily available for use with all types of deck.
detrimental effect on the roof covering, such as
When insulation is placed over the deck,
an insulant with a low rate of thermal expansion
PVC single ply membranes violent storms. Workmanship on flat roofs is
Where extruded polystyrene insulation boards covered by BS 8000: Part 4: 1989.
should be selected with adequate mechanical
are used with a PVCmembrane, a separating
strength to resist the compressive and tensile
layer must be placed between the PVC membrane
loads during installation and in service.
and the insulation to prevent plasticiser migrating
Differential movement can be avoided by laying
out of the membrane. This may take the form of a
a single ply waterproof membrane and
glass fibre or polyester fleece with a minimum
mechanically fixing it through the insulation to the
density of 100 g/m2, or a foil facing to the
deck, using an approved fully bonded system or
insulation board. An alternative is to use a
leaving the membrane loose and covering with
membrane with an integrally bonded fleece
ballast.
backing. EPDMand polyolefin membranes do not
Refer to the Single Ply Roofing Association (SPRA) require a separating layer.
Design Guide for Single Ply Roofing for advice on
alternative fixing methods.

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Flat roof design
Inverted/protected membrane Roof loadings Filter layer

roofs Inverted/protected membrane roofs can be A filter layer should be placed between the
With insulation placed above the waterproof constructed on concrete, timber or metal decks. insulation and ballast layer to prevent fine grit
membrane the latter is protected from extremes of The structure must be capable of supporting the being washed down to the waterproof
temperature and thus shielded from excessive weight of the loading layer to the satisfaction of membrane. The incorporation of the Polyfoam
thermal stress, this will normally result in an the structural engineer. Slimline membrane layer improves the
extended life. An inverted/protected membrane The loading layer can be provided by washed, performance of the roofing system by restricting
roof places additional requirements on the graded and rounded gravel of nominal diameter the flow of water below the insulation. This
thermal insulation which needs to have the 20-40mm (free from fines) or by dense concrete improves the thermal performance of the roof
following properties: paving slabs or by a green/garden roof system. and has the added benefit of reducing the
potential for insulation flotation which allows the
Low water absorption in service (including A loading layer is necessary to prevent the
thickness of the ballast layer to be reduced, thus
freeze/thaw cycles) insulation boards being lifted by high winds or
reducing the overall weight of the roof.
High compressive strength to withstand ballast floatation as water drains from the roof. It also
load and support surface traffic protects the insulation from the effects of UV light Roof maintenance
and contributes towards the roofs fire rating. For As with all other types of roof the inverted/
BS 6229 : 2003 recommends a minimum
heavily trafficked areas, concrete paving slabs protected membrane roof will benefit from a
finished fall of 1:60 or 1:80 dependent on the
should be used to form the loading layer. regular schedule of inspection and routine
waterproofing covering. In the absence of
detailed analysis a fall equal to twice that of the Where gravel ballast is used paving slabs are maintenance. Areas of special concern are the
minimum finished fall should be assumed for required at exposed edges (i.e. edges without membrane, rainwater outlets, gutters, flashings
design purposes. upstands or abutments) to negate the risk of wind and other detail work.
uplift or wind scour (as shown in the design The inspection should also include checks to
For roofs with slopes below 1:80 the asphalt
details overleaf). ensure that the insulation and its loading layer
waterproofing must be tanking grade and a
separating membrane placed between the Ballast depths can vary according to the are still positioned as installed. Weed growth
waterproofing and the insulation. insulation used in some systems. Table 14 sets out should be eradicated with a water based
typical loadings for roofs insulated with the weed killer.
Where the filter membrane above the insulation
Polyfoam Slimline system.
also forms a water resistant layer, as in the Table 14 - Weight and thickness of
Polyfoam Slimline system, there is an increase For further details on dead and imposed loads ballast with Polyfoam Slimline system
in surface water run-off above the insulation, refer to BS EN 1991-1-3 : 2006. For wind loads
Ballast type Thickness Weight
ensure that the capacity and location of gulleys refer to BS EN 1991-1-4:2005+A1: 2010.
(mm) (kg/m2)
and outlets is sufficient to cope with this. Further Gravel 50 80
details can be found in BS 12056: Part 3 : 2000.
Concrete slabs 50 125
Control of condensation in protected membrane roofs

Because the roof structure and membrane are To help prevent the condensation from occurring
both kept warm in an inverted/protected ensure that the deck has a minimum R-value of
membrane roof, the risk of condensation is 0.15 m2K/W. If the deck has a high thermal
virtually eliminated. Nevertheless, condensation capacity it will not be rapidly cooled by
might occur on the underside of the deck if the rainwater. The proposed design should be
deck is thin and has been cooled by water assessed for condensation risk using the
run-off during heavy and continuous rain or methods and information given in BS 6229:
melting snow. This condensation will disperse 2003 and BS 5250: 2011.
when the heating system overcomes the The Polyfoam Slimline system will shed the rainwater to the
temperature difference. gutters before it can penetrate through the insulation layer to
the waterproofed deck, therefore the condensation risk is
considerably reduced if this system is adopted.

Flat Roofs 2.3
Solution optimiser and pathfinder Key


Pb01
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13
2.3
Warm deck single ply membrane
Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab
See page: 96
Fl01

Product: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard
See page: 98
Fl02
Warm deck built-up felt/mastic asphalt

Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab
See page: 100
Fl03
Protected membrane
Products: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard and
Polyfoam Slimline membrane
See page: 102
Fl04

Product: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super
See page: 104
Fl05
Cut-to-falls
Product: Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls
system
See page: 106
Fl06
Cut-to-falls
Product: Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls system
See page: 108
Fl07

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Significantly improves acoustic

Fl01
performance and reduces the
drumming effect of rainwater
on lightweight roofs
ompatible with a wide range of
C
single ply membranes - no
requirement for separating layer

N
on-combustible with a Euroclass
Single ply
waterproofing system
BBA certified mechanically fixed to
the deck
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Roof Slab mechanically
fixed to metal deck
Vapour control layer Structural deck
Products membrane manufacturer should be sought to only accessible for purpose of maintenance and
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is a high confirm compatibility with specific membranes. may be used without any restrictions.
strength, consistent density, rigid, rock mineral Installation
wool slab manufactured using Krimpact The vapour control layer should be laid over Compressive resistance
technology and specifically designed for use in the structural deck and all joints lapped and Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has a
flat roofing. sealed. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is compressive strength of 60 kPa.
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has sufficient then laid in a staggered pattern from one Thermal performance
compressive strength to be used on warm-deck corner of the roof. The orientation of the slabs The thermal conductivity of Rocksilk Krimpact
flat roofs with limited access with concrete, is unimportant provided the constraints on Flat Roof Slab is 0.038 W/mK.
timber or metal decks and subject to light spanning metal profiled decks are followed. Fire performance
maintenance traffic. If there is a likelihood of The slabs and membrane should be Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is classified as
more severe traffic occurring, then additional mechanically fixed to the deck using specialist A1 to BS EN 13501-1, the best fire performing
precautions should be considered. fixings such as those available from Ejot*. insulation. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has
Typical construction Typically two fixings equally spaced along a melting point of over 1000C. In the event of
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is suitable for the length and in the centre of each slab are fire it will emit negligible quantities of smoke
use on all types of roof deck. The slabs are laid required to secure the system in place. and fumes. The heat emission from the product
over a vapour control membrane and *For information on EJOT fixings, contact 01977 687040 is insignificant.
mechanically fixed to the deck. The insulation is Performance
overlaid with a single ply membrane which is Standards
mechanically fixed. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has been
tested to the UEAtc Technical Guidelines MOAT
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is compatible
No 50: 1992, Thermal insulation systems
with most PVC, EPDM and other types of
intended for supporting waterproofing
mechanically fixed single ply waterproofing
membranes on flat and sloping roofs. It is
membrane systems. The advice of the single ply
classified B for mechanical performance roof

Flat Roofs 2.3

The vapour control layer and Rocksilk
2.3
Krimpact Flat Roof Slab, thickness ......mm to
Single ply waterproofing system Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab be mechanically fixed to the roof deck.
mechanically fixed to the deck mechanically fixed to metal deck
The single ply membrane should be applied
over the insulation in accordance with the
appropriate manufacturers recommended
specification.
J42/425
Structural deck
Table 15 - Typical U-values of warm deck single ply membrane roofs

Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K) Flat roofs
(mm) 150mm concrete Profiled 19mm chipboard The profiles of metal deck roofs need to provide
40mm screed metal timber joists sufficient support for the insulation. The greater
13mm plaster deck 12.5mm plasterboard
the thickness of insulation, the greater the span
Rocksilk Krimpact 245 0.15 0.15 0.14 it can accommodate on profiled metal decks.
Flat Roof Slab (145+100)
Where the butt joint of Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs
230 0.15 0.16 0.15 occurs along the top of the profiles then the
(130+100)
maximum allowable span is (a), as shown in the
215 0.16 0.17 0.16 table. Where the butt joint occurs over the
(165+50) troughs of the profiles then the maximum
200 (2x100) 0.17 0.19 0.17 allowable span is (b), as shown in the table.
Note: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard will perform at least as
180 0.19 0.21 0.19
well as Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab.
(100+80)
165 0.21 0.22 0.20
Table 16 - Maximum allowable span
150 0.22 0.24 0.22
Insulation Max span Max span
140 0.24 0.26 0.24 thickness (mm) a (mm) b (mm)
130 0.25 0.28 0.25 50 170 120

Note: For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
60 180 140
70 200 160
75 210 170
80 220 180
160 220 200
Insulation slabs butt along tops of profiles
Insulation slabs butt over troughs

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra
NEW BUILD REFURB
Light, strong, moisture resistant

Fl02
with a high compressive strength
C
ompressive strength allows light
roof traffic and offers future use
potential
R
ebated edges provide support
across spans in profiled roof decks
BBA certified
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5

Single ply
membrane
Polyfoam ECO
Roofboard Extra
Vapour control layer Structural deck
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is 100% ozone When using partially or fully bonded membrane The vapour control layer should be laid over the
friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid board systems, Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra should structural deck and all joints lapped and sealed.
insulation it is lightweight, yet has excellent be mechanically fixed to the deck to withstand If a PVC membrane is being used, a suitable
structural strength and long term effectiveness. the calculated wind load. The waterproof separating layer should be installed.
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a Global membrane may then be bonded to the The boards are then laid in a staggered
Warming Potential (GWP) of less than 5. insulation using a polyurethane based adhesive pattern from one corner of the roof.
in accordance with the membrane
It is supplied with interlocking rebated edges In a bonded membrane system, each layer of
manufacturers instructions. The advice of the
and is suitable for lightly trafficked flat roofs. Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra must be
waterproofing membrane manufacturer will be
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is for use in bonded as well as the waterproof membrane
required for the precise fixing specification.
medium trafficked flat roofs and in green and itself. A polyurethane based adhesive is
When using mechanically fixed membranes, recommended.
garden roofs.
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra should be
Typical construction When a mechanically fixed membrane is
mechanically fixed to the deck.
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is suitable for being used, Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is suitable for should be mechanically fixed to the deck with
use on all types of roof deck. The boards are
use with most PVC membranes (provided there two centrally placed fixings in each board to
laid over a vapour control layer and either
is a separation layer between the board and secure the boards in place before the
mechanically fixed or bonded to the vapour
membrane), EPDM and other types of single ply membrane is fixed.
control layer.
waterproof membranes. The advice of the single
The insulation is overlaid with a single ply When installing double layers of Polyfoam ECO
ply membrane manufacturer should be sought to
membrane which can be fully adhered to the Roofboard Extra, the second layer should be
confirm compatibility with specific membranes.
insulation or mechanically fixed to the deck. installed transversely to the first layer in order to
minimise the number of coincident joints
between the insulation boards. If required, one
centrally placed mechanical fixing can be
installed in the first layer prior to the installation
and final fixing of the second layer. Both
insulation layers should be laid in a staggered
stretcher brick bond pattern.

Flat Roofs 2.3
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra below a Typical specification

mechanically fixed single ply membrane The vapour control layer and Polyfoam ECO
2.3
Roofboard Extra, ......mm thick, to be
mechanically fixed*/adhered* to the roof
deck.
Single ply membrane
The single ply membrane should be installed
specification.
J42/415

Extra mechanically fixed
Structural deck to metal deck
Table 17 - Typical U-values of warm deck single ply membrane roofs

Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
Performance (mm) 150mm concrete Profiled 19mm chipboard

40mm screed metal timber joists 12.5mm
Thermal performance
13mm plaster deck plasterboard
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra, has a thermal
conductivity of 0.033 W/mK.
200 0.16 0.16 0.15
Compression resistance
(2x100)
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly
resistant to compression and withstands both 190 0.17 0.17 0.16
(100+90)
occasional and long term static loads. Load
bearing construction elements should be 180 0.18 0.18 0.17
designed to adequately support the (100+80)
combination of impossed and deadloads with 170 0.19 0.19 0.18
creating excessive deflection. (100+70)
Moisture resistance 160 0.21 0.21 0.20

Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly 150 0.22 0.23 0.21
resistant to moisture and can be laid in standing (80+70)
water or up against wet concrete with negligible 140 0.23 0.24 0.22
impact on the performance of the product.
130 0.25 0.26 0.24
Fire performance (70+60)
When Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is Note: For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
installed in a roof construction it will not CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
contribute to the development stages of a fire.

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Warm deck built-up felt/mastic asphalt
NEW BUILD REFURB
Insulation slabs knit together at

Fl03
joints, reducing the potential for
cold spots and loss of thermal
performance
Quick to install and dimensionally

stable
Compatible with a wide range of

weatherproofing systems

N
on-combustible with a Euroclass A1 Mastic asphalt
reaction to fire rating waterproofing
Isolating felt
BBA certified
12mm bitumen impregnated fibreboard
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) bonded to vapour control layer
Sand cement screed laid to falls Concrete roof deck
Products mastic asphalt, the insulation is overlaid with without bonding onto the fibreboard prior to the
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is a high 12mm bitumen impregnated fibreboard and an application of the mastic asphalt.
strength, consistent density, rigid, rock mineral isolating felt.
wool slab manufactured using Krimpact Installation
Technology and specifically designed for use in The vapour control layer and Rocksilk Krimpact
flat roofing. Performance
Flat Roof Slab are both fully bonded in hot
Standards
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has sufficient bitumen and then waterproofed.
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has been
compressive strength to be used on warm-deck Built-up felt membranes tested to the UEAtc Technical Guidelines MOAT
flat roofs with limited access with concrete, High performance bitumen membrane systems No 50: 1992, Thermal insulation systems
timber or metal decks and subject to light are fully bonded in hot bitumen to the Rocksilk intended for supporting waterproofing
maintenance traffic. If there is a likelihood of Krimpact Flat Roof Slab using traditional roll membranes on flat and sloping roofs. It is
more severe traffic occurring, then additional and pour methods. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof classified B for mechanical performance roof
precautions should be considered. Slab is not suitable for the direct application of only accessible for purpose of maintenance and
Typical construction torch-on roofing felts. may be used without any restrictions.
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is suitable for Mastic asphalt surface Thermal performance
use on all types of roof deck. The insulation Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab provides a The thermal conductivity of Rocksilk Krimpact
slabs are laid staggered bond, butt jointed and stable base for mastic asphalt. The slabs should Flat Roof Slab is 0.038 W/mK.
bonded to the deck. The insulation is overlaid be overlaid with a 12mm layer of bitumen
Compressive resistance
with a waterproof membrane consisting of impregnated fibreboard. A bitumen felt (low
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has a
either a fully bonded built-up bitumen roofing grade is satisfactory) should be loose laid
compressive strength of 60 kPa.
system, or mastic asphalt. When used with
Fire performance
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab is classified as
Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1. Rocksilk
products have a melting point of over 1000C.
In the event of fire they will emit negligible
quantities of smoke and fumes. The heat
emission from the products is insignificant.

Flat Roofs 2.3
Typical parapet Typical specification

2.3
Krimpact Flat Roof Slab,......mm thick to be
fully bonded, with hot bitumen.
The waterproof membrane should be applied
Cavity tray
in accordance with the appropriate
Flashing manufacturers recommended specification.
Mastic asphalt waterproofing
Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board Building Specifications, Standard
separated from mastic asphalt 12mm bitumen
by polyester fleece
impregnated
Isolating felt fibreboard J42/425
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Vapour control Sand cement screed

Roof Slab bonded to layer laid to falls
vapour control layer
Table 18 - Typical U-values of flat roofs insulated with Rocksilk Krimpact

Flat Roof Slab
Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
(mm) 150mm Profiled 19mm chipboard
concrete 40mm metal timber joists
screed 13mm deck 12.5mm
plaster plasterboard
245 (145+100) 0.15 0.15 0.14
230 (130+100) 0.15 0.16 0.15
215 (165+50) 0.16 0.17 0.16
200 (2x100) 0.17 0.19 0.17
180 (100+80) 0.19 0.21 0.19
165 0.21 0.22 0.20
150 0.22 0.24 0.22
140 0.24 0.26 0.24
130 0.25 0.28 0.25
N ote: For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre
on 01744 766666.

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Protected membrane
Polyfoam Slimline System
NEW BUILD REFURB
Fl04
High compressive strength of
supports loading of paving slab
supports Flashing
P
olyfoam Slimline system enables a Polyfoam
ECO
thinner layer of insulation to achieve Upstand
the specified U-value Board
Protected membrane flat roofs using Paving slab

the Polyfoam Slimline system are ballast
lighter as less ballast is required Spacer

supports
Polyfoam
Slimline
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra membrane
BBA certified Polyfoam ECO

Roofboard Extra on
separating fleece/
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) isolating layer
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Mastic asphalt

waterproof
membrane
Screed laid to falls
Concrete roof deck
Products
the membrane Support Centre or the membrane manufacturer.
olyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is a 100%
P
ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid reduces flotation, so less ballast is required Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra should be laid
insulation board that is lightweight, yet has Installation in a staggered pattern from the point of access
excellent structural strength and moisture The waterproofing membrane is laid on the across the roof. It is important that all joints
resistance. roof deck in accordance with manufacturers between boards are tight fitting and there are
instructions. The waterproofing membrane no gaps at the junctions with rooflights,
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a Global
can be either reinforced bitumen, polymeric upstands etc.
Warming Potential (GWP) of less than 5.
single ply, mastic asphalt or hot melt Polyfoam Slimline membrane is loose laid over
Polyfoam Slimline membrane is a high
waterproofing system. the insulation, at right angles to the slope, with
performance, non woven polypropylene
The waterproof membrane must be free of 300mm side laps. At all upstands and
geotextile membrane that prevents the passage
loose gravel and grit before the insulation penetrations, turn the membrane up so it
of water and is water vapour permeable.
boards are laid. finishes above the ballast level.
olyfoam ECO Upstand Board is a laminate of
P
On existing roofs, any existing chippings should Gravel ballast is laid (using 20-40mm diameter
Polyfoam ECO extruded polystyrene, rigid
be covered with a polyethylene cushion layer, gravel at 50mm depth) to prevent wind uplift. To
board insulation and a tough, weather resistant
such as Floorfoam. create a roof terrace/patio area, paving slabs
facing board suitable for exterior use.
For all mastic asphalt applications, a separating at 50mm thick are an alternative to gravel
non woven polyester fleece is required as ballast.
Protected membrane roof with ballast of gravel
defined in BS 8218:1998. For PVC single ply Each layer is laid on an advancing front in
or paving slabs and the Polyfoam Slimline
membranes, a similar fleece or other approved order to protect the membrane from mechanical
membrane in place of the standard filtration
separating layer, should be laid immediately damage as the materials are transported
membrane. Polyfoam Slimline membrane:
below the insulation and turned up at all across the roof.
is water resistant, preventing cold rainwater upstands to the top of any upstand insulation to At upstands, fix Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board
reaching the waterproof membrane and so isolate Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra from the to the abutment using a suitable mechanical
improving thermal performance waterproofing layer. If in doubt regarding the fixing or adhesive. Ensure the top exposed
allows water vapour from below to permeate compatibility of the insulation and membrane edge of insulation is protected from UV
contact Knauf Insulation Technical Advice and degradation using a suitable UV resistant

Flat Roofs 2.3
Typical detail with concrete paving ballast Typical specification

The whole of the roof area, lined with a
2.3
waterproof membrane to be insulated with
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra ......mm
Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board thick. The insulation to be overlaid with
Polyfoam Slimline membrane and covered
with gravel ballast.*/minimum 50mm thick
Spacer supports
paving slabs on spacers*.
Polyfoam Slimline membrane
(*Delete as required.)
Concrete paving slabs The gravel to be washed, rounded and

graded, free from sand and grit with a
nominal diameter of 20 to 40mm and a
on separating fleece/isolating minimum of 50mm deep.
layer
J42/415
Concrete roof deck
Mastic asphalt waterproof membrane on isolating layer
flashing. of 0.033 W/mK. 6mm weather resistant board which offers

Performance Fire performance excellent fire performance as a facing material.
Compression resistance When Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is The facing board is classified as Class 1 Surface
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly installed in a roof construction it will not Spread of Flame to BS 476: Part 7: 1987.
resistant to compression and withstands both contribute to the development stages of a fire.
occasional and long term static loads. Load Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board is faced with a
bearing construction elements should be
designed to adequately support the
combination of imposed and dead loads Table 19 - Typical U-values of protected membrane roofs using Polyfoam Slimline System
without creating excessive deflection. Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
The facing of Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board is (mm) 150mm concrete
highly resistant to impact damage and provides
40mm screed
a robust finish.
13mm plaster
Moisture resistance
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra 240 (140 +100) 0.14
resistant to moisture and can be laid in standing 220 (120+100) 0.15
water or up against wet concrete with
200 (2 x100) 0.16
negligible impact on the performance of the
product. 180 (100+80) 0.18
The facing of Polyfoam ECO Upstand Board is 170 (100 +70) 0.19
moisture resistant. 160 0.21
Thermal performance 150 (80+70) 0.22
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a thermal
140 0.24
130 (70+60) 0.26
The extruded polystyrene content of Polyfoam
ECO Upstand Board has a thermal conductivity

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super
NEW BUILD REFURB
Lightweight, very strong, and

Fl05
moisture resistant
High level of compressive strength

to support the loads associated
with a car park roof
P
rotects waterproofing membrane
during concrete casting, increasing
its in service life
BBA certified Reinforced cast

concrete slab
Slip layer
Super
Asphalt and felt layer

Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super is a 100% Cover the whole of the roof deck with a Compression resistance
ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid waterproofing layer. Lay Polyfoam ECO All materials are compressed under load. If the
board insulation. It is lightweight, yet has Roofboard Super onto this layer (using a non roof is going to be transformed from a limited
excellent structural strength and long term woven polyester fleece separation layer if the access waste of space into a useful space the
effectiveness. waterproofing layer is PVC based or asphalt). insulation must be capable of accommodating
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super has a Global Stagger the joints of the boards and ensure the applied loads.
Warming Potential (GWP) of less than 5. interlocking rebates are tightly pushed together. Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super is highly
Typical construction Cover the insulation with a slip layer and a resistant to compression and withstands both
A structural concrete deck designed as a reinforced cast concrete slab designed to occasional and long term static loads. Load
waterproof car park roof. Polyfoam ECO withstand the expected load of vehicle traffic. bearing construction elements should be
Roofboard Super is installed on top of the Finish slab as required for car park deck. designed to adequately support the
waterproof layer and then covered with a combination of imposed and dead loads
structural reinforced concrete slab to withstand without creating excessive deflection.
heavy loading and traffic. Moisture resistance
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super is highly
resistant to moisture and can be laid in standing
product.
Thermal performance
The thermal conductivity of Polyfoam ECO
Roofboard Super is 0.034 or 0.036 W/mK.
Fire performance
When Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super is
installed in a roof construction it will not
contribute to the development stages of a fire.

Flat Roofs 2.3

The whole roof area to be covered with a
2.3
waterproofing layer and insulated with
Waterproofing layer Non woven polyester fleece between
insulation and waterproofing layer (if Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Super ....mm thick.
required) The insulation to be covered with a .....mm
reinforced concrete slab. Finish slab as
required for car park deck.
Reinforced cast concrete slab
J42/415
Concrete roof deck
Table 20 - Typical U-values of car park roofs

(mm) 150mm concrete
40mm screed
13mm plaster
240 (3x80) 0.14
220 0.15
(100+2x60)
200 (2x100) 0.17
180 0.19
(100+80)
160 (2x80) 0.21
140 (80+60) 0.23
120 (2x60) 0.26
Note: Assumed finish of 100mm cast concrete slab.
CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2 For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Cut-To-falls
NEW BUILD REFURB
Insulation slabs knit together at

Fl06
joints, reducing the potential for
cold spots and loss of thermal
performance
Bespoke system supported by

specialist design service to meet the
needs of each individual project
Compatible with a wide range of

single ply membranes - no
requirement for separating layer
Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls

N
on-combustible with a Euroclass Built-up bitumen roofing
system bonded in hot bitumen
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls

bonded to vapour control layer
Plywood, chipboard or OSB deck Timber roof construction
Products
Typical example of cut-to-falls plan and
Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls is a system of Timber decks roof drainage outlets
tapered, pre-cut, compression resistant The vapour barrier can be either nailed to the
insulation slabs made from rock mineral wool. timber deck as defined in BS 8217: 2005, or
The slabs are supplied pre-cut to the required bitumen bonded using traditional techniques.
falls, normally 1:60 or 1:40 (BS 6229 requires
Built-up felt membranes
a minimum fall of 1:80 to be achieved on
High performance bitumen membrane systems
built-up roofs) so normal practice is to design at
are fully bonded in hot bitumen to the Rocksilk
a greater fall to allow for deflection of the deck
Cut-To-Falls slabs using traditional roll and pour
or other site problems.
methods.
Mastic asphalt surface
Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls is suitable for
Rocksilk Cut-To-Falls slabs provide a stable base
use on all types of roof deck. The insulation
for mastic asphalt. The slabs should be overlaid
slabs are laid over and fully bonded to a
with a 12mm layer of bitumen impregnated
vapour control layer which is bonded to the
fibreboard. A bitumen felt (low grade is
roof deck. The insulation is overlaid with a Performance
satisfactory) should be loose laid without
waterproof membrane consisting of either Standards
bonding onto the fibreboard prior to the
a fully bonded built-up bitumen roofing system, Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls has been tested to
application of the mastic asphalt.
a single ply membrane or mastic asphalt. the UEAtc Technical Guidelines MOAT No 50:
When used with mastic asphalt, the insulation Single ply membranes 1992, Thermal insulation systems intended for
is overlaid with 12mm bitumen impregnated These should be fixed in accordance with the supporting waterproofing membranes on flat
fibreboard and an isolating felt. manufacturers recommendations. and sloping roofs. It is classified B for
mechanical performance roof only accessible
Installation
for purpose of maintenance and may be used
Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls slabs are
without any restrictions.
numbered and supplied with a laying scheme
for the individual roof in accordance with Compressive resistance
drawings supplied by the client. Rocksilk Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls has a compressive
Krimpact Cut-To-Falls is not just a product but a strength of 60 kPa.
comprehensive service from design to delivery. Thermal performance
The thermal conductivity of Rocksilk Krimpact
Cut-To-Falls is 0.038 W/mK.
Flat Roofs 2.3
Typical verge detail Typical specification

2.3
Built-up bitumen roofing system Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls
bonded in hot bitumen bonded to vapour control layer Krimpact Cut-To-Falls ......mm thick to be fully
bonded with hot bitumen. Rocksilk Krimpact
Cut-To-Falls should be laid in accordance with
the laying scheme supplied. The waterproof
Insulation
extends to membrane should be applied in accordance
edge of roof with the appropriate manufacturers
recommended specification.
J41/425
Void fully filled with insulation Ceiling fixed first and sealed
to provide continuity between against wall to minimise air leakage
wall and roof insulation
Table 21 - Typical U-values of cut to falls flat roofs

Table 26 shows the U-values achieved for Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
typical constructions insulated with various
(mm) 150mm concrete Profiled 19mm chipboard
thicknesses of Rocksilk Cut-To-Falls slabs. 40mm screed metal timber joists
Because the thickness of insulation varies across 13mm plaster deck 12.5mm plasterboard
the entire roof in cut to falls schemes, the Rocksilk Krimpact Cut-To-Falls
U-value varies across the whole roof, being best
245 0.15 0.15 0.14
and worse where the greatest and least
thickness of insulation occurs, respectively. 230 0.16 0.16 0.15
Every scheme is different and the average 215 0.17 0.17 0.16
U-value for the entire roof can only be
205 0.17 0.18 0.17
calculated when the scheme of falls has been
designed. The cut to falls scheme designer will 190 0.19 0.19 0.18
then set the minimum thickness so that the 180 0.20 0.21 0.19
average U-value for the entire roof meets the 170 0.21 0.22 0.20
design or Building Regulations requirements.
160 0.22 0.23 0.21
This table is a useful reference to determine
what the highest possible minimum thickness of 150 0.23 0.24 0.22
insulation would be to achieve a specific 145 0.24 0.25 0.23
U-value, in reality it will be less. The thermal Note: U-value calculations based on the installation of a single ply membrane and are calculated for the specific indicated thickness of Rocksilk
performance of a cut-to-falls roof is based on CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
Krimpact Cut-to-Falls Slab.
the overall U-value of the roof system, which is

a function of the individual tapers and the
respective areas as detailed in BS 6946:2007.
Fire performance
Rocksilk Cut-To-Falls is classified as Euroclass will emit negligible quantities of smoke and Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
A1 to BS EN 13501-1, this is the highest fire fumes. The heat emission from the products is For a quotation on a specific project please
rating possible for an insulation product insignificant. contact Knauf Insulation Sales on 0844 800
to achieve. Rocksilk products have a melting For general technical enquiries on cut to falls 0135.
point of over 1000C. In the event of fire they roofing, contact the Knauf Insulation Technical

2.3 Flat Roofs
Flat roofs
Cut-To-falls
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls
NEW BUILD REFURB
Fl07
Lightweight, strong, and moisture
resistant
Bespoke system supported by

specialist design service to meet the
needs of each individual project
High compressive strength allows

roof traffic and offers future use
potential
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Single ply membrane
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls

mechanically fixed to deck
Plywood, chipboard or OSB deck
Timber roof construction
Products
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls is a specially The waterproof membrane may then be bonded be bonded as well as the waterproof
designed system of pre-cut, tapered, 100% to the insulation using a polyurethane based membrane itself.
ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene rigid adhesive in accordance with the membrane When a mechanically fixed membrane is
board insulation. The boards are supplied pre- manufacturers instructions. The advice of the being used, the Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls
cut to the required falls, though most are either waterproofing membrane manufacturer will be boards should be mechanically fixed to the
1:40 or 1:60 (BS 6229 requires a minimum fall required for the precise fixing specification. deck with two centrally placed fixings in each
of 1:80 to be achieved on built-up roofs) so When using mechanically fixed membranes, board to secure the boards in place before the
normal practice is to design at a greater fall to Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls boards should be membrane is fixed.
allow for deflection of the deck or other site mechanically fixed to the deck. Performance
problems.
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls is suitable for use Compression resistance
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls has a Global with most PVC membranes (providing there is a Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls is highly resistant to
Warming Potential (GWP) of less than 5. separation layer between the board and the compression and can be specified to withstand
Typical construction membrane), EPDM and other types of single ply both occasional and long term static loads.
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls boards are suitable waterproof membrane systems. The advice of Moisture resistance
for use on all types of roof deck. the single ply membrane manufacturer should Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls boards are resistant
The boards are laid over a vapour control layer be sought to confirm compatibility with specific to moisture absorption and can be laid in
and mechanically fixed or bonded to the deck. membranes. standing water or up against wet concrete
The insulation is overlaid with a single ply Installation with negligible impact on the performance
membrane which can be fully adhered to the The vapour control layer should be laid over of the product.
insulation or mechanically fixed to the deck. the structural deck and all joints lapped and Thermal performance
bonded. Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls boards are Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls has a thermal
When using partially or fully bonded membrane
numbered and supplied with a laying scheme conductivity of 0.033 W/mK.
systems, Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls boards
for their application.
should be mechanically fixed to the deck to Table 22 (right) shows the U-value achieved for
withstand the calculated wind load. Each component will be marked on the diagram typical constructions insulated with various
and should be laid as indicated starting at, thicknesses of Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls
and working away from, the drainage outlet. products. Because the thickness of insulation
In a bonded membrane system, each layer varies across the entire roof in cut to falls
of the Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls scheme must schemes the U-value varies across the whole

Flat Roofs 2.3
Typical abutment detail with concrete deck Typical specification

The vapour control layer and Polyfoam ECO
2.3
Cut-To-Falls to be mechanically fixed*/
adhered* to the roof deck.
(*delete as required)
Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls should be laid in

accordance with the laying scheme supplied.
Vapour control layer to bond with weatherproof membrane
The waterproof membrane should be applied
Insulation upstand to extend thermal in accordance with the appropriate
300mm min
bridge to minimum of 300mm high

manufacturers recommended specification.
J42/415
Table 22 - Typical U-values of flat roofs insulated with Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls
roof, being best and worse where the greatest Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
and least thickness of insulation occurs
(mm) 150mm concrete Profiled 19mm chipboard
respectively. Every scheme is different and the
40mm screed metal timber joists
average U-value for the entire roof can only be 13mm plaster deck 12.5mm plasterboard
calculated when the scheme of falls has been
designed. The cut-to-falls scheme designer will
then set the minimum thickness so that the 230 0.15 0.15 0.14
average U-value for the entire roof meets the 220 0.16 0.16 0.15
design or Building Regulations requirements. 210 0.16 0.17 0.16
This table is a useful reference to determine 200 0.17 0.18 0.16
what the highest possible minimum thickness of
190 0.18 0.18 0.17
insulation would be to achieve a specific
U-value, in reality it will be less. 180 0.19 0.19 0.18
The thermal performance of a cut-to-falls roof is 170 0.20 0.21 0.19
based on the overall U-value of the roof system, 160 0.21 0.22 0.20
which is a function of the individual tapers and
150 0.23 0.23 0.21
the respective areas as detailed in
BS 6946:2007. 140 0.24 0.25 0.23
Fire performance 130 0.26 0.27 0.24

When Polyfoam ECO Cut-To-Falls is installed in Note: U-value calculations based on the installation of a single ply membrane and are calculated for the specific indicated thickness of Polyfoam ECO
a roof construction it will not contribute to the CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
Roofboard Extra.
development stages of a fire. When overlaid

with a single ply membrane the performance of
For general technical enquiries on cut-to-falls
the finished roof will depend on the membrane
roofing, contact the Knauf Insulation Technical
used. Please consult the membrane supplier for
Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
further details.
For a quotation on a specific project please
contact Knauf Insulation Sales on 0844 800
0135.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 2.4
Built-up Metal Roofs
Rail and bracket system

Product: Earthwool FactoryClad
range
Bu01
Standing seam system

range and Earthwool
Universal Slab Bu02
2.4 Built-up Metal Roofs
Built-up metal roofs

Built-up metal roof design
Introduction Thermal bridging Sound absorption

Profiled metal roofing systems typically There are two categories of thermal bridging that The control of the indoor acoustic environment is
consist of a low profile metal inner liner occur in built-up metal systems, the repeating important to maintain health and safety for
sheet, separated from an outer, higher profile, thermal bridges inherent in the spacer system, workers and occupants of buildings. It is possible
metal weather sheet. The cavity between them is and the thermal bridges at junctions and using perforated metal liner sheets and a sound
filled with a layer of thermal insulation to provide openings in the construction. The effect of the absorbing lining (usually glass or rock mineral
the specified level of thermal performance. The repeating thermal bridges is included in the wool) to control reverberation of sound which
insulation is normally a lightweight, high U-value calculation for the roof. Thermal bridges would otherwise be problematic.
performance, non-combustible glass mineral at junctions and openings must be calculated
wool quilt, with a Euroclass A1 fire rating. separately and the heat losses at these points
Rain noise
It is essential that rain noise is considered in the
Built-up metal roofing systems are typically included in the SAP and SBEM calculations.
design of built-up metal systems as it can
assembled on site with the design and
components used forming part of a proprietary
Acoustic performance significantly increase the indoor ambient noise
Buildings with built-up metal roofs may need to level. It is appropriate for design teams to provide
system.
evidence to the Building Control Body that the
incorporate noise control measures not only to
Design considerations meet Building Regulation requirements, but also
built-up metal system has been designed to
minimise rain noise where required.
The designer will have to consider many things health and safety and environmental health
when designing a building with a built-up metal regulations as well as the building occupiers
Fire protection
roof. The following both influence and are specific requirements. These measures can be Glass and rock mineral wool are non-combustible
influenced by the insulation materials in the grouped into two categories, sound insulation with a Euroclass A1 `Reaction to fire`
system: and sound absorption. classification. It is a requirement of the Building
Thermal insulation Regulations that external cladding elements shall
Sound insulation resist the spread of fire from one building to
Air permeability Incorporating glass and rock mineral wool
another. The degree of fire resistance which the
Thermal bridging insulation within a built-up metal roof system is
external roofing element must provide will
Acoustic performance one of the most cost effective methods of
depend upon the size and use of the building and
improving its sound insulation performance. it's distance from any boundary. Further
Fire safety
When the effects of separation and sound performance information is available from roof
Control of condensation absorption are combined in a built-up metal roof system manufacturers.
Environmental impact of the materials it is possible to achieve outstanding levels of
sound insulation. Control of condensation
Thermal insulation Building Regulations impinge primarily on roofs
In order to achieve the overall U-value the
It is possible to achieve very high levels of modern spacer systems are likely to include a
in respect of schools where it is a requirement
thermal insulation using built-up metal systems, significant thermal break, and as such the chance
that the building should meet the standards set
but due to the complex nature of heat flow of condensation where the spacer system is fixed
out in Section 1 of Building Bulletin 93 The
through these systems (due to the spacer systems) to the liner sheet is negligible. If there are
Acoustic Design of Schools. This sets specific
it is not possible to calculate U-values using the significant gaps in the insulation layer then it may
upper limits for indoor ambient noise levels
normal simplified methods. be possible for localised condensation to occur.
including rain noise.
To control condensation within the built-up metal
Air permeability Factors affecting the performance required by the roof structure it is normal to create an effective
The uncontrolled infiltration or leakage of air roof will include noise from road, rail and air vapour control layer at the level of the liner sheet.
from a building has a significant impact on its traffic, industrial and commercial premises. The This can be achieved by installing a separate
energy efficiency. With good detailing and care performance required in other types of buildings vapour control layer (polythene sheet) or sealing
in the construction phase it is possible to achieve may be controlled by government requirements all joints and penetrations in the metal liner sheet.
very high standards of air tightness in built-up such as Hospitals under HTM 08-01, or specific Where a perforated liner sheet is used then a
metal roofs. This will of course restrict client requirements. Environmental health separate vapour control layer must be installed.
uncontrolled air infiltration and leakage and regulations may require specific sound insulation
The likelihood of either problem occurring is very
improve the energy efficiency of the building. performance in roofs where high levels of internal
low, however, extra care needs to be taken in
noise are generated, such as industrial buildings
Building Regulations require a measurement of buildings with high levels of humidity such as
and sports and concert halls in order to stop
the air permeability to be included in the SAP swimming pools or food processing plants.
sound breaking out of the building and thus
and SBEM whole building compliance
prevent noise nuisance to neighbours.
calculations.

Built-up Metal Roofs 2.4
2.4
Photograph courtesy of Kalzip
Photograph Courtesy of Kalzip Photograph courtesy of Kalzip

Product: Earthwool FactoryClad range
See page: 112
Bu01

Product: Earthwool FactoryClad range and
Earthwool Universal Slab
See page: 114
Bu02
Key

Pb01


Rail and Bracket System
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
NEW BUILD REFURB
Significantly improves acoustic Bu01

drumming effect of rainwater on
lightweight roofs
Insulation knits together at joints

ensuring no loss of thermal
and acoustic performance
Lightweight, easy and quick to install
Profiled metal
outer sheet
Rail and bracket
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Earthwool

FactoryClad Roll Profiled metal liner sheet

Vapour control
layer

Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is a range of Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is located between Fire
flexible, lightweight rolls of resilient, non- the profiled metal outer cladding sheets and Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is classified as
combustible glass mineral wool with inner lining sheets. The lining sheets are fixed Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1
exceptionally high tear strength. on top of the supporting purlins. The inner and Vapour Resistivity
They have a very low impact on the outer metal cladding sheets are separated by Earthwool FactoryClad Roll has a vapour
environment and are produced in a range of rail and bracket systems or preformed insulated resistivity of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.
three thermal conductivities. spacer systems.
Typical construction To maintain continuity of the insulation where Sound absorption: Achieved by installing a
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is used for the rail and bracket systems are used, the insulation perforated metal liner sheet and
thermal and acoustic insulation in profiled metal is tucked under the rails, with all quilt edges incorporating a soft absorbing insulation
clad roofing systems. tightly butted. There is no continuous airspace material behind it, such as Earthwool
in the construction other than that created by FactoryClad Roll. Different combinations of
the cladding profiles. perforations and levels of insulation will give
varying results of sound absorption.
Airborne sound reduction: A standard
insulated roof construction will have an
approximate weighted sound reduction (Rw)
of 33dB with an aluminium trapezoidal liner
and 36dB with a steel trapezoidal liner. The
sound reduction performance can be
increased by varying the number and the
density of the insulation layers as well as
adding additional mass into the construction.


Liner panels to be positioned over purlins and
2.4
Profiled metal Profiled metal
outer sheet Earthwool FactoryClad Vapour control layer liner sheet a metal spacer system secured to the liner
Roll
and purlin to ensure the full thickness of
insulation is maintained between the liner
and cladding sheets.
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40*/37*/32*
......mm thick, to be laid over the lining
sheets and installed according to system
manufacturers instructions, with all joints
closely butted. Cladding sheets to be securely
fixed in position. (*Delete as appropriate)
version clause/clausesH31/50
and 271
Table 23 - Typical U-values for built-up metal roofs - rail and bracket systems
Rain impact noise and flanking sound:
Product Rails at 1.20 metre spacings
Proprietary system manufacturers achieve
significant impact noise and flanking sound Thickness (mm) U-value (W/m2K)
reduction by incorporating mineral wool Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 240 (2x120) 0.18
insulation within their systems.
220 0.20
Thermal performance
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 has a thermal 200 0.22
180 0.24
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 has a thermal
conductivity of 0.037 W/mK. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 200 (2x100) 0.20
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 has a thermal 180 0.23
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 200 (2x100) 0.18
190 (100+90) 0.19
180 (2x90) 0.20
170 (90+80) 0.21
160 (2x80) 0.23

Note: Knauf Insulation recommend that the system designer/manufacturer is contacted for U-values specific to their systems.


Earthwool FactoryClad Roll and Earthwool Building Slab RS 100
NEW BUILD REFURB
Significantly improves acoustic Bu02

drumming effect of rainwater on
lightweight roofs
Insulation knits together at joints

ensuring no loss of thermal
and acoustic performance
Lightweight, easy and quick to install
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll Earthwool Building

Slab RS100
Profiled metal outer
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating sheet
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Earthwool

FactoryClad Roll
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Vapour control Perforated metal liner
layer sheet
Products
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is a range of
flexible, lightweight rolls of resilient, non-
Installation Vapour resistivity
combustible glass mineral wool with
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is used for the Earthwool FactoryClad Roll and Earthwool
exceptionally high tear strength.
thermal and acoustic insulation in profiled metal Building Slab RS100 have a vapour resistivity
They have a very low impact on the clad roofing systems. With Euroclass A1 of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.
environment and are produced in a range of `Reaction to fire` classification, its use can Acoustic performance
three thermal conductivities. potentially reduce insurance premiums when Sound absorption: Achieved by installing a
Earthwool Building Slab RS100 is a multi compared to foam composite panels. Earthwool perforated metal liner sheet and incorporating
purpose non-combustible rock mineral wool FactoryClad Roll is manufactured 1200mm a soft absorbing insulation material behind it,
slab, it has a very low impact on the wide and in long lengths, making it particularly such as Earthwool FactoryClad Roll. Different
environment. suitable for use in standing seam roofs. combinations of perforations and mineral wool
Typical construction Performance products deliver varying levels of sound
Standing seam profiles are able to meet the Thermal: absorption performance.
most demanding construction and design Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 has a thermal Airborne sound reduction: A standard insulated
requirements to create a roof which combines conductivity of 0.040 W/mK roof construction will have an approximate
functionality with aesthetics. Profiled metal weighted sound reduction (Rw) of 33dB with
systems typically consist of a low profile metal an aluminium trapezoidal liner and 36dB with
conductivity of 0.037 W/mK
inner liner sheet, separated from an outer, a steel trapezoidal liner. The sound reduction
higher profile, metal weather sheet. The cavity Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 has a thermal
performance can be increased by varying the
between them is filled with a layer of thermal conductivity of 0.032 W/mK
number and the densities of the insulation layers
insulation to provide the specified level of Earthwool Building Slab RS100 has a thermal as well as adding additional mass into the
thermal performance. Built-up roofing and conductivity of 0.035 W/mK construction.
cladding systems are assembled on site, the Fire Rain impact noise and flanking sound:
components used are usually part of a Earthwool FactoryClad Roll and Earthwool Proprietary system manufacturers achieve
proprietary system. Building Slab RS100 are classified as Euroclass significant impact noise and flanking sound
A1 to BS EN 13501-1. reduction by incorporating mineral wool
insulation within their systems.


Liner panels to be positioned over purlins and
2.4
Profiled sheeting Earthwool FactoryClad Vapour control Earthwool a metal spacer system secured to the liner
Roll layer Building Slab
RS100 and purlin to ensure the full thickness of
insulation is maintained between the liner
and cladding sheets. Earthwool FactoryClad
Roll 40*/37*/32* ......mm thick, to be laid
over the lining sheets and installed according
to system manufacturers instructions, with all
joints closely butted. Cladding sheets to be
securely fixed in position. (*Delete as appropriate)
version clause/clausesH31/50
and 271
Acoustic system
Perforated metal liner sheets to be positioned
over purlins and support brackets fixed to the
Table 24 - Typical U-values for standing seam systems purlins. Earthwool Building Slab RS100, ......
Thickness Product U-values (W/m2K) mm thick, to be laid over the lining sheets
(mm) Purlin Centres (m) and overlaid with a vapour control layer.
Secure a metal spacer system through the
1.00 1.40 1.80 2.00
vapour control layer to the support bracket to
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 ensure the full thickness of thermal insulation
220 Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.20 is maintained between the vapour control
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.21 layer and cladding sheets. Earthwool
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.20 FactoryClad Roll 40*/37*/32* ......mm
180 thick, to be laid over the vapour control layer
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.23
and tucked under the metal spacer as each
170 Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.21 layer is completed with all joints closely
Notes: The U-values are based on SCI P312. Knauf Insulation recommend that the system designer/manufacturer is contacted for U-values specific to their systems. This butted. Cladding sheets to be securely fixed
U-value calculation table is outside the scope of the BBA/TIMSA Scheme for U-value Calculation Competency.
in position.
Insulation to be installed according to system

manufacturers instructions.
Alternatively, refer to NBS clause
H31/254

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 2.5
Green Roofs
Warm deck green roof with

single ply membrane
Roofboard Extra Gr01
Protected membrane green

roof
Roofboard Extra and Polyfoam Gr02
Slimline Membrane
2.5 Green Roofs
Green roofs
Green roof design
Types of green roofs

There are three main types of green roof:
1. Extensive 2. Semi-intensive 3. Intensive

These have shallow (typically 70mm) soils and A deeper soil layer (typically 150mm) than With a deeper soil layer (150mm upwards) than
support sedums, moss, herbs and grasses and extensive roofs enables a wider variety of plants semi-intensive roofs an even wider variety of
are used where roof access is not required, they to be grown, including shrubs and woody plants. plant types can be grow, from lawns to semi-
are alos the lightest type of green roof. Extensive They are ideal where the roof is overlooked and mature trees. The type of planting will determine
green roofs provide attractive protection to the year-round colour is required with only periodic the depth of soil required, the need for an
waterproof membrane and significantly reduce maintenance. Where access is required, areas of irrigation system and the level of maintenance
water run-off. When the green roof is completed, paving can be included in the design. required. Regular roof access is normally
the building owner must water and weed on a provided on this type of green roof, so paved
regular basis for the first year until the plants are areas, walls and even water features are
established to ensure proper growth and success. incorporated in the design.
Regulatory compliance Table 25 - Design loads on a green roof

There are no regulations or British Standards Type of green roof Weight (kg/m2)
specifically relating to green roofs in the UK. Extensive design 60-150
Most suppliers of green roof components comply
Gravel surface 90-150
with the FLL, German Green Roof standards.
However, a building with a green roof is of Paved surface 160-220
course subject to the same Building Regulation Intensive design 200-550
requirements as a building with a conventional
flat or pitched roof.
Roof loadings Warm or inverted build-up

Table 25 indicates typical loadings on a green It is possible to design a green roof system above
roof. Advice on particular green roof schemes both warm and inverted roof constructions. The
and systems should be sought from the green roof green roof elements are the same in both cases,
supplier. only the demands on the insulation and the
Manufacturers/suppliers of green roof systems position of waterproof membrane change.
will be able to supply product details on each of
the components comprising any particular green
roof system.

Green Roofs 2.5
Thermal insulation helping to prevent local flooding.

The thermal insulation should be capable of The design of the waterproofing and its detailing
2.5
resisting both the dead load of the green roof to perimeters, outlets and protrusions through the Rainwater is retained and stored in the growing
and any additional live loads especially if regular roof etc, should take into account the depth of the medium thus reducing the pressure on sewer
access to the roof is planned. green roof build up. The waterproofing should systems and the cost of water treatments.
In a protected insulation roof, the insulation always be a minimum of 150mm above soil level
Run off water quality can also be improved due
should also be impervious to water, making at upstands and protrusions, and at least 50mm
to the filtration of pollutants through the green
extruded polystyrene the ideal choice. at external perimeters. A 300 to 500mm wide
roof system.
layer of gravel or paving is recommended at all
The soil in a green roof does offer some
insulation value but is ignored in U-value
junctions with upstands, rooflights etc. Wind uplift
Wind uplift is greatest at the edges of roofs. At
calculations because the insulation value of the Drainage these points, paving slabs or coarse gravel are
soil varies with the water content. Green roofs should be designed with a fall of at
usually used to prevent wind suction displacing
least 1:60. This prevents the risk of ponding in
Waterproof membrane deflections in the roof deck, which can be harmful
the soil layer in a green roof. The soil layer is
With a green roof it is difficult and expensive to most vulnerable in its early stages, before the root
to the plants.
renew and repair the waterproof membrane. The system of the planting material helps to provide a
waterproof membrane, therefore, should be Each roof area should contain at least two roof degree of reinforcement.
selected for its high performance and longevity. outlets, or a roof outlet and an overflow. An
Generally, the higher the building above the
inspection chamber should be constructed over
The waterproofing system beneath any green ground, the greater the risk of wind uplift.
each outlet to allow regular inspection and
roof should preferably be root resistant in the
long term to the German FLL standards. If the
cleaning of vegetation from the outlet grating. Fire performance
Consult the supplier of the green roof components The soil layer generally provides the fire
waterproofing is not root resistant then the green
for their recommendations on the number of protection in a green roof. For extensive roofs,
roof system must include a separate root barrier,
drainage outlets. the soil layer should be at least 30mm deep and
usually immediately above the waterproof
contain less than 20% organic matter. Gravel
membrane. The waterproofing system must be Sustainable drainage (SUDS) strips or paving slabs are required to act as fire
leak tested and certified as such immediately A green roof can absorb and store a high
before the installation of the green roof. breaks around all rooflights and below windows
proportion of the rainwater that falls onto it,
to walls. They must be kept free of flammable
vegetation.
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13
Warm deck green roof with single

ply membrane
Product: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra
See page: 118
Gr01
Protected membrane green roof

Product: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra
and Polyfoam Slimline Membrane
See page: 120
Gr02
Key

Pb01

2.5 Green Roofs
Green roofs
Warm deck green roof with single ply membrane
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards
NEW BUILD REFURB
Light, strong, and moisture resistant

Gr01
H
igh compressive strength to
support green or garden roof
Reduced rain water run off

improves water management and
reduces the risk of localised flooding
BBA certified

Growing medium
Vapour control
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 and planting
layer
Filter membrane
Screed laid
to falls
Drainage element/reservoir
and root barrier
Concrete
Waterproofing membrane roof deck
Products
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is a 100% to have high compressive strength in order to membrane from mechanical damage as the
ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid offer the right level of long term structural materials are transported across the roof.
insulation board that is lightweight, yet has support to the growing layer. Performance
excellent structural strength and moisture Installation Compression resistance
resistance. It is supplied with interlocking The vapour control layer should be laid over the Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a minimum
rebated edges. structural deck and all joints lapped and sealed. compressive strength of 300 kPa.
Typical construction Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is then laid in a Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly
Any type of roof deck, either new build, or staggered pattern from one corner of the roof. resistant to compression and withstands both
refurbishment, can be designed as a green or If a PVC membrane is being used the occasional and long term static loads. Load
garden roof, provided the roof structure is membrane should be separated from Polyfoam bearing construction elements should be
capable of carrying the associated loads. ECO Roofboard Extra to prevent plasticiser designed to adequately support the
The waterproofing is installed above the migration from the membrane. combination of imposed and dead loads
insulation to create a warm deck construction. without creating excessive deflection.
Where a mechanically fixed membrane is
The waterproofing layer is then covered with being used, Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra Thermal performance
moisture reservoirs (and in some cases, root should be mechanically fixed to the deck with Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a thermal
barriers). These are then overlaid with a two centrally placed fixings in each board to conductivity of 0.033 W/mK.
filtration membrane, and planting to create a secure the boards in place before the Fire performance
green or garden roof. membrane is fixed. When Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is
A green roof (or extensive roof) constitutes Where a fully bonded membrane system is installed in a green roof it will not contribute to
lightweight growing matter, e.g. sedum. used, each layer of Polyfoam ECO Roofboard the development stages of a fire.
A garden roof (or intensive/semi intensive roof) Extra must be bonded as well as the waterproof
can vary from simple plants to mature trees and membrane itself. A polyurethane based
shrubs which will impose higher loads on the adhesive is recommended.
structure and thus the insulation layer. The specified green roof system is then installed,
Green or garden roof systems may differ by with each layer being laid on an advancing
supplier. In all cases, the insulation layer needs front in order to protect the waterproofing

Green Roofs 2.5

The vapour control layer and Polyfoam ECO
2.5
Growing medium and planting
Roofboard Extra, thickness ...mm to be
Vapour control layer Waterproofing membrane mechanically fixed*/ adhered* to the roof
Filter membrane deck.
Drainage element/reservoir and root barrier
The single ply membrane should be applied
specification.
The single ply membrane to be overlaid
with a root barrier/ moisture reservoir as
specified ensuring there are no gaps and
edges are overlapped. The single ply
membrane to be covered with a filtration
layer, and growing matter as specified to
comply with client requirements.
J42/415
Concrete roof deck
Table 26 - Typical U-values of warm deck green roof

(mm) 40mm screed
150mm concrete
13mm plaster
240 (140+100) 0.14
220 (120+100) 0.15
200 (2x100) 0.16
180 (100+80) 0.18
170 (100+70) 0.19
160 0.21
150 (80+70) 0.22
140 0.23
130 (70+60) 0.25

2.5 Green Roofs
Green roofs
Protected membrane green roof
Polyfoam Slimline System

Polyfoam ECO Roofboards
NEW BUILD REFURB
Polyfoam Slimline System enables

Gr02
installation of a reduced insulation
thickness to achieve specified
U-value
Light, strong, and moisture resistant
H
igh compressive strength to
support green or garden roof
BBA certified

Growing medium
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 and planting
Waterproofing
layer
Filter membrane
Screed laid
to falls
Drainage element/reservoir
and root barrier
Concrete
Polyfoam Slimline membrane roof deck

Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is a 100% Any type of roof deck, either new build, or The waterproof membrane must be free of loose
ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid refurbishment, can be designed as a green or gravel and grit before laying Polyfoam ECO
insulation board that is lightweight, yet has garden roof, provided the roof structure is Roofboard Extra. On existing roofs, any existing
excellent structural strength and moisture capable of carrying the associated loads. chippings should be covered with a polyethylene
resistance. It is supplied with interlocking The waterproofing is installed below the cushioning layer, such as Floorfoam.
rebated edges. insulation to create a protected membrane For mastic asphalt finishes, a separating, non-
Polyfoam Slimline membrane is a high construction. The waterproof layer is overlaid woven polyester fleece should be laid
performance, non woven polypropylene with Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra and immediately below the insulation and turned up
geotextile membrane that prevents the passage Polyfoam Slimline membrane. This is then at all upstands.
of water and is water vapour permeable. covered with moisture reservoirs (and in some Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra should be laid in
cases, root barriers). These are then overlaid a staggered pattern from the point of access
with a filtration membrane and planting to across the roof. It is important that all joints
create a green or garden roof. between boards are tight fitting and there are no
A green roof (or extensive roof) constitutes gaps at junctions with rooflights, upstands etc.
lightweight growing matter, e.g. sedum. The specified green roof system is then installed,
A garden roof (or intensive/semi intensive roof) with each layer being laid on an advancing front
can vary from simple plants to mature trees and in order to protect the waterproofing membrane
shrubs which will impose higher loads on the from mechanical damage as the materials are
structure and thus the insulation layer. transported across the roof and to protect the
Green or garden roof systems may differ by boards from wind uplift.
supplier. In all cases, the insulation layer needs
to be both highly resistant to the effect of
exposure to water and have high compressive
strength in order to offer the anticipated level of
thermal performance and structural support to
the growing layer in the long term.

Green Roofs 2.5

Growing medium and planting
The whole of the roof area to be lined with
2.5
Polyfoam Slimline membrane a waterproof membrane and then insulated
Waterproofing layer
Filter membrane with Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra......mm
thick, covered with Polyfoam Slimline
Drainage element/reservoir and root barrier
membrane. The Slimline membrane to be
overlaid with a root barrier/ moisture
reservoir as specified ensuring there are no
gaps and edges are overlapped. This to be
covered with a filtration layer, and growing
matter as specified to comply with client
requirements.
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra Building Specifications, Standard
J42/415
Screed laid to falls Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Concrete roof deck
Performance Table 27 - Typical U-values for green or garden roofs insulated with the
Polyfoam Slimline System in a protected membrane roof
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra has a minimum Product Thickness U-values (W/m2K)
compressive strength of 300 kPa. (mm) 40mm screed
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly 150mm concrete
13mm plaster
resistant to compression and withstands both
occasional and long term static loads. Load Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra 240 (140+100) 0.14
bearing construction elements should be 220 (120+100) 0.15
200 (2x100) 0.16
combination of imposed and dead loads
180 (100+80) 0.18
without creating excessive deflection.
Moisture resistance 170 (100+70) 0.19
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is highly 150 (80+70) 0.21
resistant to moisture and can be laid in standing 160 0.22
140 0.24
product. 130 (70+60) 0.26
Thermal performance Note: For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
The thermal conductivity of Polyfoam ECO

Roofboard Extra is 0.033 W/mK.

Fire performance
When Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra is
installed in a green roof it will not contribute to
the development stages of a fire.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.1.1
Masonry Cavity Walls
Full-fill with built-in glass

mineral wool
Product: Earthwool DriTherm
Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate Mc01

mineral wool
Cavity Slab 34 Super Mc01

mineral wool
Cavity Slab 37 Standard Mc01
Full-fill insulation with

built-in rock mineral wool
Cavity Slab (rock) Mc02
Full-fill with injected glass

mineral wool
Product: Supafil 34
Mc03

mineral wool
Product: Supafil 40
Mc03

mineral wool
Product: Supafil 34
Mc04

mineral wool
Product: Supafil 40
Mc04
3.1.1 Masonry Cavity Walls
Masonry cavity walls

Masonry cavity wall design
Wall ties Masonry cavity walls Weep holes should be provided at not more
than 900mm centres to drain each cavity tray
Apart from structural considerations, which are and fire performance with at least two weep holes per cavity tray.
obviously pre-eminent, the correct specification Open cavities must be stopped to prevent the
of wall ties is crucial in two additional respects.
Firstly, it is necessary that the tie does not
passage of fire. This is required at specific Condensation risk
intervals and the cavity barrier has to provide at In a properly insulated masonry cavity wall there
compromise the performance of the cavity wall least 30 minutes fire resistance. If the cavity is is negligible risk of condensation forming on the
insulation with regard to liquid water fully filled and is built in accordance with inner block leaf.
penetration. Diagram 13 (Diagram 34 in Volume 2) of
Condensation may have a detrimental effect on
Secondly, the U-value calculation method must Approved Document B: 2007, Volume 1,
the thermal performance of a structure or cause
take into consideration the number of wall ties Dwellinghouses cavity barriers are not
damp on the inside face of the wall. Un-faced
per square metre as well as the cross sectional required.
mineral wool products, being vapour open
area, and thermal performance of the wall tie.
Stainless steel wall ties can be used for cavities
Prevention of liquid offer negligible resistance to the passage of
water vapour through the wall.
up to 175mm and are recommended because water penetration
The Knauf Insulation Technical Advice and
they have a low cross sectional area minimising Prevention of liquid water penetration from the
Support Centre are able to carry out
their impact on the thermal performance of the outer to inner leaf is one of the major
condensation risk calculations if further
wall. Where wider cavities are used a two part considerations when designing cavity walls. The reassurance is required.
wall tie is recommended. These are more robust selection of appropriate materials and jointing
and can have a significant impact on the methods for the outer leaf are crucial.
U-value of the wall. In all circumstances it is
recommended that the designer seeks advice Cavity trays
from the manufacturer of the wall tie to ensure Cavity trays should be provided:
that the tie selected meets the structural At all interruptions of the cavity, such as lintels
requirements of the building work. and sleeved vents and ducts
Low thermal conductivity wall ties are also Above cavity insulation that stops short of the
available and are suitable for cavities up to top of the wall
300mm wide, their thermal performance is such
Cavity trays should rise at least 140mm within
that they have negligible impact on the U-value
the cavity, be self-supporting or fully supported
of the wall.
with joints lapped and sealed. Stop ends should
be provided to the ends of all cavity trays.
Recommended solutions
The recommended masonry cavity wall solution These systems not only provide the best U-value The systems shown do not require cavity
is full-fill, either injected (Supafil) or built in slabs to wall width ratio but are also the lowest in barriers, and full-fill systems can be installed in
(Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs rock or cost. Even with dense concrete blocks it is all types of buildings across the built
glass). possible to achieve very high thermal environment, as detailed in their British Board of
performance in a manageable wall width. Agrment (BBA) Certificates. With formal
guarantees against liquid water penetration and
a long history of use, they offer peace of mind
1) Full-fill: built-in 2) Full-fill: injected
for the specifier, builder and client alike.
External brick
External brick
outer leaf
outer leaf
Earthwool DriTherm
Supafil
Cavity Slab (glass)
or Earthwool DriTherm Blockwork
Cavity Slab (rock) inner leaf
Blockwork Plasterboard
inner leaf on dabs or wet
plaster finish
Plasterboard
on dabs or wet
plaster finish

Masonry Cavity Walls 3.1.1
Solution optimiser and pathfinder Key


Pb01
Full-fill with built-in glass mineral wool

Product: Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
32 Ultimate
See page: 126
Mc01

34 Super
See page: 126
Mc01
3.1.1
37 Standard
See page: 126
Mc01
Full-fill insulation with built-in rock

mineral wool
Product: Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock)
See page: 132
Mc02
Full-fill with injected glass mineral wool

Product: Supafil 34
See page: 134
Mc03

Product: Supafil 40
See page: 134
Mc03

Product: Supafil 34
See page: 134
Mc04

Product: Supafil 40
See page: 134
Mc04


Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs
NEW BUILD
Slabs fully fill the cavity and knit

Mc01
together at joints, preventing air
Plasterboard on dabs
movement and infiltration through
or around the insulation
Slabs are installed under Suitable
compression, preventing moisture wall tie
penetration and cold bridging at

joints Blockwork
inner leaf
Low cost, quick and easy to install
Earthwool DriTherm
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Cavity Slab
BBA Certified for all exposure zones

Non-combustible Euroclass A1 Brick outer leaf

A+ Generic BRE Green Guide rating
Products Guarantee
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs are a range of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs are formally Moisture resistance
lightweight semi rigid or rigid slabs of glass guaranteed for 50 years to resist the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs contain a
mineral wool with a water repellent additive. transmission of liquid water from the outer water-repellent silicone additive to ensure that
They are manufactured to fit between wall ties masonry leaf to the inner masonry leaf in new no liquid water is able to pass through the slabs
at standard vertical spacings. external cavity walls and to maintain their and reach the inner leaf of masonry.
Typical construction original manufactured thermal conductivity at Tests by the British Board of Agrment confirm
Brick or block outer leaf (which may be normal building temperatures. that Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs will not
rendered), brick or block inner leaf with cavity Masonry includes bricks, blocks and dressed transmit water to the inner leaf. Nor will they
fully filled with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity and reconstituted stone. The guarantee is transmit moisture by capillary action across the
Slabs. Internal finish of 12.5mm standard available by application from Knauf Insulation. cavity or from below DPC level.
plasterboard on dabs. Performance Vapour resistance
For buildings from 12m to 25m high, British Thermal performance Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs have
Board of Agrment (BBA) Certificate No Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 37 Standard negligible water vapour resistance, allowing
95/3212 imposes additional requirements. For has a thermal conductivity of either water vapour to pass freely through the slabs.
additional information see the BBA Certificate 0.035 W/mK or 0.037 W/mK depending
or contact our Technical Advice and Support on thickness.
Centre on 01744 766666. Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super has a
Installation thermal conductivity of 0.034 W/mK.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs should be kept Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
clean and free from mortar droppings. All joints has a thermal conductivity of 0.032 W/mK.
should be closely butted. Any cutting and fitting
Fire performance
should be neatly done and not distort the layers
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs are classified
of glass mineral wool which comprise the
as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
product. Damp proof courses should be
installed to ensure that penetrating water is
directed only to the outer leaf. See pages 128 -
131 for detailed installation instructions.

Typical wall/ground floor junction Typical specification

All external walls to be insulated during
construction by completely filling the cavity
with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 37
Earthwool DriTherm Standard*/34 Super*/32 Ultimate* ......mm
Cavity Slab
thick. (*Delete as appropriate).
The first run of wall ties to be located at
600mm centres horizontally at a level to be
Continuous ribbon of adhesive determined by the specifier. Subsequent runs
3.1.1
behind plasterboard and of wall ties to be at not more than 900mm
flexible sealant below skirting
and floor surface to minimise air centres horizontally, or as otherwise required
leakage by the structure, and at 450mm vertically. All
work under construction must be protected
Wall insulation to
extend a minimum overnight and during adverse weather
of 150mm below conditions in accordance with BS 5628: Part
top of floor insulation
3: 2005.
Damp proof membrane
version clause/clausesF30/10
and 150
Table 1 - Typical U-values for fully filled masonry cavity walls

U-values (W/m2K) for brick outer leaf/cavity/100mm block inner leaf, plasterboard on dabs
Cavity Product Medium High Standard Lightweight
width block strength aircrete aircrete
(mm) aircrete
( = 0.45) ( = 0.15) ( = 0.11)
( = 0.19)
DriTherm 32 Ultimate 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09
300 DriTherm 34 Super 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10
DriTherm 37 Standard 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
200 DriTherm 34 Super 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14
150 DriTherm 34 Super 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.18
125 DriTherm 34 Super 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20
100 DriTherm 34 Super 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24
85 DriTherm 34 Super - - - -
DriTherm 37 Standard - - 0.30 0.28
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming that all walls are lined with 12.50mm standard plasterboard on dabs on standard blocks with
10mm mortar joints. Wall ties assumed to be stainless steel at 2.5 per m2 with a cross-sectional area of no more than 12.5mm2 for structural cavities
up to 175mm wide. For cavities above 175mm, the cross sectional area of wall ties is assumed to be 25mm2. Air gap correction level is zero. Multiple
layers are required for several of the solutions detailed above.

Full-fill with built-in glass and rock mineral wool
Mc01
Installation sequence
1 2
uild up the first stage of one leaf of
B Position the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab against the masonry, so
masonry to include the first row of ties that the wall tie drips are halfway across the top edge of the slabs.
above the commencement of the The Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should be cut to course if necessary.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab. Clean Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should be taken below DPC level
mortar squeeze from the masonry and (preferably by at least 150mm) to provide edge insulation, with no
snots from any ties or cavity tray. risk of capillary action. Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab does not wick.
Always bring Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab to course with wall ties.
Installation Wall ties Further recommendations

The thickness of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is supplied in Above, below and beside openings, where cut
Slab and the cavity width should be designed 1200 x 455mm slabs for use between wall ties strips of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab may
within the tolerances given in Table 2 (right). It at 450mm vertical centres. Standard butterfly, be needed, particular care should be taken to
is not possible to compress Earthwool DriTherm stainless steel wire ties and vertical twist ties are fit closely and ensure work is clean and free
Cavity Slab during installation because its suitable, as are all ties with a positive drip from debris. At the end of the days work and
resilience will be enough to dislodge bricks which will penetrate the top edge of the during rainy periods, any exposed Earthwool
before the mortar has set. Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab halfway across DriTherm Cavity Slabs should be covered.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should be kept its width. The use of any other type of tie should
If Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is terminated
clean and free from mortar droppings. All joints be referred to Knauf Insulation Technical Advice
vertically at an open cavity, a vertical dpc must
should be closely butted. Any cutting and fitting and Support Centre. Advice should also be
be fitted up the inside face of the outer leaf to
should be neatly done and not distort the layers sought from the wall tie manufacturer as to the
ensure that any mortar droppings on exposed
of glass/rock mineral wool which comprise the maximum cavity width for which the use of a
edges do not bridge the cavity.
material see Problems to avoid on opposite specific tie is approved.
page. Cavity trays and damp proof courses Generally, rows of wall ties should be at Table 2 - Permitted deviations in cavity widths
(dpc`s) should be installed to ensure that 450mm vertical spacing and at horizontal Earthwool DriTherm Permitted cavity
penetrating water is directed only to the outer spacings of not more than 900mm or as Cavity Slab size and deviation
nominal cavity width
leaf. otherwise required by the structure. Where
whole rows of ties are at different vertical Thickness (mm) (mm)
The illustrations above outline technique only,
and do not imply that the outer leaf must be spacing, Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 150 or more -0 or +20
built first. should be cut to course, allowing an extra 5mm
125 -0 or +15
for compression to form close butt joints. Where
Construction practice will vary from site to site. 100 -0 or +15
extra ties are required, e.g. at the side of
Where design details differ from those
openings, Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 85 -0 or +15
illustrated please do not hesitate to contact
should be cut and fitted carefully around them. 75 -0 or +15
Knauf Insulation for any clarification required.
When off-cuts of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity
65 -0 or +10
Slab are needed, the slabs can be cut with a
long bladed knife or bricklayers trowel. 50 -0 or +10

3 4 5
T he following leaf is then built to the top Proceed similarly with successive stages of
Building may proceed leading with either
level of the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity the wall. As with normal masonry cavity the inner or the outer leaf. When leading
Slab. Do not let the second leaf overtake construction, no mortar should remain in with the inner leaf it is recommended to
the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab so as the cavity. Particular care should be taken build a trough not more than one brick
to create a trough (but see 5 regarding to keep slab joints closely butted and free deep at horizontal joints in Earthwool
choice of leading leaf). from mortar. To facilitate keeping the top DriTherm Cavity Slab. The mortar joint
edges of slabs clean it is recommended should be struck flush inside the cavity and
that a cavity board be used. any mortar droppings must be cleaned off
before the next Earthwool DriTherm Cavity
3.1.1
Slab is fitted.
Problems to avoid
Do not push slabs into the cavity. Mortar snots Do not tear or impale Earthwool DriTherm
may be dislodged and bridge the cavity. This can Cavity Slab. If there are protrusions into the
happen all too easily where a change in the cavity, Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should
leading leaf occurs and care should be exercised be carefully cut to fit, particularly where there
at such positions to ensure correct application. are extra wall ties around openings.
Do not position Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab When using small off-cuts, the face of the slabs
on slabs which have not been cleaned of mortar and not the edge, shall be positioned against
droppings. the wall surface.


Full-fill with built in glass or rock mineral wool, extra wide cavities
Mc01
Wider cavities Mc02 Typical use of a plywood box as former for window opening
With the move towards carbon
zero buildings, the use of wider cavities
in masonry cavity walls is likely to become
much more common.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (glass) and
WBPplywood box as
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) can be permanent former for
installed in multiple layers to fully fill cavities up window opening
to 300mm wide. Proprietary cavity closers and

folded steel lintels are widely available for DPC stapled to plywood box
cavities up to 100mm wide. For cavities over
100mm wide, the choice of proprietary
products is more limited. For cavities over Two part wall tie
150mm wide, the detailing of openings may

need to be altered radically.
Jambs
Cavities over 150mm wide present particular Metal anchors
used to secure
problems at the jambs. One solution to this is to plywood box
use a plywood liner to the opening that can to outer leaf
also double up as a former for the window
frame. The diagrams below indicate this option Polythene sheet to front of
plywood box to provide weather
for a 200mm wide cavity. protection before window is fixed
The plywood box solves a number of problems:
Temporary bracing to
It closes off the cavity ensure squareness of box
It can be sealed against the inner and outer
leaf to limit air leakage
It provides an accurate template for the
window frame
The temporary polythene front cover provides Eaves detail showing installation of window frame in ply box
weather protection until the window frame
is installed
The window frames can be installed after the
brickwork is complete reducing the risk of
damage from mortar, etc. Expanding foam used to
limit air leakage
Plasterboard finish
to reveals
Window frame installed

The Ancon two-part wall tie 5-10mm proud of plywood
box - tolerance gap filled
with expanding foam to
limit air leakage
Sealant and/or fillet to seal

gap between frame and
outer leaf

Lintels Typical detail using separate lintels

The use of separate lintels for the inner and
outer leaf becomes more common and practical
as the cavity width increases. Separate lintels
Two layers
not only avoid the thermal bridging problems of of 100mm
Earthwool DriTherm
one piece steel lintels, but they also provide the Cavity Slab
designer with a greater level of design freedom.
A concrete or aircrete lintel for the inner leaf is
a simple, economic and firesafe option.
The lintel in the outer leaf can be anything from Two part wall tie
3.1.1
reconstituted stone to plain brickwork supported
on a steel angle.
Reconstituted Concrete inner lintel
Wall ties stone lintel
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is supplied in
Cavity tray
1200 x 455mm slabs for use between wall
ties at 450mm vertical centres. For cavities up
to 175mm wide, stainless steel wire ties are Expanding foam Plywood former sealed
recommended by Knauf Insulation because: between frame to inner leaf with
and plywood former expanding foam
Stainless steel has a thermal conductivity
of 17 W/mK, compared with 50 W/mK for Plasterboard on dabs
mild steel to soffit
Wire ties have a much smaller cross-sectional

area than flat metal ties
For these two reasons, stainless steel wire ties
present a smaller thermal bridge through the
cavity insulation than other types of metal Typical detail using separate lintels and rebated window frame
wall tie.
For cavities up to 175mm wide, double
Two layers
triangle stainless steel wire ties are available
of 100mm
up to 300mm long. Earthwool DriTherm
Cavity Slab
These ties conform to BS EN 845 -1 : 2003 as
Cavity tray
a Type 3 tie. It is recommended that they are
embedded 85mm into the inner leaf to help
keep the cantilevered section of the tie
horizontal during the build. Two part wall tie
With the use of wider cavities, it is anticipated
that other designs of stainless steel wire ties will Brick soldier lintel Aircrete inner lintel
be developed for cavities up to 175mm wide.

DPC and metal
For cavities over 175mm wide, Knauf Insulation angle support for
soldier lintel
recommend the use of two part stainless steel
ties. These ties overcome the problem of
Expanding foam Plywood former sealed
keeping a long tie horizontal when built into the between frame to inner leaf with
and plywood former expanding foam
inner leaf. However, they have a much greater
cross-sectional area than wire ties and their
thermal bridging effect must be taken into
to soffit
account when calculating the wall U-value. They
are suitable for cavities up to 300mm wide.


Full-fill with built in rock mineral wool
(rock)
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (Rock)
NEW BUILD
Mc02
S
labs fully fill the cavity and knit
together at joints, preventing air
Slabs are installed under Wall tie
compression, preventing moisture
penetration and cold bridging at
joints Blockwork
inner leaf
Low cost, quick and easy to install
Earthwool
DriTherm
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) Cavity Slab (rock)

Brick outer leaf
Non-combustible Euroclass A1
Product Guarantee Performance

Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) is a Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) is Thermal performance
medium density, rock mineral wool slab with a formally guaranteed for 50 years to resist the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) has a
water repellent additive. transmission of liquid water from the outer thermal conductivity of 0.037 W/mK.
It is dimensioned to fit between wall ties at masonry leaf to the inner masonry leaf in new Fire performance
standard vertical spacings. external cavity walls and to have a thermal Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) is
conductivity of 0.037 W/mK at normal building classified as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
temperatures. Masonry includes bricks, blocks
Brick or block outer leaf (which may be Moisture resistance
and dressed and reconstituted stone. The
rendered), brick or block inner leaf with cavity Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) contains
guarantee is available by application from
fully filled with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab a water-repellent silicone additive to ensure that
Knauf Insulation.
(rock). Internal finish of 12.50mm standard no liquid water is able to pass through the slab
plasterboard on dabs. Installation and reach the inner leaf of masonry.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) should
For buildings from 12m to 25m high, British Tests by the BBA confirm that Earthwool
be kept clean and free from mortar droppings.
Board of Agrment (BBA) Certificate No DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) will not transmit
All joints should be closely butted. Any cutting
05/4207 imposes additional requirements. For water to the inner leaf. Nor will it transmit
and fitting should be neatly done and not distort
additional information see the BBA Certificate moisture by capillary action across the cavity or
the layers of rock mineral wool which comprise
or contact our Technical Advice and Support from below damp proof course level.
the product. Damp proof courses should be
Centre on 01744 766666. Vapour resistance
installed to ensure that penetrating water is
directed only to the outer leaf. Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock) has
negligible water vapour resistance, allowing
The installation sequence is identical to
water vapour to pass freely through the slabs.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (glass), as
shown on pages 128 - 131.

Typical wall/ground floor junction Typical specification

All external walls to be insulated during
construction by completely filling the
cavities with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
Earthwool DriTherm
Cavity Slab (rock) (rock) ......mm thick.
The first run of wall ties to be located at
600mm centres horizontally (at a level to be
decided by the specifier). Subsequent runs of
Continuous ribbon of adhesive wall ties to be at not more than 900mm
3.1.1
behind plasterboard and
flexible sealant below skirting centres horizontally (or as otherwise required
and floor surface to minimise air by the structure) and at 450mm vertically.
leakage
All work under construction must be protected
Wall insulation to overnight and during adverse weather
extend a minimum
of 150mm below conditions in accordance with BS 5628:
top of floor insulation Part 3: 2005.
Damp proof membrane Building Specifications, Standard
version clause/clausesF30/10
and 150
Table 3 - Typical U-values for fully filled masonry cavity walls

U-values (W/m2K) for brick outer leaf/cavity/100mm block inner leaf, plasterboard on dabs
Thickness Dense Medium Lightweight Standard Lightweight
(mm) block block aggregate aircrete aircrete
( = 1.13) ( = 0.51) ( = 0.34) ( = 0.15) ( = 0.11)
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab (rock)
300 (3x100) 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.11
200 (2x100) 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.15 0.16
170 (2x85) 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.17
150 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.20
125 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22
100 0.30 0.29 0.29 0.27 0.25
85 0.35 0.34 0.33 0.30 0.28
10mm mortar joints. Wall ties assumed to be stainless steel at 2.5 per m2 with a cross-sectional area of no more than 12.5mm2 for structural cavities
up to 175mm wide. For cavities above 175mm, the cross sectional area of wall ties is assumed to be 25mm2. Air gap correction level is zero.


Supafil
Supafil
NEW BUILD REFURB
Mc03 Mc04
Installed by trained and approved
technicians, monitored by the BBA
In-situ installation ensures intimate
contact with both leaves of cavity
wall preventing air movement and Wall tie
infiltration
Cavity is fully filled and delivers
optimum thermal performance at Blockwork
inner leaf
low cost
Supafil
Supafil
Brick outer leaf
Products Installation Specialised buildings

Supafil 34 and 40 are loose glass mineral wool A survey is carried out prior to installation to Knauf Insulation together with their approved
insulation materials which are injected into existing ascertain the suitability of the building for installers have considerable knowledge and
or newly built masonry cavity walls. They require insulation and to determine the position of flues practical experience of installing Supafil cavity
no mixing on site and are dry when installed, and air vents, etc. Essential ventilation openings wall insulation in various constructions such as:
adding no water to the building. such as those providing combustion air or under Cornish, BISF and other system-built houses. Knauf
Supafil 34 and 40 cavity wall insulation is floor ventilation, and all flues in the cavity wall, are Insulation will be pleased to advise on the
available only through approved installers fully checked and sleeved, or otherwise modified to compatability of any building and its suitability for
trained by Knauf Insulation and approved by the prevent blockage by the insulation. insulating with Supafil products.
British Board of Agrment (BBA). A list of An approved cavity barrier is inserted as Performance
approved installers is available on request. appropriate to isolate terraced or semi-detached Supafil 34 and 40 cavity wall insulation will not
Typical construction properties and to close any open cavities. deteriorate with age or settle, and will therefore
Brick or block outer leaf (which may be rendered), A series of holes are drilled in accordance with the remain effective for the life of the building.
cavity fully filled with Supafil 34 and 40 cavity patterns detailed by the BBA Certificates. For new The operations of all approved installers are rigidly
wall insulation, brick or block inner leaf. Internal build schemes, the holes are usually drilled through monitored by Knauf Insulation and the BBA in
finish of 12.50mm standard plasterboard on dabs. the inner leaf and the insulation installed prior to accordance with the terms of the BBA Certificates.
Tests by the BBA confirm that Supafil 34 and 40 plastering. For existing buildings, holes are usually Thermal performance
cavity wall insulation will not transmit water to the drilled through the mortar joints in the outer leaf Supafil 34 cavity wall insulation has a thermal
inner leaf. Nor will they transmit moisture by and are made good by re-pointing with mortar to conductivity of 0.034 W/mK.
capillary action across the cavity or from below match the wall finish as closely as possible.
Supafil 40 cavity wall insulation has a thermal
damp proof course level. Supafil 34 and 40 cavity wall insulation is fed into conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
Supafil 34 and 40 cavity wall insulation have an approved blowing machine and injected into
Fire performance
negligible water vapour resistance, allowing water the cavity under air pressure through a flexible
Supafil 34 and 40 cavity wall insulation are
vapour to pass freely through them. hose fitted with a tapered nozzle.
classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1. The
Guarantee The machine is fitted with a pressure sensor which installation of Supafil cavity wall insulation will not
Knauf Insulation offers a 25 year comprehensive automatically cuts off to stop the flow of material adversely affect the fire rating of the wall and will
guarantee for new build installations which covers when the area of wall being insulated is not constitute a toxic hazard in fire conditions.
materials and workmanship. For installation in completely filled to the correct density.
existing domestic properties, the Cavity Insulation
Guarantee Agency (CIGA) offers a 25 year
guarantee covering both materials and
workmanship.

Installed by approved
installing technicians
Table 4 - Typical U-values for fully filled masonry cavity walls - new build
Typical specification
U-values (W/m2K) for brick outer leaf/cavity/100mm block inner leaf, type: Supafil 34*/40*/ glass mineral wool cavity
Product Medium block High strength aircrete Standard aircrete Lightweight aircrete wall insulation to be injected into the cavity
Mc03 ( - 0.45) ( - 0.19) ( - 0.15) ( - 0.11)
by an Knauf Insulation/BBA Approved
Installer. (*Delete as appropriate)
Supafil 34
New cavity walls to receive Supafil 34*/40*
300 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10
cavity wall insulation by injecting insulation
250 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 into the cavity should be constructed so that
200 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 insulation cannot penetrate ventilation ducts
3.1.1
180 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 or pass through to cavities in adjoining
160 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.17 buildings or compartments which are not to
140 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.19
be insulated. Close fitting ducts or sleeves
should be installed across the cavity to serve
120 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.21
air bricks and other ventilation openings.
100 0.28 0.26 0.25 0.24 Cavity barriers should be installed at
90 0.30 0.28 0.27 0.26 junctions with other properties and
Supafil 40 compartments, and as required by the
300 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.11 Building Regulations.
250 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.13 Existing cavity walls to be inspected by the
200 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 approved installer and all necessary builders
work carried out prior to Supafil 40* cavity
180 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17
wall insulation being injected.
160 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.19
All work to be in strict accordance with the
140 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21
procedures laid out in the relevant BBA
120 0.27 0.25 0.25 0.24
Certificate and the Knauf Insulation
100 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.27
Operators and Survey and Assessment
90 0.34 0.31 0.30 0.29 manuals.
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming that all walls are lined with 12.50mm standard plasterboard on dabs on standard blocks
with 10mm mortar joints. Wall ties assumed to be stainless steel at 2.5 per m2 with a cross-sectional area of no more than 12.5mm2 for
structural cavities up to 175mm wide. For cavities above 175mm, the cross sectional area of wall ties is assumed to be 25mm2. Air gap Building Specifications, Standard
correction level is zero. Multiple layers are required for several of the solutions detailed above.
version clause/clausesP11/40
and 220
Table 5 - Typical U-values for fully filled masonry cavity walls - existing Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
U-values (W/m2K) for brick outer leaf/cavity/100mm block inner leaf, type: downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Mc04 Product Brick Block Block Block

( - 0.56) ( - 1.13) ( - 0.51) ( - 0.34)
Supafil 34
100 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.27
85 0.32 0.33 0.32 0.31
75 0.35 0.36 0.35 0.34
65 0.39 0.40 0.39 0.37
50 0.47 0.49 0.47 0.45
Supafil 40
100 0.32 0.33 0.32 0.31

85 0.36 0.37 0.36 0.35
75 0.40 0.41 0.39 0.38
65 0.44 0.46 0.44 0.42
50 0.52 0.55 0.52 0.50
10mm mortar joints. Wall ties assumed to be stainless steel at 2.5 per m2 with a cross-sectional area of no more than 12.5mm2 for structural
cavities up to 175mm wide. For cavities above 175mm, the cross sectional area of wall ties is assumed to be 25mm2. Air gap correction level is
zero. Multiple layers are required for several of the solutions detailed above.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.1.2
Timber Frame Walls
Single layer between studs

Product: Earthwool FrameTherm
Rolls and Slabs
Tf01

with service void
Product: Earthwool
FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs Tf02
Between studs with

insulated lining
Products: Earthwool FrameTherm
Rolls and Slabs and Knauf PIR Tf03
Laminate
Between studs and to

exterior of sarking
Products: Earthwool FrameTherm
Rolls and Slabs and Earthwool
DriTherm Cavity Slab Tf04
32 Ultimate
Blow in, between studs

Product: Supafil Frame
Tf05
3.1.2 Timber Frame Walls
Timber frame walls

Timber frame design
Overview The importance of Timber frame

Insulated external timber frame walls can condensation control and fire performance
provide better insulation performance than A vapour control layer is essential on the A half hour fire resistance in domestic external
masonry walls of comparable thickness. Timber warm side of the insulation to reduce the risk walls is required by the Building Regulations.
frame is also widely recognised as the most of condensation forming within the timber Timber frame walls filled with mineral wool
environmentally friendly construction frame. The vapour control layer may be insulation are ideal for meeting this
method a construction with extremely low incorporated within the plasterboard or installed requirement. In most timber frame constructions,
embodied energy. This is the energy required separately. Joints should be as few as possible cavity barriers must be used to divide up the
to manufacture a building component or and sealed, with special care taken around external cavity in order to reduce the risk of fire
material, deliver it to site and install or construct penetrations for services. spread
it. In this respect timber frame performs much
A vapour permeable membrane on the outside
better than standard masonry cavity wall
of the sheathing board is also necessary to
Twin insulated solution
construction. Timber frame offers unique
protect the timber frame from water penetration This solution has been developed to meet
advantages to home owners, builders and
whilst allowing water vapour to escape. demand for higher insulation values in timber
contractors:
frame construction. It consists of a standard
As a rule of thumb, the vapour resistance of the
Reduced construction time timber frame wall on the inside, a cavity,
materials on the warm side of the insulation
A wide range of U-values can be achieved partially filled with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity
should have at least five times the vapour
depending on the required level of thermal Slab 32 Ultimate and an outer leaf of brickwork
resistance of the materials on the cold side of
performance cladding.
the insulation. Alternatively, calculations should
Excellent thermal efficiency be carried out to assess the risk of interstitial This solution complies with the requirements of
condensation by referring to BS 5250 : 2011. the NHBC Standards due to the breathable
Potential for easy future renovation
nature of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32
Pre-fabrication enhances quality control due In some timber framed systems, such as the
Ultimate which also provides additional weather
to off site manufacture, thereby reducing the Knauf Insulation Twin Insulated System, the
protection to the structural timber frame. See
risk of on-site workmanship problems insulation in the cavity maintains the timber
Tf04 for further details.
frame above the dewpoint temperature thus
Light weight requiring reduced footings and
reducing the condensation risk even further
foundations compared to masonry
and also providing an extra layer of protection
construction
against water penetration. If in doubt call
the Knauf Insulation Technical Advisory and
Support Centre for a free condensation
risk calculation.
Three methods for insulating timber frame

construction using either built-in or premium
blown glass mineral wool
2) Double layer - insulation between the studs 3) Twin Insulated - insulation between
1) Single Layer - insulation between the studs and insulated dry lining the studs and external to sheathing
Brick outer leaf

Brick outer leaf Brick outer leaf
Clear cavity Clear cavity (part fill shown)
Clear cavity
Vapour permeable membrane Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
Vapour permeable membrane 32 Ultimate
Sheathing Vapour permeable membrane
Sheathing
Earthwool FrameTherm or Sheathing
Earthwool FrameTherm or
Supafil Frame
Supafil Frame Earthwool FrameTherm or
Supafil Frame
Knauf PIR Laminate
Plasterboard
Plasterboard

Timber Frame Walls 3.1.2
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.46 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.14

Product: Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and
Slabs
See page: 138
Tf01
3.1.2
with service void
Product: Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and
Slabs
See page: 140

Tf02
Between studs with insulated lining

Products: Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and
Slabs and Knauf PIR Laminate
See page: 142
Tf03
Between studs and to exterior

of sarking
Products: Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and
Slabs and Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
32 Ultimate
See page: 144

Tf04

Product: Supafil Frame
See page: 146
Tf05
Key

Pb01

Timber frame walls

Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs
NEW BUILD REFURB
Tf01
Friction fitting between timber
studs closes joints, preventing air
Much quicker to install than rigid
foam boards which require very
accurate cutting
Flexible products which Brick outer leaf
accommodate movements in
timber frame ensuring all joints Vapour permeable
membrane
remain closed
Plywood sheathing
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs Cavity

Earthwool FrameTherm
A1 reaction to fire rating between timber studs

Zero Global Waring Potential (GWP)
12.5mm plasterboard
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are A vapour control layer is stapled to the studs
lightweight glass mineral wool products dimensioned to suit 90mm or 140mm studs at across the inner face of the wall before fixing
available in a range of thermal conductivities, standard 600mm centres. The nominal thickness the plasterboard. The vapour control layer
their manufacture has a very low impact on the of the insulation should not be greater than the should be free from holes, any gaps should be
environment. nominal stud depth. made good with any tears repaired and
overlaps and apertures for services effectively
Typical construction Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are
sealed. Particular care is necessary around
Inner leaf comprising 12.5mm plasterboard, friction fitted between studs at standard centres
electric sockets and boxes.
vapour control layer, Earthwool FrameTherm and are self supporting. Generally, two slabs
Roll/Slab between studwork, plywood fully fill the space between sole and head plates A vapour permeable membrane or low
sheathing and a vapour permeable membrane. for standard floor to ceiling height. emissivity vapour permeable membrane should
A 50mm cavity separates the timber frame from be stapled or nailed to the sheathing board in
the outer leaf, typically of brick. Other cladding accordance with the manufactures instructions.
options, such as tile hanging and timber It should be lapped so that each joint is
boarding can also be utilised. protected, with upper layers lapped over lower
layers to shed water away from the sheathing
board.
Generally, horizontal laps should be at least
100mm wide and the membrane should extend
below the lowest timber member. Vertical laps
should be at least 150mm and be staggered.

Typical junction of external and party wall Typical specification

External wall panels to be insulated between
Brick outer leaf Cavity barrier
studs using Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls* or
Slabs* - 40*/38*/35*/32*/ mm thick.
Insulation to be friction fitted between studs
and cut if necessary. The vapour permeable
membrane stapled*/nailed* to the sheathing
and extending below the lowest timber
member.
3.1.2
(*delete as appropriate).
Vapour control layer behind Cavity barriers and fire stops should be
plasterboard installed as required to meet the Building
between timber studs
Regulations.
Sheathing board
Earthwool Timber
Frame Party Wall Slab Alternatively, consult the National
Timber frame separating wall, P10/210 and 310
Robust Detail E-WT-2
Table 6 - Typical U-values for prefabricated timber framed walls
Membrane type U-values (W/m2K)
Thickness Low E Vapour Product Masonry Tile/timber Performance
(mm) membrane permeable outer leaf clad outer Thermal performance
membrane leaf Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 0.040 W/mK.
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.22 0.27 Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 38 0.038 W/mK.
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.23 0.28 Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 35 0.035 W/mK.
140 Earthwool FrameTherm 38 0.24 0.29 Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 32 0.032 W/mK.
Earthwool FrameTherm 40 0.25 0.30 Fire performance
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.26 0.28 Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are
classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.27 0.29
140 Earthwool FrameTherm 38 0.29 0.31
Please contact Knauf Insulation Technical Advice
and Support Centre for calculations that include
Earthwool FrameTherm 40 0.31 0.32 specific products.
Notes: Timber bridging is assumed as 15% and the stud depth is taken to be the same as the thickness of insulation specified. Thermal conductivity of
timber studs is 0.12W/mK. Ventilated low emissivity airspace assumed to increase the R-value of the cavity to 0.29 m2K/W and unventilated low
emissivity airspace assumed to increase R-value of cavity to 0.77 m2K/W.

Timber frame walls

Single layer between studs with service void
NEW BUILD REFURB

Tf02
movement and infiltration through or
around the insulation
Much quicker to install than rigid foam
boards which require very accurate
Brick outer leaf
cutting
Standard or low
Flexible products which accommodate emissivity vapour
movements in timber frame ensuring all permeable membrane
joints remain closed Plywood sheathing
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs Cavity
Non-combustible
with a Euroclass A1
reaction to fire rating between timber studs

Low emissivity
vapour control layer
Service void formed
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) by timber battens
12.5mm plasterboard
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are A vapour permeable membrane or low emissivity
lightweight glass mineral wool products dimensioned to suit 90mm or 140mm studs at vapour permeable membrane should be stapled or
available in a range of thermal conductivities, standard 600mm centres. The nominal thickness nailed to the sheathing board in accordance with
their manufacture has a very low impact on the of the insulation should not be greater than the the manufacturers instructions. It should be lapped
environment. nominal stud depth. so that each joint is protected, with upper layers
Typical construction Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are lapped over lower layers to shed water away from
Standard timber frame construction, with a brick friction fitted between studs at standard centres the sheathing board.
outer leaf and a low emissivity vapour control and are self supporting. Generally, two slabs Generally, horizontal laps should be at least
layer to the inner face of the timber frame. fully fill the space between sole and head plates 100mm wide and the membrane should extend
A service duct is formed by nailing 50x25mm for standard floor to ceiling height. below the lowest timber member. Vertical laps
timber battens to the timber frame before fixing A low emissivity vapour control layer is stapled should be at least 150mm and be staggered.
the 12.5mm plasterboard internal lining. to the studs across the inner face of the wall
Other cladding options, such as tile hanging with the low emissivity side facing internally.
and timber boarding can be utilised. 50x25mm vertical timber battens are nailed to
the timber studs before fixing the plasterboard.
The vapour control layer should be free from
holes, any gaps should be made good, with
tears repaired and overlaps sealed with
aluminised tape.


Vapour permeable studs using Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls* or
membrane or low
Brick outer leaf emissivity vapour Cavity barrier Slabs* - 40*/38*/35*/32*/ mm thick.
permeable membrane
Form service void with 50x25mm timber
battens as shown on the drawings.
Insulation to be cut as necessary and friction
fitted between studs. The vapour permeable
membrane stapled*/nailed* to the sheathing
3.1.2
and extending below the lowest timber
member. (*delete as appropriate).
Earthwool FrameTherm Service Low emissivity Cavity barriers and fire stops should be
between timber studs void vapour control layer installed as required to meet the Building
Earthwool Timber Regulations.
Sheathing board
Frame Party Wall Slab
Timber frame separating wall, Building Specifications, Standard
Robust Detail E-WT-2
P10/210 and 310
Table 7 - Typical U-values for prefabricated timber framed walls with a service void and insulation downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
between the studs
Membrane Type U-values (W/m2K) Performance
Thickness Low E Vapour Product Masonry Tile/timber Thermal performance
(mm) membrane permeable outer leaf clad outer Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 0.040 W/mK.
membrane leaf
Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 38 0.038 W/mK.
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 35 0.035 W/mK.
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 32 0.032 W/mK.

Fire performance
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.21 0.23 Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.22 0.24 classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
140 Earthwool FrameTherm 38 0.23 0.25 Please contact Knauf Insulation Technical Advice
and Support Centre for calculations that include
specific products.
Notes: Timber bridging is assumed as 15% and the stud depth is taken to be the same as the thickness of insulation specified. Thermal conductivity of
timber studs is 0.120W/mK. Ventilated low emissivity airspace assumed to increase the R-value of the cavity to 0.29 m2K/W and unventilated low
emissivity airspace assumed to increase R-value of cavity to 0.77m2K/W, low emissivity airspace assumed to increase R-value of service void to
0.78 m2K/W.

Timber frame walls

Between studs with insulated lining
NEW BUILD REFURB

Tf03
Much quicker to install than rigid
foam boards which require very
accurate cutting Vapour
permeable membrane
Flexible products which

Brick outer leaf
accommodate movements in timber
frame ensuring all joints remain Sheathing board
closed
Inclusion of Knauf PIR laminate
improves thermal performance between timber studs
Cavity

Non-combustible with a Euroclass Vapour control layer

Zero Global Warming potential (GWP) Knauf PIR Laminate
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are Knauf Insulation products are dimensioned to so that each joint is protected, with upper layers
lightweight glass mineral wool products suit studs of 90 or 140mm at standard 600mm lapped over lower layers to shed water away
available in a range of thermal conductivities, centres. The nominal thickness of the insulation from the sheathing. Horizontal laps should be at
their manufacture has a very low impact on the should not be greater than the nominal stud least 100mm wide and the membrane should
environment. depth. extend below the lowest timber member.
Knauf PIR Laminate* is comprised of 9.5mm Earthwool FrameTherm is friction fitted between Vertical laps should be at least 150mm and be
taper edged plasterboard bonded to a studs at standard centres and is self supporting. staggered.
polyisocyanurate (PIR) board. A vapour control layer is stapled to the studs Performance
*Knauf PIR Laminate is available from Knauf Drywall. across the inner face of the wall before fixing Thermal performance
the plasterboard. The vapour control layer Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 0.040 W/mK.
should be free from holes, any gaps should be Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 38 0.038 W/mK.
A timber frame stud wall infilled with Earthwool
made good with any tears repaired and
FrameTherm and faced internally with Knauf PIR Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 35 0.035 W/mK.
Laminate and externally with plywood Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 32 0.032 W/mK.
sheathing and a vapour permeable membrane.
electric sockets and boxes. The insulation component of Knauf PIR Laminate
The use of a thermal laminate improves the
Subsequently, Knauf PIR Laminate is screwed to has a thermal conductivity of 0.022 W/mK and
thermal performance and reduces thermal
the timber frame at maximum 150mm centres. the plasterboard has a thermal conductivity of
bridging through the timber studs. A 50mm
The boards are taper edged and should be 0.21W/mK.
cavity separates the timber frame from the outer
leaf, typically of brick. finished using standard drylining techniques.
A vapour permeable membrane should be
stapled or nailed to the sheathing board at
maximum 500mm centres. It should be lapped

Typical junction of external wall and upper floor Typical specification

studs using Earthwool FrameTherm Roll*/
Slab* 40*/38*/35*/32*........mm thick.
between timber studs The wall panels to be lined internally with
Knauf PIR Laminate, ......mm thick with
integral 9.5mm plasterboard screwed to the
Flexible sealant at perimeter
of Knauf PIR Laminate to timber studs at maximum 150mm centres.
minimise air leakage
A vapour permeable membrane stapled*/
3.1.2
nailed* to the sheathing and extending
below the lowest timber member.
Vapour permeable (*Delete as appropriate).
membrane
Cavity barriers and fire stops should be
installed as required to meet the Building
Cavity barrier
Regulations.
100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll
between floor joists version clause/clauses
P10/210 and 310 and
K10/205
Knauf PIR Laminate
Fire performance Table 8 - Typical U-values for pre-fabricated timber framed walls with an internal lining
Earthwool FrameTherm is classified as Euroclass
U-values (W/m2K)
A1 to BSEN 13501-1
Thickness Knauf PIR Laminate Product Masonry Tile/timber
Building Regulations state that external walls in (mm) thickness (mm) outer leaf clad outer leaf
domestic construction shall achieve half hour
fire resistance. To meet the half hour
requirement using Knauf PIR Laminate it will be Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.18 0.19
140 50
necessary to line the wall with 12.5mm Earthwool FrameTherm 38 0.19 0.19
plasterboard before installing the Knauf PIR
Laminate.
140 35
90 50
90 35
Notes: Studs assumed to be 38mm wide at 600mm centres (allowances for sole plates etc, give a 15% bridging area for the timber). Stud depth is
taken to be the same as the thickness of insulation specified. Thermal conductivity of timber studs is 0.12W/mK

Timber frame walls

Between studs and to exterior of sarking
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs and Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs
NEW BUILD
Installing Earthwool DriTherm

Tf04
Cavity Slab in the cavity provides
secondary protecton to the frame
Brick outer leaf
and improves thermal performance
Earthwool DriTherm
Friction fitting between timber Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
studs closes joints, preventing air Vapour
permeable membrane
Plywood sheathing
Partial fill system accepted by Earthwool FrameTherm

National House Building Council between timber studs

and Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide rating 12.5mm plasterboard

Zero Global Warming Potential
(GWP)
Products Performance
E arthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs are The instructions to be found in British Board of Thermal performance
lightweight glass mineral wool products Agrment (BBA) Certificate 95/3212 apply to Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate has
available in a range of thermal conductivities. the use of Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs in a thermal conductivity of either 0.032 W/mK.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate is masonry wall constructions and can therefore Earthwool FrameTherm Roll/Slab 32 has a
a lightweight, rigid, non-combustible glass be deemed relevant to this application. The BBA thermal conductivity of 0.032 W/mK.
mineral wool slab containing a water-repellent Certificate does not cover the specific use of
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 Roll/Slab has a
additive. Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate in
thermal conductivity of 0.035 W/mK.
The manufacture of both products has a very timber frame walls.
Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 38 has a thermal
low impact on the environment. Installation sequence part fill
Typical construction The timber frame is erected in the normal
manner. The sequenced method is the same as Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 has a thermal
Inner leaf comprising 12.5mm standard
for conventional timber frame except that a conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
plasterboard, vapour control layer, Earthwool
FrameTherm between studwork, 9.5mm wider cavity than normal is used. Fire performance
plywood sheathing and a vapour permeable This will require longer than normal wall ties Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and Slabs and
membrane. Cavity between timber frame and with a clip to hold the Earthwool DriTherm Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate are
outer leaf part filled with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate back to the timber classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate. Outer leaf typically of frame wall. Small cavity barriers should be
brick, timber cladding or tiles. installed to the full width of the cavity. Earthwool
Installation DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate is installed to
The installation of Earthwool FrameTherm, the same standard as for full-fill, but should be
vapour control layer and a vapour permeable fully clipped back to the timber frame wall.
The National House Building Council (NHBC) will accept
membrane are the same as for solution Tf01. If
this form of construction providing a 50mm residual cavity
a service void is to be included then refer to between Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate and
Tf02. The principles for installing Earthwool masonry outer leaf is maintained.
DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate in a twin

insulated wall are essentially the same as for
installation in a masonry cavity wall when the
inner block leaf is constructed first.

Typical junction with timber ground floor Typical specification

Twin insulation full-fill system:
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate partially External wall panels to be insulated between
filling the cavity
studs using Earthwool FrameTherm
Flexible sealant between plasterboard
and floor to minimise air leakage 32*/35*/38*/40* ......mm thick

fitted between studs. The breather membrane
stapled*/nailed* to the sheathing and
3.1.2
extending below the lowest timber member
Cavity formed between internal and external

Insulation should be in
contact with underside of floor leafs to be fully filled with Earthwool
DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate......mm
thick. The lowest run of wall ties to be located
Ventilated sub floor
at 600mm centres horizontally. Ties thereafter
to be at 450mm centres vertically and at
600mm centres horizontally. All work to be
in accordance with manufacturers
instructions.
Twin insulated part fill system:
Table 9 - Typical U-values for Earthwool Twin insulated wall partial fill studs using Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls* or
Slabs32*/35*/38*/40* ......mm thick
U-values (W/m2K)
Thickness Earthwool Product Masonry Low e service
(mm) DriTherm Cavity outer leaf duct Insulation to be cut as necessary and friction
Slab 32 Ultimate fitted between studs. The breather membrane
(mm) stapled*/nailed* to the sheathing and
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.17 0.16 extending below the lowest timber member
(*Delete as appropriate).
140 65 Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32
Ultimate......mm thick to be fitted against the
Earthwool FrameTherm 40 0.18 0.17 breather membrane on the face of the
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.18 0.17 sheathing and held back using insulation
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.19 0.17 retaining clips fixed to the wall ties.
140 50 The lowest run of wall ties to be located at
600mm centres horizontally. Wall ties
thereafter to be at 450mm centres vertically
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.21 0.19 and at 600mm centres horizontally. All work
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.21 0.19 to be in accordance with manufacturers
90 65 instructions.
Earthwool FrameTherm 32 0.23 0.21 Regulations.
Earthwool FrameTherm 35 0.24 0.21 Alternatively, consult the National
90 50
Earthwool FrameTherm 38 0.24 0.22 Building Specifications, Standard
P10/210 and310 and F30/10
Notes: Timber bridging is assumed as 15% and the stud depth is taken to be the same as the thickness of
insulation specified. Thermal conductivity of timber studs is 0.12W/mK.
and150 and F30/12 and
155

Timber frame walls

Supafil Frame
NEW BUILD REFURB
Fully fills the timber stud void, Tf05

preventing air movement and
infiltration through or around the
insulation
Brick outer leaf
Installed quickly between studs of
any width with no product wastage
Supafil Frame blowing
Installed by trained and approved insulation
technicians monitored by the BBA
Sheathing board
Supafil Frame
Non-combustible
with a Euroclass
Supafil Frame netting layer

Supafil Frame blowing insulation is an Inner leaf comprising 12.5mm standard A vapour control layer is stapled to the studs
unbonded glass mineral wool which is blown plasterboard, vapour control layer, Supafil across the inner face of the wall before fixing
into the cavities between the frames in timber Frame Blow-in-Blanket System consisting of the the plasterboard. The vapour control layer
frame walls. It requires no mixing on site and is Supafil Frame netting layer and Supafil Frame should be free from holes, any gaps should be
dry when installed, adding no water to the blowing insulation blown between studwork, made good with tears repaired and overlaps
building. plywood sheathing and a vapour permeable and apertures for services effectively sealed.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate is membrane. A 50mm cavity separates the timber Particular care is necessary around electrical
a lightweight, rigid slab of glass mineral wool frame from the outer leaf, typically of brick. boxes.
with a water repellent additive. It is Alternatively, the cavity can be partially filled A vapour permeable membrane or a low
manufactured to fit between wall ties at with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 emissivity vapour permeable membrane should
standard vertical spacings. Ultimate. Other cladding options, such as tile be stapled or nailed to the sheathing board in
The manufacture of both products has a very hanging and timber boarding can also be accordance with manufacturers instructions.
low impact on the environment. utilised.
It should be lapped so that each joint is
Supafil Frame blowing insulation is the Installation protected, with upper layers lapped over lower
insulation component of the Supafil Frame Blow- The Supafil Frame netting layer is stapled across layers to shed water away from the sheathing.
in-Blanket System. This system is installed by a the entire wall area creating discrete cavities of Horizontal laps should be at least 100mm wide
network of nationwide approved installers. The each stud void. A hole is then cut in the netting and the membrane should extend below the
Blow-in-Blanket system also includes an just large enough to accommodate the nozzle lowest timber member. Vertical laps should be
insulation netting layer that retains the insulation of the Supafil Frame Blow-in-Blanket System. The at least 150mm and be staggered.
in the frame cavity during the blowing process nozzle is inserted into the cut and the cavity is
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32
and before the wall is lined with the vapour filled with Supafil Frame blowing insulation. The
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
control layer and plasterboard. Supafil Frame Blow-in-Blanket System includes
can be used within the cavity in the same
sensors that determine when the cavity has
manner as shown in Tf03 on pages 142 - 143.
been filled to the required density and cuts off
the flow automatically. Continue filling all the
cavities until the entire wall area is insulated.

Installed by approved
installing technicians

Brick outer leaf Vapour permeable membrane Cavity barrier
studs using Supafil Frame Blow-in-Blanket
System. The vapour permeable membrane
stapled*/nailed* to the sheathing and
extending below the lowest timber member

3.1.2
Regulations.
Earthwool Timber Frame Party
Supafil Frame
Wall Slab All external walls to be insulated during
Earthwool Timber Frame Party construction by partially filling the cavities
Supafil Frame netting layer Wall Slab with Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32
Sheathing board
Ultimate ......mm thick.
Timber frame separating wall,
Vapour control layer Robust Detail E-WT-2 The first run of wall ties to be located at
600mm centres horizontally at a level to be
determined by the specifier. Subsequent runs
Table 10 - Typical U-values for timber frame walls with Supafil Frame
of wall ties to be at not more than 900mm
Product U-values (W/m2K) centres horizontally (or as otherwise required
Timber studs filled with: Thickness Vapour Masonry Tile/timber by the structure) and at 450mm vertically.
(mm) permeable outer leaf clad outer leaf
All work under construction must be protected
membrane
overnight and during adverse weather
Supafil Frame 200 3 0.21 0.22
conditions in accordance with BS 5628: Part
140 3 0.27 0.29 3: 2005.
200 Low E 0.18 0.21 Alternatively, consult the National
140 Low E 0.23 0.28 Building Specifications, Standard
P10/200 and 310
Table 11 - Typical U-values for Supafil Frame Twin insulated wall - partial fill downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Product U-values (W/m2K)
Timber stud Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Service Masonry Tile/timber

(mm) Slab 32 Ultimate (mm) void outer leaf outer leaf
Supafil Frame Performance
90 50 n/a 0.23 0.25
Thermal performance
65 n/a 0.21 0.22
Supafil Frame blowing insulation has a thermal
75 n/a 0.20 0.21
85 n/a 0.19 0.19
140 50 n/a 0.19 0.19 Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
65 n/a 0.17 0.18 has a thermal conductivity of 0.032 W/mK.
75 n/a 0.16 0.17 Fire performance
85 n/a 0.15 0.16 Supafil Frame blowing insulation and Earthwool
90 50 Low E 0.21 0.22 DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate are classified
65 Low E 0.19 0.20 as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
75 Low E 0.18 0.19
85 Low E 0.17 0.18
140 50 Low E 0.17 0.18
65 Low E 0.16 0.16
75 Low E 0.15 0.16
85 Low E 0.14 0.15
Notes: Timber bridging is assumed as 15% and the stud depth is taken to be the same as the
thickness of insulation specified. Thermal conductivity of timber studs is 0.12W/mK. Ventilated low
emissivity airspace assumed to increase the R-value of the cavity to 0.29m2K/W and unventilated low
emissivity airspace assumed to increase R-value of cavity to 0.77m2K/W.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.1.3
Light Steel Frame Walls
Glass mineral wool between

studs with insulated sheathing
Product: Earthwool SteelTherm

Roll 40 Ls01
Rock mineral wool between

studs with insulated sheathing
Product: Earthwool Flexible

Slab Ls02
Glass mineral wool between

studs, rock mineral wool behind
rainscreen cladding system
Products: Earthwool SteelTherm
Roll 40 and Earthwool Ls03
RainScreen Slab
Rock mineral wool between

studs, and behind rainscreen
cladding system
Products: Earthwool Flexible
Slab and Earthwool LS04
RainScreen Slab
3.1.3 Light Steel Frame Walls
Light steel frame walls

Overview
Light steel framing is extensively used due to its In addition, steel has a higher strength to weight The internal lining usually consists of two layers
good thermal and structural behaviour. Heat ratio than timber, enabling more flexibility in of plasterboard to provide 1 hour fire resistance
loss reduction and thermal comfort have been design and clear floor spans over 7m. Although to the loadbearing steel frame
the main driving forces defining the design of steel does not have the sustainability credentials Insulation used on the cold side of the steel
these frames. With this form of construction it is of timber, it is fully recyclable and steel frame should be non-combustible, or have a
important that some insulation is placed inside manufactured in the UK usually contains class1 surface spread of flame where it faces
or outside the steel frame to provide a thermal approximately 20% recycled content. a cavity
break and avoid condensation. Light steel framed structures can be used for External loadbearing steel framed walls
There are two major construction types: buildings up to six storeys high, although British typically comprise:
Board of Agrment certificates limit some
Warm frame construction where all the Internal lining of 12.5 mm thick, Type 5 fire
systems to four storeys. A steel frame system is
insulation is outside the steel frame. One resistant plasterboard clad with 12.5 mm
usually based on factory made or site
disadvantage of this technique is the loss of any thick Type 1 vapour check plasterboard
assembled panels and sub-assemblies forming
possible insulation benefit by not utilising the Wall panels formed from channels (top and
the structural steel framework of a building or
space between the steel frame studs. bottom) and C-section studs with diagonal
the light steel infill system within a structural
Hybrid construction, where insulation is concrete or steel framed building. cross bracing and lintels as required by the
included both inside or outside the steel design
Structural steel framed external walls are usually
structure and in between the steel components Mineral wool friction fitted between the studs
manufactured from 75mm or 150mm wide
(a minimum of 33% of the thermal resistance
loadbearing C studs. The use of factory Insulation on the outside of the frame to
should be provided outside the steel frame.)
manufactured components guarantees prevent thermal bridging through the steel
With this form of construction a condensation
dimensional accuracy and all structural framework
risk analysis (in accordance with BS 5250)
steelwork should be fabricated from galvanised An external cladding this can be anything
should be provided by the system manufacturer
steel to BS EN 10326 : 2009 with a Z 275 from a rainscreen cladding system to a
to ensure there is no risk of interstitial
coating. traditional brick outer skin
condensation. A vapour control layer should be
installed on the warm side of the internal
Risk of condensation Other considerations
insulation layer. This method is becoming
With light steel frame constructions a vapour In accordance with BS 7671: 2008, the metal
increasingly popular both in standard 2-3 storey
control layer is essential on the warm side of the frame of the system must be provided with main
housing and high rise apartments alike.
insulation to reduce the risk of interstitial equipotential bonding, using the relevant cable
Steel frame construction has many of the condensation forming. Where a foil faced sizes specified in the British Standard.
attributes of timber frame construction: insulation board is used on the outside of the
The close tolerance of the steel frame means
Off-site prefabrication delivers a quality steel frame, it is particularly important to ensure
that the foundations should be constructed to
engineered product that the vapour control layer is continuous and
provide a tolerance of 5 mm over 5 metres.
not punctured by services.
Quick erection of the structural frame and Galvanised steel shims must be added under
early creation of a dry envelope, thus
Fire each stud location to ensure that the gap
removing the external finish from the critical between the bottom of the track and the
A number of precautions are necessary with
path and enabling an early start on the foundation does not exceed these tolerances.
light steel frame construction:
internal fit out
Cavity barriers and fire stopping must be Consult the system manufacturer to confirm
Wet weather does not interrupt erection system specific details.
provided at junctions with other elements in
process
accordance with the requirements of national
Lightweight structure reduces load on Building Regulations
foundations, especially important on
brownfield sites and rooftop extensions

Light Steel Frame Walls 3.1.3
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16
Glass mineral wool between studs with

insulated sheathing
Product: Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40
See page: 150
Ls01
Rock mineral wool between studs with

insulated sheathing
Product: Earthwool Flexible Slab
3.1.3
See page: 150
Ls02
Glass mineral wool between studs,

rock mineral wool behind rainscreen
cladding system
Products: Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 and
Earthwool RainScreen Slab
See page: 152 Ls03
Rock mineral wool between studs,

and behind rainscreen cladding system
Products: Earthwool Flexible Slab and
See page: 152

Ls04
Key

Pb01


Glass or rock mineral wool between studs with insulated sheathing
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 and Earthwool Flexible Slab
NEW BUILD
Manufactured size friction fits

Ls01 Ls02
between common steel stud centres
without any cutting on site
Brick outer leaf
Friction fitting between steel studs
Cavity
closes joints, preventing air
movement and infiltration through PIR insulation sheathing
Steel studs
Knauf Insulation 3D modelling
calculation service provides
Earthwool SteelTherm
optimised thermal performance Roll/Earthwool Flexible Slab
between studs
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll and Vapour control layer

A+ Generic BRE Green Guide rating Double layer of

plasterboard
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 is a lightweight, Knauf Insulation products are dimensioned to Cavity barriers will have to be installed between
flexible glass mineral wool roll. suit standard steel studs at 600mm centres. the frame and the brickwork at suitable intervals
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a multi purpose Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 or Earthwool to the full depth of the cavity.
flexible, rock mineral wool slab designed for Flexible Slabs are friction fitted between the Performance
frition fitting between steel studs. steel studs at standard centres and are self Thermal performance
The manufacture of both products has a very supporting. Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 has a thermal
low impact on the environment. A vapour control layer is taped to the studs conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
Typical construction across the inner face of the wall before fixing Earthwool Flexible Slab has a thermal
Inner leaf comprising a double layer of the plasterboard. The vapour control layer conductivity of 0.035 or 0.037 W/mK.
standard plasterboard, vapour control layer, should be free from holes, any gaps should be
Fire performance
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 or Earthwool made good, with tears repaired and overlaps
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 and Earthwool
Flexible Slab between steel studs, PIR insulation and apertures for services effectively sealed.
Flexible Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to
board sheathing. A range of claddings can be Particular care is necessary around electrical
BS EN 13501-1.
applied, including an outer brick skin or boxes.
terracotta rainscreen cladding. The foil faced PIR board is held in place by the
steel framing used to support the outer cladding
or temporarily fixed with suitable self-tapping
screws and washers. Secondary fixings may be
used where required.

Typical junction of external wall with party wall Typical specification

External wall to be insulated between studs
using Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40*/
Earthwool Flexible Slab......mm thick* .
Brick outer leaf PIR sheathing Cavity barrier to full depth of fitted between studs.
cavity
(*delete as appropriate)
The PIR outer sheathing boards to be fixed

directly against the external face of the steel
3.1.3
frame and temporarily fixed with suitable
self-tapping screws and washers. Adjacent
boards must be tightly butted to minimise
heat loss. Trim boards to fit around window
and door openings.
Vapour control layer behind Cavity barriers and fire stops should
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 plasterboard layers
or Earthwool Flexible Slab be installed as required to meet the Building
Regulations.
Earthwool Flexible Slab Steel frame party wall Alternatively, consult the National
Earthwool Building Slab RS45 P10/210 and 310
Table 12 - Typical U-values for steel framed wall with Earthwool Table 13 - Typical U-values for steel framed wall with Earthwool Flexible
SteelTherm Roll 40 between the studs Slab between the studs
U-values (W/m2K) U-values (W/m2K)
Ls01 Ls02
PIR thickness 90mm Earthwool 140mm Earthwool PIR thickness 100mm Earthwool 140mm Earthwool
(mm) SteelTherm Roll 40 SteelTherm Roll 40 (mm) Flexible Slab Flexible Slab
50 0.22 0.19 50 0.21 0.18
45 0.23 0.20 45 0.22 0.19
40 0.24 0.21 40 0.24 0.20
35 0.26 0.22 35 0.25 0.21
30 0.27 0.24 30 0.27 0.23
25 0.29 0.25 25 0.29 0.24
20 0.32 0.27 20 0.31 0.26
Notes: The U-values have been calculated to BRE Digest 465. Steel stud bridge fraction is 0.00280, Notes: The U-values have been calculated to BRE Digest 465. Steel stud bridge fraction is 0.00280,
flange width is 50 mm. Stud depth is taken to be the same as the thickness of insulation specified. PIR CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
flange width is 50 mm. Stud depth is taken to be the same as the thickness of insulation specified. PIR
lambda value is 0.023W/mK. Low emissivity air space resistance is 0.44m2K/W. U Value Competency Scheme
lambda value is 0.023W/mK. Low emissivity air space resistance is 0.44m2K/W.
Additional care should be taken to ensure the PIR board is installed correctly so that all the board-to- Additional care should be taken to ensure the PIR board is installed correctly so that all the board-to-
board joints are fully closed and that no air gaps penetrate this insulation layer. board joints are fully closed and that no air gaps penetrate this insulation layer.


Glass or rock mineral wool between studs, rock mineral wool behind rainscreen cladding
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll, Earthwool Flexible Slab and Earthwool Rainscreen Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Manufactured size friction fits

Ls03 Ls04
between common steel stud centres
without any cutting on site Vapour
control layer
Earthwool SteelTherm
movement and infiltration through Roll 40 or Earthwool
or around the insulation Flexible Slab between steel
studs
Knauf Insulation 3D modelling Cement fibre board
calculation service provides Thermal break pads

optimised thermal performance
Rainscreen brackets fixed
back to structural frame
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll and

Earthwool Flexible Slab and Double layer
Earthwool Rainscreen Slab of plasterboard

Earthwool RainScreen
A1 reaction to fire rating Slab fixed back to
cement fibre board
Vertical fixing rails
Rainscreen cladding

Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 is a lightweight, Inner leaf comprising a double layer of The rainscreen cladding support brackets are
flexible glass mineral wool roll. standard plasterboard, vapour control layer fixed to the steel frame (including thermal break
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a multi purpose and Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 or Earthwool pads) as required for the specific rainscreen
flexible, rock mineral wool slab designed for Flexible Slab between steel studs. system. Earthwool RainScreen Slabs are
frition fitting between steel studs. A cementitious board is fixed to the outside of installed between the support brackets for the
the frame and insulated with Earthwool rainscreen cladding. To minimise thermal
E arthwool RainScreen Slab is a rock mineral
RainScreen Slabs fixed back to the cementitious bridging, the brackets should be of sufficient
wool slab containing a water repellent additive,
board. depth to allow the panel support rails to be
specially developed for rainscreen cladding
located clear of the face of the insulation.
applications. A range of rainscreen claddings can be
applied, supported from brackets fixed back to Earthwool RainScreen Slabs should be closely
The manufacture of all three products has a very
the steel studs, a thermal break pad is butted together and fixed independently to the
low impact on the environment.
incorporated between the brackets and the cementitious boards using proprietary insulation
cementitious board. fasteners in accordance with the design
specification. Once the insulation is firmly in
Installation
place, the application of the cladding can
Cementitious boards are fixed to the exterior of
proceed. Ensure that a ventilated cavity remains
the steel frame, Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 or
between the insulation and the external
Earthwool Flexible Slab are friction fitted
cladding. The dimensions of the ventilated
between the studs at standard centres.
cavity should not exceed the limits in the
A vapour control layer is taped to the studs Building Regulations.
across the inner face of the wall before fixing
the plasterboard layers. The vapour control
layer should be free from holes, any gaps
should be made good, with tears repaired and
electrical boxes.

Typical junction of terracotta rainscreen Typical specification

cladding system and party wall External wall to be insulated between studs
using Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40/
Earthwool Flexible Slab*......mm thick.
fitted between studs.
Terracotta tile rainscreen cladding system Earthwool RainScreen Slab Thermal break pads
Earthwool RainScreen Slab ......mm thick to
be fixed independently to the cementitious
3.1.3
board facing to the steel frame using
proprietary insulation fasteners in
accordance with the design specification.
The insulation should be close butted and
fitted around all adjacent parts of the
rainscreen support brackets to minimise any
thermal bridging. Once the insulation is
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 Vapour control layer behind firmly in place the application of the
or Earthwool Flexible Slab plasterboard rainscreen cladding can proceed.
between studs
Cavity barriers and fire stops should
Steel frame party wall be installed as required to meet the Building
Earthwool Flexible Slab Regulations.
Earthwool Building Slab RS45
P10/210 and 310 and
H92/776
Performance Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be

Thermal performance
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 has a thermal Accurate U-value calculations for rainscreen
conductivity of 0.040 W/mK. cladding systems can be generated by
Earthwool Flexible Slab has a thermal numerical modelling programs such as HEAT 3
conductivity of 0.035 or 0.037 W/mK. which employ the methodologies detailed in BS
EN ISO 10211.
Earthwool RainScreen Slab has a thermal
conductivity of 0.035 W/mK. Approved Documents ADL1A and ADL2A
require BR443 - `Conventions for U-value
Fire performance
Calculations` to be consulted when U-values for
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40, Earthwool
rainscreen cladding systems are being
Flexible Slab and Earthwool RainScreen Slab
compiled.
are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-
1. Therefore, if the U-value for a rainscreen
cladding system is calculated without
U-value calculations and rainscreen
employing numerical modelling, the U-value
cladding systems
should be calculated without taking the
Rainscreen cladding systems can be very
rainscreen brackets consideration and then
complex constructions due to the fact that they
increased by 0.30W/m2K.
are made up of a variety of steel or aluminium
components which are fastened together by Our Technical Advice and Support Centre can
various means. supply numerically modelled U-value
calculations for rainscreen systems installed on
It therefore, is no surprise that the heat flow
existing walls, new build walls or walls
paths through rainscreen cladding systems are
incorporating light steel frame systems,
also complex and cannot be accurately
providing all relevant construction information
quantified by the normal calculation methods
is made available to us.
used to establish the U-value of a construction
element, namely BS 6946: 2007. Further information can be obtained from our
Technical Advice and Support Centre on
01744 766666.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.1.4
Cladded Walls
Behind rainscreen cladding

system
Product: Earthwool
RainScreen Slab Er01
Within curtain walling

system
Product: Earthwool Building
Slab RS45 or RS60 Er02
3.1.4 Cladded Walls
Cladded walls
Rainscreen cladding and curtain wall systems
Rainscreen cladding systems Weather protection Fire

There are a wide variety of proprietary Rainscreen cladding systems are designed to For external wall constructions that include
rainscreen cladding systems available most of keep both the structural frame and the thermal cavities (such as rainscreen cladding), cavity
which have the insulation installed on the insulation dry, due to the rainscreen cladding fire barriers are recommended at the junctions
external face of a masonry wall, this helps to itself but also due to the airspace between the between the wall and every compartment floor
keep internal temparatures stable by storing cladding and the insulation. or wall or other wall or door assembly that
heat in the winter and reducing solar gains in Drained and ventilated rainscreen systems work forms a fire-resisting barrier as detailed in
the summer. Rainscreen cladding systems are by allowing air to enter at the base of the Approved Document B - further guidance is
also lightweight when compared to brick and system and escape at the top of the system, the given in BR135, published by the Building
masonry solutions and they can provide the ventilated cavity allows water penetrating the Research Establishment.
designer with a wide range of aesthetic options. panel joints to be partly removed by the stack Fire barriers
Curtain wall systems effect and partly removed by running down the Should be made from non-combustible material,
rear face of the panels and out of the base of be at least 100mm high and penetrate the full
Curtain walls usually consist of a proprietary
the system. depth of the insulation and form a continuous
non structural lightweight frame which in some
cases is designed to incorporate glass panels Curtain walls usually consist of a glass facade barrier through the insulation layer.
which act as the weatherproof facade and also which is both waterproof and thus weather
allow daylight to penetrate into the building. resistant.
There are several other types of curtain walling
including factory built unitized systems which
are typically comprised of insulation behind a
glass, natural stone or metal facing.
Whenever a proprietary rainscreen cladding or
curtain wall system is used, the system
manufacturers recommendation should be
followed.

Cladded Walls 3.1.4
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.34 0.34 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23
Behind rainscreen cladding system

Product: Earthwool RainScreen Slab
See page: 156
Er01
Within curtain walling system

Product: Earthwool Building Slab
RS45 or RS60
3.1.4
Contact system manufacturer for u-values
See page: 158
Er02
Key

Pb01

3.1.4 Cladded Walls
Cladded walls
Behind rainscreen cladding system
NEW BUILD REFURB
Friction fitting behind and between

Er01
cladding rails prevents air
or around the insulation Masonry wall
Lightweight, flexible slab is quick to

install and also accommodates
imperfections in substrate
Fixing bracket
Knauf Insulation 3D modelling
calculation service provides
optimised thermal performance

Support rail
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Rainscreen panel
Product Installation Performance

E arthwool RainScreen Slab is a rock mineral Earthwool RainScreen Slab is positioned Thermal performance
wool slab containing a water repellent additive, between the support brackets for the rainscreen Earthwool RainScreen Slab has a thermal
specially developed for rainscreen cladding cladding system and across the whole area to conductivity of 0.035 W/mK.
applications. Its manufacture has a very low be insulated. Cut the slabs with a sharp knife to The U-value of a proprietary rainscreen
impact on the environment. fit around the brackets so there are no gaps in cladding system is dependent on the degree of
Typical construction the insulation. To minimise thermal bridging, the thermal bridging in the system. Typically
Rainscreen cladding systems comprise outer brackets should be of sufficient depth to allow 120mm of Earthwool RainScreen Slab will
cladding panels that are bolted to a supporting the panel support rails to be located clear of achieve a U-value of 0.35 W/m2K or better, but
framework of rails, which are supported by the face of the insulation. Knauf Insulation advise consulting proprietary
brackets fixed through a thermal break pad The insulation should be close butted and fixed rainscreen cladding manufacturers for U-values
back to the building frame. independently against the building substructure appropriate for their system.
A layer of insulation is fixed independently using proprietary insulation fasteners in Fire performance
against the building substructure using accordance with the design specification. Earthwool RainScreen Slab is classified as
proprietary insulation fasteners. Once the insulation is firmly in place, the Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
Earthwool RainScreen Slab is recommended for application of the cladding can proceed.
this application, as it is lightweight but rigid Ensure that a ventilated cavity remains between
enough to resist the compression forces the insulation and the external cladding. The
generated when installing the insulation slabs dimensions of the ventilated cavity should not
on the masonry substrate. exceed the limits in the Building Regulations.

Cladded Walls 3.1.4
Typical junction detail with exposed floor Typical specification

Earthwool RainScreen Slab ......mm thick to
be fixed independently against the building
substructure using proprietary insulation
fasteners in accordance with the design
specification.
Earthwool RainScreen Slab Continuous ribbon of adhesive
behind plasterboard and flexible The insulation should be close butted and
sealant below skirting board to
minimise air leakage fitted around all adjacent parts of the
rainscreen support brackets to minimise
3.1.4
Proprietary rainscreen thermal bridging. Once the insulation is
cladding system
firmly in place the application of the
rainscreen cladding can proceed.
Support brackets Alternatively, consult the National
for vertical rails
H92/776
Continuity between wall and downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
exposed floor insulation to
avoid thermal bridge
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard

Standard
U-value calculations and

rainscreen cladding systems Table 14 - Typical U-values of external walls with rainscreen cladding
Rainscreen cladding systems can be very U-values (W/m2K) for 215mm solid masonry wall of:
complex constructions due to the fact that Insulation thickness (mm) Dense block Medium block Cast concrete aggregate
they are made up of a variety of steel or (=1.13) (= 0.51) (=0.13)
aluminium components which are fastened
together by various means. 200 0.24 0.23 0.24
It therefore, is no surprise that the heat flow 190 0.25 0.24 0.25
paths through rainscreen cladding systems 180 0.26 0.25 0.26
are also complex and cannot be accurately
170 0.27 0.26 0.27
quantified by the normal calculation methods
used to establish the U-value of a construction 160 0.28 0.27 0.28
element, namely BS 6946: 2007. 150 0.29 0.28 0.29
Accurate U-value calculations for rainscreen 140 0.31 0.29 0.31
cladding systems can be generated by
130 0.32 0.32 0.32
numerical modelling programs such as HEAT
3 which employ the methodologies detailed 120 0.34 0.33 0.34
in BS EN ISO 10211. Note: Fixings assumed to be plastic insulation holders with 5mm dia. steel expansion pin. The U-values have been calculated to
BS EN ISO 10211 and BR 443. For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
Approved Documents ADL1A and ADL2A
require BR443 - `Conventions for U-value Our Technical Advice and Support Centre
Calculations` to be consulted when U-values can supply numerically modelled U-value
for rainscreen cladding systems are being calculations for rainscreen systems installed
compiled. on existing walls, new build walls or walls
Therefore, if the U-value for a rainscreen incorporating light steel frame systems,
cladding system is calculated without providing all relevant construction
employing numerical modelling, the U-value information is made available to us.
should be calculated without taking the
rainscreen brackets consideration and then
increased by 0.30W/m2K.

3.1.4 Cladded Walls
Cladded walls
Within curtain walling system
Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60
NEW BUILD
Friction fits in panels for maximum

Er02
thermal and acoustic performance
Plasterboard
Suitable for unitised and traditional
build curtain walling systems
Earthwool Building Slab
RS45 or RS60
Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60

Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Panel structure

Stone facing to panel
Products Typical construction Performance

Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60 are Curtain walling systems come in several Thermal performance
semi-rigid rock mineral wool slabs, their forms. The illustration above shows a unitised Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60 have
manufacture has a very low impact on the curtain wall system. a thermal conductivity of 0.035 W/mK.
environment. Unitised curtain wall facades are suitable for The U-values for proprietary curtain walling
various facing materials such as aluminium, systems are dependent on the degree of thermal
steel, natural stone or glass. They are bridging in the system, Knauf Insulation advise
assembled in a factory as large integral units, consulting individual curtain walling manufacturers
and taken to site for fast track fixing. for U-values appropriate for their system.
Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60 are Fire performance
recommended for insulating curtain walling Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60 are
systems. classified as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
Installation
Earthwool Building Slab RS45 and RS60 are
cut to size and installed in the factory as the
middle layer of a pre-assembled curtain wall
unit.
The panels are typically hung onto and/or
mechanically fixed to the building's
superstructure

Cladded Walls 3.1.4
3.1.4
Earthwool Building Slab RS45*/RS60* ......
mm thick to be housed within the opaque
modular panels as part of the proprietary
curtain wall system specified in clause ...
of the specification. (*Delete as appropriate.)
H11/780

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.2.1
External Wall Insulation
ThermoShell External Wall

Insulation System
Product: ThermoShell Rock
EWI01
and ThermoShell EPS /02
Render on insulation
Product: Rocksilk EWI Slab and
Rocksilk Lamella Slab
EWI03
/04
3.2.1 External Wall Insulation

External Wall Insulation (EWI) design
Introduction Thermal comfort

External Wall Insulation (EWI) systems involve A wide variety of insulation types can be used An EWI system makes use of the thermal mass
the installation of an insulating layer to the in EWI systems, however, the best solutions are of the wall which in turn helps to provide less
external fabric of an existing, or new building, usually comprised of rock mineral wool or peaks and troughs in the internal environment.
the system is usually finished with a render coat, expanded polystyrene (EPS) and each has its This is particularly beneficial in buildings such
brick slips or clad with timber boards or tiles. own merits. For instance, both rock mineral as hospitals and retirement homes which are
EWI systems should not be used to isolate or wool and EPS products have excellent thermal often continuously heated and can allow the
hide moisture penetration or damp problems in insulation performance, whilst rock mineral heating system to be turned down overnight as
the existing structure. In accordance with wool products are non - combustible which the energy absorbed by the wall during the day
Building Regulations, new solid walls should negates the need to install fire barriers and EPS is released back into the internal environment
prevent moisture ingress arising from exposure has the advantage of being lightweight. overnight.
to rain and snow without moisture penetrating Therefore, the differentiating characteristics of
to the inside and damaging the building. insulation products can dictate where, when Air leakage
and why one product is specified or preferred Buildings can suffer from excessive air leakage
Unless an existing building is already rendered which, if not treated, can lead to high energy
over another.
or clad the installation of EWI can dramatically costs, occupant discomfort from draughts and
alter and improve the appearance of the external noise, as well as a reduction in indoor
external facade. Particular attention will need to air quality. The installation of an EWI system
be made to window sills, jambs, rainwater can deliver an airtight structure and reduce
goods and the roof eaves as structural changes draughts and heat loss as any cracks and gaps
may be required to accommodate the thickness in the external fabric of the building will be
of the external wall insulation system. covered and sealed by the system.
When deciding which EWI system is most
appropriate for the circumstances there are
several issues that need to be considered.
However, the most important issues are the level
of thermal performance to be achieved, the
insulation type and which finish is the most
suitable.

External Wall Insulation 3.2.1
Condensation Thermal bridging Dampness in walls

Interstitial condensation occurs when warm, Thermal bridging can be greatly reduced in The most common causes of dampness in
moist air from inside a building penetrates into existing buildings and almost completely existing solid masonry external walls are,
the fabric of a structure and meets a cold removed in new buildings by installing an EWI penetrating damp (often caused by
surface, where it cools, reducing its ability to system, as the insulation layer forms as deterioration of the existing mortar, blocked
carry water vapour and increasing the risk of complete a layer as is possible around the gutters or faulty rainwater goods), rising damp
condensation forming within the construction. building. Therefore, overlaying the existing and condensation, particularly surface
Installing an EWI system prevents interstitial thermal bridges (such as those at external wall condensation.
condensation from forming because the dew to party wall junctions) with insulation removes For instance, missing or damaged render should
point temperature is moved closer to the any significant thermal bridge, reduces heat be reinstated, faulty or missing flashings should
external face of the insulated structure. Installing loss and prevents condensation from forming. be repaired or replaced and areas suffering
a vapour permeable insulation product can Careful design detailing is required at junctions from mortar deterioration should be re-pointed
further reduce the risk of condensation forming such as those at window and door reveals, roof with a suitable mortar mix.
3.2.1
as it will offer negligible resistance to the eaves and verges and where the EWI system Dampness can have a negative effect on the
passage of water vapour and in effect allows starts close to ground level. The treatment of physical properties of the materials used to
the wall to `breathe` if used in conjunction with existing features such as balconies, handrails construct a wall and best practice is to cure any
a vapour permeable render coat. and satellite dishes also needs careful damp problems before installing an EWI system
Surface condensation is prevented from forming consideration. onto an existing wall. This is not a problem for
on internal wall surfaces as the structural wall is new build walls as they will not be subjected to
on the warm side of the insulation which will the potential problems caused by long term
always be above the dew point temperature. exposure to the elements although the EWI
system finish will need to be maintained to
ensure the long term protection of the facade.
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.38 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.13
ThermoShell External Wall Insulation

System
Product: ThermoShell Rock and
ThermoShell EPS
See page: 162

EWI01
/02
Product: Rocksilk EWI Slab and Rocksilk
Lamella Slab
See page: 164

EWI03
/04
Key

Pb01


ThermoShell External Wall Insulation System
ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus and ThermoShell EPS
NEW BUILD REFURB
EWI01 EWI02
Breathable system allows moisture
vapour to pass through the
construction removing the risk of
condensation forming
Can improve the appearance of an

existing building whilst providing
upgraded thermal performance
Can accommodate wall

imperfections to provide a high
quality finish
Installed externally with minimal

disruption to occupants of existing
buildings
ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus

Products
ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus are high impact ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus or ThermoShell EPS prevent a pitting effect on the topcoat.
strength rock mineral wool slabs with a water are bonded to the substrate using TS-Bond. A The background should be dry before
repellent additive specially developed for maximum thickness of 20mm of TS-Bond can be application of the TS-Primer.
external wall insulation systems. Their used to even out localised undulations in the
Prior to application of the topcoat the
manufacture has a very low impact on the substrate.
background should be level, dry and free from
environment. ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus or ThermoShell EPS dirt and dust. Apply TS-Silicone or TS-Mineral
ThermoShell EPS is a lightweight expanded should be installed in a stretcher bond pattern. topcoat by hand or spray and ensure that the
polystyrene board with high thermal efficiency, Before the TS-Bond has set, mechanically fix the freshly applied topcoat is protected from the
designed for easy handling and speedy insulation slabs/boards with TS-Fixings. weather to avoid wash offs from occurring.
installation. Typically, 4 fixings per m2 are required at low
Typical construction level increasing to 6 fixings per m2 for high level
Note: Do not apply when air temperature is at or below
Existing or new solid masonry wall insulated applications. 5C on a falling thermometer or below 3C on a rising
thermometer, or when the temperature of the air, or wall
with ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus or ThermoShell Apply TS-Bond to a minimum thickness of 5mm surface is above 30C and the surface is not protected.
EPS finished with either a mineral or silicone over surface of the insulation slabs/boards and
render. level out using a straight edge. Trowel a layer of
Performance
Installation TS-Reinforcing Mesh into the fresh mortar and
Thermal performance
ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus are easily cut with gently push the mesh just below the surface of
ThermoShell Rock has a thermal conductivity of
a large bladed knife or saw, ThermoShell EPS the TS-Bond.
0.036W/mK.
should ideally be cut with a hot wire knife. Ensure that the TS-Reinforcing Mesh is
ThermoShell Rock Plus has a thermal conductivity
Remove all loose and flaking materials from the overlapped by a minimum of 100mm in all
of 0.038W/mK.
wall, making good all hollow areas to provide a instances and trimmed back so none is visible.
smooth, stable substrate. ThermoShell EPS has a thermal conductivity of
TS-Primer should be applied prior to the
0.032W/mK.
Mechanically fix the starter track at damp proof installation of the topcoat in order to provide
course level. better adhesion, control background suction and

Installed by approved installers. Mechanically fix ThermoShell starter track
For details visit ThermoShell.co.uk every 300mm using SDK 085 fixings, use
base rail connectors to fix starter tracks
together.
Fix ThermoShell Rock*/Rock Plus*/
ThermoShell EPS*...... mm thick to the
Table 17 - U-value table for existing walls and the ThermoShell External Wall Insulation System substrate with 10mm TS-Bond and TS-Fixings.
TS-Reinforcing Mesh to be fixed through the
U-values (W/m2K)
insulation into the substrate using TS-Fixings
Thickness* 225mm solid 215mm solid 250mm brick/block at .per m2. Embed TS-Reinforcing Mesh
(mm) brick wall (1) block wall (2) cavity wall unfilled (3)
in 5mm TS-Bond reinforcing coat.
0.038 0.036 0.032 0.038 0.036 0.032 0.038 0.036 0.032 Apply TS-Primer Coat to dry reinforcing coat
200 0.17 0.17 0.15 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.17 0.16 0.15 prior to application of TS-Silicone* or
3.2.1
TS-Mineral* render. (*Delete as appropriate.)
190 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.17 0.15
Install ThermoShell stops and drip beads
180 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.16 0.19 0.18 0.16 around openings, at corners, at base of
170 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.19 0.19 0.17 0.20 0.19 0.17 insulation and at damp proof course level.
160 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.20 0.20 0.18 0.21 0.20 0.18 Where a structural movement joint occurs
form with back-to-back starter-tracks or with
150 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.22 0.21 0.19
movement joint profiles.
140 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.23 0.22 0.20 Form expansion joints using ThermoShell
130 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.25 0.24 0.21 approved beads and trims at minimum .m
horizontal and ...m vertical centres.
120 0.27 0.26 0.24 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.26 0.25 0.23
110 0.29 0.28 0.25 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.28 0.27 0.25 Building Specifications, Standard
100 0.32 0.31 0.28 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.31 0.29 0.27 version clause/clauses
90 0.35 0.33 0.30 0.33 0.32 0.29 0.33 0.32 0.29 M21/210
80 0.38 0.37 0.33 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.37 0.35 0.32
(1) Lambda value of brickwork - 0.77W/mK
CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2 (2) Lambda value of block - 0.45W/mK
(3) Lambda value of block - 1.13W/mK
*Other thicknesses are available
Table 18 - U-value table for new build walls and the ThermoShell External Wall Insulation System
U-values (W/m2K)
ThermoShell Rock has very high compressive
and impact strength providing additional Thickness* 215mm solid block wall 215mm solid block wall 215mm solid block wall
protection when additional resistance to impact (mm) (0.34W/mK) (0.19W/mK) (0.16W/mK)
damage is required. 0.038 0.036 0.032 0.038 0.036 0.032 0.038 0.036 0.032
ThermoShell EPS has high compressive strength 200 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.15 0.14 0.13
and provides a durable system suitable for use 190 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.13
in all areas where high impact strength is not an
180 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.16 0.15 0.14
overriding consideration.
170 0.18 0.18 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.17 0.16 0.15
Fire performance
ThermoShell Rock/Rock Plus are non-combustible 160 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.15
and classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501- 150 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.16
1.
140 0.21 0.21 0.19 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.19 0.18 0.17
ThermoShell EPS is class E Reaction to Fire in
130 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.20 0.19 0.18
accordance with BS EN 13501-1 and contains
a flame retardant additive. 120 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.21 0.21 0.19
Cavity barriers are not required when installing 110 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.21 0.23 0.22 0.20
the ThermoShell Rock system, but should be 100 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.25 0.24 0.22 0.24 0.23 0.22
installed in accordance with Building Regulation
90 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.27 0.26 0.24 0.26 0.25 0.23
requirements when installing the ThermoShell
EPS system. 80 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.29 0.28 0.26 0.28 0.27 0.25


Rocksilk EWI Slabs and Rocksilk Lamella Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Breathable system allows moisture

EWI03 EWI04
vapour to pass through the
construction removing the risk of
condensation forming
Can improve the appearance of an

existing building whilst providing
Existing wall
upgraded thermal performance
Can accommodate wall

imperfections to provide a high Insulation fastener
quality finish
Installed externally with minimal

disruption to occupants of existing Rocksilk EWI Slab
buildings
Rocksilk EWI Slabs Reinforcing mesh

A1 reaction to fire rating Primer

Render
Product Installation
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are a high impact strength Mechanical fix: Rocksilk EWI Slabs Rocksilk Lamella Slab is available for
rock mineral wool slabs with a water repellent EW103 are easy to cut with a knife or saw to EW104 use in adhesively fixed external wall
additive specially developed for external wall fit around openings. Remove all loose installation systems. Details of
insulation systems. Their manufacture has a very and flaking materials from the wall, proprietary EWI system
low impact on the environment. making good all hollow areas to give a smooth, manufacturers can be obtained by contacting
Typical construction stable substrate. our Technical Advice and Support Centre team
Existing or new solid masonry wall insulated Temporarily fix Rocksilk EWI Slab using simple on 01744 766666.
with Rocksilk EWI Slabs and a render finish. friction fit mechanical fixings. These are
Note: Rocksilk EWI Slabs are used as the mineral wool sufficient as temporary fixings but must not be
solution in many proprietary external wall insulation systems relied upon as the final structural fixing. Use
available on the market.
one or two fixings per slab.
Secure expanded metal lath using specialist
fixings such as EJOT TID and DH, which extend
through the insulation into the masonry wall.
Normally nine fixings per square metre are
required, but this largely depends on the pullout
force achieved by the particular fixing being
used and the nature of the substrate. Please
refer to fixing manufacturer for further
information.
Provide beads around openings, at corners and
at the perimeter of the insulated area, at
structural joints and to form expansion joints.
Where damp proof courses (dpc`s) occur, they
should be extended through the insulation and
render. Apply render in two coats. Proprietary
renders should be applied in accordance with

Installed by approved installers.

For details visit ThermoShell.co.uk
Typical detail at junction with pitched roof Typical specification

Fix Rocksilk EWI Slab*/EWI Slab Plus* ......
(existing solid block wall upgraded) mm thick to the substrate with temporary
fixings/adhesive.
Roofing underlay Expanded metal lath ... (material/
reference) to be fixed through the insulation
into the wall using ...... fixings. Provide stop
and drip beads around openings, at corners,
Roof insulation taken over wall
plate to link with wall insulation at base of insulation and at dpc level. Form
expansion joints using ... beads at
minimum .m horizontal and ...m vertical
3.2.1
centres. Horizontal joints to align with ...
(e.g. window heads).
Apply two coat render as specification
clause...
(*Delete as necessary).
National Building Specifications (NBS) based

on standard version J42, contain a set of
Existing wall
proprietary clauses which are edited version
Rocksilk EWI Slab with render written by Knauf Insulation.
finish
M21/210
Performance
Compression resistance Table 19 - Typical U-values of external walls with external wall insulation
The rigidity of Rocksilk EWI Slabs makes them EW103 U-values (W/m2K) for 215mm solid masonry wall of:
easy to handle and less prone to site damage
Thickness* Medium block Lightweight Standard Lightweight
than less robust options. The compression (mm) ( = 0.51) aggregate aircrete aircrete
resistance of the Rocksilk EWI Slabs provide ( = 0.34) ( = 0.16) ( = 0.11)
excellent support to the lath and render systems
0.038 0.036 0.038 0.036 0.038 0.036 0.038 0.036
improving its resistance to impact damage, and
thereby helping to prolong its service life. 200 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.13
Thermal performance 190 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14
Rocksilk EWI Slab Plus has a thermal 180 0.18 0.17 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.14
conductivity of 0.038W/mK. 170 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15
Rocksilk EWI Slab has a thermal 160 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.16
conductivity of 0.036W/mK.
150 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16
Fire performance
140 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are non-combustible and
classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1. 130 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are non-combustible, fire 120 0.25 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.19
barriers are not required. 110 0.27 0.26 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20
For information on EJOT fixings, telephone 100 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21
01977 687040
90 0.32 0.30 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.23
80 0.35 0.33 0.33 0.31 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.24
Note: Fixings assumed to be plastic insulation holders with 5mm dia. steel expansion pin.
For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.2.2
Internal Wall Insulation
ThermoShell Internal Wall

Insulation System
Product: Earthwool EcoBatt
and EcoStud IWI01
3.2.2 Internal Wall Insulation
Thermal comfort Air leakage Condensation

An internal wall insulation system enables Existing buildings can suffer from excessive air Interstitial condensation occurs when warm,
comfortable room temperatures to be achieved leakage which, if not treated, can lead to high moist air from inside a building penetrates into
more quickly than with an external wall energy costs, occupant discomfort from the fabric of a structure and meets a cold
insulation system. Heating time periods can be draughts and external noise, as well as a surface, where it cools, reducing its ability to
reduced, particularly in intermittently heated reduction in indoor air quality. carry water vapour and increasing the risk of
buildings such as dwellings. To ensure that upgrading of external walls is as condensation forming within the construction.
effective as possible, it is very important to Interstitial condensation does not occur within
prevent air leakage through the structure or at external walls that have been upgraded by the
least keep it to an absolute minimum. Air installation of internal wall insulation. This is
leakage can be between the interior and due to the presence of a vapour control layer
exterior, as well as between different elements (vcl) on the warm side of the insulation which
of the building envelope. can take the form of foil backed plasterboard or
Air leakage through the masonry wall occurs a separate vcl such as a sheet of polyethylene.
through cracks and gaps where there is poor Surface condensation will not occur as the
adhesion between the mortar and the masonry internal face of the insulation system is kept
units, or diffusion through the masonry units warm and above the dewpoint temperature by
themselves. Where the plaster has been the presence of the thermal insulation behind it.
removed and air leakage through the wall is
thought to be excessive, it should be tackled
before the internal insulation system is installed
by applying a parge coat to the inner surface
of the existing wall.

Internal Wall Insulation 3.2.2
Thermal bridging Dampness in walls

Thermal bridging can occur when the continuity The most common causes of dampness in solid
of the insulation layer is broken, especially masonry external walls are, penetrating damp
when a material with lower thermal resistance, (often caused by deterioration of the existing
such as timber and metal components are the mortar, blocked gutters or faulty rainwater
bridging materials. Junctions between internal goods), rising damp and condensation,
and external walls require treatment as do particularly surface condensation.
window and door jambs, sills and heads. Dampness can have a negative effect on the
Masonry separating walls can present the most physical properties of the materials used to
significant thermal bridges and if left untreated construct the wall. Best practice is to cure any
can be the cause of additional heat loss and damp problems before installing an internal
also increase the risk of surface condensation insulation system to protect the building fabric
and mould forming. from long term damage.
The effect on the separating wall can be For instance, missing or damaged render
reduced by returning the internal wall insulation should be reinstated, faulty or missing flashings
up the separating wall (back into the room) by should be repaired or replaced and areas
approximately 400mm, which is usually suffering from mortar deterioration should be re-
sufficient to minimise the effect of the thermal pointed with a suitable mortar mix.
bridge.
3.2.2
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.43 0.42 0.41 0.40 0.39 0.38 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.34 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.30
ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation

System
Product: Earthwool EcoBatt and EcoStud
See page: 168
IWI01
Key

Pb01

3.2.2 Internal Wall Insulation

ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation System
Earthwool EcoBatt and EcoStud
REFURB
Innovative use of EcoStud prevents

IWI01
thermal bridging and reduces
thickness of system
Friction fitting between Ecostuds

movement and infiltration through or
around the insulation
Quick and easy to install so rooms

are out of commission for the
minimum period
BBA certified and LABC approved
Earthwool EcoBatts

EcoStuds
Earthwool EcoBatt is semi rigid slab of glass ThermoShell IWI System Where insulation requires cutting, it should be
mineral wool with a water repellent additive, its Before installing the ThermoShell IWI System a cut 5mm wider than the space it is intended to
manufacture has a very low impact on the comprehensive property survey should be fill.
environment. carried out to establish the condition of the Staple or nail a vapour control layer to the studs
EcoStud is a thermally engineered composite of building, its suitability to receive the system and before screw fixing 12.5mm standard
high performance extruded polystyrene bonded identify any remedial work needed prior to plasterboard to the EcoStuds using 38mm
to Oriented Strand Board (OSB). The extruded starting the upgrade process. drywall screws, or wood screws, at nominal
polystyrene content is classified as Zero ODP ThermoShell EcoStuds are mechanically fixed to 300mm horizontal and vertical centres,
with a GWP of less than five. the existing wall using corrosion resistant screws reducing to 200mm centres at corners, finish
Typical construction and universal wall plugs. A minimum fixing with a plaster skim coat or using standard
An existing masonry solid or cavity wall penetration of 40mm is required into the drylining techniques.
thermally upgraded by the installation of an existing masonry wall (excluding thickness of The vapour control layer should be free from
internal wall insulation system delivering high plaster). Five fixings per stud are required but holes, any gaps should be made good, with
levels of additional thermal performance. the number can be increased as required, or as tears repaired and overlaps sealed with
dictated by site conditions. Position the fixings aluminised tape.
EcoStuds are mechanically fixed to the existing
at 600mm maximum centres and 75mm from
solid wall and infilled with EcoBatt high Seal all joints at the perimeter of the
the end of each stud.
performance water repellent glass mineral wool plasterboard using Knauf Multi Purpose Sealant
slabs. The system is overlaid with a vapour Friction fit Earthwool EcoBatts between the to prevent air movement through the system.
control layer (stapled to the EcoStuds) and EcoStuds ensuring the insulation zone is
Performance
12.50mm standard plasterboard. completely filled. There should be no gaps
Fire performance
between the slabs and they should be installed
Earthwool EcoBatt is non combustible and
so as to be in intimate contact with the vapour
classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
control layer and fully fill the space between the
studs.

Internal Wall Insulation 3.2.2
Installed by approved installers.

For details visit ThermoShell.co.uk
Typical junction detail with party wall Typical specification

EcoStuds to be mechanically fixed to the
Existing solid wall existing wall using the methods and materials
recommended in Knauf Insulations
ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation Design
Guide.

3.2.2
K10/185 and P10//210 and
Vapour Control Layer
310
Earthwool EcoBatt Existing plaster Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
EcoStud downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Party wall
Knauf PIR Laminate
on plaster dabs
Existing plaster
9.5mm Plasterboard
Table 20 - Thermal performance of

ThermoShell IWI components Table 21 - Typical U-values for an existing 225mm brick solid wall
Thermal performance U-values (W/m2K)
Thickness Thermal Thermal EcoStud thickness EcoStud with EcoStud with EcoBatt EcoStud with EcoBatt
(mm) conductivity resistance (mm) EcoBatt and 35mm Knauf PIR and 50mm Knauf PIR
(W/mK) (m2K/W) Laminate Laminate
65 0.43 0.29 0.25
Earthwool EcoBatt
80 0.34 0.25 0.21
95 0.032 2.95
95 0.30 0.22 0.19
80 0.032 2.50
2 x 65 0.24 0.19 0.17
65 0.035 1.85 For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
EcoStud CERTIFICATE CS/1001-2
95 N/A 2.40
80 N/A 1.97
65 N/A 1.58

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.3
Built-up Metal Walls

Roll
Bw01
Liner tray system

Roll
Bw02
3.3 Built-up Metal Walls
Built-up metal walls

Built-up metal wall design
Thermal insulation
Built-up metal walls can be installed on all types Energy Model (SBEM) is used for non-residential Sound Insulation
of residential and non-residential buildings, buildings and the Standard Assessment A poorly designed built-up metal wall can
although they are most commonly installed on Procedure (SAP) is used for residential buildings. transmit a significant amount of sound, which will
non-residenial buildings such as offices, shops Typical problem areas include the junction of lead to the building failing to provide an
and warehouses. It is possible to achieve very building elements at window and door openings acceptable level of protection either to the users
high standards of thermal insulation using or penetrations through the system such as or occupants of the building or to people living
built-up metal walls, but due to the complex rooflights. close to the building from noise generated within
nature of heat flow through these systems (due to Thermal bridging the construction envelope.
the way they are assembled) it is not possible to There are two categories of thermal bridging that One of the most effective methods of improving
calculate U-values using the normal simplified occur in built-up metal walls, the repeating sound insulation is to increase the mass of the
methods. thermal bridges inherent in built-up space type structure. Built-up metal walls are generally
Knauf Insulation Technical Advice and Support systems and the non repeating thermal bridges lightweight, however they are able to provide a
Centre can calculate the specification of that occur at junctions and openings in the high level of separation (between the internal and
insulation needed to achieve specific U-values construction. The effect of the repeating thermal external metal sheets) and also include glass or
(including the effect of thermal bridging for bridges are taken account of and included in the rock mineral wool within the structure which
simple rail and bracket systems) but normally one U-value calculation for the wall. provides very high levels of sound absorption.
would consult the system manufacturer, which is Non repeating thermal bridges such as those When the effects of separation and sound
also the case for standing seam systems. found at junctions and openings must be absorption are combined in a built-up metal wall
calculated separately and the associated heat it is possible to achieve outstanding levels of
Air permeability
losses included in the SBEM or SAP calculations. sound insulation.
The uncontrolled infiltration or air leakage from a
building has a significant impact on its energy Heat loss through linear thermal bridges (known Health and Education requirements
efficiency. With good detailing and workmanship as the psi value) is accounted for by multiplying Building Regulations primarily impose a
during the construction phase it is possible to the length of each thermal bridge by its psi value. requirement on external walls in schools where it
achieve very high standards of airtightness in is a requirement that the building should meet the
built-up metal wall constructions. This will of Acoustic performance standards set out in Section 1 of Building Bulletin
course restrict uncontrolled infiltration or air Buildings with built-up metal walls may need to 93 The Acoustic Design of Schools. This sets
leakage and improve the energy efficiency of the incorporate noise control measures not only to specific upper limits for indoor ambient noise
building. Part L of the Building Regulations meet Building Regulation requirements, but also levels. Factors affecting the performance required
requires a measurement of the air permeability to Health and Safety and Environmental Health by the walls will include noise from road, rail, air
be included in the whole building calculations Regulations as well as the building occupiers traffic and industrial and commercial premises.
used for compliance. The Simplified Building specific requirements. These measures can be
The acoustic performance required in other types
grouped into two categories, sound insulation
of buildings may be controlled by government
and sound absorption.
requirements such as hospitals under HTM 08-01

Built-up Metal Walls 3.3
Fire protection
(previously HTM 2045), or specific client It is a requirement of the Building Regulations that The spacer system used to support the outer
requirements. Environmental Health Regulations external cladding elements shall resist the spread cladding sheet contains a potential thermal
may require specific sound insulation of fire from one building to another. bridge and thus could be a point for localised
performance from external walls where high The degree of fire resistance which the external condensation on the liner sheet. However,
levels of internal noise are generated, such as roofing element must provide will depend upon modern built up metal systems include a
industrial buildings and sports and concert halls the size and use of the building and it's distance significant thermal break pad underneath the
to stop sound breaking out of the building and from any boundary. Further performance support brackets as a necessity for the
thus prevent noise nuisance to neighbours. information will be available from the cladding achievement of the specified U-value, and as
Sound absorption system manufacturer, whose built-up metal wall such the chance of condensation occurring where
The control of the indoor acoustic environment is systems have the advantage of using the spacer system is fixed to the liner sheet is
important to maintain health and safety for non-combustible glass and rock mineral wool negligible. If there are significant gaps in the
3.3
workers and occupants of buildings. It is possible insulation. insulation layer then it may be possible for
using perforated metal liner sheets containing a localised surface condensation to occur.
sound absorbing lining (usually glass or rock Control of condensation The likelihood of either problem occurring is
mineral wool) to control sound reverberation Surface condensation could potentially occur on extremely low, however, extra care needs to be
which would otherwise be problematic. the underside of the liner sheet if there were taken in buildings with high levels of humidity
significant thermal bridges through the system, such as swimming pools or food processing
Rain noise interstitial condensation could occur within the plants.
Acoustic performance has traditionally not structure of the system if there was a significant
featured high on the list of design priorities but break in the vapour control layer. Many
guidance now states that it is essential that rain proprietary systems have sealed joints and
noise is considered in the design of built-up metal overlaps in the liner sheet in order to provide the
systems as it can significantly increase the indoor vapour control layer or they contain a separate
ambient noise level. Future intention is that rain vapour control layer in the form of a polyethylene
noise will be considered within Building Bulletin sheet which itself has sealed joints and overlaps.
93. Until this time, it is appropriate for design Where a perforated liner sheet is used then a
teams to provide evidence to the building control
separate vapour control layer should always be
body that the built-up metal system has been
installed.
designed to minimise rain noise where required.

Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21

Product: Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
See page: 172
Bw01
Liner tray system

Product: Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
See page: 174
Bw02
Key

Pb01


NEW BUILD REFURB
Interlocking nature of mineral wool

Bw01
ensures:
Rolls knit together at joints ensuring Liner sheet
no loss of thermal or acoustic

performance
Joints between rolls are closed,
insulation
Lightweight cost effective solution
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll Rail and bracket


External profiled sheeting
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is a range of Following the erection of the building frame Fire
flexible, lightweight, non-combustible, resilient and sheeting rails, the internal profiled metal Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is classified as
glass mineral wool quilts. They are liner is fixed, together with the metal spacer Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1
manufactured in long lengths and have system. Seals are applied as necessary to Vapour resistivity
exceptionally high tear strength, making them minimise air leakage. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll has a vapour
particularly suitable for use in the walls of Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is installed against resistivity of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.
profiled metal clad buildings. the liner panels and between the spacers, with Acoustic performance
Typical construction all quilt edges tightly butted. With rail and Sound absorption: Achieved by perforating the
Profiled metal external sheet, rail and bracket bracket spacer systems, the rail holds the metal liner sheet and incorporating a soft
spacer system with thermal break, profiled insulation tightly to the internal sheets. Profiled absorbing insulation material behind it.
metal liner and Earthwool FactoryClad Roll metal external sheets are fixed as soon as Different combinations of perforations and
installed between the external metal profiled possible after the Earthwool FactoryClad Roll, to levels of insulation will give varying results of
sheet and the inner liner sheet. avoid exposure to the weather. sound absorption.
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is used for the Performance Airborne sound reduction: A standard insulated
thermal and acoustic insulation in profiled metal Thermal performance roof construction will have an approximate
clad roofing systems. With a Euroclass A1 fire Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 has a thermal weighted sound reduction (Rw) of 33dB with
classification, its use can potentially reduce conductivity of 0.032 W/mK an aluminium trapezoidal liner and 36dB with
insurance premiums when compared to foam Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 has a thermal a steel trapezoidal liner. The acoustic
composite panels. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is conductivity of 0.037 W/mK performance can be increased by varying the
manufactured 1200mm wide and in long number and the density of the insulation layers
lengths, making it particularly suitable for use in as well as adding additional mass into the
profiled sheeting systems. construction.
Knauf Insulation recommend that the system
designer is contacted for specific U-value Rain impact noise and flanking sound: System
calculations. manufacturers have achieved significant impact
noise reductions through the use of mineral
wool insulation.

Liner tray
Proprietary Z or C section
Typical sections
3.3
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll Liner tray
Vapour control layer Vapour control layer

Liner tray
Table 15 - Typical U-values for a rail and bracket system

Product Rails at 1.20 metre spacings Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32*/37*/40*
Thickness (mm) U-value (W/m2K) mm thick, to be positioned over the inner
lining sheet and between the spacer system
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 170 0.21
prior to positioning of the outer cladding
sheet. Insulation to be installed according to
160 0.22
the system manufacturers installation
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 180 0.23 instructions.
160 0.26 Building Specifications, Standard
140 0.29 version clause/clauses
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 160 Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
0.27 H31/50, 254 and
271
140 0.31 Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Liner tray downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
130 0.33
Notes: Generic rail and bracket U-value calculations can be provided by our Technical Advice and Support Centre, however, for proprietary rail and
bracket systems and all standing seam systems, the system manufacturer should be consulted for project specific U-value calculations.


Liner tray system
NEW BUILD
Interlocking nature of mineral wool Bw02

ensures:
Rolls knit together at joints ensuring
no loss of thermal or acoustic
Liner tray
performance
Joints between rolls are closed, Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
insulation
Lightweight cost effective solution

Products Performance Acoustic performance

Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is a range of Thermal performance Sound absorption: Achieved by perforating the
flexible, lightweight, non-combustible, resilient Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is produced in three metal liner sheet and incorporating a soft
glass mineral wool quilts. They are different thermal conductivities as follows: absorbing insulation material behind it.
manufactured in long lengths and have Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 has a thermal Different combinations of perforations and
exceptionally high tear strength, making them conductivity of 0.032 W/mK levels of insulation will give varying results of
particularly suitable for use in the walls of sound absorption.
profiled metal clad buildings. Airborne sound reduction: A standard insulated
Typical construction roof construction will have an approximate
Profiled metal external sheets are fixed to the weighted sound reduction (Rw) of 33dB with
metal liner trays which incorporate a thermal an aluminium trapezoidal liner and 36dB with
break strip. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is Knauf Insulation recommend that the system a steel trapezoidal liner. The acoustic
positioned within the troughs of the liner trays. designer is contacted for specific U-value performance can be increased by varying the
An unventilated airspace of at least 25mm is calculations. number and the density of the insulation layers
maintained between the insulation and the Fire performance as well as adding additional mass into the
external sheeting. Built-up metal walls and Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is classified as construction.
cladding systems are assembled on site and the Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1 Rain impact noise and flanking: System
design and components used are usually part of Vapour resistivity manufacturers have achieved significant impact
a proprietary system. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll has a vapour noise reductions through the use of mineral
Installation resistivity of 5.00 MN.s.g.m. wool insulation.
Liner trays are fixed horizontally to the structural Environmental
steel members and sealed to minimise air Earthwool FactoryClad Rolls manufacture has a
leakage. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is cut to low impact on the environment and is classified
size and installed in the liner trays, prior to as Zero ODP and Zero GWP.
fixing the external sheets. The profiled metal
external sheets should be fixed as soon as
possible after the Earthwool FactoryClad Roll
has been installed, to avoid exposure to the
weather.

Thermal break
Liner tray
Stuctural steel support
Typical sections
Thermal break
3.3
Thermal break
Liner tray
Liner tray

Table 16 - Typical U-values for liner tray systems

Product Thickness (mm) U-value (W/m2K) Wall liner trays: liner trays fixed horizontally
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32 170 (90+80) 0.21 to the vertical steel members Earthwool
FactoryClad Roll 32*/37*/40* mm
160 (2x80) 0.22
thick, placed in the liner trays. Insulation
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37 180 0.23 should be cut to accommodate the tray
160 0.26 dimensions and positioned in the tray prior to
140 0.29 fixing the outer cladding. Insulation to be
Thermal break installed according to the system
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40 160 0.27
140 0.31
External profiled sheeting Alternatively, consult the National
130 0.33 Building Specifications, Standard
Notes: The system manufacturer should be contacted for project specific U-value calculations. This U-value calculation table is outside the scope of theEarthwool FactoryClad
BBA/TIMSA Scheme for Roll version clause/clauses
U-value Calculation Competency.
H31/50, 254 and 271
Liner tray
Stuctural steel support downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.4.1
Internal Walls
Timber Stud
Product: Earthwool Acoustic Roll
and Earthwool Flexible Slab
Iw01
/02
Standard metal C stud

partitions
Product: Earthwool Acoustic
Roll and Earthwool Flexible Iw03
Slab /04
Staggered metal I-stud

partition
Products: Earthwool Acoustic Roll
Iw05
High performance twin

frame metal stuf partition

Iw06
3.4.1 Internal Walls
Internal walls
Background to sound insulation
Sound insulation Flanking sound

Sound Insulation, otherwise known as sound Increasing the mass of a separating element will Flanking sound transmission usually refers to
reduction, is the prevention of sound being improve its sound insulation but in timber and sound that travels through flanking structural
transmitted from one part of a building to steel framed systems, the amount of extra elements, such as the external wall that flanks a
another, for example by erecting a partition or weight that can be safely supported is often separating element between two dwellings.
wall. limited. As a result, other design approaches Flanking sound can also include sound that
Improving the sound insulation of separating are usually employed i.e. structural isolation travels along unintended airpaths, such as
elements between dwellings is the main way in and the inclusion of products that absorb sound unsealed gaps in the structure and around
which the sound transmission between such as glass and rock mineral wool. service penetrations.
dwellings can be reduced.
Impact sound Flanking sound can be controlled by:
When considering sound insulation of Impact sound is generated by direct physical 1. Sealing open airpaths
constructions various types of sound may need excitation of part of a building. Examples 2. Forming a lining backed by a resilient layer
to be considered. include slamming doors, stamping on the floor to prevent sound energy entering the flanking
The air tightness of the construction is also and vibrating washing machines. element
critical. With impact sound, a relatively small impact Separating walls that meet the specifications in
can result in a loud sound being transmitted
Airborne sound through the structure and often over long
the Building Regulations can fail to meet the
Airborne sound sources produce noise by sound performance standard if the flanking
distances. junctions are poorly detailed. In order to meet
vibrating the air immediately around them.
Impact sound can be controlled by: the performance requirements when separating
Typical sources include the human voice,
Providing a resilient layer at the point of walls are tested, it is important to follow the
musical instruments, home entertainment systems
impact - such as a carpet guidance on the flanking details and not just the
and barking dogs.
construction of the wall itself. The Building
The ability of an element of construction to resist Structural isolation - such as adding a
Regulations and Robust Details include flanking
the passage of airborne sound is largely resilient layer between the floor deck and the
details required to achieve the specified
determined by three factors: floor structure
performance level.
1. The sound absorbency of any cavities in the
construction
2. The structural isolation between the two outer
surfaces
3. The mass of the element of construction
The rationale for using How glass or rock mineral wool works
mineral wool as noise control in a wall or floor cavity
The sound absorption characteristics of mineral
wool make it ideal for use in modern buildings
to comply with Approved Document E of the
Building Regulations in England and Wales,
Technical Handbook, Section 5 for Scotland
and Technical booklets G and G1 for Northern
Ireland. In addition, the thermal properties of
mineral wool provide a secondary benefit of
minimising heat loss either between attached
dwellings or between storeys within a dwelling.
A further benefit is to minimise the overall mass
of the construction, easing construction
processes.
In an unfilled cavity, the plasterboard linings and cavity Adding mineral wool improves the sound insulation by
alone provide the sound insulation which can result in poor absorbing reverberant sound within the cavity therefore
performance and a hollow sounding construction. reducing the amount of sound energy transferred from
one side of the construction to the other.

Internal Walls 3.4.1
Internal walls
Internal walls design
Performance requirements Schools Quality of detailing

In England and Wales, the 2003 edition Specific performance standards are set for
A construction can only achieve its expected
of Approved Document E introduced a new airborne sound insulation between spaces by
sound performance if it, and the surrounding
requirement for the sound insulation of internal Building Bulletin 93 The Acoustic Design of
walls and floors have no inherent faults in their
walls within houses and flats. The requirement is Schools. This classifies each room for the
detailing or workmanship. Acoustic
for all internal walls between a bedroom or purpose of airborne sound insulation by its
performance will be impaired if there are:
room containing a WC and another room to activity purpose in terms of activity noise, as a
source room, and noise tolerance, as a Gaps or holes in the construction even
have a minimum sound insulation of 40 Rw dB.
receiving room, and then sets the performance hairline cracks can seriously impair sound
This applies to new walls built both in dwellings insulation - seal all potential gaps with a
standard for sound insulation for each partition.
3.4.1
formed by a material change of use and new flexible sealant
build extensions of existing dwellings. Hospitals
Similarly to schools the Healthcare Technical Gaps in the absorbent layer within the cavity
Elsewhere in the UK, the National House
Manuals HTM 08-01 (previously HTM 2045)
Building Council (NHBC) have similar
sets standards for privacy according to room Thermal insulation
requirements for internal walls, but the minimum Whilst thermal insulation is not generally a
type and from this the specific performance
sound resistance is 38 Rw dB. requirement of partitions, it may be desirable in
requirement for any partition can be obtained.
Acoustic performance certain circumstances. For example, insulated
Fire performance
In general performance requirements are set by partitions around rooms with high internal heat
Generally fire performance of partitions will be
client requirements, but in some purpose groups gains would help to avoid overheating in
determined in line with the appropriate Building
there are specific Building Regulation adjoining rooms during hotter periods.
Regulations if the purpose of the partition is to
Requirements or Government Departmental
provide compartmentation. In certain buildings
Standards creating common standards.
there may be specific fire performance
Rooms for Residential Purposes requirements for partitions separating specific
In England and Wales, the 2003 edition of room types, for example in Hospitals where this
Approved Document E introduced a new is set by Firecode HTM 05-02 and Building
requirement for the sound insulation of internal Bulletin 100 Design for fire safety in schools.
walls within rooms for residential purposes. The The use of mineral wool helps to improve the
requirement is for all internal walls between a fire rating of a partition by limiting the transfer
bedroom or room containing a WC and of heat across the cavity.
another room to have a minimum sound
insulation of 40 Rw dB.
Table 22 - BB 93 Table 1.2: Performance standards for airborne sound insulation between spaces minimum weighted BB 93 standardised level difference,
DnT (Tmf,max),w (dB)
Minimum DnT (Tmf, max), w (dB) Activity noise in source room (see Table 1.1)
Low Average High Very high
Noise tolerance in receiving High 30 45 55
room (see Table 1.1)
Medium 35 40 50 55
Low 40 45 55 55
Very low 45 50 55 60
1 Each value in the table is the minimum required to comply with the Building Regulations. A value of 55 DnT (Tmf,max), w dB between two music practice rooms will not mean that the music
will be inaudible between the rooms. In many cases, particularly if brass or percussion instruments are played, a higher value is desirable.
2. Where values greater than 55 DnT (Tmf,max),w dB are required it is advisable to separate the rooms using acoustically l ess sensitive areas such as corridors and storerooms. Where this
is not possible, higher performance constructions are likely to be required and specialist advice should be sought. It is also important to ensure that high-use corridors are not themselves
a significant source of noise.
3. It is recommended that music rooms should not be placed adjacent to design and technology spaces or art rooms.
4. T hese values of DnT (Tmf,max),w include the effect of glazing, doors and other weaknesses in the partition. In general, normal (non-acoustic) doors provide much less sound insulation
than the surrounding walls and reduce the overall DnT (Tmf,max),w of the wall considerably, particularly for values above 35 DnT(Tmf,max),w dB. T herefore, doors should not generally
be installed in partitions between rooms requiring values above 35 DnT (Tmf,max),w dB unless acoustic doors, door lobbies, or double doors with an airspace are used. This is not
normally a problem as rooms are usually accessed via corridors or circulation spaces so that there are at least two doors between noise-sensitive rooms.

Internal walls
Timber stud
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Acoustic performance of 40 Rw dB,

Iw01 Iw02
meeting Building Regulation
requirements in England and Wales
Friction fitting between timber studs
closes joints and helps to ensure
sound insulation performance is
achieved
12.5mm plasterboard
Provides a high degree of thermal
insulation, enabling a greater degree
of comfort control throughout the
Earthwool Acoustic Roll
building or Earthwool Flexible Slab

Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool
Flexible Slab
E arthwool Acoustic Roll is a flexible, resilient Construct the timber frame, applying a bead of
glass mineral wool roll. acoustic sealant to each piece of timber that is
E arthwool Flexible Slab is a flexible rock fixed to the surrounding structure. Board out one
mineral wool slab. side of the partition before inserting the
insulation.
Both products are designed for friction fitting
between timber and metal studs. 50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll and 50mm
Earthwool Flexible Slab are designed to friction
fit between timber studs at 600mm centres.
A timber stud partition (minimum 63x38mm
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll and 50mm
studs) infilled with 50mm of Earthwool Acoustic
Earthwool Flexible Slab are sufficiently rigid not
Roll or 50mm Earthwool Flexible Slab with
to need supporting at the head of the partition.
12.5mm standard plasterboard each side meets
the requirements of the Building Regulations for Alternatively, use 25mm Earthwool Acoustic
a 40 Rw dB partition. Roll, friction fitted between timber studs at
600mm centres and supported at the head of
The partition should be sealed with an acoustic
the partition by means of a timber batten.
sealant at its perimeter and at all penetrations.
For maximum acoustic performance, fit all
insulation tightly up against the stud sides.
Seal all gaps around the perimeter of the
plasterboard with acoustic sealant.
Board out the second side and finish with a
plaster skim coat or using standard drylining
techniques.


Earthwool Acoustic Roll, 50mm thick*/
Earthwool Flexible Slab 50mmthick*, fixed
between vertical studs. Insulation to fit snugly
between studs and at bottom of the structure
to ensure that there are no air gaps.
Seal all gaps around the perimeter of the
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or (*Delete as appropriate)
3.4.1
12.5mm plasterboard K10/165A
Acoustic sealant
Performance
Table 23 - Sound insulation of timber stud partitions
Fire performance
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible Stud Size (mm) Facing Infill Rw dB
Iw01
Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 63x38 12.5mm standard None 35
13501-1. plasterboard each side
Density 63x38 12.5mm standard 50mm Earthwool 40

25mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of plasterboard each side Acoustic Roll
19.5 kg/m3. Stud Size (mm) Facing Infill Rw dB
Iw02
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of
16 kg/m3. 63x38 12.5mm standard 50mm Earthwool 40
50mm Earthwool Flexible Slab has a density in plasterboard each side Flexible Slab
excess of 10.00 kg/m3.

Internal walls
Standard metal C stud partitions
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Acoustic performance of at least

Iw03 Iw04
40 Rw dB, meeting Building
Regulation requirements in England
and Wales
12.5mm plasterboard
achieved
of comfort control throughout the or Earthwool Flexible Slab
building
Metal C studs at 600mm centres
Flexible Slab

E arthwool Acoustic Roll is a flexible, resilient Construct the steel frame and apply a bead of Fire performance
glass mineral wool roll. acoustic sealant to the back of the steel studs Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
E arthwool Flexible Slab is a flexible rock that are fixed to the surrounding structure. Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN
mineral wool slab. Board out one side of the partition before 13501-1.
inserting the insulation. Density
Both products are designed for friction fitting
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible 25mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of
between timber and metal studs.
Slab are designed to friction fit between metal 19.5 kg/m3.
studs at 600mm centres. When installing 25mm 50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of
A metal stud partition infilled with Earthwool
of Earthwool Acoustic Roll, support the roll at 16 kg/m3.
Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab and
the head of the partition by means of a timber 50mm Earthwool Flexible Slab has a density in
faced each side with 12.5mm standard
batten or light steel angle. excess of 10.00 kg/m3.
plasterboard meets the requirements of the
Building Regulations for a 40 Rw dB partition. For maximum acoustic performance, hang the
The partition should be sealed with an acoustic quilt in the centre of the partition void and fit
sealant at its perimeter and at all service snugly up against the studs on both sides.
penetrations. 50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool
Flexible Slab are sufficiently rigid not to require
supporting at the head of the partition.
plaster skim coat or using standard drylining
techniques.


In all ... (metal stud) partitions install
Earthwool Acoustic Roll*/Earthwool Flexible
Slab*, ...mm thick. Secure 25mm
Earthwool Acoustic Roll at head of partition
using timber batten or light steel angle.
Metal C studs at 600mm centres
Insulation to fit snugly between studs and at
bottom of the structure to ensure that there
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or are no air gaps. Seal partition at perimeter
3.4.1
Earthwool Flexible Slab and all service penetrations with an acoustic
sealant.
12.5mm plasterboard each side (*Delete as appropriate)
(*only applicable to 25mm Earthwool

Acoustic Roll)
Alternatively, consult the
National Building Specifications,
Standard version clause/
Acoustic sealant below U channel and clausesK10/125
plasterboard
Table 24 - Sound insulation performance of metal stud partitions

Stud type Stud Sound Fire
Iw03 spacing insulation resistance
(mm) Facing Infill (RwdB) (hours)
50mm C 600 c/s 12.5mm plasterboard 25mm Earthwool 42 1/2
stud Wallboard each side Acoustic Roll
70mm C 600 c/s 15mm Knauf Drywall 25mm Earthwool 49 1
stud Fireshield each side Acoustic Roll
50mm C 600 c/s 2 layers of 12.5mm 25mm Earthwool 54 1
stud Knauf Drywall Acoustic Roll
Soundshield each side
70mm C 600 c/s 2 layers of 12.5mm 50mm Earthwool 54 2
stud Knauf Drywall Fireshield Acoustic Roll
each side
Stud type Stud Sound Fire
Iw04
spacing insulation resistance
(mm) Facing Infill (RwdB) (hours)
50mm C 600 c/s 12.5mm plasterboard 50mm Earthwool Flexible 42 1/2
stud Wallboard each side Slab

Internal walls
Staggered metal I-stud partition
NEW BUILD REFURB
High acoustic performance within a

Iw05
relatively narrow partition width
Both sides of partition isolated,
reducing impact sound transmission
Two layers 12.5mm
Product knits together and closes Knauf Drywall Soundshield
joints to help ensure sound insulation
performance is achieved
insulation, enabling a greater degree Earthwool Acoustic Roll
of comfort control throughout the

building
Metal I studs at 300mm centres

E arthwool Acoustic Roll is a flexible, resilient Construct the staggered stud steel frame and
glass mineral wool roll designed for friction apply a bead of acoustic sealant to the steel
fitting between timber and metal studs. studs that are fixed to the surrounding structure.
Typical construction Board out one side of the partition before
A metal stud partition formed from I studs, inserting the insulation.
staggered within floor and head U channels. Earthwool Acoustic Roll is wound through the
The studs are spaced at 300mm offset centres, studs horizontally.
providing fixings at 600mm centres to each Ensure the insulation is installed without gaps at
side of the partition. Two layers of Knauf abutments or joints between rolls.
Drywall Soundshield are fixed to each side.
The partition should be sealed with an acoustic plaster skim coat or use standard drylining
sealant at its perimeter and at all service techniques.
penetrations.


In all ... (metal stud) partitions install
Earthwool Acoustic Roll, ...mm thick. Once
the studs have been positioned and one side
boarded out, the insulation to be wound
Metal I studs at 300mm centres through the studs horizontally. Ensure there
are no gaps at abutments or between
adjacent lengths of the insulation. Seal
partition at perimeter and all service
3.4.1
penetrations with an acoustic sealant.
Two layers 12.5mm Knauf Drywall Soundshield
K10/125
Acoustic sealant below U channel
Acoustic sealant below plasterboard
Performance
Fire performance Table 25 - Sound insulation performance of staggered metal stud partitions
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as
Sound Fire
Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1. Stud Channel Thickness of insulation insulation resistance
Density type size Facing (mm) (RwdB) (hours)
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of 60mm 72mm 2 layers of 12.5mm 50mm Earthwool 57 1
16 kg/m3. 'I' stud Knauf Drywall Acoustic Roll
92mm 148mm 2 layers of 15mm Knauf 50mm Earthwool 62 1
'I' stud Drywall Soundshield each Acoustic Roll
side

Internal walls
High performance twin frame metal stud partition
NEW BUILD REFURB
Twin frame system providing very

Iw06
high levels of sound insulation
Product knits together and closes
19mm Knauf Plank
of comfort control throughout the and two layers of 12.5mm
plasterboard
building
100mm Earthwool Acoustic

Roll between frames
Metal I studs at 300mm centres
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is a flexible, resilient Two separate steel frame walls are constructed.
glass mineral wool roll designed for friction Earthwool Acoustic Rolls are installed into the
fitting between timber and metal studs. cavity between the two steel frames and butt
Typical construction jointed. There should be no gaps between the
Twin steel frame construction with facing of edges of the insulation rolls.
three layers of plasterboard on each side. A layer of 19mm Knauf Plank is screwed
100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll between the horizontally to each side of the metal studs, all
frames. The perimeter of the steel frames are joints staggered. The Knauf Plank is then
bedded on acoustic sealant and the perimeter overlaid with two layers of 12.5mm standard
of the plasterboard facings are sealed with plasterboard. Seal all joints in outer layer with
acoustic sealant. joint tape or caulk with acoustic sealant.
The isolation between the steel frames, the

acoustic absorption of the mineral wool and the
heavyweight plasterboard all contribute to
achieving a high level of acoustic performance.


In all twin metal stud partitions install acoustic
insulation of Earthwool Acoustic Roll, 100mm
thick. The insulation to be installed into the
cavity between the two steel frames and butt
Metal angle
Plasterboard packer jointed. Ensure there are no gaps in the
insulation. Face both sides of partition with
plasterboard, as specified, and seal partition
Space for deflection
at perimeter and all service penetrations with
3.4.1
an acoustic sealant.
Earthwool Acoustic Roll Alternatively, consult the National
Three layers of plasterboard K10/125
each side
Performance Table 26 - Sound insulation performance of twin metal stud partitions

Sound Fire
The use of twin metal studs separated by a layer
Thickness of insulation insulation resistance
of mineral wool provides a high degree of Stud type Facing (mm) (RwdB) (hours)
acoustic insulation. The use of three layers of
92mm C 19mm Knauf Plank and two 100mm Earthwool 69 2
plasterboard adds mass to the partition and
stud layers of 12.5mm Wallboard Acoustic Roll
further improves its acoustic performance. each side
Fire performance 146mm 19mm Knauf Plank and two 100mm Earthwool 74 2
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as C stud layers of 12.5mm Wallboard Acoustic Roll
Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1. each side
Density
100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a minimum
density of 10.00kg/m3.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 3.4.2
Party Walls
Full-fill with built in glass

mineral wool
Product: Earthwool Masonry
Party Wall Slab Pw01
Full-fill with blown in glass

mineral wool
Product: Supafil Party Wall
Pw02
Full-fill with built in glass

mineral wool
Products: Earthwool Timber
Frame Party Wall Slab Pw03
Existing masonry into party

wall
or Earthwool Flexible Slab
Pw04
Steel frame party wall

Pw05
/06

Product: Earthwool Building Slab
RS45
Pw07
/08
3.4.2 Party Walls
Why party wall insulation

is required
Building Regulations England and Wales: Zero effective U-value
Party wall thermal bypass is now recognised in The heat loss from a party wall is often referred
Building Regulations for new buildings, and Approved Document L1A to as a U-value, strictly speaking this is not a
details of how to include this are provided in The notional dwelling which is used to set the
U-value in the sense that is normally understood
Approved Document L1A: 2010 Edition for Target Emission Rate (TER) for new homes in
because the heat loss mechanism is a
England and Wales and Section 6 of both the England and Wales assumes a full-fill solution
combination of heat loss through the wall and
Domestic and Non-Domestic Technical with effective edge sealing, thus providing an
junctions with air circulation effects between the
Handbooks for Scotland. effective zero U-value. This means that if any
party wall cavity, other building cavities and the
other solution is adopted, savings will be
In both cases the approach requires that a external environment. The values here have
required elsewhere to offset the additional
value for the heat loss through the party wall is been obtained from measurements of total heat
carbon emissions which this will create.
included in the calculation of whole building loss attributable to the party cavity wall in real
energy performance and carbon emissions. Scotland: buildings and then divided by the total area of
the party wall, and should be considered as
SAP 2009 Technical Handbooks Section 6 'Effective U-values'. This is how it is possible to
Table 26 below shows the four options The notional dwelling which is used to set the have zero U-value options.
available to designers when completing energy Target Emission Rate for new homes in Scotland Table 27 below shows the improvements which
calculations using SAP 2009. assumes an unfilled cavity with effective edge are required of other building elements, in order
sealing, thus providing a U-value of 0.20 W/m2K. to compensate for the party wall if the 0.20W/m2K
This means that there is the option to achieve option is used rather than a zero effective
energy and carbon savings by designing a full- U-value solution. The scenario uses a typical 3
fill solution with effective edge sealing. bed mid-terrace property as an example.
Table 28 - The benefit of a zero effective U-value

Building element Performance
Scenario A Scenario B
Table 27 - Party wall U-values as given in SAP 2009 Party wall fully filled Party wall edge
sealed only
U-values for party walls
Party wall 0.00 W/m2K 0.20 W/m2K
Wall construction U-value (W/m2K)
External wall 0.25 W/m2K 0.15 W/m2K
1) Solid 0.00
Roof 0.10 W/m K 2
0.10 W/m2K
2) Unfilled cavity with no effective edge sealing 0.50
Floor 0.19 W/m2K 0.14 W/m2K
3) Unfilled cavity with effective edge sealing 0.20
around all edges and in line with insulation Windows 1.40 W/m K 2
1.00 W/m2K
layers in abutting elements Thermal bridging Y 0.05 0.04
4) Fully filled cavity with effective edge sealing 0.00 value
around all edges and in line with insulation Air tightness 6 m3/hr/m2@50Pa 2 m3/hr/m2@50Pa
layers in abutting elements
Target emission rate 15.06 15.06
Note: It may not be possible to achieve effective edge sealing by solely installing cavity barriers at the junction of the party wall
cavity with the external cavity wall. On site testing has shown that it is possible to achieve effective edge sealing when cavity Dwelling emission rate 14.53 15.05
barriers are installed in conjunction with a fully filled party wall cavity.
0.00W/m2K 0.50W/m2K 0.20W/m2K 0.00W/m2K
1) 2) 3) 4)

Party Walls 3.4.2
Party walls and party wall

thermal bypass
Party wall function A solution to prevent party
Although the primary function of a party wall in wall thermal bypass with
a building is to provide structural strength and
physical separation, it also provides the
full-fill mineral wool
following: The independent testing carried out by Leeds
Metropolitan University not only sought to
- acoustic separation
observe and quantify the phenomenon of party
- fire separation
wall thermal bypass, but also sought to develop
- thermal separation and prove a solution to eliminate the heat loss.
Thermal separation between the dwellings on On-site tests demonstrated that the effective
3.4.2
either side of the party wall was not previously U-value for a party wall in a dwelling can
considered by Building Regulations as it was potentially be reduced to zero if the party wall
assumed that there was zero heat loss due to cavity is completely filled with mineral wool
both dwellings being heated. insulation and combined with mineral wool
However, independent robust testing carried out filled cavity barriers at the edges of the party
by Leeds Metropolitan University has wall cavity.
demonstrated that significant amounts of heat As a result, the most beneficial option for
are lost through party cavity walls via the designers when designing a separating party
phenomenon of 'party wall bypass'. cavity wall, as outlined in the 2009 version of
SAP, is to fully fill the wall using mineral wool in
What is party wall thermal conjunction with effective edge sealing.
bypass?
Party wall thermal bypass is a process whereby
heat is lost due to moving cold air which has
entered an uninsulated party cavity wall from
external flanking building elements, resulting in
heat loss via convection.
Building Regulations
The testing demonstrated that the level of heat
lost through party wall thermal bypass is so high
that it is now recognised in Building Regulations
for new buildings in England, Wales and
Scotland, and is included within SAP (Standard
Assessment Procedure) calculations using
SAP 2009.
SAP 2009
SAP 2009 is the calculation method used for
calculating energy consumption of new
dwellings in England, Wales and Scotland, and
considers energy used to heat, light and
ventilate a dwelling.
Within the 2009 version of SAP there is a
section which considers the insulation of party
walls, and provides designers with four options
with regards to the construction of party cavity
walls. See table on page 186.

3.4.2 Party Walls
Party walls
Party wall design
Party walls are required to England and Wales Scotland and Ireland
provide protection from noise Compliance with Approved Document E for The relevant standards are as follows:
party walls can be achieved in one of two - Scotland: Section 5
between adjoining properties. ways:
- Northern Ireland: Technical Booklet G
To achieve the expected level of protection not 1. Construct the party wall and show - Republic of Ireland: Part E
only does the party wall have to be designed compliance by carrying out pre-completion Compliance can be achieved either by
and built correctly, but particular attention has acoustic tests in accordance with the adopting specified constructions or by testing to
to be paid to flanking transmission through the procedures stated in the document, proving show that non-specified constructions meet the
building elements adjoining the party wall. It the performance of the wall equals or relevant performance standards.
should be remembered that the performance exceeds the standard set out in Approved
levels required by Building Regulations measure Note that Scotland, Northern Ireland and
Document E
the protection offered by the dwelling from an Ireland have not adopted the DnT,w +Ctr sound
2. Construct the party wall using a spectrum for testing that must be used in
adjoining dwelling, not just the performance of
specified construction registered in the Robust England and Wales. The performance standards
the separating element in isolation.
Details Handbook no acoustic testing is are therefore not directly comparable.
In England and Wales the Building Regulation required, but a registration fee is payable to
Approved Document E: Resistance to the Robust Details Ltd
Passage of Sound, states acoustic performance
levels which must be achieved for both
residential and non-residential party walls.
Robust Details Ltd

Monitoring of Robust Details is carried out by
Robust Details Ltd, a not for profit company
specifically set up for this purpose.
Constructions are subjected to a series of
acoustic tests in accordance with the
requirements of Approved Document E, and
registered within the Robust Details Handbook
when compliance has been demonstrated.
Robust Details Ltd carry out ongoing quality
checking of existing Robust Details and are
responsible for the future development of Robust
Details. See www.robustdetails.com.

Party Walls 3.4.2
Robust Details and fully filled

cavities in party walls
The acoustic performance of a timber frame or Dedicated party wall solutions,
masonry cavity party wall is maintained when manufactured at optimum density levels to Knauf Insulation Party Wall solutions
the cavity is fully filled with glass or rock deliver both thermal and acoustic are suitable for use in Robust Details
Walls. As we are developing solutions
mineral wool. For masonry cavity party walls performance
on an ongoing basis and the range
the insulation should have a density no greater Solutions for masonry party separting cavity of walls within the Robust Details Handbook
than 40kg/m3 and for timber frame walls the walls using blown and built in solutions is constantly evolving, the most up to date
insulation should have a density between information regarding Knauf Insulation solutions to
Solutions which can also be used in external
18kg/m3 - 40kg/m3. be used with Robust Details walls can be found by
walls to provide economies of scale and on-
Knauf Insulation has undertaken a wide ranging visiting knaufinsulation.co.uk/partywall
site efficiencies
and thorough test programme of masonry and
3.4.2
Knauf Insulation are an active member of
timber party walls, covering both thermal and
both the Mineral Wool Insulation
acoustic aspects, in order to develop insulation
Manufacturers Association (MIMA) and
solutions which meet both acoustic and thermal
PWTBAB (Party Wall Thermal Bypass
performance requirements.
Advisory Body) and were instrumental in the
The Knauf Insulation Party Wall range of research carried out to highlight the issue of
products and solutions for fully filling the cavities party wall bypass
in party walls include solutions for both masonry
Knauf Insulation have a significant level of
and timber frame construction, and are
knowledge and experience regarding party
available for masonry walls in both built in and
wall insulation solutions, gained from on-site
blown in formats, offering specifiers choice to
development and testing work
suit individual project requirements.
Table 29 - Robust Detail compliant solutions and products

Supafil Party Wall Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab

3.4.2 Party Walls
Masonry cavity party wall built in

Full-fill with built in glass mineral wool
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab
Pw01
NEW BUILD
Contributes to a zero-effective
U-value
Installation is quick and easy using
Cavity barrier
well established product, method
and proven building techniques
Can be used with a wide range of
Robust Details masonry cavity wall
solutions

A+ Generic BRE Gree Guide rating
Earthwool DriTherm Earthwool Masonry

Cavity Slab Party Wall Slab
on parge coat

Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is a The thickness of Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Thermal
semi-rigid glass mineral wool slab delivering Slab should be specified to match the thickness Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab provides a
both thermal and acoustic performance and is of the party wall cavity into which it will be full-fill solution to prevent air movement within
designed to fully fill the cavity in masonry cavity installed. Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab the cavity which is proven to prevent heat loss
party walls between adjoining apartments, has been designed so that it will be slightly via convection. Earthwool Masonry Party Wall
semi-detached and terraced houses. compressed between the two block leaves and Slab provides a zero effective U-value when
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is thereby completely fill the cavity in the party used in conjunction with effective edge sealing.
dimensioned to fit between wall ties at standard wall. Fire
vertical spacings. Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab should be Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is non
Typical construction kept clean and free from mortar droppings with combustible and classified as Euroclass A1 to
Masonry cavity party wall built of two leaves of all vertical and horizontal joints closed and BS EN 13501-1.
blockwork with the cavity fully filled with each slab in intimate contact with adjacent Density
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab. The slabs and the block leaves. Any cutting and The density of Earthwool Masonry Party Wall
internal finish consists of a wet plaster coat or a fitting should be neatly done and not distort the Slab is 18.00kg/m3.
render coat finished with 12.50mm standard layers of glasswool which comprise Earthwool
Acoustic
plasterboard on dabs. Party Wall Slab.
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is an
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is used as The installation of Earthwool Masonry Party excellent acoustic absorber and will not impair
part of a full fill cavity solution to achieve a zero Wall Slab should ordinarily commence on the the acoustic performance of a masonry cavity
effective U-value and should be installed in foundations of the party cavity wall. party wall construction when installed correctly.
conjunction with effective edge sealing. See Table 29 for further details regarding use
Effective edge sealing is achieved by installing within walls constructed in line with Robust
cavity barriers at the junction of the party wall Details.
with the external wall and at the party wall Where design details differ from this or for
junction with the roof. further information please contact our Technical

Party Walls 3.4.2

All masonry cavity party walls to be insulated
Cavity Barrier
during construction by fully filling the cavity
with..mm of Earthwool Masonry Party Wall
Slab.
The installation of Earthwool Party Wall Slab

should commence at foundation level. Cavity
wall ties should be installed at not more than
3.4.2
900mm centres horizontally, or as otherwise
required by the structure, and at 450mm
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab vertically. All work under construction must be
protected overnight and during adverse
weather conditions.
Parge coat
Plasterboard on dabs version clause/clausesF30/150
and P10/420
Knauf Insulation Party Wall solutions

are suitable for use in Robust Details
of walls within the Robust Details Handbook
is constantly evolving, the most up to date
information regarding Knauf Insulation solutions to
be used with Robust Details walls can be found by
visiting knaufinsulation.co.uk/partywall

3.4.2 Party Walls
Masonry cavity party wall blown in

Full-fill with blown in glass mineral wool
Supafil Party Wall
Pw02
NEW BUILD REFURB

U-value
Product is formed in situ and is
Cavity barrier
assured to provide a full-fill solution
even if walls are built out of
tolerance
solutions and the sound insulation
performance of the wall is
maintained
Supafil Party Wall

Can be used with Robust Detail
walls
Supafil 34/40 Supafil Party Wall
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Plasterboard on dabs
on parge coat

Supafil Party Wall is a premium quality, A survey is carried out by approved installing Thermal
non-combustible, loose glass mineral wool technicians prior to installation to ascertain the Supafil Party Wall provides a full-fill solution to
product designed to be blown or injected suitability of the party wall for insulating with prevent air movement within the cavity which is
into masonry cavity party walls. Supafil Party Wall. proven to prevent heat loss via convection.
Typical construction A series of 22 or 25mm diameter holes are Supafil Party Wall provides a zero effective
Masonry cavity party wall built of two leaves of drilled through the inner leaf in accordance U-value when used in conjunction with effective
blockwork with the cavity fully filled with Supafil with a pre-determined pattern and the edge sealing.
Party Wall. The internal finish consists of a wet insulation installed prior to plastering. Fire
plaster coat or a render coat finished with Supafil Party Wall insulation is fed into an Supafil Party Wall is non combustible and
12.50mm standard plasterboard on dabs. approved blowing machine and injected into classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1.
Supafil Party Wall is designed to fully fill the the cavity under air pressure through a flexible Density
cavity in masonry cavity party walls between hose fitted with a tapered nozzle. The installed density of Supafil Party Wall is
adjoining apartments, semi-detached and The machine is fitted with a pressure sensor 18.00kg/m3.
terraced houses and is used to achieve a zero which automatically cuts off to stop the flow of Acoustic
effective U-value when installed in conjunction material when the area of wall being insulated Supafil Party Wall is an excellent acoustic
with effective edge sealing. is completely filled to the correct density. absorber and will not impair the acoustic
Effective edge sealing is achieved by installing performance of a masonry cavity party wall
cavity barriers at the junction of the party wall construction when installed correctly. See Table
with the external wall and at the party wall 29 for further details regarding use within walls
junction with the roof. constructed in line with Robust Details.
For additional information contact our Technical Where design details differ from this or for
Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666. further information please contact our Technical

Party Walls 3.4.2

Supafil Party Wall loose glass mineral wool
Cavity Barrier
insulation to be injected into the .mm party
wall cavity by a Knauf Insulation/BBA
approved Installer.
New cavity walls to receive Supafil Party Wall
should be constructed so that insulation cannot
penetrate or pass through to cavities in
adjoining buildings or compartments.
3.4.2
All work to be in strict accordance with the
procedures laid out in the relevant BBA
Supafil Party Wall Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab Certificate and the Knauf Insulation
Operators and Survey and Assessment
manuals.
Parge coat
Plasterboard on dabs version clause/clausesP11/220
and P10/420
Knauf Insulation Party Wall solutions

is constantly evolving, the most up to date
information regarding Knauf Insulation solutions to
be used with Robust Details walls can be found by
visiting knaufinsulation.co.uk/partywall

3.4.2 Party Walls
Timber frame party wall

Full-fill with built in glass mineral wool
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab
Pw03
NEW BUILD
U-value
Compression fitted between frames
Cavity barrier Earthwool Timber
ensures the party wall cavity is Frame Party Wall Slab
completely filled, preventing air
movement within the cavity
solutions and the sound insulation
performance of the wall is
maintained

Earthwool FrameTherm Plasterboard Earthwool FrameTherm
Product Installation
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is a Vertical and horizontal bands of contact The second panel(s) is installed ensuring that the
semi-rigid glass mineral wool slab delivering adhesive are applied to the timber frame specified cavity width is achieved and
both thermal and acoustic performance and is against which Earthwool Timber Frame Party Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is
designed to fully fill the cavity in timber frame Wall Slab is to be installed. Typically, leave the compressed between the two panels, repeat the
party walls between adjoining apartments, adhesive for 30 seconds (to develop a tack) installation sequence until the complete wall is
semi-detached and terraced houses. before the slabs are offered up to make contact insulated.
Typical construction with the sheathing board/polyethylene Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slabs
Timber frame wall comprised of two timber sheeting. should be installed for the full height of the
frames which are sheathed and insulated with Installation should commence working from the party wall and be in intimate contact with the
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls or Slabs. bottom corner of one end of the panel/wall effective edge sealing (cavity barriers) at the
until the desired wall/panel length has been junction with the external wall and at the
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is used
insulated, ensure that Earthwool Timber Frame junction between the party wall and the roof.
as part of a full fill cavity solution to achieve a
zero effective U-value and should be installed in Party Wall Slabs are in contact with all
conjunction with effective edge sealing, and is adjacent slabs and there are no gaps or open
designed to be held under slight compression joints between the slabs.
(10mm) by the timber frame panels.
Effective edge sealing is achieved by installing
cavity barriers at the junction of the party wall
with the external wall and at the party wall
junction with the roof.
The installation of additional cavity barriers is
not required when the party wall cavity is fully
filled with Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall
Slab.

Party Walls 3.4.2

Party wall cavity between timber frames to be
Brick outer leaf Cavity barrier
insulated and fully filled with Earthwool Timber
Frame Party Wall Slab 60*/85*/110*/mm
thick.
Note: Thicknesses referred to above are the
cavity width plus 10mm, as the product is held
in compression by the timber frames.
3.4.2
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab to be
Vapour control layer behind installed and held in compression between the
between timber studs plasterboard timber frames.
Sheathing board Cavity barriers should be installed at all

Earthwool Timber
Frame Party Wall Slab junctions with the external structure as required
by the Building Regulations.
Timber frame party wall,
Robust Detail E-WT-2 Building Specifications, Standard
version clause/clausesP10/220
and 420
Performance
Thermal Knauf Insulation Party Wall solutions
provides a full-fill solution to prevent air
movement within the cavity which is proven to
prevent heat loss via convection. Earthwool is constantly evolving, the most up to date
Timber Frame Party Wall Slab provides a zero information regarding Knauf Insulation solutions to
effective U-value when used in conjunction with be used with Robust Details walls can be found by
effective edge sealing. visiting knaufinsulation.co.uk/partywall
Fire
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is
non-combustible and classified as Euroclass A1
to BS EN 13501-1.
Density
The density of Earthwool Timber Frame Party
Wall Slab is 18.00kg/m3.
Acoustic
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is an
excellent acoustic absorber and will not impair
the acoustic performance of a masonry cavity
party wall construction when installed correctly.
See Table 29 for further details regarding use
within walls constructed in line with Robust
Details.
Where design details differ from this or for
further information please contact our Technical

3.4.2 Party Walls
Party walls
Existing masonry into party wall
REFURB
Pw04
C
an upgrade the sound insulation
performance of the existing wall to
comply with the Building Regulations
Glass and rock mineral wool products
provide high levels of sound
absorption Existing party wall

achieved
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll or
50mm Earthwool Flexible Slab
Earthwool Flexible Slab and Earthwool

Acoustic Roll
Non-combustible Euroclass A1 Independent I stud
Two layers of 12.5mm plasterboard

Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass Mark positions on the floor and ceiling for the Acoustic performance
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are U-channels. Bed the floor U-channels on two Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
lightweight, flexible, resilient and continuous beads of acoustic sealant and secure Slab have excellent sound absorption
non-combustible. with nailable plugs at 600mm centres and characteristics. For optimum performance, the
E arthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid rock 50mm from ends of channels. Screw fix the insulation must be installed so that no gaps are
mineral wool slab. U-channels to the ceiling at 600mm centres. present between the rolls or slabs.
Both products are designed to be friction fitted Cut the I studs to the floor to ceiling height, This solution is only suitable for refurbishment
between timber or metal studs. less 5mm, place within the channels at 600mm work and will require pre-completion testing to
centres and fix in position. There should be a show compliance with Building Regulation
minimum 10mm air space between the back of requirements.
An existing brick or block wall with plaster
the new lining and the existing party wall. Fire performance
finish on both sides that is intended to become
a separating wall. An independent lining is Install Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
added to one side of the wall using an Flexible Slab between the I studs, so there are Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN
independent I stud partition with 50mm no gaps. Fix the plasterboard layers with 13501-1. The use of Class 0 plasterboard will
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Flexible drywall screws at 300mm centres. The board meet the requirements of the Building
Slab between the studs and finished with two joints should be staggered between layers. Regulations for wall linings in all locations.
layers of 12.5mm standard plasterboard. This Seal all gaps at the perimeter of the
construction complies with Wall Treatment 1 in plasterboard lining and where services, such as
section 4 of Approved Document E. Pre- electrical sockets, penetrate the plasterboard
completion testing is required. seal with acoustic sealant.
Finish with plaster skim coat or using standard

Party Walls 3.4.2
Typical wall/floor section Typical specification

Construct an independent framework using
metal Ì` studs, 10mm clear of the existing
separating wall. Infill between the studs with
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll*/Earthwool
Flexible Slab*.
Screw fix plasterboard to the steel framing as
specified. Seal round the perimeter of the
Minimum 10mm airspace
3.4.2
50mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Alternatively, consult the National

K10/165
Two layers of 12.5mm plasterboard
Acoustic sealant

3.4.2 Party Walls
Party walls
NEW BUILD
Pw05 Pw06
Provides very high level of sound
absorption
achieved One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall
Plank and one layer12.5mm
Knauf Drywall Soundshield
each side, joints staggered

Non-combustible with a Euroclass between frames
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide rating 70mm C stud frames

First layer of plasterboard mounted

horizontally, second layer vertically

E arthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid rock Two separate steel frame walls are constructed. Acoustic performance
mineral wool slab designed to be friction fitted 60mm Earthwool Flexible Slabs are slotted into This wall construction requires pre-completion
between timber and metal studs. Its density the cavity between the two steel frames and butt testing.
meets the requirements of Robust Details E-WS-1. jointed. There should be no gaps between the Fire performance
Typical construction slabs. The rows of slabs should be laid `broken Earthwool Flexible Slab is classified as Euroclass
Twin steel frame construction with facing of one bond` to avoid coincident vertical joints. A1 to BSEN13501-1.
layer of 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and one 70mm Earthwool Flexible Slab installed
layer of 12.5mm Knauf Drywall Soundshield between the studs, there should be no gaps
plasterboard on each side. 60mm Earthwool between the insulation slabs.
Flexible Slab between the frames with 70mm One layer of 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and
Earthwool Flexible Slab between the studs. one layer of 12.5mm Knauf Drywall
Note that two 70mm wide studs and a 60mm Soundshield screwed to each side of the party
cavity gives an overall thickness of 200mm wall, all joints staggered. Seal all joints in outer
between the plasterboard faces. leaf with Knauf Drywall Joint Tape or caulk with
Knauf Drywall Sealant.
Cavity barriers
To meet the requirements of the Building
Regulations, cavity barriers must be installed in
steel frame party walls at the junction with
external walls and at horizontal floor zones.
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier meets this
requirement.

Party Walls 3.4.2

Earthwool Flexible Slab, 60mm thick to be
One layer of 19mm Knauf slotted into the cavity between the two steel
Drywall plank and one layer
12.5mm Knauf drywall frames and butt jointed. The slabs should be
laid broken bond to avoid continuous
joints staggered
vertical joints.
Earthwool Flexible Slab, 70mm thick to be
installed between the steel studs and butt
Earthwool Flexible Slab jointed to ensure that there are no gaps
3.4.2
between the slabs.
200mm minimum between Building Specifications, Standard
plasterboard faces
K10/125
Cavity barrier
Minimum 600mm width of
Earthwool Flexible Slab between
steel studs either side of party wall
between frames
70mm C stud frame
Part L1A of the Building Regulations The use of this detail (with the same
Pw06
requires that the heat loss associated products) is appropriate as a party wall in
with empty cavities in party walls both new build non-dwellings such as
has to be accounted for when the student accommodation, nursing homes and
energy performance of the dwelling is hotels constructed using light weight steel
established. An èffective zero U-value` can frames. Similarly, it could be used in
be assigned to the party wall, if the party refurbishment projects in both dwellings
wall cavities are fully filled with mineral and non-dwellings in existing constructions
wool insulation in conjunction with effective which require new party walls, providing
edge sealing. See pages 186 189 for full the flanking walls and floors are suitable. In
details about Party Wall Bypass. all cases, if it is used for work other than
Although this solution (insulation within the new dwellings, its performance must be
cavity only) was developed as a Robust proven by the stipulated on site testing
Detail which can be used without on site procedures that apply.
testing in new build dwellings in England For dwellings in Scotland and Northern
and Wales, the inclusion of insulation within Ireland there are no approved light steel
the steel studs results in the requirement for frame party wall constructions. Performance
pre-completion testing. However, acoustic must be proven by the stipulated on site
tests (on other framed wall constructions testing procedures.
with completely filled cavities) has, shown
that the inclusion of insulation within
previously empty cavities has a negligible
effect on the acoustic performance of the
party wall.

3.4.2 Party Walls
Party walls

NEW BUILD
Pw07 Pw08
Provides very high level of sound
absorption
achieved One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank
and one layer12.5mm Knauf Drywall
Soundshield each side, all joints staggered

Non-combustible with a Euroclass Earthwool Building Slab
A1 reaction to fire rating RS45

Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) 75mm Earthwool Building Slab RS45
between frames
72mm C stud frames
First layer of plasterboard mounted

horizontally, second layer vertically

E arthwool Building Slab RS45 is a semi-rigid Two separate steel frame walls are constructed. Acoustic performance
rock mineral wool slab. Its density meets the 40mm Earthwool Building Slab RS45 is slotted This wall construction requires pre-completion
requirements of Robust Details E-WS-3. into the cavity between the two steel frames and testing.
Typical construction butt jointed. There should be no gaps between Fire performance
Twin steel frame construction with facing of one the slabs. The rows of slabs should be laid Earthwool Building Slab RS45 is classified as
layer of 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and one `broken bond` to avoid coincident vertical Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
layer of 12.5mm Knauf Drywall Soundshield joints.
plasterboard on one side, 75mm Earthwool 75mm Earthwool Building Slab RS45 between
Universal Slab RS45 between and sheathing on the studs and sheathing on the inner face. There
the inner face with 40mm Earthwool Building should be no gaps between the insulation slabs.
Slab RS45 between the frames. One layer of 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and
one layer of 12.5mm Knauf Drywall
Soundshield screwed to each side of the party
wall, all joints staggered. Seal all joints in outer
leaf with Knauf Drywall Joint Tape or caulk with
Knauf Drywall Sealant.
Cavity barriers
To meet the requirements of the Building
Regulations, cavity barriers must be installed in
steel frame party walls at the junction with
external walls and at horizontal floor zones.
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier meets this
requirement.

Party Walls 3.4.2

Earthwool Building Slab RS45, 40mm thick,
to be slotted into the cavity between the two
steel frames and butt jointed. The slabs
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40
should be laid broken bond to avoid
Cavity Barrier continuous vertical joints.
75mm Earthwool Building Earthwool Building Slab RS45, 75mm thick,
Slab RS45
to be installed between the steel studs and
butt jointed to ensure that there are no gaps
3.4.2
between the slabs.
K10/125
50mm Earthwool DriTherm

Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
Part L1A of the Building has a negligible effect on the acoustic

Pw08
Regulations requires that the heat performance of the party wall.
loss associated with empty cavities The use of this detail (with the same
in party walls has to be accounted for products) is appropriate as a party wall
when the energy performance of the in both new build non-dwellings such as
dwelling is established. An èffective zero student accommodation, nursing homes
U-value` can be assigned to the party and hotels constructed using light weight
wall, if the party wall cavities are fully steel frames. Similarly, it could be used
filled with mineral wool insulation in in refurbishment projects in both
conjunction with effective edge sealing. dwellings and non-dwellings in existing
See pages 186 189 for full details constructions which require new party
about Party Wall Bypass. walls, providing the flanking walls and
Although this solution (insulation within the floors are suitable. In all cases, if it is
frames only) was developed as a Robust used for work other than new dwellings,
Detail which can be used without on site its performance must be proven by the
testing in new build dwellings in England stipulated on site testing procedures that
and Wales, the inclusion of insulation apply.
within the steel studs results in the For dwellings in Scotland and Northern
requirement for pre-completion testing. Ireland there are no approved light steel
However, acoustic tests (on other framed frame party wall constructions.
wall constructions with completely filled Performance must be proven by the
cavities) has, shown that the inclusion of stipulated on site testing procedures.
insulation within previously empty cavities

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 4.1
Ground Floors
Below slab
Floorboard
Gf01
Above slab
Product: Earthwool Thermal Floor
Slab Plus
Gf02
Above slab
Floorboard
Gf03
Suspended concrete floor

Floorboard
Gf04

Product: Earthwool Thermal Floor
Slab Plus
Gf05
Suspended timber floor

Product: Earthwool Loft Roll
44 / 40
Gf06
Underfloor heating -
Standard system
Floorboard Gf07

Gf08
4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Ground floor design
General
When designing a ground floor the following
should be considered in addition to the
achievement of the desired U-value.
Applied floor loading
Position of the insulation within the
floor structure
Minimising thermal bridging, air leakage
and preventing condensation forming
Introduction
Ground bearing floors can include insulation
either below or above the concrete slab,
depending on the choice of the designer.
If the insulation is installed below the slab, this
increases the thermal capacity of the building,
helping to maintain steady internal
temperatures.
If insulation is installed above the slab, the
building will respond much more quickly to
the heating system.
Suspended floors are usually insulated in such Active and dead loads Position of Insulation
a way that they offer reduced thermal mass and The actual applied floor load acting on the As was previously stated, the position of the
respond quickly to the heating system. In the insulation material has two components: insulation in the floor has an influence over the
case of suspended concrete, the insulation is thermal characteristics that the floor brings to
The dead load, which is due to the weight of
installed above the deck, either under a screed the building, however it also has relevance
the materials laid on the insulant, and
or timber boarding. Suspended timber floors when considering the active loads that apply
The design load associated with the use of due to the use of the floor. Obviously, in timber
are normally insulated between the joists.
the floor joist floors where the insulation material is
Floor insulation is of particular importance
if installing underfloor heating. The use of For specific applications the guidance and placed between the joists the entire load is
channelled rigid insulation boards can recommendations contained in BS EN 1991-1- carried by the joists and there is no load on the
combine the function of floor insulation and 1:2002 and BS EN 1990:2002 +A1:2005 insulation. However, where the insulation is
housing for the heating pipes. should be followed, and this will help the below a slab, screed or timber boards the entire
designer ensure that the strength of the floor will load is acting on the insulation.
Applied floor loading be sufficient to support any applied loads over Point loads are spread by the layers above the
All materials are compressed under load. the loaded area. insulation so that the load acting on the
Insulation materials used under slabs, screeds The designer must also consider the dynamic insulation is lower than the load applied to the
and chipboard should be capable of loads and how they are applied. floor surface. The spread of a load is a function
accommodating the applied loads with the of the depth of the layer above the insulation.
In reality the loads associated with the use of
minimum of compression. This means that a point load applied to a floor
the floor will not be applied uniformly. In fact
Standardised values are available to the many loads are applied in a localised way or where the insulation is positioned below a thin
designer for the dead loads applied by building even as point loads so that whilst the overall screed will result in a higher applied load on
components and the estimated active loads for load on a floor is in line with the relevant the insulation than where the insulation was
various types of building use. These form the standards the localised loading may be many positioned below a thicker floor slab because
structural design requirements of the floor, but times higher. For example, a cupboard raised the load is bearing on a smaller area of
are of less value when considering the on feet has a significantly increased point insulation under the screed. Of course the
compression resistance requirements of the floor loading compared to one sat on the whole differing dead load applied by the screed and
as the active loads are likely to be localised or base. This results in increased localised loading the floor slab should also be allowed for when
point loads, not uniformly distributed loads. acting on the insulation. calculating the total load applied to the
insulation.

Ground Floors 4.1
Calculation of U-values Determining the U-value

Compression resistance Unlike walls and roofs, the heat loss through The tables for each ground floor solution show
The insulation material will be compressed by a ground floor varies with its size and shape. typical U-values for a range of floor
the total load applied to it. It is vitally important The Building Regulations require that when constructions, assuming a conductivity of 1.50
that the insulation material has sufficient ground floor U-values are calculated the W/mK for the ground below the floor.
compression resistance to restrict the effects of methodology in BSENISO 13370: 1998
The high number of variables that have to be
the compressive load. Compression resistance is should be employed.
taken into account can significantly affect the
measured in two ways, most commonly the This standard uses the ratio of the exposed floor U-value for a particular set of conditions.
immediate effect of compressive load is perimeter to the floor area to take account of Project specific U-value calculations can be
measured and this is quoted as a compression the variation in heat loss due to floor size and supplied by our Technical Advice and Support
resistance in kPa. The applications section shape. Centre.
shows the compression resistance of individual
The measurement of the perimeter and area
insulation materials, this is useful in identifying
should be to the finished inside surfaces of the Condensation
the general suitability of a material for the
perimeter walls that enclose the heated space. A vapour control layer is not normally required
application intended. The second measurement
Projecting bays should be included, but for most ground floor constructions. However,
of compression resistance measures the long
unheated spaces such as porches or garages a vapour control layer is recommended
term effects of loading on a material and is
should be excluded. between the insulation and a chipboard floor,
described as compressive creep. Where higher
especially if there is a risk of excessive moisture
loads are applied this figure has high relevance When considering extensions to existing
from the floor slab drying out.
as long term loading will result in greater buildings the floor dimensions may be taken as
progressive compression of thickness in some those of the complete building including the
insulation materials than others. extension.
Compressive creep
Compressive creep is the measured value of the Worked example
long term behaviour of a material under load. The following worked example illustrates how
High resistance to compressive creep is critical to establish the P/A ratio.
for long-term structural performance. The ideal
Example
insulation material used in flooring needs to be
A semi-detached house as shown below
strong without being brittle over the long term
as this will minimise any building movement. A Perimeter (P) = 8+4+3+6+5 = 26m
4.1
material with superior resistance to compressive Area (A) = (10x8)-(6x3) = 62m2
creep enables designers to truly optimise their Ratio (P/A) = 26/62 = 0.42
design to maximise the potential uses of the
A ground floor with a P/Aratio of 0.42 would
structure without the risk of failure in the medium
achieve a U-value of 0.25 W/m2K if insulated
to long term.
with 75mm Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard
Compressive creep tests are necessarily long in a ground bearing concrete slab.
term projects as they predict the effect of
loading over 50 years.
Thermal Bridging and Air Leakage
Thermal bridges are a significant source of heat
loss and they may also cause localised
condensation and mould growth. The details on
the following pages illustrate best practice.

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.09
Below slab
Product: Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
See page: 208
Gf01
Above slab
Product: Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus
See page: 210
Gf02
Above slab
See page: 212
Gf03

See page: 214
Gf04

Product: Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus
See page: 216
Gf05

Ground Floors 4.1
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.09

Product: Earthwool Loft Roll 44 / 40
See page: 218
Gf06
Underfloor heating - Standard system

See page: 220
Gf07
4.1
See page: 218
Gf08
Key

Pb01

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Below slab
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard

04/4186
Moisture resistant - long term

Gf01
Flexible sealant
exposure to water has negligible
impact on thermal performance Slip layer, or alternative position
for damp proof membrane
High compressive strength - protects
damp proof membrane from
damage
Robust and can tolerate traffic from

following trades without damage
prior to floor finish being laid

Wall insulation
BBA certified taken down at least 150mm
below top of floor insulation
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) 25mm Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
at perimeter of slab
Sand
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Polyfoam ECO Floorboard blinding
Certified Green Guide Rating A Damp proof membrane

Concrete floor slab

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is a range of rigid Level the sand blinding over the hardcore to Thermal performance
extruded polystyrene insulation boards. receive the insulation. The thermal conductivities of Polyfoam ECO
They are lightweight, have excellent structural Lay the Polyfoam ECO Floorboard directly on Floorboard products are:-
strength and long term effectiveness and are the sand blinding and then lay the dpm over the Standard and Extra 0.033 W/mK
available in three grades: insulation and lap with the wall damp proof Super 0.034 - 0.036 W/mK
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard domestic course. Alternatively, lay Polyfoam ECO
Unlike most other insulants, moisture has a
and light commercial loading Floorboard over the dpm in a stretcher brick
negligible effect on thermal performance.
bond pattern to cover the whole floor area. The
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra commercial, Fire performance
joints should be tightly butted together. When
industrial flooring and cold storage When Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is installed in
installing the insulation boards in layers,
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super very high stagger the layout of the boards to avoid a concrete floor construction, it will not
load commercial, industrial and cold storage coincident vertical joints running through the contribute to the development stages of a fire.
floors. total insulation thickness. Use spreader boards, Moisture resistance
Typical construction as necessary, to prevent point loads puncturing Moisture resistance of Polyfoam ECO
A solid concrete ground floor slab cast on the dpm. A slip layer is required between the Floorboard enables it to be laid exposed to
insulation on a damp proof membrane (dpm) insulation and the concrete slab. ground water, with negligible impact on
laid over blinded hardcore. Alternatively Place a strip of insulation, minimum 25mm performance. The boards themselves do not
concrete floor slab cast on a damp proof thick, vertically at the slab perimeter to minimise perform the function of a damp proof
membrane laid over the insulation. The wall thermal bridging. The height of the perimeter membrane, but can be laid in damp conditions
insulation should start a minimum of 150mm insulation to equal the slab thickness. Ensure the or up against wet concrete without
below the top of the floor insulation. There perimeter insulation boards are securely held in compromising thermal performance.
should be a flexible sealant between the wall place to prevent dislodgement by following Compression resistance
finish and the floor slab to minimise air leakage work, e.g. by taping them to the main floor Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is highly resistant to
at this junction. insulation. compression and withstands both occasional
Lay the concrete slab. The concrete slab may be and long term static loads. Load bearing
screeded or alternatively have a power float construction elements should be designed to
finish. adequately support the combination of imposed
and dead loads without creating excessive
deflection.

Ground Floors 4.1
Typical wall/floor junction Typical specification

The whole of the ground floor area between
brick, block or concrete walls to be insulated
with Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
Standard*/ Extra/*Super* ...mm thick
Cavity wall insulation
and laid directly over blinded hardcore.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/
Continuous ribbon of
plasterboard adhesive Extra/*Super* at least 25mm thick, to be cut
and placed vertically against the walls to the
Flexible seal between wall
finish and floor depth of the concrete slab.
The insulation to be laid above*/below*
damp proof membrane, which should lap the
25mm (min) Polyfoam ECO perimeter wall damp proof course. Concrete
Minimum 150mm overlap Floorboard at slab perimeter slab and floor finish as specified by the
between wall and floor insulation
to minimise thermal bridging designer.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Damp proof (*delete as appropriate)
membrane
4.1
clausesE20/30 or
E20/200
Table 1 - U-values for concrete ground floors insulated below slab

U-values (W/m2K)
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra
165 (100+65)* 0.09 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17
150 (75+75) 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18
140 (75+65) 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19
125 (75+50) 0.11 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21
110 (75+35) 0.11 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.23
100 (1x100)** 0.11 0.16 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24
90 (65+25) 0.12 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.26
75 (1x75) 0.13 0.19 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30
65 (1x65) 0.13 0.20 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.32 0.33
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming a clay subsoil with a thermal conductivity of 1.50 W/mK.
U-values for Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super available on request - contact Technical Advice and Support Centre
* Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra - 2x50+65
** Polyfoam Floorboard ECO Extra - 2x50

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Above slab
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus
Gf02
Tolerance friendly, accommodates
slight imperfections in the sub-floor

joints to ensure thermal
performance is achieved avoiding
localised cold spots

BBA certified
Wall insulation
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) taken down at least 150mm
Concrete floor slab
Damp proof membrane

Vapour control layer Flexible sealant
to maintain air barrier
Flooring grade chipboard
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus is a rigid, Lay Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus directly Screed finish
compression resistant slab of non-combustible over the whole of the concrete floor, the surface Place a minimum 30mm thick vertical piece of
rock mineral wool designed for use in domestic of which to be smooth and flat to within 5mm Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus, to the full
or domestic type applications. when measured with a two metre straight-edge. depth of the screed around the perimeter to
Typical construction The nature of Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus minimise thermal bridging. Tape the perimeter
A solid concrete ground floor slab on a damp enables small irregularities in the concrete slab insulation securely in place to prevent
proof membrane on blinded hardcore. surface to be accommodated. When installing dislodgement by following work.
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus is laid over the insulation slabs in layers, stagger the layout Lay the Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus and
the whole of the concrete floor slab and finished of the slabs to avoid coincident vertical joints cover with a vapour control/slip layer and turn
with either a screed or flooring grade running through the total insulation thickness. up at the junction with the walls. If this is a
chipboard. Chipboard finish refurbishment project and secondary damp
Lay a vapour control layer (such as 1000 proofing is required, use a suitable damp proof
gauge polythene) between the insulation and membranethat will also act as a slip layer.
the chipboard deck and turn it up at the junction Lay the screed, either reinforced sand/cement
with the walls. screed, minimum 65mm thick, or a proprietary
Lay the chipboard in a staggered pattern and screed, minimum 35mm thick. The sand/cement
glue all joints using a waterproof PVAadhesive. screed should be reinforced to BS 8204-
Leave an expansion gap of at least 10mm or 1:2003 +A1:2009. It is important to compact
2mm per metre run of floor at the room the screed well to produce a durable floor
perimeter. At doorways, room perimeters and surface.
access traps to pipework runs, support the cut
edges of chipboard on preservative treated
battens. If in doubt refer to the chipboard
manufacturers instructions. Seal the gap
between the floor finish and the slip layer with a
flexible sealant to minimise air leakage.

Ground Floors 4.1

Insulation below screed
Cavity wall insulation Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus ......mm
thick, to be close butted and placed over the
Vapour control layer below whole area of the floor. Earthwool Thermal
Flexible seal between skirting
chipboard Floor Slab Plus, 30mm thick, to be cut and
board and floor placed to full depth of screed and floor
insulation at the floor perimeter.
The insulation to be overlaid with 1000
gauge polythene, taken up and over the
perimeter insulation. A 65mm thick sand/
cement screed reinforced in accordance with
Minimum 150mm overlap
between wall and floor insulation BS 8204-1:2003 +A1:2009. Alternatively,
to minimise thermal bridging install a proprietary liquid screed (minimum
thickness 35mm) laid in accordance with
manufacturers instructions. Floor finish as
specified by the designer.
(* delete as appropriate)
4.1
M10/40 or
M10/290
Performance downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Thermal performance Table 2 - Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus Insulation below chipboard
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus has a compressive strength The whole area of the concrete floor to be
thermal conductivity of 0.038 W/mK. Thickness (mm) Compressive strength covered with Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab
Fire performance (kPa) Plus, ...mm thick. All slabs to be close
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus is classified 60, 70 60 butted.
as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. The insulation to be overlaid with
80, 90, 100 70
a vapour control layer of 1000
gauge polythene and covered
with 18mm t and g flooring
grade chipboard.
Table 3 - U-values for concrete ground floors, insulation below chipboard
Alternatively, consult the National Building
U-values (W/m2K)
Specifications, Standard version clause/
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2) clausesK11/25 or K11/225
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
160 (2x80) 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18
150 (80+70) 0.10 0.14 0.15 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.19
140 (2x70) 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20
130 (70+60) 0.11 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.21
120 (2x60) 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.22
100 0.12 0.17 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25
90 0.12 0.18 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Above slab

04/4186
Gf03
Flexible sealant
exposure to water has negligible to maintain air barrier
impact on thermal performance
25mm Polyfoam ECO
Robust and can tolerate traffic from Floorboard at screed
perimeter
High compressive strength - protects
damp proof membrane from
damage

BBA certified
Wall insulation
taken down at least 150mm
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) below top of floor insulation
Global Warming Potential (GWP) Concrete floor slab

Certified Green Guide Rating A
Damp proof membrane
Separating/slip layer
Floating screed
Products
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is a range of rigid boards to avoid coincident vertical joints PVAadhesive. Leave an expansion gap of at
extruded polystyrene insulation boards. running through the total insulation thickness. least 10mm or 2mm per metre run of floor at
They are lightweight, have excellent structural Screed finish the room perimeter. At doorways or access
strength and long term effectiveness and are Place a minimum 25mm thick vertical piece of traps to pipework runs, support the cut edges of
available in three grades: Polyfoam ECO Floorboard to the full depth of chipboard on preservative treated battens. If in
the screed around the perimeter to minimise doubt refer to the chipboard manufacturers
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard domestic
thermal bridging. Tape the perimeter insulation instructions. Seal between the wall and floor air
and light commercial loading
boards securely in place to prevent barrier with a flexible sealant, or seal the space
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra commercial, between the skirting board and the floor using
dislodgement by following work.
industrial flooring and cold storage a flexible sealant to minimise air leakage.
Cover the Polyfoam ECO Floorboard with a
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super very high Performance
separating/slip layer and turn up at the junction
load commercial, industrial and cold storage Thermal performance
with the walls. If this is a refurbishment project
floors. The thermal conductivities of Polyfoam ECO
and secondary damp proofing is required, use
Typical construction a suitable damp proof membranethat will also Floorboard products are:-
A solid concrete ground floor slab on a damp act as a slip layer. Standard and Extra - 0.033 W/mK
proof membrane on blinded hardcore.
Lay the screed, either reinforced sand/cement Super - 0.034 - 0.036 W/mK
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards laid over the whole
screed, minimum 65mm thick in dwellings and Fire performance
of the concrete floor slab and finished with
75mm in other types of buildings, or a
either flooring grade chipboard or a floating When Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is installed in
proprietary screed, minimum 35mm thick. The
screed, either sand/cement based, or a a floor construction it will not contribute to the
sand/cement screed should be reinforced in
proprietary flowing screed. development stages of a fire.
accordance with BS 8204-1:2003 +A1:2009.
Installation It is important to compact the screed well to Compression resistance
Lay the Polyfoam ECO Floorboard directly over produce a durable floor surface. Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is highly resistant to
the whole of the concrete floor. The surface of compression and withstands both occasional
Chipboard finish
the floor should be smooth and flat to within and long term static loads. Load bearing
Lay a vapour control layer (such as 1000
5mm when measured with a 2 metre construction elements should be designed to
gauge polythene) between the insulation and
straight-edge. Irregularities greater than this adequately support the combination of imposed
the chipboard deck and turn it up at the junction
must be levelled out. The joints should be tightly and dead loads without creating excessive
with the walls. Lay the chipboard in a staggered
butted together. When installing the insulation deflection.
pattern and glue all joints using a waterproof
boards in layers, stagger the layout of the

Ground Floors 4.1

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/Extra
......mm thick, to be close butted and placed
Flexible seal between skirting
board and floor Separating/slip layer below
over the whole area of the floor. Polyfoam
floating screed ECO Floorboard Standard*/ Extra, 25mm
thick, to be cut and placed to full depth of
screed at the floor perimeter.

The insulation to be overlaid with a
separating layer*/1000 gauge polythene*
between wall and floor insulation taken up and over the perimeter insulation. A
to minimise thermal bridging 65*/75*mm thick sand/cement screed
reinforced in accordance with BS 8204-
1:2003 +A1:2009. Alternatively install a
proprietary liquid screed (minimum thickness
35mm) laid in accordance with
4.1
M10/40 or M10/290

Table 4 - U-values for concrete ground floors insulated below slab downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
U-values (W/m2K) Insulation below chipboard
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m ) 2
The whole area of the concrete floor to be
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 lined with Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra Standard*/Extra ...mm thick. All boards to
165 (100+65)* 0.09 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 be close butted.
150 (75+75) 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 The insulation to be (overlaid with a vapour
140 (75+65) 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19 control layer of 1000 gauge polythene and)*
125 (75+50) 0.11 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21 covered with 18mm t and g flooring grade
chipboard. (*delete as appropriate)
110 (75+35) 0.11 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.23
100 (1x100)** 0.11 0.16 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 Alternatively, consult the National
90 (65+25) 0.12 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.26 Building Specifications, Standard
version clause/clausesK11/25
75 (1x75) 0.13 0.19 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30
or K11/225
65 (1x65) 0.13 0.20 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.32 0.33
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming a clay subsoil with a thermal conductivity of 1.50 W/mK. Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
U-values for Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super available on request - contact Technical Advice and Support Centre downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors

04/4186

Gf04

Lightweight, robust product, quick
and easy to install

BBA certified Wall insulation
taken down at
least 150mm
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) below top of
floor insulation
Certified Green Guide Rating A

Slip layer/vcl
Screed or chipboard

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is a range of rigid Polyfoam ECO Floorboards can be used on a prevent dislodgement by following work.
extruded polystyrene insulation boards. beam and block suspended concrete floor that Lay the slip layer/vcl over the insulation and
They are lightweight, have excellent structural is the subject of a current British Board of turn up at the junction with the walls.
strength and long term effectiveness and are Agrement Certificate and installed in
Lay the screed, either reinforced sand/cement
available in three grades: accordance with, and within the limitations of,
screed, minimum 65mm thick in dwellings and
that certificate. The surface of any floor should
Standard domestic and light commercial 75mm in other types of buildings, or a
be smooth and flat to within 5mm when
loading proprietary screed, minimum 35mm thick. The
measured with a 2 metre straight-edge.
Extra commercial, industrial flooring and sand/cement screed should be reinforced in
Provided the surface is smooth and flat, the
cold storage accordance with BS 8204-1:2003 +A1:2009.
insulation may be laid directly onto the flooring
It is important to compact the screed well to
Super very high load commercial, industrial system. Otherwise lay a thin levelling screed
produce a durable floor surface.
and cold storage floors. (this may be the grout with beam and block
systems) prior to laying the insulation. Chipboard finish
A suspended concrete floor of either beam and Irregularities greater than those detailed above The insulation should be laid over the whole
block construction or precast concrete planks, must be removed. The joints should be tightly of the beam and block floor.
overlaid with Polyfoam ECO Floorboard and butted together. When installing the insulation Lay the chipboard in a staggered pattern with
finished with either flooring grade chipboard or in layers, stagger the layout of the boards to all joints glued using a waterproof PVA
a floating screed, either sand/cement based, avoid coincident vertical joints running through adhesive. Leave an expansion gap of at least
or a proprietary flowing screed. the total insulation thickness. 10mm or 2mm per metre run of floor at the
Where a screed is used, a strip of Polyfoam Where a beam and block floor has a camber room perimeter. At doorways or access traps to
ECO Floorboard insulation, minimum 25mm or uneven upper surface, a levelling screed is pipework runs, support the cut edges of
thick, should be placed vertically at the recommended. chipboard on preservative treated battens. If in
perimeter of the screed to minimise thermal Screeded finish doubt, refer to the chipboard manufacturers
bridging. A slip layer/vcl of 1000 gauge Place a minimum 25mm thick vertical piece of instructions. Seal between the wall and floor air
polythene sheet should be placed between the Polyfoam ECO Floorboard to the full depth of barrier with a flexible sealant, or seal the space
insulation and the screed. the screed, around the perimeter to minimise between the skirting board and the floor using
thermal bridging. Ensure these perimeter a flexible sealant to minimise air leakage.
The wall insulation should start a minimum of
150mm below the top of the floor insulation. insulation boards are securely held in place to

Ground Floors 4.1

Cavity wall insulation Insulation below screed
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/Extra*
Super*......mm thick, to be close butted and
Vapour control layer below placed over the whole area of the floor.
chipboard Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/
Flexible seal between skirting Extra*Super* ......mm thick, to be cut and
board and floor placed to full depth of screed at the floor
perimeter.
The insulation to be overlaid with 1000 gauge
polythene, taken up and over the perimeter
between wall and floor insulation insulation. A 65*/75*mm thick sand/cement
to minimise thermal bridging screed reinforced in accordance with BS 8204-
proprietary liquid screed (minimum thickness
Levelling screed (where required)
35mm) laid in accordance with manufacturers
instructions. Floor finish as specified by the
designer. (* delete as appropriate)
4.1
version clause/clausesM10/40
Table 5 - U-values for beam and block ground floors insulated below chipboard deck or M10/290
U-values (W/m2K) Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m ) 2
Insulation below chipboard
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 The whole area of the concrete floor to be
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra overlaid with Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
Standard*/Extra,*/Super* ...mm thick. All
165 (100+65) 0.11 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.16 boards to be close butted.
150 (75+75) 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18 The insulation to be (overlaid with a vapour
140 (75+65) 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19 control layer of 1000 gauge polythene and)*
covered with 18mm t and g flooring grade
125 (75+50) 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.20 chipboard. (* delete as appropriate)
110 (75+35) 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.22 Alternatively, consult the National Building
100 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.23 Specifications, Standard version clause/
clausesK11/25 or K11/225
90 (65+25) 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.26
Knauf Insulation specification
75 0.16 0.21 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.29 clauses can be downloaded from
65 0.17 0.22 0.26 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32 knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Notes: The U-values have been calculated assuming a clay subsoil with a thermal conductivity of 1.50 W/mK. The thermal conductivity of concrete
blocks 1.13 W/mK. For project specific calculations contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.
Performance
Thermal performance Compression resistance
The thermal conductivities of Polyfoam ECO Polyfoam ECO Floorboards is highly resistant to
Floorboard products are:- compression and withstands both occasional
Standard and Extra - 0.033 W/mK and long term static loads. Load bearing
construction elements should be designed to
Super - 0.034 - 0.036 W/mK
adequately support the combination of imposed
Fire performance and dead loads without creating excessive
When Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is installed in deflection.
a floor construction it will not contribute to the
development stages of a fire.

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Tolerance friendly, accommodates

Gf05
slight imperfections in sub-floor

joints to ensure thermal performance
is achieved and avoid localised cold
spots

BBA certified

Wall insulation
taken down at least
150mm below top of floor insulation
Ventilated sub floor
Screed or chipboard
Products
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus is a rigid, When installing the insulation in layers, stagger Chipboard finish
compression resistant slab of non-combustible the layout of the slabs to avoid coincident The insulation should be laid over the whole of
rock mineral wool designed for use in domestic vertical joints running through the total the concrete floor.
or domestic type applications. insulation thickness. Lay the chipboard in a staggered pattern with
Typical construction Screed finish all joints glued using a waterproof
A suspended concrete floor of either beam and Place a minimum 30mm thick vertical piece of PVAadhesive. Leave an expansion gap of at
block construction or precast concrete planks, Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus to the full least 10mm or 2mm per metre run of floor at
overlaid with Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus depth of the screed, around the perimeter to the room perimeter. At doorways, room
and finished with either flooring grade minimise thermal bridging. Ensure the perimeter perimeters and access traps to pipework, runs
chipboard or a floating screed, either sand/ insulation is securely held in place to prevent support the cut edges of chipboard on
cement based, or a proprietary flowing screed. dislodgement by following work. preservative treated battens. If in doubt, refer to
A vapour control layer/slip layer of 1000 Lay the vapour control layer/slip layer over the the chipboard manufacturers instructions. Seal
gauge polythene sheet should be placed insulation and turn up at the junction with the between the wall and floor air barrier with a
between the insulation and the screed. walls. flexible sealant, and seal the space between the
skirting board and the floor using a flexible
The wall insulation should start a minimum of Lay the screed, either reinforced sand/cement
sealant to minimise air leakage.
150mm below the top of the floor insulation. screed, minimum 65mm thick in dwellings and
75mm in other types of buildings, or a Performance
Installation
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus may be laid proprietary screed, minimum 35mm thick. The Thermal performance
directly onto the flooring system. The surface of sand/cement screed should be reinforced in Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus has a
any floor should be smooth and flat to within accordance with BS 8204-1:2003 +A1:2009. thermal conductivity of 0.038 W/mK.
5mm when measured with a 2 metre straight- It is important to compact the screed well to Fire performance
edge. Irregularities greater than those detailed produce a durable floor surface. Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus is classified
above must be removed. as Euroclass A1 to BSEN 13501-1.
The joints should be tightly butted together.

Ground Floors 4.1

Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus ......mm
Cavity wall insulation thick, to be close butted and placed over the
whole area of the floor. Earthwool Thermal
Vapour control/slip layer below Floor Slab Plus, 30mm thick, to be cut and
screed or chipboard
placed to full depth of screed at the floor
Earthwool Thermal Floor
Slab Plus perimeter.
Flexible seal between skirting The insulation to be overlaid with 1000
board and floor
gauge polythene, taken up and over the
perimeter insulation. A 65*/75*mm thick
sand/cement screed reinforced in
between wall and floor insulation
accordance with BS 8204-1:2003
to minimise thermal bridging +A1:2009. Alternatively install a proprietary
liquid screed (minimum thickness 35mm) laid
Levelling screed where required in accordance with manufacturers
instructions. Floor finish as specified by the
designer.
4.1

clausesM10/40 or
M10/290
Table 6 - Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus Insulation below chipboard
compressive strength The whole area of the concrete floor to be
Thickness (mm) Compressive strength overlaid with Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab
(kPa) Plus, ...mm thick. All slabs to be close
60, 70 60 butted.
80, 90, 100 70 The insulation to be overlaid with a vapour

control layer of 1000 gauge polythene and
covered with 18mm t and g flooring grade
Table 7 - U-values for beam and block ground floors insulated below chipboard deck chipboard.
U-values (W/m2K) Alternatively, consult the
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2) Standard version clause/
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 clausesK11/25 or
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus K11/225
160 (2x80) 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
150 (80+70) 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18
140 (2x70) 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19
130 (70+60) 0.13 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.20
120 (2x60) 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.21
100 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.23 0.24
90 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25
80 0.15 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.26 0.27
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming a 0.16 W/mK aircrete block between concrete beams.

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Earthwool Loft Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab

Gf06 Gf08
joists closes joints, preventing air
movement and infiltration
Flexible products which

accommodates movements in floor
ensuring all joints remain closed
Earthwool Loft Roll and



Wall insulation
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) taken down at least
200mm below top of floor insulation
Ventilated floor void

Flexible seal
Support netting
Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40 or Earthwool Flexible Slab
Chipboard deck
Earthwool Loft Rolls 44 / 40 are made from If the insulation is the full depth of the floor
glass mineral wool and formed into rolls which joists, staple the support netting to the underside When fixing the skirting board, apply a self-
are lightweight, flexible, resilient and of the first joist and unroll the netting, stapling to adhesive foam strip to the underside of the
non-combustible. the underside (or side) of each joist as the skirting and two beads of sealant to the back
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a multi-use, flexible, netting is unrolled. surface. Apply pressure to ensure the foam strip
rock mineral wool slab designed for friction- Where the joist is deeper than the floor is compressed immediately before fixing the
fitting in a range of acoustic, thermal and fire insulation, mark the depth of the insulation on skirting in place.
resistant applications. the side of the joists. Staple the support netting Performance
Typical construction along this line and pull taut to the adjacent joist Thermal performance
A suspended and ventilated timber ground and staple again. Pull the netting over the top of Earthwool Loft Roll 40 has a thermal
floor. The insulation is placed between the joists the joist and staple to the depth of the floor conductivity of 0.040 W/mK.
and supported on polypropylene netting. insulation. Repeat the process until there is
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 has a thermal
netting support to the whole floor.
The netting should be positioned to support the conductivity of 0.044 W/mK.
insulation so that there is no gap between the Install Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40 ensuring there
Earthwool Flexible Slab has a thermal
insulation and the underside of the floor deck. are no air gaps between the insulation and the
conductivity of 0.037 W/mK, except 140mm
underside of the floor deck.
The floor joists running parallel with masonry thickness which has a thermal conductivity of
walls should be spaced at least 35mm away Fix the chipboard floor deck in the usual way, 0.035 W/mK.
from the wall to allow insulation to be placed using waterproof PVA glue at the joints, and
Fire performance
next to the wall. allow a minimum 10mm gap at the room
Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40 and Earthwool
perimeter. If in doubt refer to the chipboard
The wall insulation should start a minimum of Flexible Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to
200mm below the top of the floor insulation to BSEN 13501-1.
minimise thermal bridging.

Ground Floors 4.1

Polypropylene netting to be (draped over and
between the joists and stapled to the sides of
each joist*/stapled to the underside of the
Cavity wall insulation joists*). (* delete as appropriate)
Earthwool Loft Roll 44*/40*/Earthwool
Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40 or Earthwool Flexible Slab* of ......mm thickness and of
Flexible seal between skirting Flexible Slab fully filling the space between width to suit joist spacings, supported on the
board and floor the floor joists
netting and to be in contact with the
underside of the floor deck. Earthwool Loft
Roll 44*/40*/Earthwool Flexible Slab* to
be cut and placed to fully fill in the gap
between the last joist and the perimeter wall.
Flooring grade t and g chipboard to be fixed
between wall and floor insulation to the floor joists, all as specified by the
to minimise thermal bridging designer.
Netting support for insulation
35mm gap filled with National Building Specifications,
4.1
Earthwool Loft Roll 44/40 or
Earthwool Flexible Slab Standard version clause/
clausesP10/250
Table 8 - U-values of suspended timber ground floors insulated between joists

Thickness Product Product U-values (W/m2K)
(mm) combination
Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
- Earthwool Loft Roll 40 - - - - - - - -
Gf06 300
150+150 Earthwool Loft Roll 44 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 0.10 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15
250 150+100
200 1x200
150 1x150
100 1x100
250 100+90+60 Earthwool Flexible Slab 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.15
Gf08
200 100+100 Earthwool Flexible Slab 0.11 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18
140 Earthwool Flexible Slab 0.13 0.17 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.22
100 Earthwool Flexible Slab 0.15 0.20 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29
Note: The U-values have been calculated assuming that the timber joists are 48mm wide at 600mm centres.

4.1 Ground Floors
Ground floors
Underfloor heating
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard

04/4186

Gf07

following trades without damage prior
to floor finish being laid
BBA certified

Wall insulation
Certified Green Guide Rating A taken down at least 150mm
Sand blinding
Damp proof membrane Polyfoam ECO Floorboard

Standard
Concrete floor slab

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is a rigid The concrete slab is cast in the normal manner, Thermal performance
extruded polystyrene insulation board. with the damp proof membrane below the The thermal conductivity of Polyfoam ECO
It is lightweight, and has excellent structural slab. Starting from the corner furthest from the Floorboard Standard is 0.033 W/mK.
strength and long term effectiveness. manifold outlet connection lay the Polyfoam Fire performance
ECO Floorboard Standard, ensuring the entire When Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is ideal for
floor area is covered. installed below a screed it will not contribute to
use with an underfloor heating system, using
either clips, staples or a rail system, making it Starting from the manifold, lay the single run the development stages of a fire.
an ideal solution for use in a wide variety of of pipe, fixing it firmly into the insulation Compression resistance
floors. boards. Ensure the pipes and pipe returns are Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is highly
installed at the required centres and are resistant to compression and withstands both
returned to the manifold system. Test the system occasional and long term static loads. Load
A solid concrete ground floor slab on a damp
before finishing the floor. bearing construction elements should be
proof membrane on blinded hardcore.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is laid over Lay the liquid or traditional cement/sand screed designed to adequately support the
the whole of the concrete floor slab, the to the specified depth. Alternatively, the combination of imposed and dead loads
heating pipes, using clips, staples or rails are underfloor heating system is installed within the without creating excessive deflection.
installed and covered with either a liquid or concrete floor slab which is laid on top of
traditional screed finish. Polyfoam ECO Standard Floorboard. The joints
should be tightly butted together. When
installing the insulation in layers, stagger the
layout of the boards to avoid coincident vertical
joints running through the total insulation
thickness.

Ground Floors 4.1
Typical wall/floor junction

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard ......mm
thick, to be closely butted and placed over
plasterboard adhesive the whole area of the floor. Polyfoam ECO
Floorboard Standard, at least 25mm thick, to
Flexible seal between 25mm Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
skirting board and floor Standard Floorboard Standard
be cut and placed to full depth of screed at
Floating screed, with embedded
the floor perimeter.
heating pipes
A single run of pipe to be fixed firmly into the
insulation boards and returned to the
manifold system. The pipes to be tested
Minimum 150mm overlap before the screed is laid.
between wall and floor insulation Standard
to minimise thermal bridging A 65*/75*mm thick sand/cement screed
reinforced in accordance with BS 8204-
Concrete floor slab
Certified Green Guide Rating A proprietary liquid screed (minimum thickness
35mm) laid in accordance with
manufacturers instructions. Floor finish as
specified by the designer.
4.1

clausesM10/40 or
M10/290
Table 9 - U-values for concrete ground floors insulated below slab
U-values (W/m2K)
Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra
165 (100+65)* 0.09 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 Table 10 - U-values for beam and block ground floors insulated below
150 (75+75) 0.10 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 chipboard deck
140 (75+65) 0.10 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19 U-values (W/m2K)
125 (75+50) 0.11 0.15 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21
110 (75+35) 0.11 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.23 Thickness (mm) Ratio of perimeter (m) to area (m2)
100 (1x100)** 0.11 0.16 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
90 (65+25) 0.12 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.26 Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra
75 (1x75) 0.13 0.19 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 165 (100+65) 0.11 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.16
65 (1x65) 0.13 0.20 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.32 0.33 150 (75+75) 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18
U-values for Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super available on request - contact Technical Advice and 140 (75+65) 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.19

Support Centre on 01744 766666
125 (75+50) 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.20
110 (75+35) 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.22
100 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.23
90 (65+25) 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.26
75 0.16 0.21 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.29
65 0.17 0.22 0.26 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32
Notes: The U-values have been calculated assuming a clay subsoil with a thermal conductivity of
1.50 W/mK. The thermal conductivity of concrete blocks 1.13 W/mK. For project specific calculations

contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 4.2
Exposed Soffit Floors
Below concrete soffit

Product: Earthwool Soffit
Linerboard Standard
Es01
Above concrete floor

Floorboard
Es02
Between timber joists

Products: Earthwool Loft Roll or
Es03
/04
4.2 Exposed Soffit Floors
Exposed soffit
Exposed soffit design
Many clients perceive that rooms above Concrete upper floors Compressive strength
exposed upper floors will be cold. However, it Insulation can be positioned above or below All materials are compressed under load.
is possible to achieve very high levels of thermal the concrete floor. When above the floor, the Insulation materials used below screeds and
insulation in exposed upper floors. The designer insulation is usually located below a floating floating chipboard decks should be capable of
has a choice of where to position the insulation: screed or chipboard deck. If only part of a accommodating the applied loads with the
for concrete floors, either above or below the concrete slab is insulated, careful detailing may minimum of compression. The applied load has
floor, or for timber joist floors, between the be needed to avoid steps in the floor level. two components:
joists.
Insulation located below the floor should be The
dead load, which is due to the weight of
If insulating below the structural floor, the covered, usually with plasterboard or other fire the materials laid on the insulant, and
insulation can be laminated to a variety of resistant boards. The design load
materials thus the floor can be insulated and
finished in one process. Suspended timber upper floors The guidance in BS EN 1990 : 2002+A1:
In timber joist floors, the insulation is usually 2005 and BS EN 1991 -1 - 1 : 2002 should be
Insulating above the structural floor reduces the
located between the joists. A vapour control followed when determing the relevant loading
thermal mass of the floor allowing for fast warm
layer is not usually included because of the risk factors for floors. However, in a sector where
up. However, if only part of the floor on that
of trapping water spillages within the floor future use is potentially unknown and point
storey is exposed it may cause problems with
construction. loads can be large, the structural engineer is
steps between finished floor levels.
often required to assess the service needs of the
When insulating between timber joists, the Care is needed to minimise air leakage. The
floor on a project by project basis.
whole depth of the joist can be utilised as an floor perimeter should be sealed by applying
insulation zone. If mineral wool insulation is expanded foam tape under the skirting and a Weather resistance
installed between the joists, a very high continuous bead of sealant to the back of the The soffits of exposed floors may need to be
insulation value can be achieved without skirting prior to fixing. The perimeter of the finished with a weather resistant finish.
increasing the depth of the floor construction or ceiling should also be sealed with a flexible Although not exposed to direct driving rain,
adding significant weight to the structure. sealant. Gluing the joints between the floor wind turbulence can result in wind-driven drain
deck boards can also reduce air leakage being blown up onto soffits. Another
Shelter factors through the floor. consideration is that soffits, being sheltered from
Where an exposed floor is over an enclosed the washing effect of wind driven rain, tend to
but unheated space, such as an integral garage Heated floors collect dirt and grime over time.
in a dwelling, the shelter factor of the garage When the floor is to be heated by hot water
improves the U-value of the exposed floor. pipes or electrical cables then the position of Fire resistance
BRE publication BR 443 Conventions for U-value the insulation will be determined by whether the The fire resistance of the exposed floor should
calculations, sets out the shelter factors to be floor slab or the screed is to be heated. comply with Building Regulation requirements.
applied to separating floors in these locations. If the screed only is to be heated then the This will be between 30 and 120 minutes,
There are specific additional requirements that insulation is laid between the structural slab and depending on the purpose group of the building
need to be taken into consideration when the screed. The insulation should be overlaid and its height above ground.
calculating the U-values for elements that are with a vapour control layer/building paper
adjacent to unheated spaces. The U-value of which acts as a slip layer and prevents wet British Standards
an exposed floor (soffit) which separates a concrete screed penetrating between the Designers should consult BSEN312 : 2010
heated area from an unheated area, can be boards. Alternatively, pre-channelled insulation and BS EN 300 : 2006 when selecting floor
calculated by including an additional amount boards can be used. decking boards.
of thermal resistance (Ru) due to the sheltering
effect of the unheated area.
Standard default values of Ru can be taken from
BR 443 (Conventions for U-value calculations)
or SAP 2009. For situations not covered by
default values, or where additional guidance
is required contact our Technical Advice and
Support Centre on 01744 766666.

Exposed Soffit Floors 4.2
Positions for floor insulation

1. Insulation below concrete floor 2. Insulation above pre-cast concrete slab
Screed or chipboard finish

Vapour control/slip layer
Screed finish Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
Concrete floor Precast concrete floor
Earthwool Soffit
Linerboard Plasterboard
Standard
3. Insulation between joists
4.2
Floor deck
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or Earthwool

Flexible Slab
Minimum 35mm insulation
Plasterboard
Key

Pb01
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13

Product: Earthwool Soffit Linerboard
Standard
See page: 224
Es01
Above concrete floor

Products: Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
See page: 226
Es02

Product: Earthwool Loft Roll or
See page: 228

Es03
Es04

Exposed soffit
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard
NEW BUILD REFURB
Es01
Installed without the need to
access areas above the floor
Provides a solution to upgrade

thermal performance of existing
floors without reducing floor height

Wall insulation
taken down at least
300mm below top
of soffit insulation Floor screed

Standard Concrete slab
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is a Fixing directly to soffit Fixing to timber battens
non-combustible rock mineral wool slab with a Ensure the structure is stable and suitable to Fix treated timber battens at maximum 400mm
black tissue facing. support the extra load of the lining boards. If in centres using fixings suitable for the substrate.
Typical construction doubt, seek specialist advice. When fixing battens below prestressed concrete
A concrete upper floor slab or beam and block Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is screwed units (whether planks or beams), always consult
floor insulated on the underside with Earthwool to the structure using suitable fixings, set in at specialist fixing manufacturers for further
Soffit Linerboard Standard. The linerboard can least 50mm from any board edge. All boards to advice.
either be screw fixed directly to the slab, or to be butt jointed. Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is screwed
timber battens either fixed directly to the soffit or There are a wide range of fixings available to the timber battens at maximum 400mm
nailed to ceiling clips held within the joints of from suppliers such as Hilti, Ejot and Fischer. centres along the length of the battens, fixing to
prestressed concrete units. Typically 4 fixings per board are required for each timber batten, using suitable fixings (set in
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard. However, at least 50mm from any board edge) that
due to variations in the specification of penetrate more than 40mm beyond the back of
concrete, Knauf Insulation advise you to seek the Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard. All
specialist advice from the fixing manufacturer. boards to be butt jointed.
Where board edges are exposed, ensure

insulation is covered with either a cement board
or a suitable flashing.
Use a flexible and fire resistant sealant to seal
any imperfection of fit at junctions between
boards and walls.

Typical wall/floor junction Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard
plasterboard adhesive Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard
thickness.......mm to be screwed to the
structural soffit using ...... fixings
manufactured by ........... Fixings to be set in
Flexible seal between at least 50mm from any board edge. Boards
skirting board and screed
to be butt jointed.

P10/185
between wall and soffit
insulation to minimise
thermal bridging
Flexible and fire resistant sealant at
4.2
board joints/perimeters to minimise
air leakage
Table 16 - Weight of Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard

Performance Product Thickness (mm) Weight kg/m2
Thermal performance
Earthwool Soffit
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard has a 165 9.5
Linerboard Standard
Earthwool Soffit
Fire performance 130 7.5
Linerboard Standard
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is faced
with a black, glass tissue facing and is Class 1
surface spread of flame to BS 476: Part 7: Table 17 - Typical U-values of upper concrete floor with 50mm screed finish
1987. U-values (W/m2K)
Earthwool rock mineral wool is classified as Thickness (mm) Beam and block floor Precast Cast
Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. thermal conductivity plank concrete
Es01 150mm 200mm
1.13 0.51 0.34 0.16 0.11 1.30 2.30
165 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.21 0.21
130 0.26 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.26 0.26
Note: There are specific additional requirements that need to be taken into to consideration when calculating the U-values for elements that are
adjacent to unheated spaces. The U-value of an exposed floor (soffit) which separates a heated area from an unheated area can be calculated by
including an additional amount of thermal resistance (Ru) due to the sheltering effect of the unheated area. Standard default values of Ru can be
taken from BR 443 (Conventions for U-value calculations) or SAP 2009. For situations not covered by default values, or where additional guidance is
required contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.

Exposed soffit
Above concrete soffit

04/4186
NEW BUILD REFURB
Es02
Robust and can tolerate traffic
from following trades without damage
Can support machinery required for
pumped screeding applications

BBA certified
25mm Polyfoam
ECO Floorboard
Concrete precast floor
Levelling screed (where required)
65/75mm sand/cement screed
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is a range of rigid The surface of any floor should be smooth and compacted in order to produce a durable floor
extruded polystyrene insulation boards. flat to within 5mm when measured with a 2 surface.
They are lightweight, have excellent structural metre straight-edge. Provided the surface is Chipboard finish
strength and long term effectiveness and are smooth and flat, the insulation may be laid The insulation should be laid with staggered,
available in two grades suitable for this directly onto the flooring system. Otherwise, lay tightly butted joints over the whole of the floor
application: a thin levelling screed prior to laying the area.
insulation. Irregularities greater than those
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard domestic Lay the chipboard in a staggered pattern with all
detailed above must be removed.
and light commercial loading joints glued using a waterproof PVA adhesive.
Where a precast floor has a camber or uneven Leave an expansion gap of at least 10mm or
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra commercial,
upper surface a levelling screed is 2mm per metre run of floor at the room
industrial flooring and cold storage.
recommended. perimeter. At doorways or access traps to
Screeded finish pipework runs, support the cut edges of
A suspended precast concrete floor overlaid
Place a minimum 25mm thick vertical piece of chipboard on preservative treated battens. No
with Polyfoam ECO Floorboard and finished
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard to the full depth of the battens are required in the main area of the
with either flooring grade chipboard or a
screed around the perimeter of each room to floor.
floating screed of either sand/cement or a
minimise thermal bridging. Ensure these perimeter This solution is also suitable for use with
proprietary liquid screed.
insulation boards are securely held in place to underfloor heating see pages 220 - 221.
A vapour control layer should be placed prevent dislodgement by following trades.
between the insulation and the screed.
Lay the vapour control layer over the insulation
This method of insulating an upper floor is and turn up at the junction with the walls.
suitable for all types of concrete floor, including,
Lay a 65/75mm sand/cement or a proprietary
beam and block, cast in-situ and concrete cast
screed minimum 35mm thick. If a sand/cement
on metal profile shuttering.
screed is used, it is important to ensure it is well


Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/Extra* ......mm thick, to be laid
over the whole area of the concrete floor, all boards to be butted together.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/Extra* minimum 25mm thick, to be
cut and placed to full depth of screed at the floor perimeter.
Vapour control
layer The insulation to be overlaid with 1000 gauge polythene, taken up and
Flexible seal between
over the perimeter insulation. A 65*/75*mm thick sand/cement screed
skirting board and screed with wire mesh*/ polypropylene reinforcing fibres* to be laid on top. Floor
finish as specified by the designer. Alternatively install a proprietary liquid
screed (minimum thickness 35mm) laid in accordance with manufacturers
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard instructions.
Minimum 150mm
overlap between wall Alternatively, consult the National Building Specifications, Standard version
and floor insulation
to minimise thermal clause/clausesM10/40 or M10/290
bridging
Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be downloaded from
knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Insulation below chipboard
4.2
Cavity tray
Levelling screed
(where required) Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/Extra* ......mm thick, to be laid
over the whole area of the concrete floor, all boards to be butted together.
The insulation to be (overlaid with a vapour control layer of 1000 gauge
polythene and)* covered with 18mm t and g flooring grade chipboard.
Alternatively, consult the National Building Specifications,

Standard version clause/clausesK11/25 or
K11/225
Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be downloaded from
knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Performance
Thermal performance
The thermal conductivity of Polyfoam ECO Table 18 - Compressive creep results for Polyfoam ECO Floorboards
Product Load applied (kPa) Initial compression (%) Further compression after 50
Floorboard Standard and Extra is 0.033 W/mK.
years (%)
Fire performance Polyfoam ECO 60 2 1.5
When Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is installed in Floorboard Standard
a floor construction it will not contribute to the Polyfoam ECO 120 2 1.5
development stages of a fire. Floorboard Extra
Table 19 - Typical U-values of above ground concrete floors
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard is highly resistant to
U-values (W/m2K)
compression and withstands both occasional
and long term static loads. Load bearing Insulation Beam and block floor Precast Cast
construction elements should be designed to thickness Thermal conductivity plank slabs
adequately support the combination of imposed (mm) 1.13 0.51 0.34 0.16 0.11 150mm 200mm
and dead loads without creating excessive Polyfoam ECO Floorboards under screed (75mm)
deflection. 175 (2x50+75) 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.18
150 (2x75) 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.21 0.21
130 (2x65) 0.25 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.24 0.24
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards under chipboard
175 (2x50+75) 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.18 0.18
150 (2x75) 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.21 0.21
130 (2x65) 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.22 0.24 0.24
Notes: There are specific additional requirements that need to be taken into to consideration when calculating the U-values for elements that are
adjacent to unheated spaces. The U-value of an exposed floor (soffit) which separates a heated area from an unheated area can be calculated by
including an additional amount of thermal resistance (Ru) due to the sheltering effect of the unheated area. Standard default values of Ru can be
taken from BR 443 (Conventions for U-value calculations) or SAP 2009. For situations not covered by default values, or where additional guidance is
required contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.

Exposed soffit
Earthwool Loft Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB

Es03
Es04
joists closes joints, preventing air
movement and infiltration
Significantly improves acoustic
performance restricting airborne
noise
Earthwool Loft Roll and Earthwool

Flexible Slab
Flexible seal
below skirting board
and floor
35mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or
Earthwool Flexible Slab Earthwool Flexible Slab
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 is made from glass Install the floor joists so that any joists running Screw fix the chipboard deck to the timber
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are parallel with masonry walls have a minimum joists, with all joints glued using a waterproof
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- gap of 35mm between themselves and the wall PVA adhesive. Leave an expansion gap of at
combustible. to allow for insulation to be installed. least 10mm or 2mm per metre run of floor at the
Install the ceiling. Seal the joint between the room perimeter.
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a multi purpose, rock
mineral wool flexible slab designed for friction ceiling and the surrounding walls with a flexible When fixing the skirting board, apply a self-
fitting in a range of acoustic, thermal and fire sealant, to prevent air leakage. adhesive foam strip to the underside of the
resisting applications. Friction fit the Earthwool Loft Roll 44 to skirting and two beads of sealant to the back
surface. Apply pressure to ensure the foam strip
Typical construction completely fill the ceiling void. Alternatively, cut
slabs of Earthwool Flexible Slab to fit between is compressed immediately before fixing the
A timber joisted floor finished with 22mm
the joists. Ensure the insulation is in contact with skirting in place.
tongue and groove flooring grade chipboard or
similar decking, the underside finished with the underside of the floor deck and the ceiling.
either 12.5mm plasterboard, 6mm calcium Between the last joist and the wall, cut
silicate board or similar. Earthwool Loft Roll 44 insulation to size and install in the gap.
or Earthwool Flexible Slab is laid between the
joists to fully fill the void.


Earthwool Loft Roll 44*/Earthwool Flexible
Slab* ......mm thick, supported on the ceiling
Continuous ribbon of to friction fit tightly between the joists and
plasterboard adhesive
fully fill the ceiling void. Earthwool Loft Roll
Gaps below 35mm wide 44*/ Earthwool Flexible Slab* to be cut to
fill with expanding foam, otherwise fill fully fill the gap between the last joist and the
with Earthwool Loft Roll 44/Earthwool
Flexible Slab perimeter wall.
Flexible sealant between
skirting board and floor Earthwool Loft Roll 44 or (* delete as appropriate)
Flooring grade t and g chipboard to be
screwed to the floor joists, all as specified by
the designer.
Minimum 150mm overlap version clause/clauses
between wall and soffit P10/240 or
thermal bridging P10/250
Flexible and fire resistant sealant at
board joints to minimise air leakage Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
4.2
Performance Table 20 - Typical U-values of above ground timber floors

Thermal performance U-values (W/m2K)
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 has a thermal Es03
Thickness (mm) *0.331 0.252 0.263 No Ru4
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 300 (2x150) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.16
Earthwool Flexible Slab has a thermal
conductivity of 0.035 or 0.037 W/mK. 250 (150+100) 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19
Fire performance 200 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.23

Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and Earthwool Flexible 150 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.29
Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to
U-values (W/m2K)
BSEN13501-1. Es04
Thickness (mm) *0.331 0.252 0.263 No Ru4
Earthwool Flexible Slab 300 (3x100) 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
250 (2x100+50) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.16
200 (2x100) 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.19
150 (2x75) 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.25
Notes: The U-values have been calculated assuming that the timber joists are 48mm wide, spaced at 600mm centres and are the same depth as the
insulation.
* Additional thermal resistances for shelter effect of enclosed unheated spaces Ru (m K/W) 0.33, 0.25, 0.26, no Ru.
2 1 2 3 4
There are specific additional requirements that need to be taken into to consideration when calculating the U-values for elements that are adjacent to
unheated spaces. The U-value of elements between the dwelling and an integral garage should be adjusted using Ru from Table A1 or A2 of BR 443.
An additional amount of thermal resistance (Ru) can be included in U-value calculations, the amount of additional thermal resistance is dependent (in
part) on whether or not the insulated walls wrap around the integral garage, or separate the dwelling from the garage space. Standard default values
can be taken from BR 443 (Conventions for U-value calculations) or SAP 2009. For situations not covered by default values or where additional
guidance is required contact our Technical Advice and Support Centre on 01744 766666.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 4.3
Separating Floors
Timber frame floor with Upgrading existing timber

I-Beams floor with new ceiling
Roll and Floorfoam Easy Product: Earthwool Acoustic
Sf01
Edge Strip Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab Sf12
Sf15
Timber frame floor with Upgrading existing timber

solid timber joists floor with new platform floor
Product: Earthwool Acoustic Product: Earthwool Acoustic Floor
Roll and Floorfoam Easy Slab, Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
Sf02
Edge Strip and Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Sf13
Sf11 Earthwool Flexible Slab
Timber frame floor with Insulation of internal timber

metal web joists floor
Roll and Floorfoam Easy Sf03 If01
or Earthwool Flexible Slab
Edge Strip Sf16 If02
Concrete floor: plank and Concrete beam and block

screed/cast in situ floor
Product: Earthwool Acoustic Floor
Slab Plus and Floorfoam Sf04 Sf06 If03
Easy Edge Strip Sf05 Sf14
Concrete floor with screed Acoustic cavity barrier

and resilient layer
Product: Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
Product: Floorfoam and Barrier
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Sf07 Sc01
Concrete floor with screed

and two resilient layers
Product: Earthwool Acoustic Floor
Slab Plus and Floorfoam
Sf08
Easy Edge Strip
Concrete floor with screed

and resilient layer
Product: Floorfoam and
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Sf09
Concrete floor with

underfloor heating
Floorboard and Floorfoam and
Sf10
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
4.3 Separating Floors
Separating floors
Separating floor design
Mineral wool products offer substantial England and Wales Scotland and Ireland
advantages when used as both sound Compliance with Approved Document E for In Technical Handbook 5 of the Technical
absorbent and resilient layers in floors that separating floors can be achieved in one of Standards in Scotland, Technical Booklet G in
are required to provide sound insulation. two ways: Northern Ireland and Part E of the Irish
Mineral wool provides an alternative method Construct the separating floor and show Regulations, compliance can be achieved either
of controlling airborne sound transmission compliance by carrying out airborne and by adopting specified constructions or by
through a floor as opposed to simply increasing impact sound tests, in accordance with the testing to show that non-specified constructions
the mass. The sound reduction performance procedures stated in the aforementioned meet the Performance Standards.
of floors can be greatly increased by installing document, proving the performance of the Note that Scotland, Northern Ireland and
a layer of glass or rock mineral wool in floor floor complies with the standards set out in Ireland have not adopted the DnT,w +Ctr sound
voids to absorb energy from airborne sound the table below spectrum for testing that must be used in
waves. England and Wales. The performance
Construct the separating floor using a Robust
A secondary benefit of glass or rock mineral Detail no sound test is required, but a fee is standards are therefore not directly
wool is to provide thermal separation between payable to Robust Details Ltd comparable.
floors so that dwellings can be zoned
independently for heating. Robust Details
When used as a resilient layer to isolate the Monitoring of the Robust Details is carried out
floor surface from the structural deck, by Robust Details Ltd, a not for profit company
appropriate rock mineral wool products will specifically set up for this purpose. See
substantially reduce the transmission of impact www.robustdetails.com. Robust Details Ltd will
sound through a structure. Equally, extruded organise quality checking of existing Robust
polyethylene offers a high level of performance Details and be responsible for the future
when used as a resilient layer below a screed. development of Robust Details.
All floating floor and ceiling treatments for
separating floors, where stipulated, are to have
a proven level of performance from laboratory
tests before they can be used in a Robust Detail.
The rationale for using How glass or rock mineral wool works
mineral wool as noise control in a wall or floor cavity
The sound absorption characteristics of mineral
wool make it ideal for use in modern buildings
to comply with Approved Document E of the
Building Regulations in England and Wales,
Technical Handbook, Section 5 for Scotland
and Technical booklets G and G1 for Northern
Ireland. In addition, the thermal properties of
mineral wool provide a secondary benefit of
minimising heat loss, either between attached
dwellings or between storeys within a dwelling.
A further benefit is to minimise the overall mass
of the construction, easing construction
processes.
In an unfilled cavity, the linings (plasterboard or chipboard Adding mineral wool improves the sound insulation by
etc) and cavity alone provide the sound insulation which absorbing reverberant sound within the cavity therefore
can result in poor performance and a hollow sounding reducing the amount of sound energy transferred from
construction. one side of the construction to the other.

Separating Floors 4.3
Internal floors
Internal floor design
Internal floor design Quality of detailing

The overwhelming concern of the designer The thermal performance of internal elements A construction can only achieve its expected
when considering the internal floors of a is not regulated, however, it makes sense that sound performance if it and the surrounding
dwelling is to ensure that the floor has the floors dividing spaces with different functions walls have no inherent faults in their detailing
ability to support the dead and live loads that within buildings can help to maintain the or workmanship. Performance will be impaired
will be applied to it in the context of the whole optimum temperature required for the function if there are:
structure of the building. Building Regulations of each space by installing zoning control Gaps or holes in the construction even
determine the minimum standards for structure systems which help to maximise the efficient use hairline cracks can seriously impair sound
and fire resistance. Another important of the heating system. insulation - seal all potential gaps with a
consideration is the spatial separation that the
floors provide within a dwelling in both acoustic
Performance requirements flexible sealant
In England and Wales, the 2003 edition of Gaps in the absorbent layer within the cavity
and thermal terms.
Approved Document E introduced a new
Quite reasonably, the occupier of a dwelling requirement for the sound insulation of internal
Thermal insulation
Whilst thermal insulation is not generally a
can expect there to be satisfactory acoustic floors within houses, flats and rooms for
regulatory requirement of floors, it may be
separation between the various storeys within a residential purposes. The requirement is for
desirable in certain circumstances. For example,
dwelling particularly as bedrooms are normally all internal floors to have a minimum sound
insulated floors above and below rooms with
separated from living rooms by floors. The insulation of 40 Rw dB.
high internal heat gains would help to avoid
acoustic separation provided by a new internal
overheating in adjoining rooms in summer.
4.3
floor in new build dwellings is formally
regulated in England and Wales by the Building
Regulations.

Separating floors
Timber frame floor with I-Beams ( RD E-FT-1)
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
NEW BUILD
Sf01 Sf15
Established acoustic solution 25mm Earthwool Acoustic
Roll
delivering a high level of sound
Sub-deck
insulation Timber battens with
resilient foam base
No need to carry out
pre-completion site testing
P
rovides a high level of thermal
separation between adjoining
properties


Floorfoam Easy Knauf Drywall Resilient
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) Edge Strip Bar at 400mm centres
100mm Earthwool
18mm chipboard spot
Acoustic Roll
bonded to19mm Knauf
Drywall Plank 240mm deep One layer 19mm Knauf
engineered Drywall Plank and one
timber I beams layer12.5mm Knauf
Drywall Soundshield
Products
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass The construction complies with Robust Detail On completion of the sub-floor deck and first fix
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are E-FT-1. No pre-completion testing is required services, resilient composite timber battens are
lightweight, flexible, resilient and with Robust Details. laid out at 600mm centres. Earthwool Acoustic
non-combustible. The products density meets Refer to Robust Details specification sheets and Roll is laid between the battens. It must be laid
the appropriate requirements of Robust Detail checklists for junction, flanking and other under any services in the sub-floor void. The
E-FT-1. construction details. plasterboard plank and chipboard floor deck
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a strip of extruded It should be noted when considering using are fixed to the timber battens.
polyethylene, pre-scored to fold around the Robust Details in the construction of flats, that Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip should be adhered
edge of the floor deck. The 65mm wide top separating walls and floors must be compatible. to the perimeter wall with the integral self
section is also scored at 10mm intervals to The Robust Detail manual carries details of adhesive strip. The floor deck is laid and butted
make trimming at the skirting easier. The 65mm which walls and floors can be combined up to the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip, which is
vertical section incorporates a self adhesive together. later folded under the skirting to provide
strip with release tape. This enables Floorfoam Installation acoustic isolation of the floor deck from the
Easy Edge Strip to be secured in place when On completion of the structural timber floor, walls.
the floor deck is laid. Knauf Drywall Resilient Bars are screw fixed to
Typical construction the underside of the joists. Lengths of Earthwool
Timber floor using engineered I beams with Acoustic Roll are inserted into the voids
battened floor with 25mm Earthwool Acoustic between the I beams. The insulation should
Roll between resilient battens. 100mm rest on the resilient bars and butt up against the
Earthwool Acoustic Roll between the joists and I beams with no gaps. The plasterboard ceiling
a double layer ceiling of mass 24 kg/m2 on can then be fixed to the resilient bars. Ensure
Knauf Drywall resilient bars at 400mm centres. that the plasterboard screws do not penetrate
into the timber I beams.

Typical junction with timber party wall Typical specification

Earthwool Acoustic Roll, 100mm thick, to be
placed between the timber I beams.
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip unrolled between the resilient floor battens.
Earthwool Acoustic Roll should be placed
18mm chipboard spot bonded to19mm
Knauf Drywall Plank under any services running in the void
between the battens.
The ceiling and floor to be as specified by
the designer.
P10/240
4.3
One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank

and one layer12.5mm Knauf Drywall Soundshield
Performance
Acoustic performance Although this solution was
Sf15
This floor construction, if used on a building plot developed as a Robust Detail which
registered with Robust Details Limited, does not can be used without on site testing in
require pre-completion testing. new build dwellings in England and Wales,
its use with the same materials, is appropriate
Fire performance
as a separating floor in both new build non
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as
dwellings such as student accommodation,
Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
nursing homes and hotels, constructed using
light weight steel frames. Similarly, it could be
used in refurbishment projects in both
dwellings and non-dwellings in existing
constructions which require new separating
floors, providing the flanking walls are
suitable. In all cases, if it is used for work
other than new dwellings, its performance
must be proven by the stipulated on site
testing procedures that apply.
For dwellings in Scotland and Northern
Ireland there are no approved engineered
I-beam separating floor constructions.
Performance must be proven by the stipulated
on site testing procedures.

Separating floors
Timber frame floor with solid timber joists ( RD E-FT-2)
NEW BUILD
Sf02 Sf11
Resilient deep battens and
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip isolate
the flooring surface from the main
structure
P
properties
No need to carry out pre-completion

site testing
Non-combustible with a Euroclass Floorfoam Easy

A1 reaction to fire rating Edge Strip
100mm Earthwool
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Acoustic Roll
18mm chipboard spot
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) bonded to19mm Knauf
Drywall Plank
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) between resilient composite
11mm OSB or Walker
deep battens
Timber perforated deck system
220mm (min) One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank
timber joists and one layer12.5mm Knauf Drywall
Standard Wallboard on Knauf Drywall
Resilient Bar at 400mm centres
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass The construction complies with Robust Detail On completion of the structural timber floor,
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are E-FT-2. No pre-completion testing is required Knauf Drywall Resilient Bars are screw fixed to
lightweight, flexible, resilient and non- with Robust Details. Refer to Robust Detail the underside of the joists. Lengths of Earthwool
combustible. The products density meets specification sheets and checklists for junction, Acoustic Roll are inserted into the voids
the appropriate requirements of Robust flanking and other construction details. between the timber joists. The insulation should
Detail E-FT-2. It should be noted when considering using rest on the resilient bars and butt up against the
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a strip of extruded Robust Details in the construction of flats that timber joists with no gaps.
polyethylene, pre-scored to fold around the separating walls and floors must be compatible. The plasterboard ceiling can then be fixed to
edge of the floor deck. The 65mm wide top The Robust Detail manual carries details of the resilient bars. Ensure that the plasterboard
section is also scored at 10mm intervals to which walls and floors can be combined screws do not penetrate into the timber joists.
make trimming at the skirting easier. The 65mm together. On completion of the sub-floor deck and first fix
vertical section incorporates a self adhesive services, resilient composite timber battens are
strip with release tape. This enables the laid out at 600mm centres. Earthwool Acoustic
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip to be secured in Roll is laid between the battens. It must be laid
place when the floor deck is laid. under the services in the sub-floor void. The
Typical construction plasterboard plank and chipboard floor deck
A new timber floor using solid timber joists are fixed to the timber battens.
with battened floor with 75mm Earthwool Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip should be adhered
Acoustic Roll between resilient battens. 100mm to the perimeter wall with the integral self
Earthwool Acoustic Roll between the joists and adhesive strip. The floor deck is laid and butted
a ceiling of double layer plasterboard on Knauf up to the Polyfoam Easy Edge Strip, which is
Drywall resilient bars at 400mm centres. later folded under the skirting to provide
acoustic isolation of the floor deck from the
walls.

Typical junction with external wall Typical specification

Earthwool Acoustic Joist Roll, 100mm thick,
to be placed between the timber joists.
18mm chipboard spot bonded to19mm unrolled between the resilient floor battens.
Knauf Drywall Plank Earthwool Acoustic Roll should be placed
75mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll between resilient
under any services running in the void
composite deep battens between the battens.
the designer.
P10/240
downloaded knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
4.3
One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and one

layer12.5mm Knauf Drywall Standard Wallboard on
Knauf Drywall Resilient Bar at 400mm centres
Cavity barrier
Performance Although this solution was

Acoustic performance Sf11 developed as a Robust Detail which
This floor construction, if used on a building plot can be used without on site testing
registered with Robust Details Limited, does not in new build dwellings in England
require pre-completion testing. and Wales, its use with the same materials, is
Fire performance appropriate as a separating floor in both
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as new build non -dwellings such as student
Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. accommodation, nursing homes and hotels,
constructed using light weight steel frames.
Similarly, it could be used in refurbishment
projects in both dwellings and non-dwellings
in existing constructions which require new
separating floors, providing the flanking
walls are suitable. In all cases, if it is used for
work other than new dwellings, its
performance must be proven by the
stipulated on site testing procedures that
apply.
Ireland there are no approved timber
separating floor constructions that directly
reflect this solution. It may be used, but
performance must be proven by the
stipulated on site testing procedures.

Separating floors
Timber frame floor with metal web joists ( RD E-FT-3)
NEW BUILD
Sf03 Sf16
Resilient deep battens and
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip isolate
the floor surface from the main
structure
Provides a high level of thermal

properties
No need to carry out pre-completion

site acoustic tests

100mm Earthwool
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Acoustic Roll

Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) between resilient composite deep
battens 220mm (min)
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) metal web
Floorfoam Easy joists
Edge Strip 18mm chipboard spot
bonded to19mm Knauf
One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank Drywall Plank
and one layer12.5mm Knauf Drywall
Standard Wallboard on Knauf Drywall 18mm thick wood based
Resilient Bar at 400mm centres board

Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass A new timber floor using metal web joists built On completion of the structural timber floor,
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are into frame to support floor. 100mm Earthwool Knauf Drywall Resilient Bars are screw fixed to
lightweight, flexible, resilient and Acoustic Roll is installed between the metal web the underside of the metal web joists. Lengths of
non-combustible. The products density meets joists and a ceiling of double layer plasterboard Earthwool Acoustic Roll are inserted into the
the appropriate requirements of Robust on Knauf Drywall resilient bars at 400mm voids between the web joists. The insulation
Detail E-FT-3. centres, above which is a resilient battened should rest on the resilient bars and butt up
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a strip of extruded floor with 25mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll against the joists with no gaps. The
polyethylene, pre-scored to fold around the between the resilient composite deep battens. plasterboard ceiling can then be fixed to the
edge of the floor deck. The 65mm wide top The construction complies with Robust Detail resilient bars.
section is also scored at 10mm intervals to E-FT-3. No pre completion testing is required On completion of the sub-floor deck and first fix
make trimming at the skirting easier. The 65mm with Robust Details. Refer to Robust Details services, resilient composite timber battens are
vertical section incorporates a self adhesive specification sheets and checklists for junction, laid out at 600mm centres. Earthwool Acoustic
strip with release tape. This enables the flanking and other construction details. Roll is laid between the battens. It must be laid
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip to be secured in It should be noted when considering using under the services in the sub-floor void. The
place when the floor deck is laid. Robust Details in the construction of flats that plasterboard plank and chipboard floor deck
separating walls and floors must be compatible. are fixed to the timber battens.
The Robust Detail manual carries details of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip should be adhered
which walls and floors can be combined to the perimeter wall with the integral self
together. adhesive strip. The floor deck is laid and
butted up to the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip,
which is later folded under the skirting to
provide acoustic isolation of the floor deck
from the walls.


placed between the timber joists.
unrolled between the resilient floor battens.
Earthwool Acoustic Roll should be placed
18mm chipboard spot bonded to 19mm
Knauf Drywall Plank under any services running in the void
25mm Earthwool Acoustic Partition Roll between the battens.
between resilient composite deep battens
the designer.
P10/240
4.3
100mm Earthwool Acoustic Joist Roll
One layer 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank and one

layer 12.5mm Knauf Drywall Standard Wallboard on
Knauf Drywall Resilient Bar at 400mm centres
Cavity Barrier
Performance
Although this solution was
Acoustic performance Sf16
developed as a Robust Detail which
This floor construction, if used on a building plot
can be used without on site testing in
registered with Robust Details Limited, does not
new build dwellings in England and Wales,
require pre completion testing.
its use with the same materials, is appropriate
Fire performance as a separating floor in both new build
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as non- dwellings such as student
Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. accommodation, nursing homes and hotels,
constructed using light weight steel frames.
Similarly, it could be used in refurbishment
projects in both dwellings and non-dwellings
in existing constructions which require new
separating floors, providing the flanking walls
are suitable. In all cases, if it is used for work
other than new dwellings, its performance
must be proven by the stipulated on site
testing procedures that apply.
Ireland there are no approved timber
separating floor constructions that directly
reflect this solution. It may be used, but
performance must be proven by the stipulated
on site testing procedures.

Separating floors
Concrete floor: plank and screed/cast in situ ( RD E-FC-1, E-FC-2 and E-FS-1)
Earthwool Acoustic
Floor Slab Plus
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip 97/3433
NEW BUILD
Sf04 Sf05 Sf06 Sf14 40mm (min) screed directly applied to

No need to carry out pre-completion plank - cement/sand or proprietary
site testing screed nominal 80 kg/m2 mass per unit
area
E xceeds the acoustic performance
required by Robust Details for a
resilient layer in a floating floor
application
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus

EFC-1 - Sf05
18mm chipboard
30mm Earthwool Acoustic Minimum 150mm precast concrete slab (minimum

Floor Slab Plus 300kg/m2 mass)
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip 15mm plasterboard supported by Knauf Drywall C
Form II Ceiling System, minimum 75mm separation
Products
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is a dense, The Robust Detail manual carries details of the chipboard and trim once the skirting has
rigid, non-combustible slab of rock mineral wool which walls and floors can be combined been fixed in position.
which is highly compression resistant. together. No services should be installed in the floor
F loorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a 10mm thick strip Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is also system.
of extruded polyethylene, pre-scored to fold suitable for Robust Standard Details E-FC-2 Performance
around the edge of a floating floor deck. (Sf06) and E-FS-1 (Sf04), as illustrated on the Acoustic performance
Typical construction page opposite. Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus has been
A precast concrete floor slab with a 40mm Installation tested with standard 18mm chipboard in
(min) screed directly applied to plank (cement/ The surface of the screed should be smooth and accordance with the requirements of Robust
sand or proprietary screed nominal 80 kg/m2 flat within 5mm when measured with a 2 metre Detail Appendix D to exceed the minimum
mass per unit area) and a floating floor of straight edge. requirement for acoustic performance for
18mm chipboard on 30mm Earthwool Acoustic When the screed has dried out, fix Floorfoam floating floor treatments for use with concrete
Floor Slab Plus. A ceiling of 15mm plasterboard Easy Edge Strip to the perimeter wall with the and steel composite separating floors.
supported on the Knauf Drywall C Form II integral self adhesive strip. This floor construction, if used on a building plot
ceiling system. registered with Robust Details Limited, does not
Install timber battens on resilient strips at the
The construction complies with Robust Standard floor perimeter and thresholds then lay require pre completion testing.
Detail E-FC-1 with FFT4 floating floor treatment. Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus over the Fire performance
No pre-completion testing is required with entire floor area. The slabs should be tightly Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is classified
Robust Details. Refer to Robust Detail butted together with no open joints. as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
specification sheets and checklists for junction,
Lay the tongued and groovedchipboard over
flanking and other construction details.
the insulation and glue all joints. Ensure that the
It should be noted when considering using Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip isolates the boards
Robust Details in the construction of flats, that from the walls. Turn the top edge of the
separating walls and floors must be compatible. Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip onto the surface of

Sf06 Cast in-situ separating floor Sf04 Permanent formwork separating floor
(E-FC-2) (E-FS-1)
18mm chipboard 18mm chipboard
30mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus 30mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus
80mm 130mm
(min) (min)
200mm (min) in-situ concrete floor slab,
2400kg/m3 (min) density with 40mm
cement/sand screed
In-situ concrete slab, 2200 kg/m3 (min),

300mm (min) supported by profiled metal decking,
concrete
75mm
4.3
15mm plasterboard supported by Knauf Drywall C Form II 15mm plasterboard supported by Knauf
Ceiling System Drywall C Form II Ceiling System
This is Robust Detail E-FC-2, which This is Robust Detail E-FS-1, which
Sf06 utilises the same floating floor Sf04 utilises the same floating floor Typical specification
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus, 30mm
treatment (FFT4) as Sf05, the solution treatment (FFT4) as Sf05, the solution
thick, to be placed over the structural floor.
described in the details on the opposite described in the details on page 238.
page. This floating floor treatment utilises This floating floor treatment utilises 30mm The slabs should be tightly butted together
30mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus as Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus as the with no open joints.
the resilient layer and is installed in the same resilient layer and is installed in the same 18mm floating t and g chipboard floor as
manner in this type of floor. manner in this type of floor. specified by the designer.
This is a generic solution for all Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus as the Standard version clause/
Sf14 concrete and steel/concrete decks resilient layer and is installed in the same clausesK11/225
based on Robust Details. The Robust manner. Similarly, it could be used in
Details can be used without on site refurbishment projects in both dwellings and
testing in new build dwellings in England and non-dwellings in existing constructions which
Wales. require new separating floors, providing the
This generic solution is also appropriate as a flanking walls are suitable. In all cases, if it is
separating floor in both new build non-dwellings used for work other than new dwellings, its
such as student accommodation, nursing homes performance must be proven by the stipulated
and hotels constructed using appropriate on site testing procedures that apply.
constructions. Whether the floor is precast For dwellings in Scotland and Northern Ireland
plank, cast in-situ slab, or concrete on there are no approved concrete floor
permanent steel formwork, the floating floor constructions that directly reflect this solution. It
treatment is the same. It utilises 30mm may be used, but performance must be proven
by the stipulated on site testing procedures.

Separating floors
Concrete floor with screed and resilient layer
Floorfoam and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
NEW BUILD
Sf07
Special perimeter products make it
easy to correctly install the edge
detail - the most common failure in the
installation of this type of system
Robust resilient layer provides good
acoustic absorption to improve impact
sound performance
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Floorfoam Easy Edge

Strip
Floorfoam 10
Metal frame ceiling

system with 12.5mm 225mm cast in-situ
standard plasterboard concrete slab
and 112.5mm void
40mm liquid
concrete screed
Floorfoam 10 is a 10mm thick extruded A 225mm thick concrete floor slab (density of
polyethylene resilient layer. 1800kg/m3) is cast in-situ and then overlaid
with Polyfoam Floorfoam 10 ensuring that all
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a 10mm thick strip
joints are butted together and taped. Place
of extruded polyethylene, pre-scored to fold
strips of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip around the
around the edge of a floating floor screed.
perimeter of the floor, using the self adhesive
backing strip to hold it in place against the wall
A cast in-situ solid concrete floor slab with a
and tape the joints. Lay the Floorfoam 10 over
40mm liquid concrete screed separated by a
the heel of the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip and
10mm polyethylene foam resilient layer with
tape the joint. The floor is then screeded to
junctions formed using a prefabricated edge
finish, taking care to ensure that the screed
strip. A ceiling of 8kg/m2 standard 12.5mm
remains totally isolated from the main structure
plasterboard fixed to a metal frame system with
to prevent any acoustic transfer. Finally, the top
a 112.5mm void.
part of the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is folded
down over the screed. Place the skirting on the
edge strip and fix to the wall, ensuring the edge
strip is between the skirting and the floor
screed. Trim the edge strip flush to the face of
the skirting.


An unfolded strip of Floorfoam Easy Edge
Strip to be placed against the wall at the
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip floor perimeter.
40mm liquid concrete screed Overlay concrete floor slab with Floorfoam
10, closely butt jointing and taping joints,
Floorfoam 10 resilient layer including overlap over heel of Floorfoam
Easy Edge Strip.
Minimum 40mm liquid screed laid over
the resilient layer. The screed to be isolated
from the wall and structural elements in the
floor.
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip to be folded
back over screed and fixed between skirting
board and wall.
4.3
M10/290
25mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Metal frame ceiling system with 12.5mm

standard plasterboard and 112.5mm void
Performance
Acoustic performance Density
Floorfoam 10 and Easy Edge Strip have been Floorfoam 10 and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
developed for cushioning vibrations. Their have a minimum density of 30 kg/m3.
closed cell construction makes them excellent at
absorbing impact sound. This construction
The closed cell nature of Floorfoam makes it
requires testing to show compliance with
resistant to compression.
Fire performance
When Floorfoam is installed in a concrete floor
construction it will not contribute to the

Separating floors
Concrete floor with screed and two resilient layers
Earthwool Acoustic
Floor Slab Plus
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip 97/3433
NEW BUILD
Sf08
detail - the most common failure in
the installation of this type of system

sound performance

Non-combustible with a Euroclass A1 Earthwool Acoustic
reaction to fire rating Floor Slab Plus
Global Warming Potential (GWP) Precast concrete

Floating screed
planks
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip folded
over screed and under skirting
Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Floorfoam 5 laid over Earthwool
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Acoustic Floor Slab Plus
placed, unfolded, around the floor Metal ceiling system with 8 kg/m2
perimeter plasterboard and 150mm void
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is a dense, All the joints between the precast planks should The floor is then screeded to finish, taking care
rigid, non-combustible slab of rock mineral wool be grouted and sealed. to ensure that the screed remains totally isolated
which is highly compression resistant. Place unfolded strips of Floorfoam Easy Edge from the main structure to prevent any acoustic
Floorfoam 5 is a 5mm thick extruded Strip around the perimeter of the floor, using the transfer.
polyethylene resilient layer. self adhesive backing strip to hold it in place Finally, the top part of the Floorfoam Easy Edge
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a 10mm thick strip against the wall. Strip is folded down over the screed.
of extruded polyethylene, pre-scored to fold Lay the Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus over Place the skirting on the edge strip and fix to
around the edge of a floating floor screed. the entire floor area. The slabs should be tightly the wall, ensuring the edge strip is between the
Typical construction butted together with no open joints. skirting and the floor screed. Trim the edge strip
A precast concrete floor slab with a 65mm Place folded strips of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip flush to the face of the skirting.
sand/cement screed or 40mm liquid screed on top of the Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus
(with a minimum mass of 80 kg/m2) on 5mm at the floor perimeter.
Floorfoam 5 and 25mm Earthwool Acoustic Overlay the Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus
Floor Slab Plus. A ceiling of 15mm plasterboard with the Floorfoam 5, with joints overlapped a
supported on the Knauf Drywall C Form II minimum of 150mm and ensuring they do not
ceiling system. coincide with the joints of the insulation slabs.
This construction requires testing to show Turn the Floorfoam 5 over the heel of the
compliance with Building Regulations. Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip and tape the joint.

Typical junction with party wall Typical specification

An unfolded strip of Floorfoam Easy Edge
Strip to be placed against the wall at the
Supafil Party Wall floor perimeter.
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus, 25mm
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip placed, unfolded
around the floor perimeter thick, to be placed over the structural floor.
The slabs should be tightly butted together
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip folded over
screed and under skirting with no open joints.
Place a second, folded strip of Floorfoam
Floorfoam 5 laid over Earthwool
Acoustic Floor Slab Plus Easy Edge Strip at the junction of the floor
perimeter and the Earthwool Acoustic Floor
Slab Plus.
Floating screed
Overlay Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus
with Floorfoam 5, taped to the heel of the
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip.
Minimum 65mm cement/sand screed*/
minimum 40mm proprietary screed* laid
over the resilient layers. The screed to be
4.3
150mm precast concrete plank with isolated from the wall and structural elements
minimum mass of 300 kg/m3
in the floor.
Metal ceiling system with 8 kg/m2 Alternatively, consult the National

plasterboard and 150mm void
M10/290
Performance downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Acoustic performance Density
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus has excellent Floorfoam 5 and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
sound absorption characteristics. have a minimum density of 30 kg/m3.
Floorfoam has been developed for cushioning Compression resistance
vibrations. Its closed cell construction makes it Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is
excellent at absorbing impact sound. manufactured to provide a very high level of
Fire performance compression resistance.
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus is classified The closed cell nature of Floorfoam makes it
as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. resistant to compression.
construction it will not contribute to the

Separating floors
Concrete floor with screed and resilient layer
NEW BUILD
Sf09
detail - the most common failure in the
installation of this type of system

sound performance
65mm reinforced sand/cement screed,

or 40mm proprietary liquid screed Floorfoam 10
Precast concrete planks
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip folded over Metal ceiling system with 8 kg/m2
screed and under skirting plasterboard and 150mm void

Floorfoam 10 is a 10mm thick extruded All the joints between the precast planks should Acoustic performance
polyethylene resilient layer. be grouted and sealed. Floorfoam has been developed for cushioning
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a 10mm thick strip Place folded strips of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip vibrations. Its closed cell construction makes it
of extruded polyethylene, pre-scored to fold at the floor perimeter. excellent at absorbing impact sound.
around the edge of a floating floor screed. Lay Floorfoam 10, with joints tightly butted and The construction shown should achieve the
Typical construction tape all joints. Tightly butt the Floorfoam 10 sound insulation performance required by
A precast concrete floor slab with either a over the heel of the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Approved Document E when Floorfoam 10 is
65mm sand/cement screed or 40mm liquid at wall junctions and tape the joint. Ensure there used in conjunction with Floorfoam Easy Edge
screed (with a minimum mass of 80 kg/m2) on are no gaps. Strip.
Floorfoam 10 and isolated from the perimeter The floor is then screeded to finish, taking care The construction shown meets the requirements
walls with Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip. A ceiling to ensure that the screed remains totally isolated of Floor type 2 with floating layer F2 in
of 8 kg/m2 plasterboard is suspended on a from the main structure to prevent any acoustic Scotland (where a 12.5mm thick product is
metal frame system 150mm below the floor transfer. used) together with a levelling screed to the
slab. concrete floor and a separating membrane
Finally, the top part of the Floorfoam Easy Edge
above the Floorfoam to prevent screed entering
Strip is folded down over the screed.
the resilient layer.
Plasterboard is installed on the wall and rested
Fire performance
on top of the Easy Edge Strip.
When fixing the skirting, place it on the Easy construction it will not contribute to the
Edge Strip and fix to the wall, ensuring the Easy development stages of a fire.
Edge Strip is between the skirting and the floor
screed. Trim the Easy Edge Strip flush to the
face of the skirting and seal with acoustic
sealant.

Place Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip at the floor
65mm reinforced sand/cement screed or 40mm perimeter.
proprietary liquid screed with mass of 80 kg/m3
Lay Floorfoam 10, and tape to the heel of the
Floorfoam 10
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip. Tape all joints in
Floorfoam 10.
Minimum 65mm cement/sand screed*/
minimum 40mm proprietary screed* laid
over the resilient layer. The screed to be
isolated from the wall and all structural
elements in the floor.
150mm precast concrete Alternatively, consult the National

Joints in floor planks
to be grouted plank with minimum mass Building Specifications, Standard
of 300 kg/m3
M10/290
Metal ceiling system with 8 kg/m2

4.3
plasterboard and 150mm void downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Density Table 21 - Results of acoustic test data lab testing with Floorfoam
Floorfoam 10 and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Thickness Screed type Airborne Impact
have a minimum density of 30 kg/m3.
(mm) Rw (C,Ctr) Ln,w
The closed cell nature of Floorfoam makes it 12.5 65mm sand/cement 57 dB (-1; -5) 57 dB
resistant to compression. 12.5 40mm liquid screed 57 dB (-1; -5) 56 dB
Test method: BSENISO140-3: 1995-TP15 and BSENISO 140-6: 1998-TP12.
Results interpretation: BSENISO 717-1: 1997 and BSENISO 717-2.
Table 22 - Results of acoustic test data site testing

Thickness Screed type Airborne Impact
(mm) Rw (C,Ctr) Ln,w
10 65mm sand/cement 53 dB 54 dB
10 40mm liquid screed 51 dB 55 dB
Test method: BSENISO140-4: 1995-TP15 and BSENISO 140-7.
Results interpretation: BSENISO 717-1: 1997 and BSENISO 717-2.

Separating floors
Concrete floor with underfloor heating
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard and Floorfoam and Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
NEW BUILD
Allows underfloor heating to be Sf10

used in upper floor flats whilst
complying with the requirements of
Part E of the Building Regulations
Heating system and installation can
be carried out by one contractor
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard, Floorfoam and

35mm Polyfoam
52mm liquid screed ECO Floorboard
Standard
Floorfoam 5 150mm precast
concrete slab
Metal ceiling system with
8kg/m2 plasterboard and
150mm void.
Products
Floorfoam 5 is a 5mm thick extruded The precast concrete hollow core slab should be Install the heating pipes in accordance with the
polyethylene resilient layer. 150mm thick and have a minimum mass of manufacturers instructions.
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a 10mm thick strip 300 kg/m2. Joints between planks should be The floor is then screeded to finish, taking care
of extruded polyethylene, pre-scored to fold filled with a sand cement mix grout. to ensure that the screed remains totally isolated
around the edge of a floating floor screed. The heating pipes are stapled to the Polyfoam from the main structure to prevent any acoustic
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is a 100% ECO Floorboard Standard, all boards should transfer.
ozone friendly extruded polystyrene rigid be closely butted together with all joints closed Finally, the top part of the Floorfoam Easy
board. It is lightweight yet has excellent and taped. Edge Strip is folded down over the screed, the
structural strength and long term effectiveness. Installation plasterboard is installed and rested on top
Typical construction All the joints between the precast planks should of the EasyEdge Strip.
A precast concrete floor slab with a proprietary be grouted and sealed. Place the skirting on the edge strip and fix to
liquid screed on Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Place folded strips of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip the wall, ensuring the edge strip is between the
Standard with stapled underfloor heating system at the floor perimeter. skirting and the floor screed. Trim the edge strip
separated by Floorfoam 5 with junctions formed Lay Floorfoam 5, with joints butted together and flush to the face of the skirting.
using Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip. taped. Lay the Floorfoam 5 over the heel of the Where a greater level of compressive strength
A ceiling of 8kg/m2 plasterboard fixed to a edge strip and tape the joint. is required Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra
metal frame system with a 150mm void. Lay the Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard should be used in place of Polyfoam ECO
over the Floorfoam 5 and tape the joints. Floorboard Standard.

Place Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip at the floor
Floorfoam Easy Edge 52mm liquid screed, with embedded
Strip heating pipes perimeter.
Lay Floorfoam 5, butt joint and tape to the
35mm Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard heel of the Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip.
Floorfoam 5 Lay Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard all
boards should be closely butted together with
all joints closed and taped.
Minimum 52mm proprietary liquid screed
laid over the resilient layers. The screed to be
isolated from the wall and structural elements
in the floor.
150mm precast concrete slab Alternatively, consult the National
M10/290
4.3
Metal ceiling system with 8kg/m2
plasterboard and 150mm void.
Table 23 - Results of acoustic test data

Performance
Acoustic performance Screed type Airborne Impact
Floorfoam has been developed for cushioning Rw (C,Ctr) Ln,w
vibrations. Its closed cell construction makes it
52mm liquid screed 57dB (-1; -5) 54dB
excellent at absorbing impact sound.
Test method: BSENISO140-3: 1995-TP15 and BSENISO 140-6: 1998-TP12
The construction shown should achieve the
Results interpretation: BSENISO 717-1: 1997 and BSENISO 717-2
sound insulation performance required by
Approved Document E.
Fire performance
When Floorfoam and Polyfoam ECO Table 24 - Compressive creep results for Polyfoam ECO Floorboards
Floorboard are installed in a concrete floor Product Load Initial Further
construction they will not contribute to the applied compression (%) compression after
(kPa) 50 years (%)
Density Polyfoam ECO 60 2 1.5
Floorboard Standard
Floorfoam and Floorfoam 5 Easy Edge Strip
have a minimum density of 30 kg/m3. Polyfoam ECO 120 2 1.5
Floorboard Extra
The closed cell nature of Floorfoam makes it
resistant to compression.

Separating floors
Upgrading existing timber floor with new ceiling
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab
REFURB
Sf12
P
properties

Flexible Slab

New independent joists
Hardboard fixed to existing
timber boarding
Two layers of plasterboard, min 20 kg/m2 Existing timber floor
100mm of Earthwool Acoustic Roll Existing ceiling upgraded

or Earthwool Flexible Slab to 20 kg/m2
Products
E arthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass The construction is as recommended for Floor
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are treatment 1 in Approved Document E and is for
lightweight, flexible, resilient and use where flats are formed by material change
non-combustible. of use. Pre-completion testing is required.
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid Installation

non-combustible rock mineral wool slab Any remedial work necessary to the existing
designed for friction fitting between timber ceiling should be carried out before installation
joists. of the new independent ceiling.
Typical construction After installing the new independent ceiling

Existing timber joist floor with existing boarding joists, friction fit 100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll
overlaid with hardboard. A new independent or 100mm Earthwool Flexible Slab between the
timber joist ceiling with 100mm Earthwool joists. The insulation should butt up tightly
Acoustic Roll or 100mm Earthwool Flexible Slab against the sides of each joist, with no gaps
between the joists and a double layer between the rolls/slabs.
plasterboard ceiling of at least 20 kg/m2 Install the double layer plasterboard ceiling as
overall mass. specified. Seal the perimeter of the new ceiling
Where the existing ceiling is being retained, it with tape or sealant. Leave at least 25mm
should be upgraded to achieve an overall mass clearance between the top of the new ceiling
of at least 20 kg/m2. joists and the underside of the existing ceiling.

Typical section Hardboard fixed to existing timber floor Typical specification

Earthwool Acoustic Roll*/Earthwool Flexible
Existing timber floor
Slab*, 100mm thick, to be placed between
Existing ceiling upgraded to 20 kg/m2 the timber joists of the independent ceiling.
P10/240
4.3
Two layers of plasterboard, min 20 kg/m2
New independent joists
Performance
Acoustic performance Fire performance
This construction has the potential to comply Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
with the requirements of the Building Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BSEN
Regulations when forming a separating floor 13501-1.
from an existing floor by material change of
Generally, this type of floor construction will be
use. Compliance can only be demonstrated by
required to provide 30 minutes fire resistance.
a package of sound testing agreed with
This will be provided by the plasterboard
Building Control.
ceiling.
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
Density
Slab have excellent sound absorption
Both Earthwool Acoustic Roll (100mm) and
characteristics. For optimum performance, the
Earthwool Flexible Slab have a density in
insulation rolls/slabs should be tightly butted
excess of 10 kg/m3.
together with no open joints.

Separating floors
Upgrading existing timber floor with new platform floor
Earthwool Acoustic Floor
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab, Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip and Earthwool
Slab97/3433
Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab

REFURB

Sf13
joints to help ensure sound
insulation performance is achieved
properties

Flexible Slab

Floorfoam
Easy Edge Strip
18mm chipboard spot bonded
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) to 19mm Knauf Drywall Plank
25mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab
Floor deck Existing timber floor joists
100mm of Earthwool Acoustic Roll Existing ceiling upgraded

or Earthwool Flexible Slab to 20 kg/m2

E arthwool Acoustic Floor Slab is a rigid, Before installing the floating platform, lay Acoustic performance
non-combustible, compression resistant slab of 100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll or place This construction has the potential to comply
rock mineral wool. 100mm Earthwool Flexible Slab between the with the requirements of the Building
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass joists of the existing floor. The insulation should Regulations when forming a separating floor
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are butt up tightly against the sides of each joist, from an existing floor by material change of
lightweight, flexible, resilient and with no gaps between the rolls/slabs. use. Compliance can only be demonstrated by
non-combustible. Refix the floor deck and fix Floorfoam Easy a package of sound testing agreed with
Edge Strip to the perimeter wall with the integral Building Control.
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid
non-combustible rock mineral wool slab self adhesive strip. Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab, Earthwool
designed for friction fitting between timber Install timber battens on resilient strips at the Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible Slab have
joists. floor perimeter and thresholds. excellent sound absorption characteristics.
F loorfoam Easy Edge Strip is a strip of extruded Lay Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab to cover the
polyethylene, pre-scored to fold around the entire floor. The joints between slabs should be
edge of the floating floor deck. tightly butted together.
Typical construction Lay sheets of 19mm plasterboard over the
Existing timber joist floor with new floating resilient layer and butt up to the Floorfoam Easy
platform (min 25kg/m2) on a resilient layer of Edge Strip. Spot bond 18mm tongue and
25mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab. 100mm groove chipboard to the plasterboard and glue
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or 100mm Earthwool the tongue and groove joints. The joints
Flexible Slab to be installed between the joists between the two layers should be staggered.
of the existing floor. Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is folded under the
The existing ceiling should be upgraded to skirting to provide acoustic isolation of the floor
achieve an overall mass of at least 20 kg/m2. deck from the walls.
The construction is as recommended for Floor Internal partitions should be built off the
treatment 2 in Approved Document E and is for structural timber floor. No services should be
use where flats are formed by material change placed within, or penetrate the resilient layer.
of use. Pre-completion testing is required.


18mm chipboard spot bonded to 19mm Knauf
Drywall Plank Earthwool Acoustic Roll*/Earthwool Flexible
25mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Slab* 100mm thick, to be placed between
the existing floor joists.
Floor deck
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab, 25mm thick,

to be placed over the existing floor deck.
All joints to be close butted and taped.
The floating platform floor to be as specified
by the designer.
P10/240 and
K11/225
4.3
Existing ceiling upgraded to 20 kg/m2
Existing timber floor joists
Fire performance
Earthwool Acoustic Roll, Earthwool Acoustic
Floor Slab and Earthwool Flexible Slab are
classified as Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1.
Generally, this type of floor construction will be
required to provide 30 minutes fire resistance.
This will be provided by the plasterboard
ceiling.
Density
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab has a density of
100 kg/m3.
Both Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool
Flexible Slab have a density in excess of
10 kg/m3.
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab is manufactured
to provide a high level of compression
resistance.

Internal floors
Insulation of internal timber floor
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or Earthwool Flexible Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
If01 If02
Improved acoustic performance
with no increase in floor depth and
minimal increase in floor weight
properties

Flexible Slab
Timber deck with minimum
reaction to fire rating mass of 15kg/m2
A+ Generic BRE Green Guide Rating Timber or steel joists
Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) Earthwool Acoustic Roll or

Plasterboard at least
10kg/m2
E arthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass Acoustic performance Typical specification
The construction complies with internal floor Earthwool Acoustic Roll*/Earthwool Flexible
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are
type C in Approved Document E2. Slab*, 100mm thick, to be placed between
lightweight, flexible, resilient and
the floor joists.
non-combustible. Fire performance
Earthwool Flexible Slab is a semi-rigid Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Flexible
non-combustible rock mineral wool slab Slab are classified as Euroclass A1 to BSEN The ceiling and floor deck to be as specified
designed for friction fitting between timber 13501-1. by the designer.
joists. Density Alternatively, consult the National
Typical construction Both Earthwool Acoustic Roll and Earthwool Building Specifications, Standard
Timber or metal joist floor with a plasterboard Flexible Slab have a density in excess of version clause/clauses
(10kg/m2 minimum) ceiling and 100mm 10 kg/m3. P10/240
Earthwool Acoustic Roll or 100mm Earthwool Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Flexible Slab between the joists. Floor deck to downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
be timber or wood based board with a
minimum mass of 15 kg/m2, e.g. 22mm
chipboard. The insulation should butt up tightly
If02 is an alternative solution to
against the sides of each joist, with no gaps If02
If01. It replaces Earthwool
between the rolls/slabs.
Acoustic Roll with Earthwool
Flexible Slab.

Internal floors
Concrete beam and block floor
NEW BUILD REFURB
If03
Mineral wool in void absorbs Sand/cement screed
sound and improves acoustic
performance Beam and block floor
High mass of concrete floor

units provides good acoustic Knauf Drywall C-Form II ceiling system
performance
The independent ceiling Earthwool Acoustic Roll
provides good acoustic

Plasterboard at least
isolation and space for services 10kg/m2

Non-combustible with a
Euroclass A1 reaction to fire rating
4.3
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is made from glass Acoustic performance Typical specification
mineral wool and formed into rolls which are The construction complies with internal floor Earthwool Acoustic Roll, 25mm thick, to be
lightweight, flexible, resilient and type B in Approved Document E2. supported by the horizontal members of the
non-combustible. Fire performance Knauf Drywall C-Form II ceiling system.
Typical construction Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified as The plasterboard ceiling to be as specified
Concrete beam and block floor with a minimum Euroclass A1 to BSEN13501-1. by the designer.
mass per unit area of 220kg/m2 finished with a Density Alternatively, consult the National
bonded 40mm sand/cement screed. 25mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll has a density of Building Specifications, Standard
Plasterboard ceiling with a minimum mass of 19.5 kg/m3. version clause/clauses
10kg/m2 fixed to the Knauf Drywall C-Form II
K10/235
ceiling system with 25mm Earthwool Acoustic
Roll in the ceiling void. Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Contact the manufacturer of the beam and
block floor system to determine the correct
method of mechanically fixing channels to the
beams.

Suspended ceilings
Acoustic cavity barrier
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier
NEW BUILD REFURB
Sc01
High levels of sound insulation
performance can be achieved
System uses standard metal
components
Solution delivers both fire and
acoustic performance Metal angles fixed
to soffit



fixed to timber spacer
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is made from Acoustic performance Fire performance
rock mineral wool and formed into a flexible A cavity barrier comprised of one layer of foil Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is classified
mattress faced on one side with galvanised faced 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier as non-combustible to BS 476: Part 4: 1970.
wire mesh stitched in position. will offer significant sound reduction. When Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier has a Class 1
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is also coupled with a ceiling system offering at least surface spread of flame to BS 476: Part 7:
available foil faced on one or both sides. 32dB sound reduction, the partition offering 1997 and is Class O to the Building
44dB sound reduction, the flanking path Regulations.
through the ceiling and cavity barrier can also
A single or double layer of 50mm Rocksilk
achieve a sound reduction of 44dB. If a double
Smoke and Fire Barrier, applied as a hanging
layer (foil faced) is installed, the room to room
curtain, supported continuously from above and
sound reduction is 50dB, for a single unfaced
both sides. At the base it is either lapped freely
layer the value is 42dB.
on to the back of a suspended ceiling or fixed
to a partition head. Suitable for drops up to
7 metres. Table 25 - Acoustic performance
Always use foil faced Rocksilk Smoke and Thickness Ceiling performance Room to room sound
reduction
Fire Barrier when the ceiling void is used as
an air plenum. (mm) Rw Rw
Installation 50mm (unfaced) 32dB 42dB

See pages 288 - 289 for installation details. 50mm foil faced 32dB 44dB
(one side)
2x50mm foil faced 32dB 50dB
(one side)

A single*/double* layer of 50mm Rocksilk
Smoke and Fire Barrier (*foil faced) to be
50x50x2mm metal installed in the positions marked on the
angle fixed to soffit
drawings, and fixed in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations. All joints
Rocksilk Smoke and either tightly butted, overlapped, or with
Fire Barrier
edges returned, and stitched in a continuous
spiral loop with 1mm diameter galvanised
40x2mm metal strip
fixed to timber
lacing wire.
(* delete as required)

K10/545A
4.3
Flanking sound Sound absorbent Fire protection
The void above a suspended ceiling is a cavity barriers Concealed spaces or cavities, particularly
potential route for flanking sound above There are many situations, such as hospital those above a suspended ceiling, provide a
partitions. This is especially true where a consulting rooms, where it is important that the ready made route for smoke and flame spread.
lightweight, modular ceiling is installed. sound performance of a partition is not Cavity barriers above suspended ceilings are
The sound absorbent characteristics of compromised by the void above the suspended used to prevent smoke and flame from
mineral wool can be employed to minimise ceiling. In these cases, a mineral wool cavity bypassing fire resisting walls and partitions.
the acoustic weakness of suspended ceilings barrier, in combination with the suspended The Building Regulations require cavity barriers
by installing mineral wool cavity barriers ceiling, can limit flanking sound see to be provided above suspended ceilings in
above partitions. illustrations below. non-domestic buildings where the fire resisting
To achieve the sound reduction figures in the construction is not carried full storey height.
illustrations below, the partition must have at See pages 282 - 289 for more details of cavity
least the same level of sound insulation as the barriers in ceiling voids to prevent fire spread.
cavity barrier and ceiling combined.
Typical sound performance of Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier above partitions
50mm Rocksilk 50mm Rocksilk 50mm Rocksilk 50mm cavity

Smoke and Fire Barrier Smoke and Fire
Foil facing Smoke and Fire
Barrier Barrier Foil facing
Suspended ceiling
of 12.5mm
42 dB 44 dB 50 dB
plasterboard*
* The sound reduction values for the flanking route above

the partition will be achieved when the ceiling achieves
approximately 32 dB in its own right.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 5.0
Basements
Wall insulated externally

Floorboard
Ba01
Wall insulated internally

Floorboard
Ba02
5.1 Basements
Basements
Basement design
Waterproofing 1. Externally insulated

BS 8102: 2009 Code of practice for protection External insulation is the preferred option for A vapour control layer (vcl) should always be
of structures against water from the ground, basements as the whole structure is kept warm, installed on the warm side of the insulation to
gives three categories of waterproofing for a with negligible risk of condensation. The prevent water vapour from the basement rooms
basement: insulation should be placed up against the condensing on the cold cavity drainage system.
Tanking waterproofing membrane. Polyfoam ECO All joints, tears, overlaps and perforations in the
A continuous waterproof barrier is applied to Floorboard (extruded polystyrene) is vcl should be well sealed with an aluminised
the inside or outside of the basement structure. recommended because it has negligible tape.
Structurally integral protection moisture absorption and high compression
Materials in contact with the basement wall
Usually water resistant concrete in combination resistance.
and floor must be moisture tolerant, like
with a waterproof membrane A drainage membrane or layer of washed no Polyfoam ECO Floorboard, a closed cell
Drained cavity fines gravel should be placed adjacent to the extruded polystyrene board that is unaffected
Cavities are formed within the walls and floor to insulation. This relieves hydrostatic pressure and by moisture.
collect and drain away water entering the channels water to the foundation drain. The
The detail opposite shows a solution for an
basement. membrane or gravel should be covered with a
existing basement with solid brick walls, there is
geotextile to prevent fines from blocking the
a drained cavity system directly behind the wall
Heat loss drainage material.
which drains to a sump.
The pattern of heat loss from a basement wall is
complex, with the rate of heat loss diminishing 2. Internally insulated Other considerations
as the depth of the basement increases. This is Internal insulation of basement walls is only
The land around the building should slope
due to the insulation value of the ground behind recommended for existing basements where it is
away from the basement walls. Ideally the area
the basement wall. not possible to insulate the basement externally.
adjacent to the building should have an
New basements should be insulated externally.
A method for calculating U-values for basements impermeable finish, such as concrete paving.
is given in BS EN ISO: 13370. Any insulation system applied to the interior of
For new basements, a drain should be located
the basement should have the following
Position of insulation properties:
around the perimeter of the basement and
positioned at least 200mm below the finished
Installing rigid insulation externally is the It must allow the basement wall to dry out to level of the basement floor. It should be bedded
preferred method for insulating new basement the inside, for example by means of a cavity and surrounded in free draining aggregate and
walls. drainage system wrapped in a geotextile before backfilling, to
It must prevent warm moist air reaching the prevent fines from blocking the drain.
cold basement wall and condensing.
Key

Pb01
Knauf Insulation solution U-values 0.36 0.35 0.34 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17

Standard or Extra
See page: 260
Ba01

Standard or Extra
See page: 262
Ba02

Basements 5.1
1. Externally insulated
basement walls
Ground to slope away from

wall and have impermeable
finish wherever possible
Concrete block retaining wall with reinforced

poured concrete infill
Basement and wall
insulation to overlap
Waterproofing membrane
Cavity drainage membrane Polyfoam ECO Floorboard below screed

or use free-draining backfill
Geotextile membrane
Perforated pipe as foundation

drain, 200mm below
basement floor, with coarse
gravel surround
2. Internally insulated
basement walls
5.1
Continuity insulation with
joints taped and sealant
applied to junctions with
surrounding structure
Top of cavity drainage membrane

sealed to prevent moisture escaping
Ground to slope away from
wall and have impermeable
finish wherever possible
Plasterboard on timber or steel frame
allows services to be installed Existing basement wall
Vapour control layer on the face of

the insulation Polyfoam ECO Floorboard
Cavity drainage
membrane directs
water from basement
wall to sump in floor

5.1 Basements
Basements
NEW BUILD
Ba01
exposure to water has a negligible
Robust product, protects the
waterproofing layer from damage
High compressive strength, withstands
the pressure exerted by the backfill

Global Warming Potential (GWP) <5 Geotextile membrane
around drainage
at base of wall
Drainage channel membrane
Basement wall
Waterproof membrane
Products
olyfoam ECO Floorboards are rigid extruded
P For basements between 2.5m and 5m deep, Where Polyfoam ECO Floorboards project
polystyrene boards, they are lightweight, yet Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra is above the ground they should be covered by a
have excellent structural strength and long term recommended for its greater compressive reflective or light coloured flashing board, or
effectiveness. strength. The basement wall insulation is similar, to prevent long term exposure of the
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra protected by a drainage cavity membrane insulation to Ultra Violet (UV) light.
are suitable for the external insulation of which also reduces hydrostatic pressure and Performance
basement walls. directs water to the foundation drain. Thermal insulation
Typical construction Installation Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard and Extra
Masonry or in-situ concrete basement walls (up Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are placed against have a thermal conductivity of 0.033 W/mK.
to 2.5m deep) insulated with Polyfoam ECO the tanking membrane and protected by a
Floorboard Standard placed against the tanking drainage cavity membrane. Carefully backfill
membrane. with free-draining granular material to hold the
drainage cavity membrane and insulation in
place.

Basements 5.1
Junction of basement and external wall Typical specification

Install Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard*/
Extra*, .....mm thick, against the tanking
membrane. Cover with a drainage cavity
membrane, manufactured by ...... and
carefully backfill to hold the insulation in
place.
Cavity tray
between wall and basement clausesM21/210
thermal bridging Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Drainage channel membrane
Reinforced concrete infill

to engineers design
Waterproof membrane
Table 1 - Typical U-values for basement walls insulated externally
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are highly resistant
5.1
to compression and are capable of Thickness (mm) U-values (W/m2K) for basement depth (m) of:
withstanding both occasional and long term 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
high static loads. Load bearing construction
elements should be designed to adequately
support the combination of imposed and dead 100 0.19 0.18 n/a n/a
loads without creating excessive deflection. 75 0.25 0.23 n/a n/a
Moisture resistance 65 0.27 0.25 n/a n/a
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards have negligible 50 0.30 0.28 n/a n/a
water absorption and are unaffected by
35 0.36 0.33 n/a n/a
standing in ground water.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra
Fire performance
In the construction detailed above, Polyfoam 75 n/a n/a 0.22 0.20
ECO Floorboards are completely enclosed by 65 n/a n/a 0.23 0.22
other materials and will not contribute to the
50 n/a n/a 0.26 0.25
development stages of a fire or present a smoke
or toxic hazard. 35 n/a n/a 0.31 0.29
25 n/a n/a 0.35 0.32
Notes: The calculations assume that the basement floor has a U-value of 0.25 W/m2K.

5.1 Basements
Basements
Polyfoam Floorboard

04/4186
REFURB
Ba02
Versatile product, can be used to
insulate both walls and floors
High compressive strength
Plasterboard
accommodates the loads associated
with the fit out of the basement Independent frame
Robust and lightweight, making it Existing basement wall
easy to cut and handle on site

Polyfoam ECO
Floorboard

Screed
BBA certified (floors)

Slip layer
Polyfoam ECO
Floorboard
Cavity drainage membrane
Products Typical Construction Installation

olyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is a rigid
P Existing solid masonry basement wall with new Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is fixed to
extruded polystyrene board, it is lightweight, yet cavity drainage membrane, Polyfoam ECO the cavity drainage membrane using a non-
has excellent structural strength and long term Floorboard Standard insulation and Knauf I stud solvent based adhesive such as plaster
effectiveness. independent lining. adhesive. Ensure the floor and wall insulation
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is suitable This system is most suitable for existing are in intimate contact with each other and all
for the internal insulation of basement walls. basement walls. The cavity drainage membrane joints fully closed.
collects any water that passes through the Install a vapour control layer on the warm side
basement wall and drains it to a sump, from of the insulation. The vapour control layer
where it is pumped to a drain. The internal should be free from holes and any gaps should
lining allows services to be accommodated. be made good with tears repaired and overlaps
sealed with aluminised tape.
The wall vapour control layer should be sealed
to the slip layer placed below the screed.
After the floor slab or screed has been laid,
construct the Knauf I stud lining and line the
steel studwork with plasterboard.

Basements 5.1
Sump in basement floor Typical specification

Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard .....mm
thick, to be fixed directly against the
Discharge pipe
to outside Inspection cover
drainage cavity membrane, with dabs of
plaster adhesive. Tape all joints with an
aluminium faced self-adhesive tape. Seal the
Cavity drainage membrane
drains into sump
junction between the Polyfoam ECO
Floorboard Standard and the surrounding
construction with a water resistant, solvent
free silicone sealant.
National Building
Specifications, Standard version
clause/clausesM10/40 or
M10/290
Sump Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
pump
Performance Table 2 - Typical U-values for basement walls insulated internally

Thermal performance Thickness (mm) U-values (W/m2K) for basement depth (m) of:
5.1
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard has a
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard is highly 100 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.17
resistant to compression and withstands both 75 0.25 0.23 0.22 0.20
occasional and long term static loads. Load 65 0.27 0.25 0.24 0.22
bearing construction elements should be
50 0.31 0.28 0.26 0.25
combination of imposed and dead loads 35 0.36 0.33 0.31 0.29
without creating excessive deflection. Notes: The calculations assume that the basement floor has a U-value of 0.25 W/m2K.
Moisture resistance
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard has

negligible water absorption and is unaffected
Table 3 - Compressive creep results for Polyfoam
by standing in ground water.
Floorboards
Fire performance
Product Load Initial Further
In the construction shown above, Polyfoam ECO
applied compression compression
Floorboard Standard is completely enclosed by (kPa) (%) after 50
other materials and will not contribute to the years (%)
development stages of a fire or present a smoke Polyfoam ECO 60 2 1.5
or toxic hazard. Floorboard
Standard

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 6.0
Fire Protection
Structural steelwork
Product: Knauf Fireboard
Fp01
Product: Rocksilk FireTech Slab
Fp02
Mezzanine floors
Fp03
Small cavity barriers

Product: Earthwool Cavity Barrier
Fp04
Large cavity barriers

Product: Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
Barrier
Fp05
Refurbishment of timber
separating/internal floor
Fp06
Steel Duct Encasement

Product: Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab
Fp07
6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection of structural steel

Fire protection design
Knauf Insulation are members of

the Association for Specialist Fire
Protection, and our fire protection
products are listed in the Yellow
Book, which presents economical
methods for the fire protection of
structural steelwork to provide
compliance with Building
Regulations
Structural steel requires fire protection because Can be installed prior to the building being 5. Loss Prevention Council Code of Practice for
it loses structural strength at temperatures that sealed and made watertight, in all Construction of Buildings
can be rapidly reached in a building fire. This temperature and humidity conditions this Steel sections can include universal beams,
will consequently have a negative impact on the is in contrast to paint and sprays which are columns and joists (plain and castellated),
structural integrity of the building. Protecting the often restricted by normal UK winter structural and rolled tees, angles, channels and
structural steel from the heat of a fire will delay conditions, causing potential delay to round, square or rectangular hollow sections.
the onset of this loss of strength and the possible site programs
collapse of the building. This is essential Are fast, clean, and dry to install, with Benefits
because it allows extra time for both the negligible dust levels, allowing other trades Both rock mineral wool slabs and fibre
occupants of the building to escape and fire to work in close proximity reinforced gypsum boards offer a number of
services to tackle the fire. It could also prevent advantages for the fire protection of structural
Are quick and easy to check (by visual
the actual collapse of the building minimising steelwork that make them ideal for fast track
inspection) that all relevant areas have
insurance losses. Building Regulations covering projects.
been protected
fire safety are concerned with the preservation Rock mineral wool
of life. Are fully compatible with drylining systems
Lightweight product at less than half the
and allow easy integration with partitioning
With the increasing use of structural steel in weight of calcium silicate slabs rock
schemes
construction, designers need fire protection mineral wool fire protection boards are easy
solutions that provide a combination of fast Fire protection to handle and fit on site particularly for
installation and cost-effectiveness whilst Any steel section which is an element of overhead work
achieving the desired finish. structure and is deemed by any of the following Ease of cutting and fixing: Rock mineral wool
Whatever the application Knauf Insulation has regulations to require fire resistance can be slabs are easy to cut with either a saw or a
a range of board products and systems to cater protected with a fire protection system of dense sharp knife, furthermore there are four fixing
for any project. rock mineral wool slabs or fibre reinforced methods, all involve square edge butt joints
When used for the fire protection of structural gypsum based boards. between the boards which enables a fast and
steelwork, board systems offer several 1. The Building Regulations (England and simple system to be installed without delaying
compelling advantages over site applied paint Wales) Approved Document B (Fire Safety) other trades and activities
and spray coating systems. Volumes 1 and 2 (2006) Fibre reinforced gypsum
Board systems: 2. The Building (Scotland) Regulations, Smooth surface only requires decorative
Technical Booklets, Section 2, 2011 finishes for completion
Are manufactured to factory tolerances this
enables the specifier to be certain that the 3. The Building Regulations (Northern Ireland) Robust and impact resistant ideal for
correct thickness of fire protection is being Technical Booklet E, 2005 columns and all exposed surfaces
applied, by simply checking the thickness of 4. The Building Regulations (Republic of Ireland) Easy to cut to size can be scored and
materials supplied Technical Guidance Document B (2006) snapped to speed up cutting and reduce
dust levels
Fire Protection 6.1
Fire protection
Key
Pb01
Fire protection
Period of fire resistance (mins)
Knauf Insulation solution 0 mins 30 mins 60 mins 90 mins 120 mins 150 mins 180 mins 210 mins 240 mins
Product: Knauf Fireboard
See page: 268
Fp01
See page: 274

Fp02
Mezzanine floors
See page: 280

Fp03
Fp04

Product: Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier 6.1
See page: 286

Fp05
Refurbishment of timber separating/

internal floor
See page: 292

Fp06

Product: Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab
See page: 294

Fp07

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Knauf Fireboard
NEW BUILD REFURB
Fp01
Quick and easy to install
Dry fix system providing up to 2
hours fire protection
Knauf Drywall Screws at maximum
Combined fire protection and 100mm centres into backing strips
aesthetic finish Knauf Fireboard
Knauf Fireboard
Abutment angles: light gauge Edge fix the boards using

steel angle provides support at either Knauf Drywall Screws
soffit and wall junctions. Fixed to at maximum 150mm centres
adjoining soffit or section flange. or proprietary staples at
120mm centres.

Knauf Fireboard is a gypsum based board Knauf Fireboard is used in frameless
specially developed for high performance lining encasements. The product has been specially
and encasement, providing up to two hours of developed to accept direct edge fixings.
fire protection. Casings consist of Knauf Fireboard screwed or
Knauf Fireboard has a high quality white stapled to itself at abutting corners.
smooth surface finish ideally suited as a self For steelwork encased on all four sides, Knauf
finish. Its surface allows direct decoration with Fireboard is fixed at each corner directly
most paint finishes or it can be plastered*. through the material, independent of the column
Knauf Drywall Screws are gold passivated or beam. For partial encasement, involving wall
screws with spoon tips and hi-low threads. or ceiling abutments, Knauf Fireboard is fixed to
light gauge steel angles.
Knauf Fireboard can also be installed using
proprietary staples. Knauf Insulation recommend the use of Knauf
Drywall Screws, essential for fast construction,
*Consult plaster manufacturer prior to application of plaster
finish. solid fixing and tightly closed edge joints.

Fire Protection 6.1
Knauf Fireboard, ...mm thick, to be used to
provide fire protection to structural steelwork.
It is to be installed on beam*/column* as a
complete 4 sided*/3 sided*/2 sided*
encasement (*specifiers choice) to provide
......minutes fire protection as detailed in the
Stagger joints by 300mm minimum Installation section.
K10/265
Knauf Fireboard casing
Direct edge-fixing with Knauf Drywall

Screws at 200mm centres or
proprietary staples at 120mm centres
Performance
Fire performance Operating temperatures
The system can provide up to 2 hours fire Continuous long term exposure to temperatures
protection. For precise calculation of fire over 50C can induce a change of state which
protection periods, please contact Knauf would reduce the physical performance and
Insulation Technical Advice and Support Centre. serviceability of the boards.
Knauf Fireboard is non-combustible Health and safety
to BS 476: Part 4: 1970 (1984) and Class 1 Knauf Fireboard must be installed with care. 6.1
surface spread of flame to BS 476: Part 7: Ensure adequate ventilation during installation,
1997. Knauf Fireboard complies with the Class particularly when cutting boards. Avoid harsh
0 requirements of the Building Regulations body contact with sharp cut edges of metal
when tested to BS 476: Part 6: 1989 and Part components. Refer to Knauf Insulation Material
7: 1997 and with the limited combustibility Safety Data Sheets and to the Health and Safety
described in the Building Regulations. Executive publications.
Humidity
Constant humidity over 95% or subjection to For Hp/A tables please visit
continuous water will reduce the serviceability knaufinsulation.co.uk
of the boards.

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Installation of column system
1 2 3 4 5
Cuttwo boards to Hold in place the fter measuring the
A pply the remaining
A Edge-fix the boards
the width of the first 2 boards size of the remaining boards, adjusting using either self
column flange. with clamps. 2 sides, cut another the length of drilling Knauf
two to the depth of adjoining boards to Fireboard Gripper
the column plus ensure that board Screws at 200mm
twice the thickness joints are staggered centres or proprietary
of the board. by at least 300mm. staples at 120mm
centres. Knauf
Fireboard Gripper
Screws should
penetrate into the
casing by at least
30mm
Installation
Steelwork encasements must be installed in full Partial column encasement
accordance with Knauf Insulations Assuming a typical three-sided encasement
recommendations and in compliance with where one of the column flanges straddles a
BS 8212: 1995 and BS 8000: Part 8: 1994. wall, follow the same procedure as outlined
The installation procedures outlined here relate for four-sided encasement with the following
to normal single layer applications. differences:
Knauf Drywall Screws Fix 25 x 25mm light gauge steel angles,
Knauf Drywall Screws should penetrate into the in continuous lengths, to either the abutting
casing by at least 30mm. wall face or the inner flange of the column.
Four-sided column encasement Use appropriate proprietary fixings at
Cut two boards to the width of the column 600mm centres
flange. Cut another two to the depth of the Double layer application
column plus twice the thickness of the board Install the first layer as described for either full
Adjust the length of adjoining boards to or partial encasement. Secure the second layer
ensure that board joints are staggered by at to the first with fixings spaced as for the first
least 300mm layer but avoid coincident fixing positions.
Edge-fix the boards using either Knauf It is good practice that board joints are
Drywall Screws at 200mm centres or staggered as with the first layer between
proprietary staples at 120mm centres adjoining boards and also between the two
layers. In the case of structural steelwork,
double layer encasement will obviate the need
for joint backing strips.

Fire Protection 6.1
Fire protection
Installation of beam system
1 2 3 4
Install continuous lengths of Cut two boards to the depth Cut a soffit board to the Cut board off-cuts 100mm
25 x 25mm angle using of the section plus twice the width of the steel flange. wide as joint backing strips.
appropriate proprietary board thickness plus l0mm. The length of this board must Fit these, half lapped, behind

fixings at 600mm centres, fix Screw-fix these to the angles differ from the side boards to all butt joints at the sides
further lengths of 25 x 25mm at 150mm centres with ensure adjacent board joints and soffit of the beam.

angle at any end abutment. 35mm Knauf Drywall are staggered by at least Fix with Knauf Fireboard
Screws. 300mm. Gripper Screws at maximum

Edge-fix horizontal board to
the two vertical boards using
either Knauf Fireboard
100mm centres.
Gripper Screws at 150mm

centres or proprietary staples
at 120mm centres.
Beam encasement
Assuming a typical three-sided encasement, Cut board off-cuts 100mm wide as joint nominal 150mm centres, screw lengths should
where a beam is exposed directly below a level backing strips. Fit these, half-lapped, behind be equal to the thickness of the second layer,
soffit, fix light gauge steel angles to either the all butt joints at the sides and soffit of the plus 30mm. Where two different thicknesses of
adjoining soffit or the top flange of the beam. beam fixed with Knauf Drywall Screws at Fireboard are applied, the thicker layer is
Install continuous lengths of 25 x 25mm angle maximum 100mm centres installed first.
using appropriate proprietary fixings at 600mm
6.1
Double layer application
centres. Install the first layer as described for either full
Fix further lengths of 25 x 25mm angle at any or partial encasement. Secure the second layer
end abutment to the first with fixings spaced as for the first
Cut two boards to the depth of the section layer but avoid coinciding fixing positions.
plus twice the thickness of the board plus It is good practice that board joints are
l0mm. Screw-fix these to the angles at staggered as with the first layer between
150mm centres with 35mm Knauf Drywall adjoining boards and also between the two
Screws layers. In the case of structural steelwork,
Cut a soffit board to the width of the steel double layer encasement will obviate the need
flange. The length of this board must differ for joint backing strips.
from the side boards to ensure adjacent The second layer of boards across the webs are
board joints are staggered by at least fixed to the angle attached to the upper flange
300mm. Edge-fix this horizontal board to the using 55mm long Knauf Drywall Screws at
two vertical boards using either self-drilling 150mm centres and the second layer across the
Knauf Drywall Screws at 150mm centres or bottom flange using Knauf Drywall Screws at
staples at 120mm centres

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Application details for beams
Beam with partition abutment
25 x 25mm angle secured to top flange

of beam, or alternatively to soffit

100mm centres
Fireboard casing
Backing strip
10mm gap
Direct edge fixing with Knauf Drywall

Screws at maximum 150mm centres or
C-Stud partition with standard

U-Channel head track
Beam with wall abutment
25 x 25mm angle secured to top flange of

beam, or alternatively to soffit

100mm centres
Fireboard casing
Direct edge fixing with Knauf

Fireboard Gripper Screws at
maximum 150mm centres or
Continuous 25 x 25mm Knauf

Fireboard Angle secured to substrate
using appropriate fixings
Masonry wall

Fire Protection 6.1
Column with partition abutment

Knauf C-Stud toggle-fixed to Knauf

Fireboard casing
Knauf Wallboard not fixed to this C-Stud
Column with wall lining abutment
Continuous 25 x 25mm Knauf

Fireboard angle at each corner

6.1


6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Rocksilk FireTech Slab
REFURB
Flexible system with four installation

Fp02
methods
Maintenance free, passive system
Clean installation process with
negligible dust generation

Pig tail screws
Noggin of Rocksilk FireTech Slab

or Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin
Slab
Product Typical construction Installation

ocksilk FireTech Slab is a dense rock mineral
R The exposed surfaces of any steel section are Rocksilk FireTech Slab can be used with four
wool slab. It is available unfaced or faced with fully enclosed in Rocksilk FireTech Slab, using types of fixing methods for the fire protection of
a bright Class 0 reinforced aluminium foil, for any of the fixing systems shown on the following structural steelwork and each system has its own
applications above clean rooms, within air pages. performance characteristics.
plenums, or for aesthetic purposes. Rocksilk FireTech Slab can be used to provide
Plaster manufacturers advice and guidance up to 4 hours fire protection to structural steel Fixing methods:
should be followed regarding pre-treatment of and cast iron columns, beams and trusses. Steel Dry Fix Noggin System
Rocksilk FireTech Slabs before application of sections may include universal beams, columns
Adhesive Noggin Fixing System
plaster finishes and joists (plain and castellated), structural and
rolled tees, angles, channels and round, square Combination Fixing System
Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab is an ultra
or rectangular hollow sections. Welded Pin Fixing System
high density rock mineral wool slab used for the
noggin in the Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin
System.

Fire Protection 6.1
Technical specification
Rocksilk FireTech Slab, ...mm thick, to be
used to provide fire protection to structural
steelwork.
It is to be installed using the dry fix noggin
system*/adhesive noggin fixing system*/
combination fixing system*/welded pin
fixing system* (*specifiers choice) as
detailed in the Installation section.
Noggin of Rocksilk FireTech Slab or Alternatively, consult the National
Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin
Slab Building Specifications, Standard
K11/885
Pig Tail Screws downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Performance
Fire performance Durability
Rocksilk FireTech Slab is classified as Rocksilk FireTech Slab is rot proof, does not
non-combustible to BS 476: Part 4: sustain vermin and will not encourage the
1970(1984), Class 1 surface spread of flame growth of fungi, mould or bacteria.
to BS 476: Part 7: 1997, and Class 0 to the Rocksilk FireTech Slab is odourless and
Building Regulations. Rocksilk FireTech Slab is non-hygroscopic.
designed to provide up to 4 hours fire
protection to structural steelwork, thereby
Rocksilk FireTech Slab is non-wicking when 6.1
tested to BS 2972: 1989: Section 12.
satisfying the Building Regulations and
insurance demands for periods of fire When exposed to 90% relative humidity and
resistance. 20C, Rocksilk FireTech Slab absorbs less than
0.004% of moisture.
For Hp/A tables please visit


6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Installation of Rocksilk FireTech Slab
Dry Fix Noggin System Adhesive Noggin Fixing System

Up to 2 hours fire protection Up to 2 hours fire protection
100mm wide noggins of Attach web pieces to noggins

Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix with pig tail screws at
Noggin Slab friction fitted 100mm centres.
between the flanges.
100mm wide noggin of
Attach web pieces to Rocksilk FireTech Slab
noggins with pig tail glued into place using
screws at 100mm centres. suitable adhesive
Attach flange pieces to

web pieces using pig tail
Attach flange pieces to web screws positioned 25mm
pieces using pig tail screws in from each end and at
positioned 25mm in from 150mm centres.
each end and at 150mm
centres.
Combination Fixing System Welded Pin Fixing System

Up to 3 hours fire protection Up to 4 hours fire protection
Attach the Rocksilk FireTech

Slab web pieces by impaling
over the welded pins and
securing in place with 38mm Attach the Rocksilk FireTech
spring steel washers. Slab web and flange pieces
by impaling over the 3mm
diameter welded mild steel
pins and securing in place
Attach flange pieces to web with 38mm spring steel
pieces using pig tail screws washers.
at 150mm centres.
Adhesive should be used at

Adhesive should be used at the joint between subsequent
the joint between subsequent web pieces.
web pieces.
Alternative installation methods

The Dry Fix Noggin System The Combination Fixing System The use of a dense rock mineral wool slab
Is a fast and efficient friction fit noggin system Can be used to provide up to 2 hours fire requires no special vee cuts, drilling or
that does not require adhesive. It can give up to protection to all sizes of structural steelwork, sub-frames, making it fast and easy to install.
2 hours fire protection to BS 476: Part 21. and up to 3 hours fire protection to steelwork Rock mineral wool slabs can be easily cut using
When installing 20, 25 and 30mm Rocksilk with section factors (Hp/A) of up to 133m-1 for hand or power tools.
FireTech Slab, noggins should be cut from a columns and 143m-1 for beams. Note: Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab has a density
30mm Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab. of 200 kg/m3.
The Welded Pin Fixing System
When greater thicknesses of Rocksilk FireTech Can be used to provide up to 3 hours fire
Slab are used, the noggins are cut from a protection to all sizes of structural steelwork,
corresponding thickness of Rocksilk FireTech Dry and up to 4 hours fire protection to steelwork
Fix Noggin Slab. with section factors (Hp/A) of up to 172m-1 for
The Adhesive Noggin Fixing System columns and 184m-1 for beams.
Can be used to provide up to 2 hours fire If section factors are above 260m-1 contact our
protection to all sizes of structural steelwork. Technical Advice and Support Centre.

Fire Protection 6.1
Greater
than
Greater Y
than
500mm 500mm
Full
depth
100mm 100mm
X
Solid noggin formed from one or more pieces T-shaped noggin formed from two pieces of Insert noggins as described at 600mm
of Rocksilk FireTech Slab Rocksilk FireTech Slab joined at right angles centres and if practicable leave for 4 hours
using pig tail screws for adhesive to cure.
Cut Rocksilk FireTech Slab to size as follows:
Beams: flange pieces to dimension X, web
pieces to dimension Y + t (t = thickness of
board)
Columns: flange pieces to dimension X,
web pieces to dimension Y + 2t
Attach web pieces to noggins using pig tail Attach flange pieces to web pieces using pig
screws at 100mm centres tail screws positioned 25mm in from each
end at 150mm centres.
Note: For flanges greater than 400mm use welded pin
and spring steel washers to provide extra retention of
the flange piece of insulation. The welded pins should
be located along the centre line of the flange at 300mm
centres.
Adhesive noggin fixing system

6.1
Noggins are cut 100mm wide from 20mm thick It is preferable to leave the noggins in position
Rocksilk FireTech Slab. They should be cut to a for 4 hours to allow the adhesive to cure.
suitable length relative to the web size to give However, where this is impractical Rocksilk
a tight compression fit. FireTech Slab can still be fitted before the
Noggins are glued top and bottom using a adhesive cures since the noggins are essentially
typical adhesive thickness of 0.5mm and friction friction fitted.
fitted between the flanges at 600mm centres. For web depths greater than 500mm, T-shaped
The noggins should be installed in such a way or solid noggins should be used, formed from
that they are slightly 'proud' of the flange (by Rocksilk FireTech Slab, and screwed together
about 2mm) and such that they coincide with using pig tail screws.
joints between the boards.

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Application details for beams
Partition abutment using a noggin fixing system
Pig tail screws at maximum

100mm centres
Rocksilk FireTech noggin
Direct edge fixing with pig tail screws at

maximum 150mm centres
Attach flange piece to web piece by

impaling over welded pins and securing
the board to board joint with pig tail
screws at 150mm centres. Spring steel
washers are used over the welded pins to
retain the insulation, any excess pin
length being trimmed off
C-Stud partition with standard U-Channel

head track
Wall abutment using a noggin fixing system
Pigtail screws at maximum 100mm centres
Masonry wall

Attach flange piece to web piece by impaling

over welded pins and securing the board to
board joint with pig tail screws at 150mm
centres. Spring steel washers are used over
the welded pins to retain the insulation, any
excess pin length being trimmed off

Fire Protection 6.1
Adhesive detail
The adhesive used for gluing Rocksilk FireTech Pig tail screws
Slabs should be a thixotropic paste type based The spirally wound or pig tail screws are
on soluble solids of silicate and potassium made from 16 gauge galvanised wire and
mixed with clay or refractory mineral filler to an are available from stockists. A specification
approximate ratio of 70:30 by weight. is available on request from our Technical
Steelwork should ideally be dry but the Advice and Support Centre.
presence of condensation will merely prolong The screws should be installed flush at 150mm
the cure time, not weaken the bond strength. centres on board to board joints and 100mm
Since only the top and bottom surface of each centres over noggins, using either power or
noggin is glued with a typical adhesive hand tools. There is no need to countersink the
thickness of 0.5mm, excellent rates of usage are screw heads.
achievable.
Note: Steelwork should be clean and free from grease prior
to the application of adhesive.
* For further details contact our Technical Advice and
Support Centre.
Column with partition abutment

6.1
Column with wall lining abutment
Masonry wall


6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Mezzanine floors
REFURB
Fp03
Simple, clean and quick to install
Provides up to 3 hours fire resistance
System covers section factors up to
310 Hp/A - (A/V)

Product Performance
Rocksilk FireTech Slab is a dense rock mineral Fire performance
wool slab specifically designed for the fire Rocksilk FireTech Slab is classified as
protection of structural steelwork. non-combustible to BS 476: Part 4: 1970
Typical construction (1984). Class 1 Surface Spread of Flame to BS
The exposed surface of a steel section is fully 476: Part 7:1977, and Class O to the
enclosed in Rocksilk FireTech Slab, using a Building Regulations. Rocksilk FireTech Slab is
metal clip, snap-lock system. designed to provide up to 3 hours fire
protection to the mezzanine floor column
Installation
support system, thereby satisfying the current
The column case is pre-fabricated to suit the
Building Regulations and insurance industry fire
specific beam or column. It is lined with Rocksilk
resistance performance standards.
Firetech Slab which is pre-bonded to the steel
skin. Note that no adhesive is applied to the Performance
joints between individual slabs. The column Rocksilk FireTech Slab is rot proof, does not
case is made of galvanized or PVC coated steel sustain vermin, will not encourage the growth of
minimum 0.7mm thick. For columns, the casing fungi, mould or bacteria and is odourless and
is normally supplied in two pieces with the non-hygroscopic.
closing face fixed with snap-lock joints.
Three-sided encasements are secured at 300mm
centres to continuous galvanized steel angles,
or the flange of the steel section, or to the wall
or floor at 500mm nominal centres.
Alternatively the casing may be secured using
an integral lip on the casing.

Fire Protection 6.1
Table 1 - Mezzanine floors

Time - mins Board Thickness (mm) Hp/A Rocksilk FireTech Slab.mm thick, to be
60 20 224 used to provide fire protection to structural
steelwork in a mezzanine floor system.
25 260
30 310
35 310 Building Specifications, Standard
40 310 version clause/clauses
K11/885
45 310
90 20 91 downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
25 115
30 139
35 165
40 190
45 217
50 244
55 260
60 270
65 310
120 20 57
25 72
30 87
35 102
40 117
45 133
50 149
55 165
60 181
65 198
180 30 49
6.1
35 58
40 66
45 75
50 84
55 92
60 101
65 110

6.1 Fire Protection
Cavity barriers
Cavity barrier design
Design considerations Concealed cavities Large cavity barriers

Every building must be designed and Fire and smoke spread in concealed spaces is In England, Wales and Northern Ireland, all
constructed in such a way that in the event of particularly hazardous because fire can spread cavity barriers should be constructed to provide
an outbreak of fire within the building, the quickly throughout a building and remain at least 30 minutes fire resistance and 15
unseen spread of fire and smoke within undetected by the occupants of the building. minutes insulation. In Scotland large cavity
concealed cavities in its structure and fabric is Cavity barriers are used to sub divide barriers, which are defined as being greater
inhibited. The Building Regulations require cavities and so prevent smoke and flame from than 1m x 1m in size, must provide the same.
cavity barriers to sub-divide voids if they extend
beyond certain dimensions.
by-passing fire-resisting walls and partitions. Fixing systems
The maximum distance between barriers must
Any product used for fire protection can only be
In addition cavity barriers are also required to be appropriate to the location of each cavity.
considered to be offering a specific period of
be placed above fire resisting partitions. Both Also, due consideration must be given to the
fire protection when it is installed in the manner
glass and rock mineral wool products are ideal class of surface exposed within the cavity.
specified in the appropriate fire test report. This
to act as cavity barriers due to their inherent Cavity barriers should achieve at least 30 includes the specification of all associated
non-combustibility. minutes fire resistance, providing a minimum of fixings and supporting frame work.
In the case of fire stopping minor imperfections 30 minutes integrity and 15 minutes insulation.
of fit between construction elements or Detailed requirements are complex. For full
components, it is acceptable to seal small gaps details about the position and spacing of cavity
with unfaced glass or rock mineral wool fire barriers refer to the relevant sections of the
products. However, for specific periods of fire appropriate Building Regulations.
resistance in small and large voids (as required
by the Building Regulations) it is necessary to Small cavity barriers
use specific products that have been tested and Small voids include the cavities in external walls
assessed to offer the required performance and voids beneath raised access floors. Larger
when installed in a specific way, if necessary, voids include the spaces between suspended
using specific fixing components. ceilings and soffits or roofs.
In cavities in external walls the resilient
properties of glass mineral wool mean that it
can be compression fitted, between the outer
leaf and the inner leaf or frame. The non-
combustible nature of glass mineral wool allows
it to resist the effects of fire, enabling it to
remain in place during the fire and effectively
block the transfer of fire through the cavity.

Fire Protection 6.1
Photograph courtesy of Henley Building Systems
30 minutes fire resistance 1 hour fire resistance Definitions

The following definitions are taken from
Approved Document B (Fire safety) - Volume
2: Buildings other than dwellinghouses
(2006)
50mm cavity Cavity barrier
50mm Rocksilk
Smoke and Fire A construction, other than smoke curtain,
50mm Rocksilk
Barrier
Smoke and provided to close a concealed space against
Fire Barrier
penetration of smoke or flame, or provided to
restrict the movement of smoke or flame
within such a space.
Fire stop
Seal provided to close an imperfection of
fit or design tolerance between elements or
Suspended ceiling
components, to restrict the passage of fire
of 12.5mm plasterboard
or smoke. Any unfaced glass or rock mineral
product can be used as a fire stop.
6.1
Period of fire resistance (mins)
Knauf Insulation solution 0 mins 30 mins 60 mins 90 mins 120 mins 150 mins 180 mins 210 mins 240 mins
Small cavity barriers - to be deleted
Fp04

Product: Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier

See page: 286
Fp05

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Small cavity barriers
Earthwool Cavity Barrier
NEW BUILD
Fp04
Meets Building Regulation
requirements for fire, acoustics and
party wall bypass applications
Colour coded for easy identification
Earthwool Cavity Barrier

Earthwool Cavity Barrier stapled through top flange to

sheathing to fully fill the cavity
Brick outer leaf
Product Typical construction Installation

Earthwool Cavity Barrier is manufactured from Earthwool Cavity Barriers are engineered to In vertical applications, both flanges of the
a continuous length of non-combustible glass prevent the spread of smoke and fire through Earthwool Cavity Barrier should be fixed to the
mineral wool which is compressed within a walls, floors and cavities in timber frame, metal inner leaf.
resilient polythene sleeve incorporating two frame and masonry buildings. In horizontal applications, the top flange of
flanges designed for ease of fixing. They are also suitable for reducing flanking the polythene sleeve should be fixed to the
The polythene sleeve is colour coded to suit a noise transmission in these concealed cavities. inner leaf.
variety of cavity widths from 50mm to 100mm The use of the correct size of Earthwool Cavity All joints and intersections of Earthwool Cavity
and eliminates the need for weather protection Barrier is essential. Earthwool Cavity Barriers Barriers should be closely butted.
during installation. are designed to compress to a tight fit in
T he barriers are 1200mm long and can be cavities and in the event of fire breaking into
used in both vertical and horizontal the cavity, Earthwool Cavity Barriers do not rely
applications, and are available in two standard on the polythene flanges to hold them in place,
widths (100mm and 300mm). 100mm barriers but on their compression between the inner and
are used for normal fire stopping and noise outer leaf.
reduction applications. 300mm barriers are It is, therefore, essential to specify the Earthwool
used where higher performance levels are Cavity Barrier by reference to the actual
specified and at party wall/external wall cavity constructed cavity width.
junctions.

Fire Protection 6.1
Typical junction with party wall Technical specification

Timber frame construction
Earthwool Cavity Barrier 100mm*/300mm*
wide, coloured yellow*/ blue*/white* to be
friction fitted in the positions shown on the
drawings. Earthwool Cavity Barrier to fully fill
the depth of the cavity.
Polythene flanges to be stapled to the
Earthwool Timber Frame
Party Wall Slab timber*/sheathing board* to hold the cavity
barrier in place.
All joints and intersections of Earthwool
Cavity Barriers should be closely butted
300mm wide Earthwool together.
Cavity Barrier - stapled to
sheathing board either Alternatively, consult the National
side of party wall
P10/420
Earthwool FrameTherm Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Masonry construction
Earthwool Cavity Barrier 100mm*/ 300mm*
wide, coloured yellow*/ blue*/white* to be
friction fitted in the positions shown on
the drawings.
Earthwool Cavity Barrier to fully fill the depth
Performance Table 2 - Colour coding of the cavity.
Fire performance Cavity width (mm) Colour All joints and intersections of Earthwool
Earthwool Cavity Barriers are manufactured
50-65 yellow Cavity Barriers should be closely butted
from glass mineral wool which has a Euroclass
together.
A1 rating when classified in accordance with 66-80 blue
BS EN 13501-1. Alternatively, consult the National
81-100 white
Earthwool Cavity Barriers have been tested for Building Specifications, Standard
fire resistance in accordance with BS 476: Part version clause/clauses
8: 1972 and will provide 60 minutes stability, P10/420 6.1
integrity and insulation. Knauf Insulation specification clauses can be
Acoustic performance downloaded from knaufinsulation.co.uk/nbs
Building Regulations require the use of a cavity

closer to reduce flanking noise transmission
along party wall cavities and external wall
cavities in masonry and timber frame
constructions.
Earthwool Cavity Barriers meet the generic
description for cavity closers and will therefore
ensure compliance with Part E and Robust
Details in timber frame and masonry wall
constructions.

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Large cavity barrier
REFURB
Fp05
Provides both fire and acoustic
performance
Versatile, flexible and adaptable
system
Metal angle fixed to soffit

50mm airgap
Rocksilk Smoke and

Fire Barrier fixed to 50mm
timber spacer
Product Typical construction

ocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is made from
R For half an hour fire resistance For one hour fire resistance
rock mineral wool and formed into a flexible A single layer of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and Two layers of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
mattress faced on one side with galvanised Fire Barrier, applied as a hanging curtain, Barrier, separated by a 50mm air space,
wire mesh stitched in position. supported continuously from above and both applied as a hanging curtain with wire mesh
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is also sides, using the fixings listed in the Table 3. to the outside, supported continuously from
available foil faced on one or both sides. At the base Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is above and both sides, using the fixings listed in
either lapped freely on to the back of a Table 3. At the base it is either lapped freely on
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier must be
suspended ceiling or fixed to a partition head. to the back of a suspended ceiling, or fixed to a
installed in accordance with the specifications
Suitable for drops up to 7 metres. partition head.
detailed below and on the following pages. If
these specifications are not strictly followed the Use foil faced Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier
installation cannot be deemed to offer any when the ceiling void is used as an air plenum.
specific period of fire protection. Installation
F ixing components: See page 288 - 291 for installation details.
Angle: Mild steel - 50mm x 50mm x 2mm or See Table 3 for specification of fixings and
60mm x 40mm x 2mm supporting metalwork.
Strip: Mild steel - 40mm x 2mm

See Table 3 for suitable method of fixing angles
and strips to substrate.

Fire Protection 6.1
Half hour cavity barrier
A single layer of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and
Fire Barrier (*foil faced) to be installed in the
Metal angles
fixed to soffit
positions marked on the drawings, and fixed
in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations. All joints either tightly
butted, overlapped, or with edges returned,
and stitched in a continuous spiral loop with
1mm diameter galvanised lacing wire.
One hour cavity barrier

Rocksilk Smoke Two layers of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and
and Fire Barrier Fire Barrier (*foil faced), separated by a
50mm air space to be installed in the
positions marked on the drawings, and
fixed in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations. All joints either tightly
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier butted, overlapped, or with edges returned,
fixed to timber spacer and stitched in a continuous spiral loop with
1mm diameter galvanised lacing wire.
K10/545
Performance
Fire performance
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is made from When subjected to full scale fire resistance tests
rock mineral wool and is classified as non- to BS 476: Part 22: 1987, a system comprising 6.1
combustible to BS 476: Part 4: 1970. Rocksilk a double layer of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and
Smoke and Fire Barrier has a Class 1 Surface Fire Barrier, fixed by using the components and
Spread of Flame to BS 476: Part 7: 1997 and methods detailed on the following pages,
is Class 0 to the Building Regulations. achieved 61 minutes insulation, and retained its
When subjected to full scale fire resistance tests integrity for 66 minutes, after which time the test
to BS 476: Part 22: 1987, a system comprising was discontinued.
one layer of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and Fire A double layer of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and
Barrier, fixed by using the components and Fire Barrier thereby satisfies the criteria laid
methods detailed on the following pages down in the Building Regulations for one hour
achieved 19 minutes insulation, and retained its cavity barriers.
integrity for 35 minutes, after which time the test These tests incorporated vertical and horizontal
was discontinued. 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and joints between barriers. Fire resistance is
Fire Barrier thereby satisfies the criteria laid effective from either side of the barrier. When
down in the Building Regulations for cavity tested, the wire side was exposed to the furnace
barriers, by exceeding the minimum as this is the side most vulnerable to fire.
requirement of 15 minutes insulation and 30
minutes integrity .

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Installation of half hour cavity barrier
80mm
minimum
1. Metal angle fixed to purlin 2. Fixed to purlin 3. Fixed to rib of coffered slab
4. Fixed across coffered ceiling 5. Perimeter fixing with steel strip 6. Junction with ceiling
Installation
The following information and illustrations Concrete decks
outline typical details for the installation of large Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is clamped At the ceiling junction, Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
cavity barriers. In case of uncertainty, refer to between the deck and steel angle secured by Barrier is cut and draped on and between the
Knauf Insulation. expanding bolts. If the deck is coffered it should joists, and secured by fixing to steel angle,
usually be possible to locate the cavity barrier which is itself fixed to the joists (Figure 6). For
Metal deck with overdeck insulation
along one of the ribs (Figure 3). If fitted across suspended ceilings, see Figure 11.
If Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier runs with the
the coffering it should be clamped by steel strip, At partitions or wall heads, if a secure fixing is
slope of the roof, a supporting steel angle
to the steel angle which is secured to the ribs. available, as at soffits, Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
should be fixed between purlins and the smoke
If the depth of coffering is less than 100mm, Barrier should be clamped with a steel strip
and fire barrier clamped to this with steel strip
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier should be Two layers of 50mm Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
(Figure 1). The insulation should project 80mm
returned at the top by 300mm, to allow for Barrier with a 50mm air space between them
beyond the strip to ensure a good seal.
cutting at the ribs and pushed securely into the are needed for one hour fire resistance. In
If fitted across the sheeting profile, Rocksilk
coffering (Figure 4). If the depth of coffering is general two separate layers should be installed
Smoke and Fire Barrier should be bolted to the
greater than 100mm, Rocksilk Smoke and Fire back to back, each in a manner identical to that
purlins (Figure 2). It is returned at the top, to a
Barrier should be fixed around the coffering shown for half hour fire resistance. The joints in
length equivalent to 3 times the profile depth, to
using steel angle, as described above. the two layers should be staggered and Rocksilk
allow for cutting at troughs and pushing
Alternatively, proprietary profile fillers may be Smoke and Fire Barrier returned outward at the
securely into profiles. Alternatively, proprietary
used. top and bottom. The wire reinforced sides
profile fillers may be used.
The perimeter of the barrier should be secured should be placed outward, see Figure 7.
with steel strip (Figure 5).

Fire Protection 6.1
Fire protection
Installation of one hour cavity barrier
7. Fixed to concrete slab 8. Fixing to wall head
10. Fixing at perimeter

9. Fixing to timber spacer
Fixing system specifications

Partitions and wall heads Table 3 - Specification of angles and strips
If possible, Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier Angle: Mild steel - 50mm x 50mm x 2mm or 60mm x 40mm x 2mm
should be secured with steel strip to the partition Strip: Mild steel - 40mm x 2mm
or wall head so as to maintain the 50mm air
space (Figure 8). If this is not possible, it should
Angle fixings to concrete decks and steel sections: angles 50 x 50 x 2mm 6.1
Fire resistance Maximum spacing of fixings (m) for the following drop heights (m)
be draped with a return of at least 150mm, or
fixed to a timber spacer which is fixed to the period (mins) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
partition or wall head (Figures 6 and 9). 30 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
60 2 2 1.75 1.5 1.5 1 1 0.75 0.75
Perimeter fixing
Key: M8 M6
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier should be
bolts bolts
secured with steel strip to the sides of the
Angle fixings to timber beams and trusses: angles 50 x 50 x 2mm
perimeter wall, so as to maintain the 50mm air
Fire resistance Maximum spacing of fixings (m) for the following drop heights (m)
space (Figure 10).
period (mins) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
30 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
60 2 2 1.75 1.5 1.5 1 1 0.75 0.75
Key: Buildex HT screws, minimum 25mm thread penetration into timber
Buildex HT screws, minimum 40mm thread penetration into timber
Steel strip fixings: To masonry and concrete Buildex Tapcon 4H masonry anchors
To timber Buildex HT range of fixings
To steel angle Steel bolts
Minimum return of Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier - When clamped to flat surface (vertical or horizontal)
80mm. When loose laid over horizontal surface - 150mm.

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Jointing Rocksilk Smoke and Fire barrier
12. Vertical butt joint 13. Vertical returned joint 14. Vertical lap joint
11. Junction with suspended ceiling
500mm
minimum
overlap
15. Perpendicular joint 16. Horizontal joint at a drop
Suspended ceilings
With suspended ceilings where positive fixing Vertical and horizontal joints Drops
to wall heads or partition heads is not possible, Three methods of securing the joints between All barriers can be used for drop heights up to
the weight of Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier adjacent pieces of Rocksilk Smoke and Fire 5m without additional support. For drops
and the stiffness of wire facing are such that it Barrier are approved. between 5m and 7m it is necessary to introduce
will form an effective seal if it laps the Joints are tightly butted together and stitched in additional supporting members in order to
horizontal surface by a minimum of 150mm. a continuous spiral loop with 1mm diameter support the weight of the fire barriers (Figure
Lapped joints are only permissible where the galvanised lacing wire. The stitching should 16).
suspended ceiling has the same fire resistance pass through the reinforcement mesh and the Services
as the cavity barrier. Rocksilk Smoke and Fire wool on each side of the butt joint at centres not Services which are permitted by Building
Barrier must be slit and fitted around any exceeding 100mm (Figure 12). Regulations to penetrate barriers, should
crossing tees to eliminate gaps and ensure that be provided with collars of Rocksilk Smoke and
Alternatively the Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
excessive loads are not transferred to the ceiling Fire Barrier at least 300mm long, sewn to the
Barrier edges are returned at least 80mm and
(Figure 11). main barrier and then strapped or wired so as
wired together (Figure 13), or they may be
Jointing lapped at least 100mm and wired together to avoid any possibility of gaps (Figure 17).
This section describes the approved methods for (Figure 14). A half hour barrier requires a collar on
joining adjacent pieces of Rocksilk Smoke and one side of the barrier. A one hour barrier
Perpendicular joints
Fire Barrier. The methods are applicable to both requires one collar on both sides of the barrier
The junction between two barriers should be
half and one hour large cavity barriers. system.
securely wired together (Figure 15) with a
return of at least 80mm.

Fire Protection 6.1
Fire protection
Penetrating pipes and ducts
300mm
minimum
17. Penetrating pipe 18. Penetrating steelwork
19. Temporary framework to ease handling
Penetrating steelwork Handling Following trades

This should be provided with a collar of Rocksilk Depending on the size of the barrier and the The integrity of barriers must be restored if 6.1
Smoke and Fire Barrier at least 300mm long working space available, it is sometimes difficult disturbed by following trades, either during
(Figure 18). The collar is fixed to the concrete or to hold the material in place while top fixings the building process or after completion.
metal deck by clamping against these surfaces are being secured. It will be found helpful to This instruction should be incorporated into
behind steel angle. The voids in the steelwork make a temporary prop from, e.g. slotted the building handbook.
are filled with Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier angle. This may comprise a crosspiece of length
(figure 18). A half hour barrier requires a collar appropriate to the width of the Rocksilk Smoke
on one side of the barrier. A one hour barrier and Fire Barrier, with studs on the top which will
requires one collar on both of the layers of the hook into the wire mesh of the Rocksilk Smoke
barrier system. and Fire Barrier. This may be swivelled on the
Access top of a handle, and secured horizontally or to
Where permanent access is needed through the the angle of the roof by an adjustable brace. It
barrier, a fire door and frame, rated to the is used to hold the Rocksilk Smoke and Fire
appropriate fire resistance, must be used. Barrier up, 100mm or so behind the fixing
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier should be fixed location, while fixing is being carried out.
securely to the frame. When fixing to a sloping deck, the top of the
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier should be
trimmed to the correct angle to ensure that joints
are truly vertical (Figure 19).

6.1 Fire Protection
Internal floor
Refurbishment of timber separating/internal floor
REFURB
Existing ceiling can be

Fp06
retained, avoiding disruption
to rooms below
Provides thermal and acoustic
insulation as well as fire
resistance
Meets the requirements of

Approved Document E for sound
resistance of internal floors

Support mesh
stapled to joists
Existing ceiling

Minimum 18mm Chipboard

E arthwool Flexible Slab is a multi-purpose rock The use of Earthwool Flexible Slab in a After removal of the floor deck, line the voids in
mineral wool slab designed to be friction fitted suspended timber floor achieves one hour fire the floor with 25mm wire mesh, to form a
in a wide range of acoustic, thermal and fire resistance, whilst allowing the existing ceiling to support tray for the insulation. Staple the wire
resistant applications. be retained. mesh to the sides of the joists, at least 40mm up
Introduction To achieve one hours fire resistance: from ceiling level.
Where the loft space of a two storey house is The floor deck should be at least 18mm thick Cut 100mm Earthwool Flexible Slabs to size
converted into habitable accommodation, the tongued and grooved chipboard or timber and lay onto the wire mesh support, so that
floor to the new rooms must have 30 minutes boarding there are no gaps between the insulation and
fire resistance over any part of the escape route the joists. Butt joint the insulation slabs so there
The joists must be at least 200mm deep and
directly below. This is often the case when, for are no gaps between them.
37mm wide
example, the floor of the new room extends Fix a chipboard floor deck, at least 18mm thick,
over a landing in the stairway enclosure below. The wire mesh should be stapled to the sides
over the entire floor area.
The solution on this page provides the required of the joists at least 40mm above the ceiling
period of fire protection without having to level
upgrade the existing ceiling. Any ceiling can be used

Fire Protection 6.1
Typical wall floor junction Typical specification

Lay 100mm Earthwool Flexible Slab on
25mm chicken wire mesh, stapled to sides of
Existing wall
joists at least 40mm up from ceiling level and
at 600mm centres. The joists should be at
least 200 x 37mm and spaced at not more
Earthwool Flexible Slab cut and friction than 600mm centres. The flooring board to
fitted between last joist and wall Minimum 18mm chipboard
be at least 18mm thick.
P10/250
Earthwool Wire mesh stapled to joists to provide Existing ceiling

Flexible Slab support for Earthwool Flexible Slab
Performance
Fire performance
Earthwool Flexible Slab is classified as
Euroclass A1 to BS EN 13501-1 and non-
combustible to BS 476: Part 4: 1970
(1984), Class 1 Surface Spread of Flame to BS
476: Part 7: 1997 and Class 0 to the Building
Regulations.
6.1
Acoustic
The acoustic performance of an internal floor
containing 100mm of Earthwool Flexible Slab
(and 12.50mm standard plasterboard ceiling)
will be at least 40dB and therefore, meet the
requirements of Approved Document E of the

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab
NEW BUILD REFURB
Lightweight, mineral wool has

Fp07 Blockwork compartment
wall
approximately one half to one third of
the weight of traditional silicate and
vermiculite boards
Fast and simple fixing system makes the
slabs quick and easy to install
Provides excellent acoustic and thermal
performance insulation
Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab

RS33 Slab as packing
Steel angle rivetted at 150mm centres
Rocksilk Pyroduct fixed to duct
Rocksilk Pyroduct glued to wall and insulation

Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab is a 160 kg/m3 density Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab is applied in a single Fire
rock mineral wool slab. The slabs are faced thickness, removing the need for multi layer Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab is classified as
with a bright Class O reinforced aluminium applications. This provides assurance of a non-combustible to BS 476: Part 4: 1970
foil, making it suitable for applications above uniform thickness and therefore the integrity of (1984), Class 1 surface spread of flame to BS
clean rooms, within air plenums or for aesthetic the system and allows for easy verification of 476: Part 7:1997 and Class O to the Building
purposes. correct installation on site. Regulations.
Typical construction Individual slabs are 1200mm long and 600mm Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab has been tested in
The exposed surfaces of steel ductwork are fully wide making them easy to carry around site. accordance with BS 476: 24:1987 and can
enclosed in Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab using the Their lightweight nature also makes them easy provide up to two hours fire resistance for steel
fixing system shown on the following pages. to use.The fixing system of welded pins and ductwork exposed to fire either inside or outside
Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab can be used to provide square edge butt joints gives a fast and simple of the duct.
up to 2 hours fire protection to steel ductwork. system which requires no special vee cuts, Moisture resistance
drilling or sub-frames and also makes the slabs Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab is non-wicking when
fast and easy to install. tested to BS 2972: 1989: Section 12. When
exposed to 90% relative humidity and 20C,
Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab absorbs less than
0.004% of moisture.

Fire Protection 6.1
Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab...........mm thick to be
used to provide up to 2 hours fire protection
to steel ductwork as detailed in this schedule
(specifier to state which ducts require fire
protection).
It is to be installed using the fixing system as
detailed, and at a thickness with due regard
to the duct size, orientation and period of fire
protection required.
Foil facing omitted for clarity
Table 4 - Required thickness of Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab Weight

Thickness of insulation (mm) Table 5 shows the weight per square metre of
Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab.
Period of fire Vertical ducts Horizontal ducts Kitchen extract
resistance (hours) ducts Fire protection
Any vertical or horizontal, rectangular or
0.5 - - 45
square steel ductwork associated with
1.0 45 45 90
ventilation and/or air conditioning systems,
2.0 90 90 - including ducted supply and extract systems
6.1
(whether through ducts or plenums),
mechanically assisted systems and those
relying on natural convection can be
Table 5 - Weight of slabs protected with Rocksilk PyroDuct Slabs to
provide the required degree of fire protection.
Thickness Weight
(mm) (kg/m2) Achieving the required fire
45 7.20
performance
The required thickness of Rocksilk PyroDuct
90 14.40
Slab depends upon the orientation of the duct
and the period of fire resistance required.
Table 4 displays the thicknesses required for
vertical and horizontal ducts and also for
kitchen extract ducts for the commonest
periods of fire resistance.

6.1 Fire Protection
Fire protection
m
0m
35
0 mm
35
m
0m
35
Greater
than
Greater 1000mm
than m
1000mm 0m
50mm 35
m
0m
50mm 35
500mm
max X
500mm
max
1. Weld 3mm diameter steel pins at 350mm longitudinal centres 2. Where the dimension of the vertical sidesY exceed 1000mm,
along the centre line of the vertical sides of the ductwork. the steel pins should be in rows starting 50mm in from the edge
and spaced apart at a maximum of 500mm centres.
Greater
than X
1000mm
m
0m
50mm 35
500mm
Y
max
X
500mm
max
500mm
m
max 0m 50mm
35
m Y
0m 50mm
35
3. Weld 3mm diameter steel pins at 350mm longitudinal centres 4. Cut Rocksilk PyroDuct Slab to size as follows:
along the horizontal surfaces of the ductwork in rows starting horizontal surfaces to dimension X,
50mm in from the longitudinal edge and spaced apart at a vertical surfaces to dimension Y + 2t,
maximum of 500mm centres. where t = thickness of insulation.
500mm
max
m
0m 50mm
35
5. Attach the insulation by impaling over the welded pins and 6. Glue all board to board joints using a thixotropic silicate
securing with 38mm spring steel washers. based adhesive.
7. Trim off pin lengths to about 30mm excess and bend this
excess to form a right angle with the insulation.
8. Although not essential, it is good practice to offset the joints
for each surface.

Fire Protection 6.1
Fire protection
Vertical ducts
The installation detail on the previous pages for horizontal ducts is
also relevant for vertical ductwork, though the horizontal and vertical
surfaces referred to for horizontal ductwork will be the longest and
shortest surfaces respectively in vertical ductwork.
Ductwork passing through compartment

walls or floors
In accordance with The Building Regulations, when ductwork passes
through any element of construction which has a designated period
of fire resistance, the integrity of that compartment should be
maintained. In these situations, the ductwork in the immediate vicinity
of the penetration should be stiffened as follows:
a) When the flange is within 100mm of the penetration then a

50 x 50 x 3mm steel angle should be rivetted to the top edge
of the duct using a single row of rivets with washers starting
50mm from the edge and at 150mm centres.
Earthwool Building Slab RS33 should be used to pack any gap
between the main insulation and the blockwork.
120 x 90mm sections of Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab is glued to the
wall and main Pyroduct insulation.
6.1
b) When the flange is greater than 100mm from the penetration,

two angles should be used, fixed as described in a) above, and
45mm Rocksilk Pyroduct Slab installed perpendicular to the duct
at the penetration.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 7.0
Construction Details
Masonry
Window and door heads - open back steel lintel
Window sill
Window and door jamb
Ground floor junction with an external wall
Junction with an external wall and an intermediate floor within a dwelling
Junction with an external wall eaves, insulation at ceiling level
Junction with an external wall gable, insulation at ceiling level
Junction with an external wall normal corner
Junction with an external wall inverted corner
Junction with an external wall and a party wall between dwellings
Junction with a party wall and ground floor
Junction with a party wall gable, insulation at ceiling level
Timber Frame
Window and door heads timber lintel
Window sill
Junction with an external wall and party wall between dwellings
7.0 Construction Details
Construction details
Linear thermal transmittance values (psi values) and temperature factors
Introduction
In order to assess the thermal performance of a In order to prevent localised surface The overall heat loss from dwellings is measured
building the total heat loss through the fabric condensation the temperature factor (known as using SAP 2009, and SBEM for all other
envelope of the building needs to be established, the f-factor) should also be established. buildings, both of which require the heat loss
this entails calculating the heat loss through the BRE IP 1/06 provides guidance and limitations from the total amount of linear thermal bridging
plane elements of the construction along with the on the types of buildings and the f-factor to be taken into account.
heat loss through the thermal bridges. required in order to prevent surface Generally, there are three ways of providing psi
Thermal bridges have the effect of reducing the condensation and mould growth from occurring. values for a construction detail:
internal surface temperature and increasing heat Generally, an f-factor of no less than 0.75 is
1. Use Accredited Details (ACD`s) and psi values
loss which in turn can result in an increased risk adequate for the internal environment in
as published by the relevant statutory body
of condensation and mould growth forming at dwellings. Non residential values vary between
0.30 and 0.90 dependent on the activity within 2. Use non-accredited details and psi values that
the thermal bridge.
the building. do not have independent third party approval
There are two types of thermal bridge:
3. Use non-accredited details and psi values that
1. Repeating thermal bridges, such as mortar Building Regulations do have independent third party approval
joints in aircrete blockwork, timber ceiling joists In accordance with Approved Documents L1A
and timber studs in timber frame walls etc, are and L2A in England and Wales, Scottish Construction Details Schemes
taken into account in U-value calculations in Technical Standard 6 and Technical Booklet F in Currently there are no independent third party
accordance with the methodology detailed in BS Northern Ireland, the effect of thermal bridging approval schemes in operation, however, when
EN 6946. at junctions and openings in the building should they are available it is Knauf Insulation`s intention
2. Non-repeating thermal bridges such as the be limited so that localised condensation and to take up membership of one (or several of the
junctions of the walls with the roof and floor and excessive heat loss are avoided. schemes) thereby allowing us to be able to
window jambs, sills and heads etc are calculated In order to prevent localised condensation and provide proprietary construction details which
by numerical modelling in accordance with the mould growth from occurring on the plane areas have not only been assessed and validated as
methodology detailed in BS EN ISO 10211. of roofs and floors a U-value of 0.35W/m2K being accurately compiled and calculated but
should not be exceeded, for walls its 0.70W/m2K. also (and most importantly) to confirm that the
Heat loss through thermal bridging is commonly
For non-repeating thermal bridges the guidance details can actually be built on site.
referred to as the `linear thermal transmittance
value` or the psi value (-value). in BRE IP1/06 should be followed. Calculations Independent schemes will aim to deliver
should be compiled in accordance with BR 497 - consistent, transparent and reliable psi value
`Conventions for calculating linear thermal calculations that deliver performance over and
transmittance and temperature factors`. above that of the relevant Accredited Details, thus
reducing heat loss and providing beneficial
results in SAP and SBEM calculations. An
additional benefit is that the punitive penalties
Table 1 - Avoiding surface condensation and mould growth associated with the creation of `non-scheme
details` are negated whilst compliance with the
f-factor
relevant national thermal regulations is also
Dwellings; residential buildings; schools 0.75 shown.
Swimming pool (including a dwelling with an indoor pool) 0.90

Accredited Details (ACD`s)
and associated psi values
Table 2 - Avoiding surface condensation and mould growth When specifying the use of Accredited Details in
f-factor England and Wales psi values from Appendix K
in SAP 2009 should be used, for Scotland psi
Storage buildings 0.30
values from the Àccredited Construction Details
Offices, retail premises 0.50 Scotland 2010` are appropriate.
Sports halls, kitchens, canteens, buildings with un-flued gas 0.80 Significant improvements in Accredited Detail psi
heaters values can be achieved by adapting or amending
High humidity buildings such as swimming pools, laundries 0.90 existing details and the insulation materials that
and breweries have been specified.

Construction Details 7.0
Knauf Insulation Construction

Providing a psi value calculation (created by an
Details
approved thermal modeller) can deliver
The construction details on the following pages
significant improvements in the thermal
have been compiled by Knauf Insulation `thermal
performance that can be legitimately assigned to
modellers` and are typical of the construction
construction details. For instance, a normal
details that we will be promoting and providing
masonry corner, fully filled with Earthwool Cavity
when independent third party approval schemes
Slab 34 Super can be improved from an
are available.
Àccredited` value of 0.09 to 0.058, an
Specifiers of our construction details can then be
improvement of over 43% by providing an
confident that our declared psi values and
accredited `Construction Details` calculation
f-factors will be accurate, consistent, robust and
rather than relying on an Accredited Detail
the detail has been proven to be buildable on
default psi value.
site after undergoing independent assessment.
This level of improvement can obviously have an
A range of the most common construction details
even more significant impact on heat loss (and
in dwellings and their relative psi values and
compliance with the Building Regulations) when it
f-factors are shown on the following pages.
is applied to the total length of all of the normal
corners associated with the building being The psi values contained within the Construction
assessed via SAP 2009 or the SBEM. Details section have been applied to the
whole-house specification models as detailed in
This detail also has an f-factor of 0.904 which
our Thermal Efficiency Standards in New
means that it can be specified for use in all types
Dwellings brochure and enable the achievement
of buildings, with any internal activity, with
of a thermal bridging `Y` value of 0.05.
confidence that surface condensation and mould
growth will not occur. `Thermal Efficiency Standards in New Dwellings
- A guide to Approved Document L1A 2010`
(England and Wales) can be downloaded at
7.0

Masonry
Window and door heads - open back steel lintel
Cross section Isothermal image

Linear thermal transmittance (psi value)
= 0.224
Accredited Detail psi value

= 0.30
Temperature factor
f = 0.967
1. 103mm brick external leaf
2. 100mm cavity fully filled with Earthwool
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super or Supafil 34
3. 100mm block internal leaf (l = 0.15 W/mK)
4. Internal leaf finished with 12.50mm standard
plasterboard on dabs
5. Open backed steel lintel filled with insulation
with a thermal conductivity no worse than
0.038 W/mK
Thermal performance Air barrier

1. Ensure lintel thickness is no greater than 3mm 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around
2. For built-in applications, ensure Earthwool should be either wet plaster or plasterboard the perimeter of each board,
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super is in intimate finish with a sealing render or parge coat on particularly at the junctions with the
contact with the lintel the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve roof
a satisfactory and durable air barrier by b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
3. Window/door frame to overlap insulation
using plasterboard on dabs alone fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
component of the lintel by no less than 30mm
2. This advice is different to the plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
4. For built-in applications, ensure that there are
recommendations currently given in substrate
no gaps in the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled
which place plasterboard on dabs as an be sealed
5. Ensure insulation within the lintel is equally effective air barrier to wet plaster and
undamaged and in contact with the window or d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be fully
render finishes. This recommendation is
door frame filled
given following experience of extensive air
6. Seal the internal joint between the window or leakage testing on masonry dwellings which
door frame and the internal finish suggests that if plasterboard on dabs were
able to form an effective air barrier, it is very
rarely achieved in practice
3. However since ACDs allow the usage of
plasterboard on dabs and this is the most
common form of construction currently used
we have illustrated it here
4. To maximise effectiveness in reducing air
leakage the following steps should be
undertaken:

Masonry
Window sill

= 0.009

= 0.04
Temperature factor
f = 0.965
3. 100mm block internal leaf (= 0.15 W/mK)
5. Cavity closer, minimum thermal resistance path
of 0.45 m2K/W

1. Cavity closer to have a minimum thermal 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around the
resistance path through the closer of no less should be either wet plaster or plasterboard perimeter of each board, particularly at the
than 0.45 m2K/W finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve
2. Window frame to overlap cavity closer by no b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
a satisfactory and durable air barrier by
less than 30mm fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
using plasterboard on dabs alone
3. For built-in applications, ensure Earthwool plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
2. This advice is different to the substrate
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super is in intimate
recommendations currently given in
contact with the full length of the cavity closer c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which
4. For built-in applications, ensure that there are sealed
place plasterboard on dabs as an equally
no gaps in the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be fully
effective air barrier to wet plaster and render
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled filled
finishes. This recommendation is given
5. If a window board is present seal the joint following experience of extensive air leakage
between the window board and window testing on masonry dwellings which suggests
7.0
frame and the window board and the air that if plasterboard on dabs were able to
barrier with a flexible sealant form an effective air barrier, it is very rarely
6. If there is no window board the internal air achieved in practice
barrier will also form the window sill, in this 3. However since ACDs allow the usage of
instance seal between the air barrier and the plasterboard on dabs and this is the most
window frame with a flexible sealant common form of construction currently used
undertaken:

Masonry
Cross section
= 0.014

= 0.05
Temperature factor
f = 0.969
Isothermal image 1. 103mm brick external leaf
5. Cavity closer, minimum thermal resistance path
of 0.45 m2K/W

1. Cavity closer to have a minimum thermal 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around the
resistance path through the closer of no less should be either wet plaster or plasterboard perimeter of each board, particularly at the
than 0.45 m2K/W finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
2. Window or door frame to overlap cavity closer the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
by no less than 30mm a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
3. For built-in applications, ensure Earthwool
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super is in intimate 2. This advice is different to the substrate
contact with the full length of the cavity closer recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which sealed
4. For built-in applications, ensure that there are
no gaps in the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be fully
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled filled
5. Seal the joint between the air barrier and the following experience of extensive air leakage
window or door frame with a flexible sealant testing on masonry dwellings which suggests
that if plasterboard on dabs were able to
form an effective air barrier, it is very rarely
achieved in practice
undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.021

= 0.16
Temperature factor
f = 0.895
3. 100mm block internal leaf (l= 0.15 W/mK)
Ground floor
1. 100mm Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard
2. Vapour control layer
3. Chipboard deck

1. For built-in applications, ensure that there are 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around the
no gaps in the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should be either wet plaster or plasterboard perimeter of each board, particularly at the
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled with finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
installation commencing at the foot of the the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve
b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be fully
cavity a satisfactory and durable air barrier by
sealed at its perimeter with plasterboard
2. Ensure that there are no gaps in the Polyfoam using plasterboard on dabs alone
adhesive to the masonry substrate
ECO Floorboards and that they are in intimate 2. This advice is different to the
c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
contact with each other with all joints closed recommendations currently given in
sealed
3. Ensure Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are in Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which
d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be fully
intimate contact with the inner block leaf and place plasterboard on dabs as an equally
filled
for the full length of the floor perimeter effective air barrier to wet plaster and render
4. Seal the joint at the junction of the floor deck
following experience of extensive air leakage
and wall lining
testing on masonry dwellings which suggests
7.0

undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.005

= 0.07
Temperature factor
f = 0.967
5. 100mm of Earthwool Acoustic Roll between
200mm timber floor joists

34 Super and the cavity is fully filled finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
2. Ensure the space between the internal wall and the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
adjacent floor joist is completely filled with a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
Earthwool Acoustic Roll and to the same depth using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
as the joist 2. This advice is different to the substrate
recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
place plasterboard on dabs as an equally d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be fully
effective air barrier to wet plaster and render filled
undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.046

= 0.06
Temperature factor
f = 0.968
5. Ceiling 100mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
between 100mm timber joists overlaid with 2
layers of 170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
6. Ceiling finished with 12.50mm standard
plasterboard

2. For built-in applications, ensure Earthwool the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super is in intimate a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
contact with the Earthwool Loft Roll 44 over using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
the head of the wall/eaves box compartment 2. This advice is different to the substrate
in order to maintain continuity of the insulation recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
envelope Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which sealed
3. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 is in intimate place plasterboard on dabs as an equally
contact with the Earthwool Loft Roll 44 within effective air barrier to wet plaster and render
filled
the eaves box finishes. This recommendation is given
4. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 is in intimate
contact with the eaves ventilator and the
7.0

thermal resistance between the wall plate and
the eaves ventilator is a minimum of
1.20 m2K/W
undertaken:

Masonry
Junction with an external wall gable, insulation at ceiling level

= 0.052

= 0.24
Temperature factor
f = 0.968
Floor
1. 100mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44 between
100mm timber joists, overlaid with 2 layers of
170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
plasterboard
Thermal performance
1. For built-in applications, ensure that there are following experience of extensive air leakage
no gaps in the Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab testing on masonry dwellings which suggests
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled that if plasterboard on dabs were able to
2. Ensure that the space between the internal wall form an effective air barrier, it is very rarely
and adjacent ceiling joist is fully filled with achieved in practice
Earthwool Loft Roll 44, and to the same depth 3. However since ACDs allow the usage of
as the ceiling joist plasterboard on dabs and this is the most
3. Ensure that both layers of Earthwool Loft Roll common form of construction currently used
44 are in intimate contact with the internal we have illustrated it here
block leaf 4. To maximise effectiveness in reducing air
Air barrier undertaken:
1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around the
should be either wet plaster or plasterboard perimeter of each board, particularly at the
finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be fully
a satisfactory and durable air barrier by sealed at its perimeter with plasterboard
using plasterboard on dabs alone adhesive to the masonry substrate
2. This advice is different to the c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
recommendations currently given in sealed
Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which
d. All mortar joints in the masonry should be
fully filled

Masonry

= 0.058

= 0.09
Temperature factor
f = 0.906

2. For built-in applications, ensure that the the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
completely fills the corner and is in intimate using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
contact with the internal and external masonry 2. This advice is different to the substrate
leaves at their junctions recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
7.0

undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.091

= 0.090
Temperature factor
f = 0.968
4. Internal wall finished with 12.50mm standard

2. For built-in applications, ensure that the the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
completely fills the corner and is in intimate using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
contact with the internal and external masonry 2. This advice is different to the substrate
leaves at their junctions recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
undertaken:

Masonry
Junction with an external wall and a party wall between dwellings

= 0.041

= 0.06
Temperature factor
f = 0.942
Party Wall
1. 100mm block internal leaf (=0.49 W/mK)
2. 75mm cavity fully filled with Supafil Party Wall

1. For built-in applications, ensure that there are 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
no gaps in Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab should be either wet plaster or plasterboard fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
34 Super and the cavity is fully filled finish with a sealing render or parge coat on plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
2. For built-in applications ensure that Earthwool the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve substrate
DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super is in intimate a satisfactory and durable air barrier by b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
contact with the for the full height of the using plasterboard on dabs alone fully sealed at its perimeter with
junction 2. This advice is different to the plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
recommendations currently given in substrate
Cavity barrier Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to
1. Ensure cavity barrier is in intimate contact with place plasterboard on dabs as an equally be sealed
the internal and external masonry effective air barrier to wet plaster and render
leaves for the full height of the junction d. All mortar joints in the masonry should
be fully filled
2. Ensure cavity barrier is held in following experience of extensive air leakage
compression for the full height of the junction testing on masonry dwellings which suggests
7.0
3. Ensure all joints in cavity barriers are fully that if plasterboard on dabs were, able to
closed form an effective air barrier, it is very rarely
undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.053

= 0.08
Temperature factor
f = 0.995
Party Wall
Ground floor
3. Chipboard deck

1. Ensure that the foot of the party wall cavity is 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around the
clean and free from mortar droppings prior to should be either wet plaster or plasterboard perimeter of each board, particularly at the
installation of Supafil Party Wall finish with a sealing render or parge coat on junctions with the roof
2. Ensure that there are no gaps in the Polyfoam the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
ECO Floorboard Standard boards and that a satisfactory and durable air barrier by fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
they are in intimate contact with each other using plasterboard on dabs alone plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
2. This advice is different to the substrate
recommendations currently given in c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to be
filled
undertaken:

Masonry

= 0.072

= 0.12
Temperature factor
f = 0.991
Party Wall
Roof
100mm timber joists, overlaid with 2 layers of
170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
plasterboard

1. Ensure the space between the wall and 1. For preference an air barrier on masonry
adjacent ceiling joist is completely filled with should be either wet plaster or plasterboard
Earthwool Loft Roll 44 and to the same depth finish with a sealing render or parge coat on
as the ceiling joist the masonry. It is extremely difficult to achieve
a satisfactory and durable air barrier by 4. To maximise effectiveness in reducing air
2. Ensure that the Earthwool Loft Roll 44 layer
using plasterboard on dabs alone leakage the following steps should be
over the ceiling joists is in intimate contact with
undertaken:
the party wall and for the full length of the 2. This advice is different to the
party wall recommendations currently given in a. Continuous ribbons of adhesive, around
Accredited Construction Details (ACD's) which the perimeter of each board,
3. Seal the joint at the junction of the wall and
place plasterboard on dabs as an equally particularly at the junctions with the
ceiling finish with a flexible sealant
effective air barrier to wet plaster and render roof
finishes. This recommendation is given b. Every hole cut in the plasterboard to be
following experience of extensive air leakage fully sealed (at its perimeter) with
testing on masonry dwellings which suggests plasterboard adhesive to the masonry
7.0
that if plasterboard on dabs were able to substrate

c. Every penetration in the plasterboard to
be sealed
d. All mortar joints in the masonry should
be fully filled

Timber frame
Window and door heads timber lintel

= 0.085

= 0.30
Temperature factor
f = 0.972
2. 50mm unventilated cavity
3. 10mm sheathing plywood
4. Vapour permeable membrane
5. 140mm timber frame fully filled with 140mm
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40
7. Internal finish of 12.5mm standard
plasterboard
8. Steel external lintel
9. Timber internal lintel
Thermal performance Air barrier 10. 50mm wide cavity closer (=0.035 W/mK)
to suit height of steel lintel
1. Ensure metal lintel thickness is no greater than 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier
3mm which is mechanically fixed to the timber
2. Ensure insulation with a thermal conductivity frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
value of no worse than 0.035 W/mK fully fills joints with an aluminised tape
the space within the lintel and overlaps the 2. Seal the internal joint between the window or
timber lintels in the internal wall it should also door frame and the lintels and cover with
be in intimate contact with the window/door double sided tape
frame 3. Install vapour control layer and overlap onto
3. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills double sided tape
the timber stud void and is intimate contact 4. Ensure all interfaces between the door or
with the timber lintels in the internal wall window frame and the air barrier/vapour
4. Window/door frame to overlap insulation control layer are sealed with a flexible sealant
component of the lintel by no less than 30mm 5. All penetrations in the air barrier/vapour
control layer should be sealed with an
aluminised tape

Timber frame
Window sill

= 0.034

= 0.04
Temperature factor
f = 0.972
plasterboard
8. 100mm x 50mm wide cavity closer
(=0.035 W/mK)

1. Install a cavity closer with a thermal resistance 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier
path through the closer of no less than which is mechanically fixed to the timber
0.45 m2K/W, it should be in intimate contact frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
with the window sill joints with an aluminised tape
2. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 2. Maintain continuity of the air barrier by
the timber stud void and is intimate contact overlapping it onto the breather membrane,
with the sill support rail finishing at the junction of the cavity closer
3. Window/door sill to overlap cavity closer by and the cavity face of the masonry leaf
no less than 30mm 3. Seal the junction between the window sill and
4. Ensure cavity closer protrudes slightly above the sill board with a flexible sealant
the head of the cavity to enable it be in 4. Seal the junction between the plasterboard
intimate contact with the window frame and the sill board with a flexible sealant
5. Ensure all interfaces between the door or
window frame and the air barrier/vapour
7.0
control layer are sealed with a flexible sealant

6. All penetrations in the air barrier/vapour
aluminised tape

Timber frame
Cross section
= 0.039

= 0.05
Temperature factor
f = 0.972
Isothermal image 1. 103mm brick external leaf
plasterboard
(=0.035 W/mK)

1. Install a cavity closer with a thermal resistance 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier
path through the closer of no less than which is mechanically fixed to the timber
0.45 m2K/W frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
2. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills joints with an aluminised tape
the timber stud void and is intimate contact 2. Maintain continuity of the air barrier by
with the cripple studs overlapping it onto the breather membrane,
3. Window/door frame to overlap cavity closer and taping it to the window/door frame
by no less than 30mm 3. Seal the junction of the plasterboard and
window/door frame with a flexible sealant
4. Ensure all interfaces between the door or
window frame and the air barrier/vapour
control layer are sealed with a flexible sealant
aluminised tape

Timber frame

= 0.040

= 0.16
Temperature factor
f = 0.864
3. Wall finish of 12.50 + 19mm standard
plasterboard
Ground floor
3. Chipboard deck

1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact which is mechanically fixed to the timber
with all timber members, sheathing board and frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
vapour control layer joints with an aluminised tape
2. Ensure that there are no gaps in the Polyfoam
2. Seal the corner joint between the plasterboard
ECO Floorboards and that they are in intimate
sheets with a flexible sealant
contact with each other with all joints closed
3. Ensure Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are in
intimate contact with the sole plates and for
aluminised tape
the full length of the floor perimeter
and wall lining
7.0

Timber frame

= 0.027

= 0.07
Temperature factor
f = 0.972
Ceiling
1. 100mm Earthwool Acoustic Roll laid on ceiling
between timber floor joists
2. Internal wall finish of 12.5mm standard
Thermal performance Air barrier plasterboard
1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier 3. Internal ceiling finish of 12.5mm standard
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact which is mechanically fixed to the timber plasterboard
with all timber members frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
2. Install 100mm of Earthwool Acoustic Roll joints with an aluminised tape
around the perimeter of the floor, ensure 2. Seal the gap between the plasterboard and
insulation is the same depth as the floor joists floor deck and the skirting board and floor
and is intimate contact with the ceiling, soffit of deck with a flexible sealant
the floor deck and the header/blocking 3. Maintain the continuity of the vapour control
3. Insert Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 in the layer/air barrier through the floor zone
space between the wall head beams 4. All penetrations in the air barrier/vapour
aluminised tape ealed with an aluminised
tape

Timber frame

= 0.059

= 0.06
Temperature factor
f = 0.968
plasterboard
Roof
Thermal performance Air barrier 100mm timber joists, overlaid with 2 layers of
1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier 170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact which is mechanically fixed to the timber 2. Ceiling finished with 12.50mm standard
with head plate frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all plasterboard
2. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 covers the wall joints with an aluminised tape
plate/head binder 2. Seal the joint between the vapour control (=0.035 W/mK)
3. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 is in intimate layer/air barrier with a flexible sealant to
contact with the eaves ventilator and the maintain the continuity of the air barrier
thermal resistance between the wall plate and 3. All penetrations in the air barrier/vapour
the eaves ventilator is a minimum of control layer should be sealed with an
1.20m2K/W aluminised tape
7.0

Timber frame

= 0.081

= 0.24
Temperature factor
f = 0.972
plasterboard
Roof
Thermal performance Air barrier 100mm timber joists, overlaid with 2 layers of
1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier 170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact which is mechanically fixed to the timber 2. Ceiling finished with 12.50mm standard
with the head plate frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all plasterboard
2. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 continues joints with an aluminised tape
over the head of the internal wall and is in 2. Seal the joint between the vapour control
intimate contact with the internal face of the layer/air barrier with a flexible sealant to
sheathing board for the full length of the party maintain the continuity of the air barrier
wall
aluminised tape

Timber frame

= 0.060

= 0.09
Temperature factor
f = 0.971
plasterboard

2. Seal the internal corner joint between the
plasterboard sheets with a flexible sealant
aluminised tape
7.0

Timber frame

= 0.053

= 0.09
Temperature factor
f = 0.970
plasterboard

aluminised tape

Timber frame
Junction with an external wall and party wall between dwellings

= 0.050

= 0.06
Temperature factor
f = 0.920
plasterboard
Party wall
Thermal performance Cavity barrier Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40
1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. Ensure the cavity barrier in the external wall is 2. Interframe void full filled with 60mm
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact in intimate contact with the party wall Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall
with all timber members, sheathing board and components and for the full height of the Slab
vapour control layer party wall
3. 300mm cavity barrier at junction
2. Ensure void between party wall timber studs is 2. Ensure the cavity barrier is compression fitted
completely filled with Earthwool FrameTherm at the party wall/external wall junction
plasterboard
Roll 40 3. Ensure all joints in cavity barriers are fully
3. Ensure the interframe void is completely filled closed
with Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab 4. Ensure cavity barrier is mechanically fixed to
and it is in intimate contact with the Earthwool the sheathing board
FrameTherm Roll 40 between the party wall
timber studs
Air barrier
7.0
1. The vapour control layer forms the air barrier

which is mechanically fixed to the timber
frame and should be defect free, tape/seal all
joints with an aluminised tape
aluminised tape

Timber frame

= 0.070

= 0.08
Temperature factor
f = 0.995
2. Interframe void fully filled with 60mm
3. 300mm cavity barrier at junction of
walls
plasterboard
Ground floor
Thermal performance Air barrier 3. Chipboard deck
2. Ensure void between party wall timber studs is 2. Seal the corner joint between the plasterboard
completely filled with Earthwool FrameTherm sheets with a flexible sealant
Roll 40
3. Ensure the interframe void is completely filled control layer should be sealed with an
with Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab aluminised tape
and it is in intimate contact with the Earthwool
FrameTherm Roll 40 between the party wall
timber studs
4. Ensure that there are no gaps in the Polyfoam
ECO Floorboards and that they are in intimate
contact with each other with all joints closed
5. Ensure Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are in
intimate contact with the sole plates and for
the full length of the floor perimeter
and wall lining

Timber frame

= 0.065

= 0.12
Temperature factor
f = 0.990
Party wall
2. Interframe void full filled with 60mm
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall
Slab
3. 300mm cavity barrier at junction
with roof
plasterboard
Thermal performance Cavity barriers Roof

1. Ensure Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40 fully fills 1. Ensure cavity carrier is installed 1. 100mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44 between
the timber stud void and is in intimate contact over the head plates for the full width of the 100mm timber joists, overlaid with 2 layers of
with all timber members, sheathing board and party wall. Cavity barrier should be 170mm Earthwool Loft Roll 44
vapour control layer held in compression between the head of the 2. Ceiling finished with 12.50mm standard
2. Ensure void between party wall timber studs is wall and the roof tile underlay/roof tiles plasterboard
completely filled with Earthwool FrameTherm 2. Ensure all joints in cavity barriers are fully
Roll 40 closed
3. Ensure the interframe void is completely filled
with Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab Air barrier
and it is in intimate contact with the Earthwool 1. The plasterboard sheets forms the air barrier,
FrameTherm Roll 40 between the party wall all penetrations in the air barrier should be
timber studs sealed with a flexible sealant
4. Ensure Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall 2. Seal the wall to ceiling joint between the
Slab is in intimate contact with the cavity plasterboard sheets with a flexible sealant
7.0
barrier at the head of the party wall

5. Ensure Earthwool Loft Roll 44 is in intimate control layer should be sealed with an
contact with the party wall finish in the roof aluminised tape
void and for the full length of the party wall

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 8.1
Glass Mineral Wool Products
Earthwool
Acoustic Floor Roll
Acoustic Roll
Cavity Barriers
DriTherm Cavity Slabs (Glass)
FactoryClad Rolls
FrameTherm Rolls & Slabs
Loft Roll 270mm
Loft Roll 40 and 44
Masonry Party Wall Slab
Rafter Roll
Space Blanket
SteelTherm Roll 40
Timber Frame Party Wall Slab
Universal Roll
Universal Slabs (Glass)
Supafil
34 and 40
Party Wall
Frame
8.1 Product Data: Glass Mineral Wool
Glass mineral wool products

The Knauf Insulation range of glass mineral wool insulation
products are described on the pages 327 to 345.
Standards
Knauf Insulation glass mineral wool insulation products are non-combustible, inorganic and defined as
mineral wool in BS 3533. They are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 13162, EN 16001 Energy
Management Systems, OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, ISO
14001 Environmental Management Systems, and ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems, as certified
by Bureau Veritas.
Durability
Glass mineral wool insulation products are rot proof, do not sustain vermin and will not encourage the
growth of fungi, mould or bacteria. Glass mineral wool insulation products are odourless and
non-hygroscopic.
Handling and storage

Glass mineral wool insulation products are
easy to handle and install, being lightweight
and easily cut to size. Glass mineral wool
insulation products are supplied in polythene
packs which are designed for short term
protection only. For longer term protection on
site, the product should either be stored
indoors, or under cover and off the ground.
Installation instructions are on every pack.
Glass mineral wool insulation products should
not be left permanently exposed to the
elements.
Environmental
Glass mineral wool insulation products are
free from CFCs, HCFCs and any other
material with ozone depletion potential in their
manufacture and content and represent no
known threat to the environment.
Glass mineral wool insulation products have a

Zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) and
Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP).
ECOSE Technology
Knauf Insulation mineral wool products with ECOSE Technology benefit
from a formaldehyde-free binder made from rapidly renewable bio-based
materials instead of petroleum-based chemicals which is up to 70% less energy intensive.
The technology has been developed for Knauf Insulations glass and rock mineral wool
products, enhancing their environmental credentials without affecting the thermal, acoustic 'Knauf Insulation unfaced glass
or fire performance. Insulation products made with ECOSE Technology contain no dye or mineral wool and virgin blowing
artificial colours the colour is completely natural. wool has been awarded the Eurofins
Indoor Air Comfort Gold Standard'.

Product Data: Glass Mineral Wool 8.1
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll is a resilient, glass mineral wool roll
faced on one side with a kraft paper/polythene laminate. Its facing www.goo.gl/fBLt6
has a 75mm overlap along one edge to lap the edge of the
Generic BRE
adjoining roll.
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits Generic BRE

P
Excellent impact sound resistance Green Guide Rating
P Overlapping facing prevents wet Generic BRE

screed from entering mineral wool Green Guide Rating
layer
Generic BRE
P Complies with building regulations Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Application Product Data

Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll is used Thickness Length Width Area per roll
for improving the impact sound (mm) (m) (mm) (m2)
resistance of separating floors, 25 10.00 1200 12.00
specifically Type 2 separating floors
All dimensions are nominal
in Approved Document E.
The kraft paper/polythene laminate

should face uppermost when Acoustics
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll forms Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll
a resilient layer below a screed. provides excellent impact sound
Environmental resistance when used as a resilient
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll is free layer in a separating floor.
from CFCs, HCFCs and any other Fire
material with ozone depletion The glass mineral wool content of
potential in its manufacture and Earthwool Acoustic Floor Roll is
content and represents no known classified as non-combustible to BS
threat to the environment. 476:Part 4:1970(1984).
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Rolls Compressive strength
manufacture has a low impact The table below shows the change
on the environment and is classified in thickness of Earthwool Acoustic
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP. Floor Roll under applied loading.
ECOSE Technology
For more information about ECOSE
Technology, please refer to
page 326.
Thickness of Acoustic Floor Roll under load

Floor surface Approximate load Nominal uncompressed Thickness under
in use (kN/m2) thickness (mm) load (mm)
Timber on battens 20 25 8
65mm screed 3 25 15
(dwellings)
75mm screed 3.25 25 15
8.1
(non domestic)

Earthwool Acoustic Roll Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Acoustic Roll is a flexible, resilient roll
www.goo.gl/ai8wR
of glass mineral wool. It is supplied in dimensions to
suit studs at standard 600mm centres.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Excellent sound absorption Green Guide Rating
P D
imensioned to suit 600mm stud centres Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Quick, economic installation
Generic BRE
P Can be used with standard plasterboard to achieve Green Guide Rating
a sound reduction of 40 Rw dB
Generic BRE
P
F riction fits between studs, ensuring continuity of the
Green Guide Rating
absorbent layer with no gaps
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Application Environmental Fire

Earthwool Acoustic Roll is designed Earthwool Acoustic Roll is free from Earthwool Acoustic Roll is classified
specifically for the sound insulation CFCs, HCFCs and any other as Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO13501-1.
of metal and timber stud partitions. material with ozone depletion Water vapour
potential in its manufacture and Earthwool Acoustic Roll offers
Using glass mineral wool as a
content and represents no known negligible resistance to the passage
sound absorbent layer in partitions
threat to the environment. of water vapour and has a vapour
will significantly improve their
acoustic performance, whilst only Earthwool Acoustic Rolls resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
adding minimally to the overall mass manufacture has a low impact on ECOSE Technology
of the structure. the environment and is classified as For more information about ECOSE
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. Technology, please refer to
complements the plasterboard by Acoustics page 326.
absorbing airborne sound in the Earthwool Acoustic Roll has
cavity and reducing reverberation. It excellent acoustic absorption
also has the effect of reducing the properties.
hollow sound that can occur in
partitions with unfilled cavities.
Timber and metal stud partitions Product Data

faced with standard 12.5mm Thickness Length Width Area per roll
plasterboard and infilled with (mm) (m) (mm) (m2)
Earthwool Acoustic Roll can meet
100 9.17 2 x 600 11.00
the requirement for a 40 Rw dB
100 9.17 3 x 400 11.00
sound reduction in accordance with
Approved Document E of the 75 12.50 2 x 600 15.00
Building Regulations. 50 13.00 2 x 600 15.60
25 10.00 4 x 600 24.00

Earthwool Cavity Barriers Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Cavity Barriers are manufactured from a continuous length of non-
combustible glass mineral wool which is compressed within a resilient polythene sleeve www.goo.gl/t21RZ
incorporating two flanges designed for ease of fixing.
Generic BRE
The polythene sleeve is colour-coded to suit a variety of cavity widths from 50mm Green Guide Rating
to 100mm and eliminates the need for weather protection during installation.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P Meets Building Regulation requirements Green Guide Rating
for both fire and acoustics

Generic BRE
P Simple to install and fix due to flanges Green Guide Rating
on all thicknesses
Generic BRE
P Easy identification for stockists and Green Guide Rating
contractors by coloured sleeving
Generic BRE
P Dimensionally stable and robust Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Cavity Barriers are Cavity width Nominal length Depth Sleeve colour
engineered to prevent the spread of (mm) (mm) (mm)
smoke and fire through walls, floors 50-65 1200 100 yellow
and cavities in timber frame, metal
66-80 1200 100 blue
frame and masonry buildings.
81-100 1200 100 white
They are also suitable for reducing
flanking sound transmission in these 50-65 1200 300 yellow
concealed cavities. 66-80 1200 300 blue
The use of the correct size of 81-100 1200 300 white
Earthwool Cavity Barrier is essential. All dimensions are nominal
Earthwool Cavity Barriers are
designed to compression fit in Environmental Fire
cavities. In the event of fire breaking Earthwool Cavity Barriers are Earthwool Cavity Barriers are
into the cavity, Earthwool Cavity free from CFCs, HCFCs and manufactured from glass mineral
Barriers do not rely on the polythene any other material with ozone wool which has a Euroclass A1 fire
flanges to hold them in place, but depletion potential in their rating when classified in
on their compression between the manufacture and content and accordance with BS EN ISO13501-1.
inner and outer leafs. represent no known threat to the
environment. Earthwool Cavity Barriers have been
It is, therefore, essential to specify
tested for fire resistance in
the Earthwool Cavity Barrier by Earthwool glass mineral wools accordance with BS 476: Part 8:
reference to the actual constructed manufacture has a low impact 1972 and will provide 60 minutes
cavity width. on the environment and is classified stability, integrity and insulation.
In vertical applications, both as Zero ODP and Zero GWP.
ECOSE Technology
flanges of the Earthwool Cavity Acoustics For more information about ECOSE
Barrier should be fixed to the inner Building Regulations require the use Technology, please refer to
leaf. of a cavity closer to reduce flanking page 326.
In horizontal applications the top noise transmission along party wall
flange of the polythene sleeve cavities and external wall cavities
should be fixed to the inner leaf. in masonry and timber frame
constructions.
All joints and intersections of
Earthwool Cavity Barriers should be Earthwool Cavity Barriers meet the
closely butted. generic description for cavity
closers and will therefore ensure
100mm barriers are used for normal
compliance with Approved
fire stopping and noise reduction
Document E and Robust Details in
8.1
applications. 300mm barriers are

timber frame and masonry
used where higher performance
constructions.
levels are specified and at party
wall/external wall cavity junctions.

Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Scan to

view
online
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs are semi-rigid or rigid slabs of non-combustible,
www.goo.gl/rtKIH
glass mineral wool. They are 455mm wide to suit standard vertical wall tie
spacings, ensuring a closed joint with adjacent slabs.
Generic BRE
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs have a special additive to make the product Green Guide Rating
water repellent and are produced in three grades.

Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
British Board of Agrment approved for use in all exposure zones Green Guide Rating
P
E xcellent thermal and fire performance Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Water repellent
Generic BRE
P
Slabs knit together, thus eliminating air gaps between adjacent slabs
Green Guide Rating
P
Long heritage of successful installation
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Application Moisture Guarantee
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs
are for the thermal insulation of contain a water repellent additive to are guaranteed for 50 years to
masonry cavity external walls, either ensure that no liquid water is able to resist the transmission of liquid
partially filling or fully filling the pass through the slabs. Tests by the water from the outer masonry leaf to
cavity. They are approved for use in British Board of Agrment confirm the inner masonry leaf in new
buildings up to 12m high in any that Earthwool DriTherm Cavity external cavity walls and to have a
exposure zone and for use in multi- Slabs will not transmit water to the thermal conductivity of 0.032 to
storey applications up to 25m in inner leaf. Nor will they transmit 0.037W/mK at normal building
height. moisture by capillary action across temperatures. Masonry includes
Environmental the cavity or from below dpc level. bricks, blocks and dressed and
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Certification reconstituted stone. The guarantee is
are free from CFCs, HCFCs and any Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs available by application from Knauf
other material with ozone depletion are certified by British Board of Insulation Ltd.
potential in their manufacture and Agrment Certificate 95/3212. ECOSE Technology
content and represent no known For more information about ECOSE
Approval can be sought from Knauf
threat to the environment. Technology, please refer to
Insulation and the BBA for
page 326.
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slabs
manufacture have a low impact on use in buildings over 25m high.
the environment and are classified
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP.
Thermal
have thermal conductivities ranging
from 0.032 to 0.037 W/mK.
Fire
are classified as Euroclass A1 to
BS EN ISO13501-1.
Water vapour
offer negligible resistance to the
passage of water vapour and have
a vapour resistivity of 5 .00 MN.s/
g.m.

Product Data
Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Slab size (mm)
(mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W)
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 37 Standard
150 0.037 4.05 1200 x 455
125 0.037 3.35 1200 x 455
100 0.037 2.70 1200 x 455
85 0.037 2.25 1200 x 455
75 0.037 2.00 1200 x 455
65 0.037 1.75 1200 x 455
50 0.035 1.40 1200 x 455
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 34 Super
150 0.034 4.40 1200 x 455
125 0.034 3.65 1200 x 455
100 0.034 2.90 1200 x 455
75 0.034 2.20 1200 x 455
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab 32 Ultimate
125 0.032 3.90 1200 x 455
100 0.032 3.10 1200 x 455
85 0.032 2.65 1200 x 455
75 0.032 2.30 1200 x 455
65 0.032 2.00 1200 x 455
50 0.032 1.55 1200 x 455
8.1

Earthwool FactoryClad Roll Scan to

view
online
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is a range of flexible, lightweight rolls of
www.goo.gl/Brpd7
resilient, non-combustible glass mineral wool with exceptionally
high tear strength. It is produced in a range of three different
Generic BRE
thermal conductivities. Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P Exceptionally high tear strength Green Guide Rating
P Combines thermal and acoustic insulation Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Cost effective
Generic BRE
P Easy to install Green Guide Rating
P Lightweight and easy to handle
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is used Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area per roll
for the thermal and acoustic (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) (m2)
insulation of roofs and walls in (W/mK) (m2K/W)
profiled metal clad buildings and Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 40
portable buildings. With a Euroclass
220 0.040 5.50 4.35 1200 5.22
A1 fire classification, its use can
potentially reduce insurance 200 0.040 5.00 4.85 1200 5.82
premiums compared to foam 180 0.040 4.50 6.26 1200 7.51
composite panels. 160 0.040 4.00 7.05 1200 8.46
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll can also 140 0.040 3.50 8.02 1200 9.62
be used as the insulation component
120 0.040 3.00 9.40 1200 11.28
in 4 hour fire rated external walls.
100 0.040 2.50 11.25 1200 13.50
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is
manufactured 1200mm wide to suit 80 0.040 2.00 14.10 1200 16.92
commonly used rail and bracket Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 37
systems and in long lengths, making 180 0.037 4.85 4.77 1200 5.72
it particularly suitable for use in twin
100 0.037 2.70 8.59 1200 10.31
skin profiled metal cladding systems
and standing seam roofs. Earthwool FactoryClad Roll 32
Environmental 100 0.032 3.10 4.00 1200 4.80

Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is free 90 0.032 2.80 4.40 1200 5.28
from CFCs, HCFCs and any other
80 0.032 2.50 5.00 1200 6.00
material with ozone depletion
potential in its manufacture and
content and represents no known
threat to the environment. Fire ECOSE Technology
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll is For more information about ECOSE
Earthwool FactoryClad Rolls
classified as Euroclass A1 to BS EN Technology, please refer to
manufacture has a low impact on the
ISO13501-1. page 326.
environment and is classified as Zero
ODP and Zero GWP. Water vapour
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll offers
Thermal
negligible resistance to the passage
Earthwool FactoryClad Roll has
of water vapour and has a vapour
thermal conductivities ranging from
resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
0.032 to 0.040 W/mK.

Earthwool FrameTherm Roll Scan to

view
and Slab
online
www.goo.gl/hgS6d
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll consists of a resilient, non-combustible

Generic BRE
glass mineral wool roll. Earthwool FrameTherm Slab consists of a Green Guide Rating
resilient, non-combustible glass mineral wool slab.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Wide range of thermal conductivities Green Guide Rating
P Sized to friction fit between studs Generic BRE

at 600mm centres Green Guide Rating
P Easy to handle and install Generic BRE

with no gaps between Green Guide Rating
adjacent rolls or slabs
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Both Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width Area per
Slab are for the thermal insulation (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (m) (mm) roll (m2)
of external walls in timber frame Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 40
constructions. Earthwool FrameTherm
140 0.040 3.50 5.95 2 x 570 6.78
Rolls and Slabs are friction fitted
between studs. They are 570mm 90 0.040 2.25 9.60 2 x 570 10.94
wide to suit commonly used stud Earthwool FrameTherm Roll 35

centres. 140 0.035 4.00 3.90 2 x 570 4.45
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and Slab 90 0.035 2.55 6.00 2 x 570 6.84
can also be used for acoustic
insulation in timber framed
140 0.032 4.35 2.80 2 x 570 3.19
separating walls.
90 0.032 2.80 4.50 2 x 570 5.13
Environmental
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and Slab
are free from CFCs, HCFCs and any Product Data
other material with ozone depletion
Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width Area per Slabs
potential in their manufacture and (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (m) (mm) pack (m2) per pack
content and represent no known
Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 38
threat to the environment.
140 0.038 3.65 1.17 570 5.34 8
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and
90 0.038 2.35 1.17 570 8.00 12
Slabs manufacture has a low impact
on the environment and is classified Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 35
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP. 140 0.035 4.00 1.17 570 4.00 6
Acoustics 90 0.035 2.55 1.17 570 5.34 8
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and Slab Earthwool FrameTherm Slab 32

have excellent sound absorption 140 0.032 4.35 1.17 570 2.67 4
characteristics.
90 0.032 2.80 1.17 570 4.00 6
Thermal All dimensions are nominal
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls have
Water vapour ECOSE Technology
thermal conductivities ranging from
Earthwool FrameTherm Rolls and For more information about ECOSE
0.032 to 0.040 W/mK.
Slabs offer negligible resistance to Technology, please refer to
Earthwool FrameTherm Slabs have the passage of water vapour and page 326.
thermal conductivities ranging from have a vapour resistivity of
8.1
0.032 to 0.038 W/mK. 5.00 MN.s/g.m.

Fire
Earthwool FrameTherm Roll and Slab
are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS
EN ISO 13501-1.
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is a ultra thick product providing a
single layer solution to insulate a pitched roof at ceiling level www.goo.gl/YqoEi
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Lightweight and economic insulation quilt Green Guide Rating
ED
P
Produced for use with timber joists at 400mm and 600mm Generic BRE
centres Green Guide Rating
P
Fully cut into either 2 x 600mm or 3 x 400mm widths Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Combines thermal, acoustic and fire performance
U
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE

N Green Guide Rating
TI
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is an Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width
ultra thick product intended to be (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (m) (mm)
used as a single layer loft solution
270 0.044 6.10 3.85 2 x 600
eliminating the requirement for
270 0.044 6.10 3.85 3 x 400
N
cross-layering to achieve a U-value

of 0.16W/m2K.
Environmental Fire
O
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is free Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm is

from CFCs, HCFCs and any other classified as Euroclass A1 to
material with ozone depletion BS EN ISO 13501-1.
potential in its manufacture and Water vapour
C
content and represents no known Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm offers

threat to the environment. negligible resistance to the passage
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm's of water vapour and has a vapour
IS
manufacture has a low impact on resistivity of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.

the environment and is classified as ECOSE Technology
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. For more information about ECOSE
Thermal Technology, please refer to
D
Earthwool Loft Roll 270mm has a page 326.


Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are glass mineral wool rolls which are lightweight,
www.goo.gl/5WzRB
flexible, resilient and non-combustible.
The rolls are 1140mm wide and partially perforated to produce either 2 rolls Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
570mm wide or 3 rolls 380mm wide.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P L ightweight and economic insulation rolls
P Produced for use with timber joists at 400mm and 600mm centres Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Partially perforated
Generic BRE
P Provides thermal, acoustic and fire performance Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area per
primarily used for the thermal (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) roll (m2)
insulation of pitched roofs at ceiling (W/mK) (m2K/W)
level. However, they can also be Earthwool Loft Roll 44 (Combi-cut)
used to thermally insulate floors or 200 0.044 4.50 5.20 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 5.93
wherever a lightweight mineral wool
170 0.044 3.85 7.03 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 8.01
roll is required.
150 0.044 3.40 8.05 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 9.18
When used to insulate at ceiling
level they are usually laid in two 100 0.044 2.25 12.18 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 13.89
layers, with the first layer between Earthwool Loft Roll 44 SL (Combi-cut)
the joists and the second layer at 200 0.044 4.50 3.40 1140 (2 x 570 / 2 x 380) 3.88
right angles to the joists.
170 0.044 3.85 4.30 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 4.90
Environmental
150 0.044 3.40 4.90 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 5.99
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are
100 0.044 2.25 7.28 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 8.30
free from CFCs, HCFCs and any
other material with ozone depletion Earthwool Loft Roll 44 (Ready-cut)
potential in their manufacture and 150 0.044 3.40 8.05 2 x 570 9.18
150 0.044 3.40 8.05 3 x 380 9.18
100 0.044 2.25 12.18 2 x 570 13.89
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44s
manufacture has a low impact on
the environment and is classified
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP. Product Data
Thermal Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area per

(mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) roll (m2)
(W/mK) (m2K/W)
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 (Combi-cut)
200 0.040 5.00 4.85 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 5.53
150 0.040 3.75 7.53 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 8.58
Fire
Earthwool Loft Roll 40 and 44 are 100 0.040 2.50 11.25 1140 (2 x 570 / 3 x 380) 12.83
classified as Euroclass A1 to All dimensions are nominal
BS EN ISO13501-1.
Water vapour
Earthwool Loft Rolls offer negligible
ECOSE Technology
8.1
resistance to the passage of water

vapour and have a vapour resistivity
Technology, please refer to page 326.
of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.

Earthwool Masonry Scan to

view
Party Wall Slab online

www.goo.gl/LuE5F
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab is a full fill thermal and acoustic
Generic BRE
solution for use in masonry cavity party walls between adjoining Green Guide Rating
apartments, semi-detached and terraced houses.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Can be used as part of a full fill solution to achieve a zero Green Guide Rating
effective U-value within SAP 2009
Generic BRE
P
Range of thicknesses to suit common cavity widths Green Guide Rating
P
Sized to friction fit between wall ties Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Easy to handle and install with no gaps between adjacent
slabs Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab Thickness Installed density Thermal resistance Length Width
is used for the thermal and acoustic (mm) (kg/m3) (m2K/W) (mm) (mm)
insulation of masonry cavity party
100 18.00 2.75 1200 455
walls and is friction fitted between
wall ties. The product can be used 75 18.00 2.05 1200 455
as part of a full fill solution to
achieve a zero effective U-value
within SAP 2009 which is used to
calculate energy consumption for
2010 Building Regulations
Approved Document L (England &
Wales) and Technical Handbook Water vapour
Section 6 (Scotland). Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab
offers negligible resistance to the
Environmental
passage of water vapour and has a
vapour resistivity of 5.00 MNs/g.m.
is free from CFCs, HCFCs and any
other material with ozone depletion Density
potential in its manufacture and Earthwool Masonry Party Wall Slab
content and represents no known is produced to be installed at a
threat to the environment. minimum density of 18kg/m3.
Earthwool Masonry Party Wall

Slabs manufacture has a low ECOSE Technology
impact on the environment and is For more information about ECOSE
classified as Zero ODP and Zero Technology, please refer to
GWP. page 326.
Acoustics
has excellent acoustic absorption
characteristics.
Fire
is classified as Euroclass A1 to
BS EN ISO 13501-1.

Earthwool Rafter Roll Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Rafter Roll is a semi-rigid roll of glass mineral wool
with extra high thermal performance, designed for friction fitting www.goo.gl/kGMev
between rafters.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Very high thermal performance Green Guide Rating
P
Combines thermal and acoustic performance Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Quick and easy installation
P
Friction fitting allows rafter spacing to be Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
completely filled, thus eliminating air gaps
P
Long roll lengths Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
1200mm wide, can be cut to fit any rafter spacing
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Rafter Roll is designed for Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area
insulating between the rafters of (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) per roll
pitched roofs of both new build and (W/mK) (m2K/W) (m2)
existing buildings. It is easy to cut 200 0.036 5.55 3.30 1200 3.96
and friction fit between rafters. 175 0.036 4.85 3.80 1200 4.56
In accordance with Building 140 0.032 4.35 2.80 1200 3.36
Regulation requirements,
125 0.032 3.90 3.20 1200 3.84
a 50mm ventilation path must be
preserved behind the insulation 100 0.032 3.10 4.00 1200 4.80
where the underlay has high vapour 85 0.032 2.65 4.60 1200 5.52
resistance, for example traditional 75 0.032 2.30 5.25 1200 6.30
1F roofing felt.
50 0.032 1.55 7.90 1200 9.48
Earthwool Rafter Roll can be used
either as a single or double layer
between rafters, or as the first layer
of a two layer system in combination Thermal
with Knauf PIR Laminate from Knauf Earthwool Rafter Roll has a thermal
Drywall. conductivity of 0.032 or 0.036 W/mK.
Environmental Fire
Earthwool Rafter Roll is free from Earthwool Rafter Roll is classified as
CFCs, HCFCs and any other Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO13501-1.
Water vapour
Earthwool Rafter Roll offers
Earthwool Rafter Rolls manufacture resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
has a low impact on the
ECOSE Technology
environment and is classified as
Zero ODP and Zero GWP.
Acoustics page 326.
Earthwool Rafter Roll has excellent
8.1
sound absorption characteristics.

Space Blanket Scan to

view
online
Space Blanket is a premium encapsulated glass mineral wool product
for use between ceiling joists or on top of existing insulation. The sleeved www.goo.gl/Ryyqs
encapsulation is a part metallised polyethene film that reflects heat and
Generic BRE
makes Space Blanket extra easy and comfortable to install. It is also
Green Guide Rating
compression packed for less handling - expanding when unrolled.
*Glass mineral wool content only.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P Easy to handle and encapsulated Green Guide Rating
for more comfortable installation

Generic BRE
P Can be laid on top of existing insulation Green Guide Rating
P Will greatly improve the thermal Generic BRE

efficiency of your home. Green Guide Rating
P Could pay for itself in under 2 years Generic BRE

as a result of energy savings Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Space Blanket is used for the Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area per roll
thermal insulation of pitched roofs at (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) (m2)
ceiling level. Space Blanket is (W/mK) (m2K/W)
usually laid in two layers, with the 100 0.044 2.25 8.00 370 2.96
first layer between the joists and the 150 0.044 3.40 5.33 370 1.97
second layer at right angles to and
170 0.044 3.85 4.70 600 2.82
over the joists.
200 0.044 4.50 4.00 370 1.48
Environmental
Space Blanket is free from CFCs, 200 0.044 4.50 4.00 1140 4.56
HCFCs and any other material with All dimensions are nominal
ozone depletion potential in its
manufacture and content and
represents no known threat to the
environment. Fire ECOSE Technology
The mineral wool content of Space For more information about ECOSE
Space Blankets manufacture has a Technology, please refer to
Blanket is classified as Euroclass A1
very low impact on the environment page 326.
to BS EN ISO 13501-1.
and is classified as Zero ODP and
Zero GWP. Water vapour
The mineral wool content of Space
Thermal Blanket has a vapour resistivity of
Space Blanket has a thermal
5.00 MN.s.g.m.
The encapsulating, metallised
polythene is perforated providing
negligible resistance to moisture
vapour and is installed silver side
facing uppermost.

Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 Scan to

view
online
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 consists of a resilient, non-
combustible glass mineral wool roll. EarthwoolSteelThermRoll www.goo.gl/1TEK0
40 is manufactured in 600mm widths and is specifically designed

Generic BRE
for friction fitting between standard steel studs. Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Sized to friction fit between studs at 600mm centres Green Guide Rating
P
Easy to handle and install with no gaps between adjacent rolls Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Designed specifically for steel frame construction
Generic BRE
P
Excellent acoustic properties
Green Guide Rating
P
Thicknesses to suit common stud dimensions
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 is Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width Area
designed for the thermal insulation (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm) per roll
of external walls in steel stud (W/mK) (m2K/W) (m2)
constructions. Earthwool SteelTherm 140 0.040 3.50 5.95 2 x 600 7.14
Roll 40 is friction fitted between 90 0.040 2.25 9.60 2 x 600 11.52
studs and is 600mm wide to suit
commonly used stud centres.
Environmental
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 is free
Fire
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 is
classified as Euroclass A1 to
BS EN ISO 13501-1.
threat to the environment. Water vapour
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 offers
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 has a
low impact on the environment and
is classified as Zero ODP and Zero
GWP.
ECOSE Technology
Acoustics
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 has
excellent sound absorption
page 326.
characteristics.
Thermal
Earthwool SteelTherm Roll 40 has a
thermal conductivity of 0.040W/mK.
8.1

Earthwool Timber Frame Scan to

view
Party Wall Slab

online
www.goo.gl/RLNGy
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is a full-fill thermal and

Generic BRE
acoustic solution for use in timber frame cavity party walls between Green Guide Rating
adjoining apartments, semi-detached and terraced houses.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Can be used as part of a full-fill solution to achieve a zero

Generic BRE
effective U-value within SAP 2009 Green Guide Rating
P Range of thicknesses to suit common cavity widths

Generic BRE
P Sized to friction fit between wall ties Green Guide Rating
P Easy to handle and install with no gaps between adjacent slabs Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Thickness Installled density Thermal resistance Length Width
Slab is used for the thermal and (mm) (kg/m3) (m2K/W) (m) (mm)
acoustic insulation of timber cavity 110 18.00 3.05 1.20 600
party walls and is friction fitted
85 18.00 2.35 1.20 600
between frames. The product can be
used as part of a full-fill solution to 60 18.00 1.65 1.20 600
achieve a zero effective U-value
within SAP 2009 which is used to
calculate energy consumption for Water vapour
2010 Building Regulations Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall
Approved Document L (England & Slab offers negligible resistance to
Wales) and Technical Handbook the passage of water vapour and
Section 6 (Scotland). has a vapour resistivity of
Environmental 5.00 MNs/g.m.
Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall Density
Slab is free from CFCs, HCFCs and Earthwool Timber Frame Party Wall
any other material with ozone Slab is produced to be installed at a
depletion potential in its minimum density of 18kg/m3.
ECOSE Technology
environment.
Timber Frame Party Wall Slabs page 326.
the environment and is classified as
Acoustics
Timber Frame Party Wall Slab has
exceptional acoustic absorption
characteristics.
Fire
Timber Frame Party Wall Slab is
BS EN ISO 13501-1.

Earthwool Universal Roll Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Universal Roll is a flexible, lightweight, non-combustible
www.goo.gl/fkwQG
glass mineral wool roll with high tear strength.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P Lightweight and economic insulation roll Green Guide Rating
P Exceptional high tear strength Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Combines thermal and acoustic insulation
Generic BRE
P Quick and easy to use and install Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Universal Roll is 1200mm Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width (mm) Area per roll
wide for use as a general purpose (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (m2)
thermal and acoustic building roll (W/mK) (m2K/W)
and is available in 60 and 80mm 80 0.044 1.80 11.25 1200 13.50
thicknesses. 60 0.044 1.35 2 x 7.50 1200 18.00
Environmental All dimensions are nominal
Earthwool Universal Roll is free from
CFCs, HCFCs and any other
potential in its manufacture and Thermal Water vapour
content and represents no known Earthwool Universal Roll has a Earthwool Universal Roll offers
threat to the environment. thermal conductivity of 0.044 W/mK. negligible resistance to the passage
Fire of water vapour and has a vapour
Earthwool Universal Rolls
Earthwool Universal Roll is classified resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
the environment and is classified as as Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO13501-1. ECOSE Technology
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. For more information about ECOSE
Acoustics
page 326.
Earthwool Universal Roll has
excellent sound absorption
characteristics
8.1

Earthwool Universal Slabs (Glass) Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Universal Slabs are a range of semi-rigid to rigid,
www.goo.gl/l8HQu
non-combustible, glass mineral wool slabs.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Range of densities available to suit individual Green Guide Rating
system requirements
Generic BRE
P
Provides thermal and acoustic performance Green Guide Rating
P
Lightweight and easy to handle and install Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Universal Slabs are Thickness Thermal Thermal Density Length Width
general purpose slabs for thermal (mm) conductivity resistance (kg/m3) (mm) (mm)
and acoustic insulation. They are (W/mK) (m2K/W)
used in a wide range of Earthwool Universal Slab CS32
applications. 100 0.034 2.90 32 1200 600
Environmental 50 0.034 1.45 32 1200 600
Earthwool Universal Slabs are free
25 0.034 0.70 32 1200 600
material with ozone depletion Earthwool Universal Slab CS48
potential in their manufacture and 75 0.032 2.30 48 1200 600
content and represent no known 50 0.032 1.55 48 1200 600
Earthwool Universal Slabs
Thermal Water vapour
Earthwool Universal Slabs have a Earthwool Universal Slabs offer
Acoustics thermal conductivity of negligible resistance to the passage
Earthwool Universal Slabs have 0.032 or 0.034 W/mK. of water vapour and have a vapour
excellent sound absorption resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
Fire
characteristics.
Earthwool Universal Slabs are ECOSE Technology
classified as Euroclass A1 to For more information about ECOSE
BS EN ISO13501-1. Technology, please refer to
page 326.

Supafil 34 and 40 Scan to

view
online
Supafil 34 and 40 are unbonded, non-combustible glass mineral
wool insulation which require no mixing on site. www.goo.gl/Mpjly
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P S uitable for new-build or retrofit Green Guide Rating
P Q
uick and clean to install Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Installed by approved contractors
Generic BRE
P Low cost Green Guide Rating
P Injected after wall constructed, allowing empty cavity to be
Generic BRE
checked before installation
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Supafil 34 and 40 are for injecting Weight per bale Installed density Thermal conductivity
(kg) (kg/m3) (W/mK)
into new or existing masonry cavity
walls to improve their thermal Supafil 40
performance. 17.6 Min. 18 0.040
Environmental Supafil 34
Supafil 34 and 40 conserve energy
15.5 Min. 25 0.034
and therefore assists in reducing
demand for fuels for the heating and
air-conditioning of buildings. As a
result, they reduce the emissions of
the major greenhouse gas, CO2. Moisture
The energy and CO2 emissions Tests by the British Board of
saved by the products in use vastly Agrment confirm that Supafil 34
outweighs those generated in their and 40 will not transmit water to the
manufacture. inner leaf. Nor will they transmit
moisture by capillary action across
Supafil 34 and 40s manufacture
the cavity or from below damp
proof course level. This has been
confirmed by independent research
conducted for the Energy Saving
Thermal Trust, which shows that Supafil 34
Supafil 34 has a thermal conductivity and 40 cavity wall insulation do not
of 0.040 W/mK. add to the risk of water penetration.
Supafil 40 has a thermal conductivity
Certification
of 0.034 W/mK.
The application and installation
Fire procedures for Supafil Cavity Wall
Supafil 34 and 40 are classified as 34 and 40 are certified by BBA
Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO 13501-1. Certificates 11/4857 and
Water vapour 88/2033.
Supafil 34 and 40 offer negligible The Certificates cover use in
resistance to the passage of water masonry cavity walls with a
vapour and have a vapour resistivity minimum 50mm cavity width, up to
of 5.00 MN.s.g.m. 25m in height, in any exposure
zone.
8.1

Supafil Party Wall Scan to

view
online
Supafil Party Wall is an unbonded, non-combustible glass mineral
wool insulation which requires no mixing on site. www.goo.gl/nP1if
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P P rovides a full fill solution ensuring that insulation is in Green Guide Rating
intimate contact with both leaves of the wall
Generic BRE
P S uitable for new-build or retrofit Green Guide Rating
P Quick and clean to install

Generic BRE
P Installed by approved contractors Green Guide Rating
P Low cost Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Injected after wall constructed, allowing empty cavity to be
checked before installation Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Supafil Party Wall insulation is for Weight per bale Installed density Thermal conductivity
injecting into new or existing (kg) (kg/m3) (W/mK)
masonry cavity party walls, which 17.6 Min. 18 0.040
when used in conjunction with
effective edge sealing allows a zero
effective U-value to be used within
SAP calculations for new dwellings.
Environmental Acoustic
Supafil Party Wall insulation Supafil Party Wall can be used in
conserves energy and therefore conjunction with Robust Details.
assists in reducing demand for fuels Thermal
for the heating and air-conditioning Supafil Party Wall Insulation has
of buildings. As a result, it reduces been proven to prevent heat loss in
the emissions of the major real life testing.
greenhouse gas, CO2. The energy
and CO2 emissions saved by the
Water vapour
Supafil Party Wall offers negligible
product in use vastly outweighs
those generated in its manufacture.
vapour and has a vapour resistivity
Supafil Party Walls manufacture has of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.
a low impact on the environment
Fire
and is classified as Zero ODP and
Supafil Party Wall is classified as
Zero GWP.
Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO 13501-1.

Supafil Frame Scan to

view
(previously Perimeter Plus)

online
www.goo.gl/WymwF
Supafil Frame is a super high performance, unbonded, glass
blowing insulation designed with optimal thermal properties and Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
excellent coverage and blowing characteristics
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P Ultra high energy saving Green Guide Rating
P Suitable for new-build or retrofit Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Installed from inside
P Quick and clean to install Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Dry application - Unlike some alternative systems, Supafil
Frame does not require the use of adhesives or the addition of Generic BRE
moisture, which which can lead to mould problems within the Green Guide Rating
cavity
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Supafil Frame is a loose glass Weight per bale Installed density Thermal conductivity
mineral wool blown in behind a (kg) (kg/m3) (W/mK)
special netting material (Supafil 17.6 Min. 18 0.034
Veil). Supafil Frame is used in both
new and existing structures as a
Blow-In-Blanket System for closed
cavity applications in which
ventilation is not required.
Environmental Fire
Supafil Frame conserves energy and Supafil Frame is classified as
therefore assists in reducing demand Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO
for fuels for the heating and air- 13501-1
conditioning of buildings. As a Water vapour
result, they reduce the emissions of Supafil Frame offers negligible
the major greenhouse gas, CO2. resistance to the passage of water
The energy and CO2 emissions vapour and has a vapour resistivity
saved by the products in use vastly of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.
outweigh those generated in their
manufacture.
Certification
The application and installation
Supafil Frame's manufacture has a procedures for Supafil Frame are
low impact on the environment and certified by BBA Certificate
is classified as Zero ODP and Zero 09/4629.
GWP.
Acoustics
Supafil Frame has excellent sound
absorption characteristics.
Thermal
Supafil Frame has a thermal
conductivity of 0.034W/mK.
8.1
09/4629

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 8.2
Rock Mineral Wool Products
Earthwool
Acoustic Floor Slabs
DriTherm Cavity Slab (Rock)
Flexible Slab
RainScreen Slab
Soffit Linerboard Standard
Building Slabs (Rock)
Thermal Floor Slabs
Rocksilk
EWI Slab
FireTech Slab
Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs
Pitched Roof Slab
Smoke and Fire Barrier

8.2 Product Data: Rock Mineral Wool
Rock mineral wool products

The Knauf Insulation range of Earthwool and Rocksilk rock mineral wool insulation
products are described on pages 347 to 359.
Standards
Knauf Insulation rock mineral wool insulation products are
non-combustible, inorganic and defined as mineral wool in
BS 3533. They are manufactured in accordance with
BS EN 13162, EN 16001 Energy Management Systems, OHSAS 18001
Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, ISO 14001
Environmental Management Systems, and ISO 9001 Quality
Management Systems, as certified by Bureau Veritas.
Durability
Rock mineral wool insulation products are rot proof, do not sustain vermin
and will not encourage the growth of fungi, mould or bacteria, they are
odourless and non-hygroscopic. They are non-wicking when tested in
accordance with BS 2972: 1989 Section 12.
Environmental
Rock mineral wool insulation products are free from CFCs, HCFCs and
any other material with ozone depletion potential in their manufacture
and content and represent no known threat to the environment. Rock
mineral wool insulation products have a Zero Ozone Depletion Potential
(ODP) and Zero Global Warming Potential (GWP).

Rock mineral wool insulation products are easy to handle and install,
being lightweight and easily cut to size.
Rock mineral wool insulation products are supplied in weatherproof

Supakube packaging, on returnable wooden pallets. This makes them
very easy to unload and ideal for outside storage, which frees up internal
stock space.
For longer term outside storage (stock or site) the pallets should be stored
under a secure waterproof covering. Rock mineral wool insulation ECOSE Technology
products should not be left permanently exposed to the elements. Knauf Insulation mineral wool products with ECOSE Technology
benefit from a formaldehyde-free binder made from rapidly renewable
bio-based materials instead of petroleum-based chemicals which is up
Krimpact Technology to 70% less energy intensive. The technology has been developed for
Knauf Insulation products made using Krimpact Technology benefit in Knauf Insulations glass and rock mineral wool products, enhancing
many areas. Krimpact technology realigns the mineral wool strands their environmental credentials without affecting the thermal, acoustic
during manufacture to increase compressive strength without dramatically or fire performance. Insulation products made with ECOSE
reducing thermal performance . Furthermore, Krimpact technology Technology contain no dye or artificial colours the colour is
achieves a consistent density slab. This ensures better long-term completely natural.
compressive strength, high impact resistance, better thermal performance
and a thinner, lighter product compared to other high-strength insulation
options.

Product Data: Rock Mineral Wool 8.2
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Scan to

view
and Acoustic Floor Slab Plus online

www.goo.gl/EtbQb
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab and Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus are dense,
Generic BRE
compression resistant, non-combustible, rock mineral wool slabs that have been Green Guide Rating
manufactured specifically for use as a resilient layer beneath floor screeds and flooring
grade chipboard.
Benefits
P High compressive strength
P Excellent acoustic and thermal properties
P Easy to install
P Water repellent

Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs are Thickness Length Width
designed for use as a resilient layer (mm) (mm) (mm)
in the acoustic insulation of
separating floors. Earthwool Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab
Acoustic Floor Slab meets the 25 900 600
requirement in Approved Document
E (England and Wales) for a
50 900 600
resilient layer under a floating
platform, i.e. mineral wool, 25mm 40 900 600
thick with a nominal density 30 900 600
between 60 and 100 kg/m3.
25 900 600
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs
are free from CFCs, HCFCs and any
other material with ozone depletion Fire
potential in their manufacture and Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs are
content and represent no known classified as Euroclass A1 to
threat to the environment. BS EN ISO 13501-1.
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs Water vapour
manufacture has a low impact on Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs offer
the environment and they are negligible resistance to the passage
classified as Zero ODP and Zero of water vapour and have a vapour
GWP. resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
Acoustics Certification
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs offer Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slabs are
excellent acoustic absorption and certified by BBA Certificate
impact resistance. 97/3433.
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab Plus ECOSE Technology
is an extra high density slab, with a For more information about ECOSE
density of 140 kg/m3. It is used for Technology, please refer to
the acoustic insulation of separating page 346.
floors to meet the requirements of a
floating floor treatment in the Robust
Details (England and Wales E-FC-1,
8.2
E-FC-2 and E-FS-1).

347
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab Scan to

view
online
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is a semi-rigid slab of non-combustible
www.goo.gl/kxk6m
rock mineral wool with a water-repellent additive. It is dimensioned
to fit between wall-ties at standard spacings. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P
Excellent thermal and fire performance
P
British Board of Agrment Certificate Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
for all exposure zones
P
Water repellent Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Acts as a cavity barrier
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

For the thermal insulation of Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
masonry cavity external walls. It is (mm) conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
(W/mK) (m2K/W)
455mm wide to suit standard
vertical wall tie spacings allowing a 120 0.037 3.20 1200 455
closed joint with adjacent slabs. 100 0.037 2.70 1200 455
Environmental 85 0.037 2.25 1200 455
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is
75 0.037 2.00 1200 455
65 0.037 1.75 1200 455
potential in its manufacture and 50 0.037 1.35 1200 455
content and represents no known All dimensions are nominal

manufacture has a low impact on Moisture Certification
the environment and is classified Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP. contains a water repellent additive certified by BBA Certificate
to ensure that no liquid water is able 05/4207 which approves its use in
Thermal
to pass through the slab and reach buildings up to 12m in height in any
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab has
the inner leaf of masonry. exposure zone, and in multi-storey
a thermal conductivity of
applications up to 25m in height.
0.037 W/mK. Tests by the British Board of
Agrment confirm that Earthwool Approval can be sought from Knauf
Fire
Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab is DriTherm Cavity Slab will not Insulation and the BBA for
classified as Euroclass A1 to transmit water to the inner leaf. Nor Earthwool DriTherm Cavity Slab
BS EN ISO13501-1. will it transmit moisture by capillary installed in buildings over 25m high.
action across the cavity or from ECOSE Technology
Water vapour below DPC level. For more information about ECOSE
offers negligible resistance to the
page 346.
passage of water vapour and has a
vapour resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.

Earthwool Flexible Slab Scan to

view
online
A multi-purpose flexible friction fit rock mineral wool slab,
www.goo.gl/zyhHZ
with excellent acoustic thermal and fire properties.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P Friction fits between rafters/joists etc
P Provides excellent thermal and acoustic Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
performance
P Versatile multi-purpose product Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P A flexible edge on all 4-sides - total
flexibility for ease of installation. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

For general thermal and acoustic Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
applications, such as internal (mm) conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
partitions, and between timber and (W/mK) (m2K/W)
metal studs, rafters and floor joists. 140 0.035 4.00 1200 600
Environmental 100 0.037 2.70 1200 600

Earthwool Flexible Slab is free from 90 0.037 2.40 1200 600
70 0.037 1.85 1200 600
potential in its manufacture and 60 0.037 1.60 1200 600
content and represents no known 50 0.037 1.35 1200 600
threat to the environment. 140 0.037 3.75 1200 400
Earthwool Flexible Slabs 100 0.037 2.70 1200 400
60 0.037 1.60 1200 400
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. 50 0.037 1.35 1200 400
Thermal
Earthwool Flexible Slab has a
thermal conductivity of 0.035 or
0.037 W/mK.
Fire
Earthwool Flexible Slab is classified
as Euroclass A1 to BS EN
ISO13501-1.
Water vapour
Earthwool Flexible Slab offers
ECOSE Technology
page 346.
8.2

Earthwool RainScreen Slab Scan to

view
online
Earthwool RainScreen Slab is a semi rigid rock mineral wool slab containing
a water repellent additive, specially developed for rainscreen cladding www.goo.gl/BxBu2
applications.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P
Lightweight but rigid
P
Non-combustible with a Euroclass A1 Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Designed to accommodate minor Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
imperfections of the buildings external
walls
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Water repellent
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool RainScreen Slab is used Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
for the thermal insulation of (mm) conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
rainscreen cladding systems. (W/mK) (m2K/W)
150 0.035 4.25 1200 600
Rainscreen cladding systems
typically comprise outer cladding 120 0.035 3.40 1200 600
panels that are bolted to a 100 0.035 2.85 1200 600
supporting framework of rails,
75 0.035 2.10 1200 600
which are supported by
50 0.035 1.40 1200 600
brackets fixed back to the building
structure. A layer of insulation is All dimensions are nominal
fixed independently against the

building substrate using proprietary
insulation fasteners.
A ventilated airspace separates the

Environmental Fire
Earthwool RainScreen Slab is free Earthwool RainScreen Slab is
insulation from the cladding panels
from CFCs, HCFCs and any other classified as Euroclass A1 to
providing additional protection to
material with ozone depletion BSENISO13501-1, Class 1
the insulation layer.
potential in its manufacture and Surface Spread of Flame to BS 476:
Earthwool RainScreen Slab is content and represents no known Part 7: 1997 and Class O to the
recommended for this application, threat to the environment. Building Regulations.
as it is lightweight but rigid enough
Earthwool RainScreen Slabs Water vapour
to resist the compression forces
manufacture has a low impact on Earthwool RainScreen Slab offers
generated when fixing the insulation
the environment and is classified as negligible resistance to the passage
slabs to the masonry substrate. The
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. of water vapour and has a vapour
water repellent additive in
Earthwool RainScreen Slab also Thermal
provides a further line of defence Earthwool RainScreen Slab has a ECOSE Technology
against rain penetration. thermal conductivity of For more information about ECOSE
0.035 W/mK. Technology, please refer to
page 346.
The U-value of a proprietary
rainscreen cladding system is
dependent on the degree of thermal
bridging in the system. Knauf
Insulation advise consulting
individual rainscreen cladding
manufacturers for U-values
appropriate for their system.

Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is a laminate of rock mineral wool slab and a
tough, puncture resistant black tissue facing. www.goo.gl/Q6uza
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard is thermally efficient, improves acoustic Generic BRE
performance, is non-combustible, and provides a robust faced solution suitable for Green Guide Rating
installation in exposed or semi exposed environments such as those associated with
Generic BRE
open sided car parks. Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P
Weather resistant
P Non-combustible Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P
Suitable for refurbishment
Generic BRE
P
Aesthetic finish with other facings Green Guide Rating
available on application
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

For the thermal and acoustic Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
insulation of soffit applications, (mm) conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
whilst also providing enhanced fire (W/mK) (m2K/W)
performance. Earthwool Soffit 165 0.037 4.45 1200 600
Linerboard Standard is 1200 x
130 0.037 3.50 1200 600
600mm for ease of handling. The
non-combustible insulation in
Standard makes it ideal for soffit
Fire Moisture
lining and underlining of car parks,
The rock mineral wool content of Earthwool Soffit Linerboard
garages, and loading bays.
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard Standard has a moisture resistant
Standard is classified as Euroclass facing which makes the product
Standard provides high thermal
A1 BS EN ISO 13501-1. suitable for applications where it
performance and has good
will be installed in exposed or semi
compression resistance. Earthwool Soffit Linerboard
exposed environments such as
Environmental Standard is Class 1 surface spread
those associated with open sided
Earthwool Soffit Linerboard of flame to BS 476: Part 7: 1987,
car parks.
Standard is free from CFCs, HCFCs and Class O to the Building
Regulations. ECOSE Technology
and any other material with ozone
depletion potential in its Water vapour
manufacture and content and Earthwool Soffit Linerboard
page 346.
represents no known threat to the Standard offers negligible resistance
environment. to the passage of water vapour and
has a vapour resistivity of
5.00 MN.s/g.m.
Standards manufacture has a low
impact on the environment and is
classified as Zero ODP and Zero
GWP.
Thermal
In a typical concrete floor
construction a 130mm thickness of
Standard will achieve a U-value of
0.25 W/m2K.
8.2

Earthwool Building Slabs (Rock) Scan to

view
online
Earthwool Building Slabs are a range of semi-rigid to rigid rock mineral wool
slabs, available in densities from 33 to 140 kg/m3. The standard product is www.goo.gl/ovC89
supplied unfaced, but slabs can also be manufactured with a factory applied
Generic BRE
foil or tissue facing and are also available with a water repellent additive. Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P
Wide range of densities
P
Non-combustible
P
Excellent thermal and acoustic properties
Product Data
Application
Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width
Earthwool Building Slabs are used
(mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (mm) (mm)
for a wide range of thermal and
acoustic insulation applications in
buildings, building services and
industry. 100 0.037 2.70 1200 600
70 0.037 1.85 1200 600
Environmental
Earthwool Building Slabs are free 60 0.037 1.60 1200 600
from CFCs, HCFCs and any other 50 0.037 1.35 1200 600
40 0.037 1.05 1200 600
potential in their manufacture and
content and represent no known Earthwool Building Slab RS45
threat to the environment. 100 0.035 2.85 1200 600
Thermal 75 0.035 2.10 1200 600
The thermal conductivity of 60 0.035 1.70 1200 600
Earthwool Building Slabs varies with
50 0.035 1.40 1200 600
density from 0.035 to
0.037 W/mK. 40 0.035 1.10 1200 600
Fire 30 0.035 0.85 1200 600

Earthwool Building Slabs are 25 0.035 0.70 1200 600
classified as non-combustible to
BS 476: Part 4: 1970 (1984)
and Euroclass A1 to BS EN ISO 100 0.035 2.85 1200 600
13501-1 Class 1 Surface spread 75 0.035 2.10 1200 600
of flame to BS 476: Part 7: 1997 60 0.035 1.70 1200 600
and Class 'O' to the Building
50 0.035 1.40 1200 600
Regulations.
40 0.035 1.10 1200 600
30 0.035 0.85 1200 600
25 0.035 0.70 1200 600

Water vapour Product Data

Earthwool Building Slabs offer Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width
negligible resistance to the passage (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (mm) (mm)
of water vapour and have a vapour
resistivity of 7.00 MN.s/g.m. Earthwool Building Slab RS100
Moisture 100 0.035 2.85 1200 600

Earthwool Building Slabs are 75 0.035 2.10 1200 600
non-wicking when tested to BS
60 0.035 1.70 1200 600
2972: 1989: Section 12. When
exposed to 90% relative humidity at 50 0.035 1.40 1200 600
20C, Earthwool Universal Slabs 40 0.035 1.10 1200 600
absorb less than 0.004% of
30 0.035 0.85 1200 600
moisture.
25 0.035 0.70 1200 600
Operating temperatures
Earthwool Building Slabs can be
used up to continuous operating 100 0.035 2.85 1200 600
temperatures of 850C. This is 75 0.035 2.10 1200 600
dependent on density.
50 0.035 1.40 1200 600
ECOSE Technology
40 0.035 1.10 1200 600
Technology, please refer to 30 0.035 0.85 1200 600
page 346. All dimensions are nominal
8.2

Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
andThermal Floor Slab Plus online

Generic BRE
www.goo.gl/c7bqt
Green Guide Rating
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab is a rigid, compression resistant, rock mineral wool
slab specifically manufactured for the thermal insulation of concrete ground floors. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus has a higher compression resistance than Earthwool
Thermal Floor Slab. Both products contain a water repellent additive. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
High compressive strength Green Guide Rating
P Excellent thermal resistance Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Easy handling and fitting
Generic BRE
P Water repellent Green Guide Rating

Earthwool Thermal Floor Slabs are Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
suitable for the thermal insulation of (mm) conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
(W/mK) (m2K/W)
concrete ground floors, in domestic
or domestic type applications. Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab
Both products can be placed: 25 0.035 0.70 900 600
A
bove a concrete floor to Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab Plus
support either flooring grade 100 0.038 2.60 900 600
chipboard or a screed
90 0.038 2.35 900 600
O
n a dpc and sand blinding,
80 0.038 2.10 900 600
below a concrete ground
bearing slab 70 0.038 1.80 900 600
Environmental 60 0.038 1.55 900 600

Earthwool Thermal Floor Slabs are All dimensions are nominal
potential in their manufacture and Water vapour
content and represent no known Earthwool Thermal Floor Slabs offer
threat to the environment. negligible resistance to the passage
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slabs' of water vapour and have a vapour
manufacture has a low impact on resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
the environment and they are ECOSE Technology
classified as Zero ODP and Zero For more information about ECOSE
GWP. Technology, please refer to
Thermal page 346.
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slab has a
has a thermal conductivity
of 0.038 W/mK.
Fire
Earthwool Thermal Floor Slabs are
BS EN ISO 13501-1.

Rocksilk EWI Slabs Scan toBRE

Generic
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are high strength, rock mineral wool slabs with a Generic BRE
water repellent additive specifically designed for use in external wall Greenwww.goo.gl/KeWX5
Guide Rating
insulation systems. They are dimensioned to be easy to handle and
Generic BRE
fix to a substrate. Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P Offers solid support to render
P No fire barriers required Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P Excellent thermal performance
Generic BRE
P Excellent acoustic performance Green Guide Rating
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are specifically Rocksilk EWI Slab
for use with external wall insulation Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
(mm) conductivity (W/ resistance (mm) (mm)
systems. The slabs can be either mK) (m2K/W)
adhered and mechanically fixed or EWI Slab Plus
just mechanically fixed to the 150 0.038 3.90 1200 600
substrate then overlaid with a mesh 140 0.038 3.65 1200 600
and render system to the designers/ 120 0.038 3.15 1200 600
system suppliers specification. The 110 0.038 2.85 1200 600
slabs offer a solid and robust 100 0.038 2.60 1200 600
supporting substrate for the render 90 0.038 2.35 1200 600
and no fire barriers are required. 80 0.038 2.10 1200 600
40 0.038 1.05 1200 600
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the
EWI Slab
customer and end user to satisfy
170 0.036 4.70 1200 600
themselves, that this product is
140 0.036 3.85 1200 600
suitable for use and fit for purpose
120 0.036 3.30 1200 600
with the selected system. The end
110 0.036 3.05 1200 600
user is relying on their own
100 0.036 2.75 1200 600
expertise and judgements as to
90 0.036 2.50 1200 600
whether the insulation is suitable for
70 0.036 1.90 1200 600
their needs.
60 0.036 1.65 1200 600
Rocksilk EWI Slabs are free from
potential in their manufacture and Fire Moisture
content and represent no known Rocksilk EWI Slabs are classified as Rocksilk EWI Slabs are non-wicking
threat to the environment. Euroclass A1 BS EN ISO 13501-1. when tested to BS 2972: 1989:
In the event of a fire they will emit Section 12. When exposed to 90%
Rocksilk EWI Slabs manufacture
negligible quantities of smoke and relative humidity at 20C, Rocksilk
fumes and the heat emission from EWI Slabs absorb less than 0.004%
them is insignificant. of moisture.
Water vapour Rocksilk EWI Slabs contain a water
Thermal
Rocksilk EWI Slabs offer negligible repellent additive to ensure that no
Rocksilk EWI Slab has a thermal
resistance to the passage of water liquid water is able to pass through
vapour and have a vapour resistivity them and reach the structure.
8.2
Rocksilk EWI Slab Plus has a

of 5.00 MN.s.g.m.

Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Rocksilk FireTech Slab Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
and Rocksilk Dry Fix Noggin Slab online

Generic BRE
www.goo.gl/Nnsnc
Green Guide Rating
Rocksilk FireTech Slab is a high density rock mineral wool slab. It is available unfaced or faced
with a Bright Class O reinforced aluminium foil. It is also available tissue faced, subject to enquiry. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab is an extra high density, easy to cut, rock mineral wool slab
for use in the Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix system. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

P
Installation is fast, clean and dry Green Guide Rating
P Quick and simple installation of noggins Generic BRE

Green Guide Rating
P Choice of fixing systems, including dry fix
and traditional welded pin method
P Moisture tolerant
P Easy to cut

Rocksilk FireTech Slab can be used Thickness Length Width
to provide up to 4 hours fire (mm) (mm) (mm)
protection to structural steel and cast
iron columns, beams and trusses. Rocksilk FireTech Slab
Foil faced slabs are suitable for use 60* 1800 1200
above clean rooms, within air
50* 1800 1200
plenums, or for aesthetic purposes.
45* 1800 1200
Rocksilk FireTech Slab can be used
40* 1800 1200
with four types of fixing systems for
the fire protection of structural 35* 1800 1200
steelwork. They are: 30* 1800 1200
Dry Fix System 25* 1800 1200
Noggin Fixing System 20* 1800 1200
Combination Fixing System Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab
Welded Pin Fixing System 60 1800 1200
Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix Noggin 50 1800 1200

Slab is used in the Rocksilk FireTech 45 1800 1200
Dry Fix system providing up to 2 40 1800 1200
hours fire protection of structural
35 1800 1200
steel work.
30 1800 1200
Environmental
Rocksilk FireTech Slab and Rocksilk All dimensions are nominal
FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab are * Also available foil faced in these thicknesses
potential in their manufacture and Fire Moisture
content and represent no known Rocksilk FireTech Slab and Rocksilk When exposed to 90% humidity
threat to the environment. FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slab are and 20C, Rocksilk FireTech Slab
classified as non-combustible to and Rocksilk FireTech Dry Fix
Rocksilk FireTech Slab and Rocksilk BS 476: Part 4: 1970 (1984) and Noggin Slab absorb less than
FireTech Dry Fix Noggin Slabs Class 1 Surface spread of flame to 0.004% of moisture.
manufacture has a low impact on BS 476: Part 7: 1997 and Class
the environment and is classified O to the Building Regulations.
as Zero ODP and Zero GWP.

Rocksilk Krimpact FlatRoof Slabs Scan to

view
online
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs are high strength, dense rigid slabs made from rock
www.goo.gl/5nlbE
mineral wool, manufactured using Krimpact technology, specifically designed for use in flat
roofing applications. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P Superior compressive strength
P Excellent acoustic insulation
P Superior fire performance
P Excellent water repellancy

Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width
are used for the thermal insulation of (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (mm) (mm)
flat roofs. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab
Roof Slabs are suitable for use 180 0.038 4.70 1200 900
under all kinds of single ply 165 0.038 4.30 1800 600
membrane, hot applied bitumen 145 0.038 3.80 1200 900
systems and mastic asphalt and are 120 0.038 3.15 1200 900
suitable for maintenance foot traffic
110 0.038 2.85 1800 600
only.
100 0.038 2.60 1200 900
Environmental 80 0.038 2.10 1800 600
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs 75 0.038 1.95 1800 600
are free from CFCs, HCFCs and any
50 0.038 1.30 1800 600
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab Extra
potential in their manufacture and
150 0.039 3.80 1200 900
125 0.039 3.20 1200 900
120 0.039 3.00 1800 600
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs'
110 0.039 2.80 1800 600
105 0.039 2.65 1200 900
100 0.039 2.55 1800 600
95 0.039 2.40 1200 900
Thermal
80 0.039 2.05 1800 600
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab and
70 0.039 1.75 1800 600
50 0.039 1.25 1800 600
Extra have thermal conductivities of
0.038 and 0.039W/mK,
respectively
Fire Compressive strength flat roofs with concrete, timber or
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab has metal decks.
are classified as Euroclass A1 to BS a compressive strength of 60 kPa KrimpactTM Technology
EN ISO 13501-1. Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slab For more information about
Water vapour Extra has a compressive strength of KrimpactTM Technology, please
Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs 90 kPa. refer to page 346.
offer negligible resistance to the Certification
passage of water vapour and have Rocksilk Krimpact Flat Roof Slabs
8.2
a vapour resistivity of 5.00 MN.s.g.m. are certified by BBA Certificate

08/4526 for use as a thermal
insulation layer for limited access 08/4526

Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab Scan toBRE

Generic
view
Green Guide Rating
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is a rigid, water repellent, rock mineral

online
Generic BRE
wool slab specifically developed for over rafter (sarking) insulation. www.goo.gl/1qKJA
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P
Excellent thermal and acoustic
performance
Generic BRE
P
Eliminates the need to underdraw Green Guide Rating
rafters when used with Earthwool

Generic BRE
Rafter Roll Green Guide Rating

Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is for Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Length Width
over rafter (sarking) thermal (mm) (W/mK) (m2K/W) (mm) (mm)
insulation of pitched roofs. 70 0.038 1.80 1800 600
Environmental 50 0.038 1.30 1800 600
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is free All dimensions are nominal
Water vapour
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab offers
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slabs of water vapour and has a vapour
manufacture has a low impact on resistivity of 5.00 MN.s/g.m.
the environment and is classified as Moisture
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. When exposed to 90% relative
Thermal humidity and 20C Rocksilk Pitched
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab has a Roof Slab absorbs less than 0.004%
thermal conductivity of 0.038 W/mK. of moisture.
Fire Water
Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is Rocksilk Pitched Roof Slab is non-
classified as Euroclass A1 to wicking when tested in accordance
BS EN ISO 13501-1. with BS 2972:1989 Section 12.

Rocksilk Smoke andFire Barrier Scan to

view
online
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is a non-combustible, flexible, rock mineral Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
www.goo.gl/3fqZE
wool mattress faced on one side with galvanised wire mesh which is stitched
to the mattress. Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is available either unfaced or
Generic BRE
foil faced on one or both sides and is labelled with a continuous identifying Green Guide Rating
strip, between the wire mesh and the mineral wool.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
P
Provides both fire and acoustic performance
P
Satisfies the Building Regulations criteria for a Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
half hour cavity barrier
P
A double layer can achieve one hour fire protection Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
P
Foil facing option available for use above
clean rooms Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Application
Product Data
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is
used for the compartmentation of Thickness Length Width Area per roll
(mm) (mm) (mm) (m2)
large cavities. It can be used in the
following applications: Standard 50 4000 900 3.60
L arge cavities beneath metal, Standard 50 4000 2 x 300 2.40

concrete and timber decks Foil faced one side 50 4000 900 3.60
L arge cavities above suspended Foil faced both sides 50 4000 900 3.60
ceilings All dimensions are nominal
As a cavity barrier in timber roofs

Environmental Fire
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier is
free from CFCs, HCFCs and any classified as non-combustible to
other material with ozone depletion BS 476: Part 4: 1970 (1984) and
potential in its manufacture and Class 1 surface spread of flame to
content and represents no known BS 476: Part 7: 1997 and Class
threat to the environment. O to the Building Regulations.
Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barriers Fire resistance is effective from

manufacture has a low impact on either side of the barrier. A 50mm
the environment and is classified as Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier
Zero ODP and Zero GWP. satisfies the criteria laid down in the
Acoustics Building Regulations for a half hour
A cavity barrier comprising one cavity barrier.
layer of foil faced 50mm Rocksilk Certification
Smoke and Fire Barrier can offer Rocksilk Smoke and Fire Barrier has
significant sound reduction. When been subjected to full scale fire
coupled with a ceiling system resistance tests to BS 476: Part 22:
offering at least 32 dB sound 1987. Tests included vertical and
reduction and fixed to the head of horizontal joints.
the partition offering 44 dB sound
reduction, the flanking path through
the ceiling and cavity barrier can
also achieve a sound reduction of
44 dB.
8.2

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 8.3
Rock Mineral Wool Products
Polyfoam ECO
Cut-to-Falls
Floorboards
Upstand Board
Space Board ECO
Roofboards
Floorfoam
8.3 Product Data: Foam Insulation
Foam insulation products

The Knauf Insulation range of extruded polystyrene and polyethylene foam
insulation products are described on the pages 361 to 369
Standards Durability
Knauf Insulation extruded polystyrene and polyethylene foam products are manufactured in The continuous service temperature limits of
accordance with BS EN 13164:2008, EN16001:2009 Energy Management Systems, OHSAS Polyfoam ECO and Floorfoam insulation
18001:2007 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, ISO 14001:2004 products are - 20 to + 70oC.
Environmental Management Systems, and ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management Systems, as
certified by Bureau Veritas. Compression resistance
The rigidity of Polyfoam ECO insulation boards
makes them easy to handle and less prone to
site damage than less robust materials.

Polyfoam ECO and Floorfoam are easy to
handle and install.
Polyfoam ECO boards are supplied in

polythene packs, labelled with specific product
and manufacturing data.
Polyfoam ECO laminated boards, such as High

Impact and Upstand Board are supplied on
returnable wooden pallets.
Floorfoam is supplied as rolls in polythene

packs, labelled with specific product and
manufacturing data.
Ensure the boards and rolls are not stored close

to open flame or other ignition sources, also
avoid volatile compounds and chemicals such
as solvents.
Polyfoam ECO and Floorfoam products should

not be left exposed to prolonged sunlight as this
will result in surface degradation. Where
outside storage for extended periods is required
cover with opaque/light coloured sheeting.

Product Data: Foam Insulation
Generic BRE 8.3
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is a specially designed system of pre-cut Generic BRE
tapered 100% ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid insulation www.goo.gl/iIHMO
Green Guide Rating
boards. Typical board sizes are 1200 x 600 and cut to suit any fall
scheme. The boards are straight edged and can be supplied with a foil Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
facing to suit pvc single ply membrane applications.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
Excellent thermal performance
P
Structurally stable in the long term
P
P Lightweight and easy to install
Designed specifically for each
P
individual project

Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is used Thickness Thermal Nominal Compressive Length Width
for the thermal insulation of new (mm) conductivity density strength (kPa) (mm) (mm)
and refurbished flat roofs. The (W/mK) (kg/m3)
built-in falls ensure good drainage Range dependent 0.033 30 300 1200 600
of completely flat structural roof on design
decks. Through an expert design requirements
and specification service Knauf All dimensions are nominal
Insulation can satisfy most projects

requiring a cut-to-falls system. Each Fire Compressive strength
project will have an individual When Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is highly
design to best suit the needs of the installed in a roof construction it will resistant to compression and
building. not contribute to the development withstands both occasional and long
stages of a fire. When overlaid with term static loads. Load bearing
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is suitable
a single ply membrane the construction elements should be
for all types of single ply membrane
performance of the finished roof will designed to adequately support the
applications (with or without a foil
depend on the membrane used. combination of imposed and dead
face as required).
Please consult the membrane loads without creating excessive
Environmental supplier for more details. deflection.
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is free
Water vapour Compatibility with other
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls has a materials
vapour resistivity of 600 MN.s/g.m. PVC insulated electrical cables
should not be allowed to come into
content and represents no known Moisture
direct contact with extruded
threat to the environment. Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls schemes
polystyrene as the plasticer which
are resistant to moisture absorption
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Fallss keeps the PVC cables flexible can
and can be laid in standing water
manufacture has a low impact on migrate from the cabling into the
or up against wet concrete with
the environment and is classified as insulation. Plasticiser migration has
negligible impact on the
Zero ODP and GWP < 5. no effect on extruded polystyrene
performance of the product.
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls is non- but it can cause embrittlement of the
biodegradable and 100% electric cabling which should be
recyclable. avoided for safety reasons. Electric
cables should be run in trunking or
Thermal
conduit or wrapped in aluminium
Polyfoam ECO Cut-to-Falls has a
foil in order to avoid plasticiser
migration.
8.3

8.3 Product Data: Foam Insulation Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are high performance, 100% ozone friendly, extruded Generic BRE
polystyrene, rigid insulation boards. They are lightweight, yet have excellent structural www.goo.gl/1ge6b
Green Guide Rating
strength and compression resistance. Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are available in three
grades. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P Excellent thermal insulation
P Highly resistant to water absorption
P Structurally stable in the long term
P Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are available in three grades:
Standard general domestic use and light commercial loading
Extra commercial, industrial flooring and cold storage
Super very high load commercial, industrial and cold storage floors

Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are Design loads
suitable for almost any floor
Thickness Thermal Thermal Nominal Minimum Long term Occasional Length Width
construction including: (mm) conductivity resistance density compressive static load loading (mm) (mm)
(W/mK) (m2K/W) (kg/m3) strength (kPa) (kPa) (kPa)
Below a concrete slab
Below a screed
100 L J 0.033 3.00 30 200 40 66 1250 600
Below chipboard
75 SE 0.033 2.25 30 200 40 66 2500 600
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are 65 SE 0.033 1.95 30 200 40 66 2500 600
available in three grades: 50 SE 0.033 1.50 30 200 40 66 2500 600
Standard - general domestic use 35 SE 0.033 1.05 30 200 40 66 2500 600
and light commercial loading
25 SE 0.033 0.75 30 200 40 66 2500 600
Extra - commercial, industrial
flooring and cold storage Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Extra
Super - very high load commercial, 75 SE 0.033 2.25 38 300 70 116 2500 600
industrial and cold storage floors 65 SE 0.033 1.95 38 300 70 116 2500 600
50 SE 0.033 1.50 38 300 70 116 2500 600
Environmental 35 SE 0.033 1.05 38 300 70 116 2500 600
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are free 25 SE 0.033 0.75 38 300 70 116 2500 600
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Super
potential in its manufacture and 100 L J 0.036 2.75 42 500 100 166 1250 600
content and represent no known 80 L J 0.036 2.20 42 500 100 166 1250 600
60 L J 0.034 1.75 42 500 100 166 1250 600
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards' 50 L J 0.034 1.45 42 500 100 166 1250 600
Zero ODP and GWP < 5. LJ = Lap Joint
SE = Square Edge
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are non-
biodegradable and 100%
recyclable.

Product Data: Foam Insulation 8.3
Thermal Compatibility with other

The thermal conductivities of materials
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards vary PVC insulated electrical cables
between 0.033 and 0.036 W/mK. should not be allowed to come into
Water vapour direct contact with extruded
Polyfoam ECO Floorboard Standard polystyrene as the plasticer which
has a water vapour resistivity of keeps the PVC cables flexible can
480 MN.s/g.m. Polyfoam ECO migrate from the cabling into the
Floorboard Extra andSuper have a insulation. Plasticiser migration has
water vapour resistivity of no effect on extruded polystyrene
600 MN.s/g.m. but it can cause embrittlement of the
electric cabling which should be
Moisture
avoided for safety reasons. Electric
The moisture resistance of Polyfoam
ECO Floorboards allows them to be
conduit or wrapped in aluminium
laid exposed to ground water, with
foil in order to avoid plasticiser
negligible impact on performance.
migration.
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards will not
act as a damp proof membrane, Certification
however, they can be laid in ground Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are
water or up against wet concrete. certified by BBA Certificate 04/4186.
Once in position they will not allow
moisture to cross through the
completed construction.
Compressive strength
Polyfoam ECO Floorboards are
highly resistant to compression and
withstand both occasional and long
term static loads. Load bearing
construction elements should be
combination of imposed and dead
loads without creating excessive
deflection.
8.3

Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Polyfoam ECO High Impact Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
and Upstand Board online

Generic BRE
www.goo.gl/XhJlT
Green Guide Rating
Polyfoam ECO High Impact and Upstand Board is a laminate of
Polyfoam ECO rigid insulation board and a tough, weather resistant Generic BRE
facing board. Polyfoam ECO High Impact and Upstand Board is Green Guide Rating
square edged.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
Integral weather resistant facing
P
P Capable of solving many design
problems

P Structurally stable
P Easy to install one-piece facing and
insulation solution

Polyfoam ECO High Impact and Thickness Thermal Thermal Nominal Minimum Length Width
Upstand Board is used for the (mm) conductivity resistance density compressive (mm) (mm)
thermal insulation and protection of (W/mK) (m2K/W) (kg/m3) strength (kPa)
upstands in flat roofing. It can also 50/6 0.033/0.41 1.50/0.014 30 300 2500 600
be used as a lining, where strength, All dimensions are nominal
fire performance and potential for
easy cleaning are important, such
as in agricultural buildings. Fire Compatibility with other
Polyfoam ECO insulation contains a materials
Environmental
flame retardant which inhibits PVC insulated electrical cables
Polyfoam ECO High Impact and
localised ignition. should not be allowed to come into
Upstand Board is free from CFCs,
direct contact with extruded
HCFCs and any other material with Polyfoam ECO High Impact and
polystyrene as the plasticer which
ozone depletion potential in its Upstand Board is faced with a 6mm
keeps the PVC cables flexible can
manufacture and content and facing board which offers excellent
migrate from the cabling into the
represents no known threat to the fire performance as a facing
insulation. Plasticiser migration has
environment. material and is classified as Class 1
no effect on extruded polystyrene
Surface Spread of Flame to BS 476:
Polyfoam ECO High Impact and but it can cause embrittlement of the
Part 7: 1987.
Upstand Boards manufacture has a electric cabling which should be
low impact on the environment and Moisture avoided for safety reasons. Electric
is classified as Zero ODP and Polyfoam ECO is highly resistant to cables should be run in trunking or
GWP < 5. moisture absorption and can be conduit or wrapped in aluminium
installed in a damp area or during foil in order to avoid plasticiser
moist conditions with negligible migration.
Upstand Board is non-
impact on the performance of the
product. The facing material is
recyclable.
moisture resistant.
Thermal
Compressive strength
The extruded polystyrene in
The compressive strength of
Polyfoam ECO offers a wider range
Upstand Board has a thermal
of potential solutions to design
problems.
The facing material is highly

resistant to impact damage, offering
an excellent, robust finish.

Green Guide Rating

Generic BRE 8.3
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Space Board ECO Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Space Board ECO is a high performance, 100% ozone friendly, Generic BRE
extruded polystyrene, rigid insulation board, manufactured at 500 x www.goo.gl/vcLwi
Green Guide Rating
1200mm to coordinate with standard chipboard loft boards.
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
Lightweight yet high strength
P
Dimensioned to pass through loft
P
openings
Simple to fix
P
Assists in achieving a U-value of
P
0.16 W/m2K
Dimensioned to be used with
P
standard chipboard loft boards
Product Data
Application
Space Board ECO has been Thickness Thermal Thermal Minimum Length Width
(mm) conductivity resistance compressive (mm) (mm)
specifically designed and developed
(W/mK) (m2K/W) strength (kPa)
to provide thermal insulation (and in
combination with chipboard 60 0.033 1.80 200 1200 500
decking) storage space, in the loft All dimensions are nominal
spaces of pitched roofs. Two layers

of Space Board ECO laid over
Thermal Moisture
ceiling joists with 100mm Space
Space Board ECO has a thermal Space Board ECO is highly resistant
Blanket or Space Loft Roll (formally
conductivity of 0.033 W/mK to moisture absorption.
known as Space Combi-Roll)
between the joists, will achieve a Compressive strength Compatibility with other
U-value of 0.16 W/m2K. Space Board ECO is highly resistant materials
to compression, when used in PVC insulated electrical cables
Space Board ECO, when installed
combination with chipboard should not be allowed to come into
in combination with chipboard
decking it offers the ideal thermal direct contact with the insulation in
decking provides a loft storage area
and storage solution for loft areas. Space Board ECO. Cables can
whilst insulating at the same time.
Space Board ECO is capable of simply be relocated so they lay on
Space Board ECO gives the
withstanding the applied point top of the finished chipboard deck.
refurbishment user the option to use
loading of the ceiling joists when Do not lay Space Board ECO on
one layer or two layers of insulation.
loaded with storage items. Ceiling top of electrical cables.
Environmental joists are not designed to take the
Space Board ECO is free from loads normally associated with a
CFCs, HCFCs and any other floor, therefore, care must be taken
material with ozone depletion to ensure loads transferred to the
potential in its manufacture and ceiling joists are not excessive. If in
content and represents no known any doubt seek professional advice.
Note: Space Board ECO should not
Space Board ECO s manufacture be walked on, it is not designed to
has a low impact on the support a persons weight, unless
environment and is classified as covered or supported by a
Zero ODP and GWP < 5. chipboard loft board.
Space Board ECO is non-
recyclable.
8.3

Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are 100% ozone friendly, extruded polystyrene, rigid board Generic BRE
www.goo.gl/LVmw6
Green Guide Rating
insulation. They are lightweight, yet have excellent structural strength and long term
effectiveness. Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are supplied with interlocking rebated edges.
Generic BRE
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are available in two grades. Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P Combines excellent thermal performance
with high compressive strength

P Able to resist repeated freeze/thaw cycles
P Lightweight and easy to install
P Tough and durable, not easily damaged

Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are used Design loads
for the thermal insulation of flat
Thickness Thermal Thermal Nominal Minimum Long term Occasional Length Width
roofs. (mm) conductivity resistance density compressive static load loading (mm) (mm)
(W/mK) (m2K/W) (kg/m3) strength (kPa) (kPa) (kPa)
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards can be
used: Polyfoam ECO Roofboard Extra
In a warm roof construction below 240 L J 0.033 7.25 38 300 70 116 2500 600
single ply membranes note that 220 L J 0.033 6.65 38 300 70 116 2500 600
Foil Faced Roofboard should be 205 L J 0.033 6.20 38 300 70 116 2500 600
used below PVC membranes 200 L J 0.033 6.05 38 300 70 116 2500 600
In a protected membrane roof 180 L J 0.033 5.45 38 300 70 116 2500 600
below ballast or paving slabs* 160 L J 0.033 4.80 38 300 70 116 2500 600
A
s the insulation layer in a 140 L J 0.033 4.20 38 300 70 116 2500 600
green/garden roof 130 L J 0.033 3.90 38 300 70 116 2500 600
U
nder concrete for a roof top 120 L J 0.033 3.60 38 300 70 116 2500 600
car park 80 L J 0.033 2.40 38 300 70 116 2500 600
* See also Polyfoam Slimline 70 L J 0.033 2.10 38 300 70 116 2500 600
Membrane on page 379.
When used in conjunction with the 100 L J 0.036 3.00 42 500 100 166 2500 600
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane as 80 L J 0.036 2.40 42 500 100 166 2500 600
part of the Polyfoam Slimline system,
60 L J 0.034 1.80 42 500 100 166 2500 600
this solution offers industry leading
50 L J 0.034 1.50 42 500 100 166 2500 600
thermal performance and weight
reduction in protected membrane
roofing systems. LJ = Lap Joint
SE = Square Edge

Product Data: Foam Insulation 8.3
Environmental Compressive strength Certification

Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are free Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are
from CFCs, HCFCs and any other highly resistant to compression and certified by BBA Certificate
material with ozone depletion withstand both occasional and long 07/4418 as part of the Polyfoam
potential in its manufacture and term static loads. Load bearing Slimline System.
content and represents no known construction elements should be
threat to the environment. designed to adequately support the
combination of imposed and dead
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards'
loads without creating excessive
deflection.
Zero ODP and GWP < 5.
Compatibility with other
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards are non-
materials
PVC insulated electrical cables
recyclable.
should not be allowed to come into
Thermal direct contact with extruded
The thermal conductivities of polystyrene as the plasticer which
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards vary keeps the PVC cables flexible can
between 0.033 W/mK and migrate from the cabling into the
0.036 W/mK. insulation. Plasticiser migration has
Vapour no effect on extruded polystyrene
but it can cause embrittlement of the
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards have a
electric cabling which should be
water vapour resistivity of
avoided for safety reasons. Electric
600 MN.s/g.m.
Moisture conduit or wrapped in aluminium
Polyfoam ECO Roofboards can be foil in order to avoid plasticiser
used above the waterproofing layer migration.
and thus exposed to rainwater. The
board is resistant to moisture
absorption and can be laid in
standing water or up against wet
concrete with negligible impact on
8.3
the performance of the product.

Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Floorfoam Scan toBRE

Generic
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Floorfoam is a closed cell extruded polyethylene foam available in roll form. The closed Generic BRE
cell nature of Floorfoam makes it excellent at cushioning vibrations. It has been www.goo.gl/Ah7bT
Green Guide Rating
developed specifically to comply with Building Regulation requirements for a resilient
Generic BRE
layer in separating floors. Floorfoam is suitable for use with either traditional or liquid Green Guide Rating
screed solutions and has been successfully tested with both.
Benefits
P Excellent acoustic performance
P Excellent compression resistance
P Complies with Building Regulation requirements
for a resilient layer in concrete separating floors

Floorfoam 5mm used in a single Thickness Width Length
layer in conjunction with 25mm (mm) (mm) (m)
5 1200 93.75
or 25mm Earthwool Acoustic Floor
10 1200 52.00
Slab can provide a suitable floor
solution to comply with the
requirements of Approved
Document E.
Floorfoam 10mm has been

developed to comply with the
requirements for a resilient layer
below a screed in separating floors
and has been tested to provide Part
E, Pre Completion Testing compliant
floors with either traditional or liquid
screeds, used in conjunction with
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip.
Environmental
Floorfoam is free from CFCs, HCFCs
and any other material with ozone
depletion potential in its
environment.
Floorfoams manufacture has a low

impact on the environment and is
classified as Zero ODP and
GWP < 5.
Floorfoam is non-biodegradable
and 100% recyclable.
Acoustics
The closed cell nature and resilience
of Floorfoam makes it excellent at
cushioning vibrations.

Generic BRE 8.3
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip is for use at the floor perimeter. It is a closed Generic BRE
cell extruded polyethylene foam available in roll form. The closed cell www.goo.gl/0XvhC
Green Guide Rating
nature of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip makes it excellent at cushioning
vibrations and isolating floors at junctions. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P Excellent acoustic performance
P Pre-scored for easy folding and
installation
P Adhesive tape for easy positioning

P Ideal for use with underfloor heating
systems
P Compatible with traditional and

liquid concrete screeds
Application Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip

A 175mm wide strip of 10mm thick is used at the perimeter of the floor
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip, scored to isolate the screed from the
to enable it to be easily folded surrounding structure. When used
around the perimeter of a floor together, Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip
screed (either traditional or liquid) and Floorfoam can completely
see dimensional drawing below. isolate the floor screed from the
The top section is also scored at surrounding structure to eliminate
10mm intervals to make trimming at the transfer of flanking and impact
the skirting board level easier. sound.
The vertical section incorporates a FloorfoamEasy Edge Strip can also

self adhesive strip with release tape. be used as an isolating perimeter
This enables the Floorfoam Easy strip in underfloor heating under
Edge Strip to be held securely in concrete screed to allow thermal
place when the screed is laid. movement in the screed layer.
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip used in Environmental

conjunction with Floorfoam 5mm FloorfoamEasy Edge Strip is free Product Data
and 25mm Polyfoam ECO from CFCs, HCFCs and any other Thickness Width Length
Floorboard Standard or 25mm material with ozone depletion (mm) (mm) (m)
Earthwool Acoustic Floor Slab can potential in its manufacture and
10 175 25
provide an Approved Document E content and represents no known
threat to the environment. All dimensions are nominal
Pre Completion Testing compliant
floor solution. FloorfoamEasy Edge Strip s
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip provides manufacture has a low impact on
edge isolation in concrete floor the environment and is classified as
Easy Edge Strip dimensions
solutions (using Floorfoam 10mm) Zero ODP and GWP < 5.
70mm
70mm
that can provide Pre Completion FloorfoamEasy Edge Strip is non-
Testing compliant acoustic biodegradable and 100%
performance. recyclable.
10mm
10mm 40mm
Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip has Acoustics
been developed to enable the user The closed cell nature and resilience
Adhesive
to more practically comply with the Adhesive 65mm
65mm
of Floorfoam Easy Edge Strip makes Strip
Strip
requirement for an isolating layer it excellent at cushioning vibrations
at the perimeters of screeded floors. and isolating floors at perimeter
junctions.
8.3
40mm
40mm

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 8.4
Systems
ThermoShell External Wall Insulation (EWI)

ThermoShell Rock Mineral Wool Slabs
ThermoShell EPS Board
ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation (IWI)

Earthwool EcoBatt
EcoStud
8.4 Product Data: Systems
ThermoShell Systems
The Knauf Insulation range of ThermoShell products are
described on the pages 371 to 377.
Tackling the problem of solid wall insulation, the ThermoShell Internal and External Wall Insulation
systems offer solutions for upgrading the thermal performance of existing solid walls.
Many older properties have external walls that are either unsuitable for cavity wall insulation (often
because the cavity is too small) or have no cavity to insulate (solid walls). These so called "hard to
treat" walls still require insulating to reduce heat loss, and the ThermoShell system provides the
solution.
ECOSE Technology
products, enhancing their environmental credentials without affecting the thermal, acoustic
or fire performance. Insulation products made with ECOSE Technology contain no dye or
artificial colours the colour is completely natural.

Product Data: Systems 8.4
ThermoShell External Wall

Insulation (EWI) System
The Knauf Insulation range of ThermoShell EWI products are
The ThermoShell External Wall Insulation (EWI) system provides a high level of thermal
performance to the external shell of the property. Available with rock mineral wool or expanded
polystyrene insulants, ThermoShell EWI allows you to upgrade the thermal performance of the
property with little disruption to the interior.
ThermoShell systems are contantly being improved, so please visit thermoshell.co.uk for the must
up-to-date information.
8.4

Thermoshell Rock Mineral Scan to

Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
Wool Slabs online

Generic BRE
www.goo.gl/usgIk
Green Guide Rating
ThermoShell (TS) Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are consistent density, high
Generic BRE
strength, rock mineral wool slabs with a water repellent additive Green Guide Rating
specifically designed for use in external wall insulation systems. They
are dimensioned to be easy to handle and fix to a substrate. Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Offers solid support to render
P Green Guide Rating
Superior fire performance

P Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Fire barriers not required
P
Excellent acoustic performance
P Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Application Moisture Durabililty

TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are for TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs contain TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are
use with external render systems. a water repellent additive to ensure non-hygroscopic and are treated to
The slabs can be either adhered that no liquid water is able to pass ensure their water repellency. They
and mechanically fixed or just through the slabs and reach the are odourless, rot proof, do not
mechanically fixed to the substrate substrate during installation and sustain vermin and will not
then overlaid with a mesh and construction. encourage the growth of fungi,
render system to the designers or Standards mould or bacteria.
system suppliers specification. The TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are Handling and storage
slabs offer a solid and robust manufactured in accordance with TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are
supporting substrate for the render BS EN 13162:2008, EN easy to handle and install, being
and no fire barriers are required. 16001:2009 Energy Management lightweight and easily cut to size.
Environmental Systems, OHSAS 18001:2007 TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slabs are Occupational Health and Safety supplied in polythene packs,
free from CFCs, HCFCs and any Management Systems, ISO stacked on pallets for temporary
other material with ozone depletion 14001:2004 Environmental protection during transit or on site.
potential in their manufacture and Management Systems, and ISO For longer term outside storage
content and represent no known 9001:2008 Quality Management (stock or site) the pallets should be
threat to the environment. Systems, as certified by Bureau stored under a secure waterproof
Veritas. covering.
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab's
Thermal
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab has a
thermal conductivity of 0.036W/mK.
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab Plus
has a thermal conductivity of
0.038W/mK.
Fire
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab is
In the event of fire TS-Rock Mineral
Wool Slab will emit negligible
quantities of smoke and fumes, the
heat emission from the product is
insignificant.

Product Data
TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab TS-Rock Mineral Wool Slab Plus
Thickness Thermal Thermal Thermal Thermal Length Width
(mm) conductivity resistance conductivity resistance (mm) (mm)
(W/mK) (m2K/W) (W/mK) (m2K/W)
260 0.036 7.20 0.038 n/a 1200 600
250 0.036 6.90 0.038 n/a 1200 600
240 0.036 6.65 0.038 n/a 1200 600
230 0.036 6.35 0.038 n/a 1200 600
220 0.036 6.10 0.038 n/a 1200 600
210 0.036 5.80 0.038 n/a 1200 600
200 0.036 5.55 0.038 5.25 1200 600
190 0.036 5.25 0.038 5.00 1200 600
180 0.036 5.00 0.038 4.70 1200 600
170 0.036 4.70 0.038 4.45 1200 600
160 0.036 4.40 0.038 4.20 1200 600
150 0.036 4.15 0.038 3.90 1200 600
140 0.036 3.85 0.038 3.65 1200 600
130 0.036 3.60 0.038 3.40 1200 600
120 0.036 3.30 0.038 3.15 1200 600
110 0.036 3.05 0.038 2.85 1200 600
100 0.036 2.75 0.038 2.60 1200 600
90 0.036 2.50 0.038 2.35 1200 600
80 0.036 2.20 0.038 2.10 1200 600
70 0.036 1.90 0.038 1.80 1200 600
60 0.036 1.65 0.038 1.55 1200 600
50 0.036 1.35 0.038 1.30 1200 600
40 0.036 1.10 0.038 1.05 1200 600
8.4

ThermoShell EPS Board Scan to

view
online
ThermoShell (TS) EPS Board is a graphite impregnated expanded
polystyrene bead board, designed to provide enhanced thermal www.goo.gl/0U6ub
performance in external wall insulation (EWI) systems. It is
Generic BRE
dimensioned to be easy to handle and fix to a substrate. Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
Lightweight
P
Easy to install
P Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Easy to cut
P
Generic BRE
Easy to form
Cost effective
P
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

TS-EPS Board is for use with external Thickness Thermal conductivity Thermal resistance Board Size
render systems. The boards can be (W/mK) (m2K/W)
(mm) (mm)
either adhered and mechanically
fixed or just mechanically fixed to 200 0.032 6.25 1000 x 500
the substrate then overlaid with a
190 0.032 5.90 1000 x 500
mesh and render system to the
180 0.032 5.60 1000 x 500
ThermoShell specification.
170 0.032 5.30 1000 x 500
If TS-EPS Board is to be used over 3
storeys in height then there will be a 160 0.032 5.00 1000 x 500
requirement to incorporate rock 150 0.032 4.65 1000 x 500
mineral wool fire barriers. During 140 0.032 4.35 1000 x 500
hot weather, if the elevation is not
130 0.032 4.05 1000 x 500
going to be rendered for some time,
then protect from sunlight to avoid 120 0.032 3.75 1000 x 500
the possibility of thermal expansion. 110 0.032 3.40 1000 x 500
TS-EPS Board should not be use if 100 0.032 3.10 1000 x 500
within 1 metre of another building.
90 0.032 2.80 1000 x 500
Environmental
80 0.032 2.50 1000 x 500
TS-EPS Board is free from CFCs,
HCFCs and any other material with 70 0.032 2.15 1000 x 500
ozone depletion potential in its 60 0.032 1.85 1000 x 500
manufacture and content and 50 0.032 1.55 1000 x 500
environment.
TS-EPS Board s manufacture has a low Durability

Standards
impact on the environment and is TS-EPS Board is non-hygroscopic,
manufactured in
classified as Zero ODP and GWP < 5. moisture
accordance resistant,
with BS
rotEN
proof, does
TS-EPS Board is non-biodegradable not
13164:2008,
sustain vermin EN16001:2009
and will not
and 100% recyclable. encourage
Energy Management
the growthSystems,
of fungi,
mould
OHSASor18001:2007
bacteria. Occupational
Thermal
Health and Safety
Handling and storage Management
TS-EPS Board has a thermal
Systems,
TS-EPS ISO 14001:2004
Board is easy to handle and
Environmental
install, Management
being lightweight and easily
Fire
cut to size. TS-EPS 9001:2008
Systems, and ISO Board is supplied
TS-EPS Board is flame retardant and Quality Management Systems, as
in polythene packs and should be
classified as Euroclass E to BS EN certified
stored offby
theBureau Veritas.
ground. Avoid
ISO 13501-1
prolonged storage in direct sunlight.

ThermoShell Internal Wall

Insulation (IWI) System
The Knauf Insulation range of ThermoShell EWI products are
ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation insulates your "hard to treat" or solid external walls from the inside of
the property, meaning you can improve the thermal performance without affecting its appearance.
ThermoShell systems are contantly being improved, so please visit www.thermoshell.co.uk for the must
up-to-date information.
ECOSE Technology
products, enhancing their environmental credentials without affecting the thermal, acoustic
or fire performance. Insulation products made with ECOSE Technology contain no dye or
artificial colours the colour is completely natural.
8.4

Earthwool EcoBatt Scan to

view
online
Earthwool EcoBatt is used for the thermal insulation of solid walls
www.goo.gl/B8gr3
as part of the ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation (IWI) System
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Green Guide Rating
Excellent thermal and fire performance
P
Water repellent
P Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Lightweight and quick to install
P
Generic BRE
Slabs knit together, thus eliminating air gaps between
adjacent slabs
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating

Earthwool EcoBatt is used for the Thickness Thermal Thermal Length Width
thermal insulation of solid walls and (mm) conductivity resistance (m) (mm)
is installed as part of the (W/mK) (m2K/W)
ThermoShell Internal Wall Imsulation 95 0.032 2.95 1.20 555
(IWI) System along with EcoStud.
80 0.032 2.50 1.20 555
Earthwool EcoBatt is 555mm wide 65 0.035 1.85 1.20 555
to suit the space between EcoStuds
installed at 600mm centres and is
friction fitted to ensure it fully fills the
available insulation zone. Earthwool
EcoBatt should be installed so that it Moisture Handling and storage
is in intimate contact with the Earthwool EcoBatt will not transmit Earthwool EcoBatts are easy to
EcoStuds and the plasterboard water across the installed system nor handle and install, being lightweight
lining. will it transmit moisture by capillary and easily cut to size, where
Environmental action necessary. They are supplied in
Earthwool EcoBatt is free from Standards polythene packs which are designed
CFCs, HCFCs and any other Earthwool EcoBatt is manufactured for short term protection only. For
material with ozone depletion in accordance with BS EN longer term protection on site, the
potential in its manufacture and 13162:2008, EN 16001:2009 product should either be stored
content and represents no known Energy Management Systems, indoors, or under cover and off the
threat to the environment. OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational ground. Earthwool EcoBatt should
Health and Safety Management not be left permanently exposed to
Earthwool EcoBatts manufacture
Systems, ISO 14001:2004 the elements.
Environmental Management ECOSE Technology
Systems, and ISO 9001:2008 For more information about ECOSE
Quality Management Systems, as Technology, please refer to page
Thermal certified by Bureau Veritas. 375.
Earthwool EcoBatt has a thermal
conductivity of 0.032 or 0.035W/mK.
Durability
Earthwool EcoBatt is odourless, rot
Fire proof, non-hygroscopic, does not
Earthwool EcoBatt is classified as
sustain vermin and will not
encourage the growth of fungi,
Vapour mould or bacteria.
Earthwool EcoBatt offers negligible
vapour and has a vapour resistivity
of 7.00 MNs/g.m.

Product Data: Systems
Generic BRE 8.4
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
EcoStud Scan to
Generic BRE
view
Green Guide Rating
online
EcoStud is used for the thermal insulation of solid walls as part of Generic BRE
the ThermoShell Internal Wall Insulation (IWI) System www.goo.gl/lzUNv
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Generic BRE
Green Guide Rating
Benefits
P Structurally stable in the long term
Application Product Data Durability

EcoStud is used for the thermal Thickness Thermal Length Width EcoStuds are tough thermally
insulation of solid walls and is (mm) resistance (mm) (mm) engineered products and suitable
installed as part of the ThermoShell (m2K/W) for use in the temperature range of
Internal Wall Imsulation (IWI) 95 2.40 2400 50 -20 to +70 C.
System along with Earthwool
80 1.95 2400 50 Handling and storage
EcoBatt.
65 1.55 2400 50 EcoStuds are easy to handle and
It is available in a variety of sizes to install, being lightweight and easily
suit the thermal performance cut to size, where necessary. They
requirements of individual projects. Moisture are supplied in polythene packs
Environmental The XPS component of EcoStud is which are designed for short term
EcoStud is free from CFCs, HCFCs unaffected by moisture. Before protection only. For longer term
and any other material with ozone installation EcoStud should be protection on site, the product
depletion potential in its conditioned as close as is should either be stored indoors, or
manufacture and content and practicable to the environmental under cover and off the ground.
represents no known threat to the conditions likely to occur in service. EcoStuds should not be left
environment. The moisture content of the OSB permanently exposed to the
component should under no elements.
EcoStud's manufacture has a low
circumstances exceed 15%.
impact on the environment and is Compatibility with other
classified as Zero ODP and GWP < 5. Standards materials
The XPS component of EcoStud is PVC insulated electrical cables
The extruded polystyrene (XPS) manufactured in accordance with should not be allowed to come into
component of EcoStud is non- BS EN 13164:2008, direct contact with extruded
biodegradable and 100% EN16001:2009 Energy polystyrene as the plasticer which
recyclable. Management Systems, OHSAS keeps the PVC cables flexible can
Thermal 18001:2007 Occupational Health migrate from the cabling into the
The XPS component of EcoStud has a and Safety Management Systems, insulation. Plasticiser migration has
thermal conductivity of 0.035W/mK, ISO 14001:2004 Environmental no effect on extruded polystyrene
the Oriented Strand Board (OSB) Management Systems, and ISO but it can cause embrittlement of the
has a thermal conductivity of 9001:2008 Quality Management electric cabling which should be
0.130W/mK. Systems, as certified by Bureau avoided for safety reasons. Electric
Vapour Veritas. cables should be run in trunking or
The XPS component of EcoStud has The OSB component of EcoStud is conduit or wrapped in aluminium
a water vapour resistivity of 480 manufactured to the specification foil in order to avoid plasticiser
MNs/gm. The OSB component of detailed in BS EN 300: 1997 for migration.
EcoStud has a water vapour
8.4
OSB/3.
resistivity of 250 MNs/gm.

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS
Section 8.5
Accessory products
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane

Knauf Fireboard
8.5 Product Data: Accessory products
Accessory products
The Knauf Insulation range

of accessory products are
described on the pages
379 to 381.

Product Data: Accessory products 8.5
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane Scan to

view
online
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane is a non-woven polyethylene geotextile membrane
that acts to resist the passage of water, but is vapour permeable. It is used in www.goo.gl/AptX7
combination with Polyfoam ECO Roofboard as part of the Polyfoam Slimline
System for protected membrane roofing.
07/4418
Benefits
P Improves the thermal performance
of protected membrane flat roofs
P Waterproof but vapour permeable

P Enables thinner insulation and less ballast
to be used with no loss of performance
P BBA Approved when used with Polyfoam

ECO Roofboard as per BBA Certificate
07/4418

Polyfoam Slimline Membrane is Property Test method Unit Data
for use as a separating and filtration
Weight - g/m2 95
layer in low moisture impact
protected membrane flat roofs. Tensile strength in MD EN 12311-1 N/5cm 185
The water resistant properties of Tensile strength in CD EN 12311-1 N/5cm 130
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane result Nail tear resistance EN 12310-1 N/20cm 55
in it reducing the flow of water
20cm folded MD/CD prEN 13859 N/20cm 65
through the roof construction. This
means that the normal impact on Water resistance EN 20811 m of water head 1.5
thermal performance by rainwater Water vapour transmission Lyssy g/m2.d 11200
o
cooling is negated compared with (23 C/85% humidity)
using a standard filtration UV stability under constant exposure pr EN 1297 - up to 4 months
membrane. This has been confirmed All dimensions are nominal
in tests carried out by the British
Board of Agrment, as part of the Environmental Product Data
third party certification of the Polyfoam Slimline Membrane is free Length Width Area per
Polyfoam Slimline System. from CFCs, HCFCs and any other (m) (m) roll (m2)
material with ozone depletion 100 1.50 150
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane is
potential in its manufacture and All dimensions are nominal
vapour permeable and offers
of water vapour. Certification
Thermal
The use of Polyfoam Slimline offers Polyfoam Slimline Membrane is
The use of Polyfoam Slimline
superior thermal performance so certified by BBA Certificate
Membrane improves the thermal
by using the same thickness of 07/4418 as part of the Polyfoam
performance of protected membrane
Polyfoam ECO Roofboard superior Slimline System.
flat roofs by minimising the amount
U-values can be achieved.
of rainwater flowing between the
Protected membrane flat roofs using insulation and the waterproofing
the Polyfoam Slimline System are membrane.
lighter as less ballast is required.
Moisture
This is due to a vastly reduced
Polyfoam Slimline Membrane acts
floatation impact as drainage occurs
to resist the passage of water. Full
above the insulation rather than
performance data is outlined in the
below it.
table.
8.5

8.5 Product Data: Accessory products
Knauf Fireboard
Scan to
view
online
Knauf Fireboard is a glass fibre reinforced gypsum board specially www.goo.gl/KI8Nt
developed for high performance lining and encasement, providing
up to two hours of fire protection. Knauf Fireboard has a high
quality white smooth surface finish which is ideal for most paint
finishes or can be left undecorated.
Benefits
P Fully certified to provide two hours of fire protection
P Smooth white surface can be painted, plastered* or
left undecorated
P Can be installed using staples for fast and efficient

installation
P Two fixing methods

Knauf Fireboard is suitable for the Thickness Length Width Surface pH Density
encasement of structural steelwork to
(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/m3)
provide up to two hours of fire
protection. 30 1800 1200 6.8 800
Knauf Fireboard is used to form a 25 1800 1200 6.8 800

frameless encasement. Knauf 20 1800 1200 6.8 800
Fireboard has been specially
15 2400 1200 6.8 800
developed to accept direct edge
fixings. Casings consist of Knauf
Knauf Fireboard has a water absorption of < 20% 24 hours
Fireboard screwed or stapled to Knauf Fireboard has water vapour transmission of 8 MN.s/g
itself at abutting corners.
For steelwork encased on all four Knauf Fireboard Gripper Screws Knauf Uniflott
sides, Knauf Fireboard is fixed at Gold passivated screws with spoon tips and A specially formulated compound for jointing
each corner directly through the hi-low threads. and filling Knauf Fireboard to help maintain the
material, independent of the column performance of the system.
or beam. For partial encasement,
Product Data Product Data
involving wall or ceiling abutments,
Knauf Fireboard is fixed to light Length Diameter Bag size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
(mm) (mm)
gauge steel angles. 2.5 0.5 - 0.6
60 3.9
Knauf Insulation recommend the use All dimensions are nominal
of Knauf Fireboard Gripper Screws, 50 3.9

essential for fast construction, solid All dimensions are
fixing and tight edge joints. nominal
Knauf Uniflott is specially formulated

to fill gaps, make good damage,
seal around small penetrations etc.
* Consult with plaster manufacturer prior to

application of the plaster finish to determine
what, if any, pre-treatment of the board is
required.

Product Data: Accessory products 8.5
Environmental Operating temperatures Handling and storage

Knauf Fireboard is free from CFCs, Temperatures over 50C can induce Knauf Fireboard must be installed
HCFCs and any other material with a material change of state which with care. Ensure adequate
ozone depletion potential in its would reduce physical performance ventilation during installation,
manufacture and content and and serviceability. Fireboard has a particularly when cutting boards.
represents no known threat to the working temperature ranging from Avoid harsh body contact with
environment. 0 to 40C. sharp cut edges of metal
Fire Durability components. Refer to Knauf Health
The system can provide up to 2 Constant humidity over 95% or and Safety literature and to HSE
hours fire resistance. Knauf subjection to continuous water publications.
Fireboard is non-combustible to BS will reduce the serviceability of Knauf Fireboard is supplied shrink
476: Part 4: 1970 (1984) and the boards. wrapped on pallets. It should be
Class 1 Surface Spread of Flame to stored flat in indoor conditions.
BS 476: Part 7: 1997. Knauf If stored on bearers, these should
Fireboard complies with the Class not exceed 450mm centres.
O requirements of the Building
Regulations when tested to BS 476:
Part 6: 1989 and Part 7: 1997 and
with the limited combustibility
described in the Building Regulations.
8.5

PO Box 10 Tel: 0844 800 0135 Tel: 01744 766 666 Tel: 08700 668 660
WA10 3NS

Insulation Solutions For Buildings Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Insulation Solutions For Buildings Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Section 1.

About Knauf Insulation

The Knauf Group

As part of the family owned Knauf Group,

Cwmbran, South Wales

6 6 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Queensferry, North Wales

A new sustainability strategy

- Zero waste to landfill and zero waste water discharge

- Employer of first choice

8 8 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Further information can be found in our latest

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 9 9

Technical Support Services

Technical Advice and Support Centre

SAP calculation service Website

Development (CPD) Introduction to Rainscreen Systems - Project and specification

Reinforce excellence in design

1010 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Calculating U-values and the

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 1111

Our lives depend on energy...

12 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

28% Breakdown of energy

Insulation types pages 56-59

Earthwool and Supafil Earthwool and Rocksilk Polyfoam ECO

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 13

Building design the past

The objective is to increase comfort levels in buildings whilst reducing

Hi Loca d fo crac nts. cks b be u herme.

-fi beg ate to

Year 500 1000 1500 1900

14 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Expected comfort level

from constructing and

Building design... the future

global warming and climate change.

Read more: Glasgow Museum of Transport

Photograph Courtesy of Jim Dunn, Glasgow Museum and Art Galleries

16 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Read more: Denby Dale Passivhaus

Low Energy House Refurb - Doncaster

Read more: Low Energy Whole House Refurbishment

Knauf Insulation PPD Laboratory - St Helens

The system gives developers and installers a solution for improving

Read more: Knauf Insulation PPD Laboratory

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 17

Generally speaking, the larger the temperature difference between the

18 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

Insulation is critical across all sectors

Increasingly, designers have the responsibility of improving a buildings

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 19

Saving costs by saving energy

Cavity wall insulation is a highly effective and efficient way to

Internal wall insulation is an economical option and could save around

Table 1 - Wall insulation costs, savings and paybacks

All costs are approximate and exclude VAT

20 Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk

If everyone in the UK installed 270mm loft

Table 2 - Loft insulation costs, savings and paybacks

All costs are approximate and exclude VAT

Technical Advice and Support Centre 01744 766666 www.knaufinsulation.co.uk 21